As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 6, 2021.
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Nutrition Topco, LLC
to be converted as described herein to a corporation named
The Better Being Co.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 2833 | 82-1823161 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.) |
222 Main Street, Suite 1600
Salt Lake City, Utah 84101
Telephone: (435) 655-6000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
Monty Sharma
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Chief Executive Officer
222 Main Street, Suite 1600
Salt Lake City, Utah 84101
(435) 655-6000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:
Robert M. Hayward, P.C. Robert E. Goedert, P.C.
Alexander M.
Schwartz
|
Ian D. Schuman Stelios G. Saffos Scott W. Westhoff Latham & Watkins LLP 1271 Avenue of the Americas New York, New York 10020 (212) 906-1200 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ☐
If this Form is filed to registered additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, and emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated Filer | ☐ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | ☐ | Smaller Reporting Company | ☐ | |||
Emerging Growth Company | ☒ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
|
||||
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered |
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
|
Amount of Registration Fee |
||
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share |
$100,000,000 | $10,910 | ||
|
||||
|
(1) |
Includes the aggregate offering price of shares of common stock subject to the underwriters option to purchase additional shares. |
(2) |
Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Nutrition Topco, LLC, (doing business as Nutraceutical International Corporation), the registrant whose name appears on the cover of this registration statement, is a Delaware limited liability company. Immediately prior to effectiveness of this registration statement, Nutrition Topco, LLC intends to convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion and change its name to The Better Being Co. as described in the section titled Corporate Conversion of the accompanying prospectus. In the accompanying prospectus, we refer to all of the transactions related to our conversion to a corporation as the Corporate Conversion. As a result of the Corporate Conversion, the members of Nutrition Topco, LLC will become holders of shares of common stock of The Better Being Co. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in the accompanying prospectus to the Company, The Better Being Co., we, us, our, or similar terms refer to Nutrition Topco, LLC and, where appropriate, its consolidated subsidiaries before the Corporate Conversion, and The Better Being Co. and, where appropriate, its consolidated subsidiaries after the Corporate Conversion.
Our new name, The Better Being Co., perfectly embodies our values and the brands who share them. We believe in helping people become the best version of themselves. And in that pursuit of health and happiness, were there to support them with a range of supplements and personal care solutions. Each and every one of our consumers can trust our natural and effective products to nurture them on their journey to becoming their own kind of better being. While our new name represents how we support our consumers, our new logo is a timeless tribute to our companys roots, our Utah heritage and pioneering spirit. Altogether, we believe that our new name and logo will inspire both our consumers and our own team as we all embark on a journey to better health, wellness, and happiness.
Except as disclosed in the accompanying prospectus, the consolidated financial statements and selected historical consolidated financial data and other financial information included in this registration statement are those of Nutrition Topco, LLC and its subsidiaries and do not give effect to the Corporate Conversion. We do not expect that the Corporate Conversion will have a material effect on the results of our core operations. Shares of common stock of The Better Being Co. are being offered by the accompanying prospectus.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, dated , 2021
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Shares
The Better Being Co.
Common Stock
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of The Better Being Co. We are offering shares of our common stock and the selling stockholder named herein is offering shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholder.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $ and $ . We intend to apply to list our common stock on The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol BBCO.
We are an emerging growth company as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.
See Risk Factors on page 23 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Immediately after this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth above, our principal stockholder, Norway Topco, LP, will own approximately % of our outstanding common stock (or % of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, including from the selling stockholder, is exercised in full). As a result, we expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See ManagementCorporate GovernanceControlled Company Status.
Per Share | Total | |||||||
Initial public offering price |
$ | $ | ||||||
Underwriting discount(1) |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to The Better Being Co. |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder |
$ | $ |
(1) |
See Underwriting for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters and estimated offering expenses. |
We and the selling stockholder have granted the underwriters an option for a period of days after the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional shares of common stock from us and shares of our common stock from the selling stockholder at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on , 2021.
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC | Credit Suisse | Jefferies |
Deutsche Bank Securities |
Piper Sandler Raymond James |
Guggenheim Securities |
Prospectus dated , 2021
1 | ||||
23 | ||||
63 | ||||
65 | ||||
66 | ||||
67 | ||||
68 | ||||
70 | ||||
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
75 | |||
110 | ||||
136 | ||||
137 | ||||
144 | ||||
155 | ||||
157 | ||||
160 | ||||
163 | ||||
171 | ||||
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders |
174 | |||
179 | ||||
186 | ||||
186 | ||||
186 | ||||
F-1 |
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Neither we, the selling stockholder nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the SEC. We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since such date.
For investors outside of the United States, neither we, the selling stockholder nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
Through and including , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
i
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
Within this prospectus, we reference information and statistics regarding the Consumer Health industry. We have obtained this information and statistics from various independent third-party sources such as Euromonitor International Limited and SPINS, LLC. Some data and other information contained in this prospectus are also based on managements estimates and calculations, which are derived from our review and interpretation of internal independent sources. We are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry, market or similar data presented herein, and we believe the data regarding the industries in which we compete and our market position and market share within these industries and our internal company research and estimates are reasonable. In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industries future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in Risk Factors, Forward-Looking Statements, and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates.
When we refer to information published by SPINS, LLC throughout this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or the context requires otherwise:
|
dollar sales are calculated as the dollar sum of sales by a company for a specified brand or group of brands in the United States for the 52 weeks ended December 27, 2020. |
|
The Vitamins & Supplements department includes eight distinct categories: (i) Amino Acids, (ii) Digestive Aids & Enzymes, consisting of Digestive Aids & Enzymes Other, Fiber Products & Laxatives and Prebiotics & Probiotics, (iii) Food Supplements, consisting of Supplements Aloe, Supplements Bee, Supplements Cartilage, Supplements Green Food, Supplements Oils, Supplements Soy, Supplements Whole Food and Other, Supplements Yeast, (iv) Miscellaneous Supplements, consisting of Chromium Picolinate, Coenzyme Q10, Dhea 7, Pregnenolone & Hormones, Glucosamine & Chrondroitin, Polyphenols, and Supplements Miscellaneous Other, (v) Performance Nutrition, consisting of Creatine and Supplements Performance, (vi) Protein Supplements & Meal Replacements, consisting of Protein & Meal Replacement Liquid and Protein & Meal Replacement Powder, (vii) Vitamins & Minerals, consisting of Calcium & Calcium Formulas, Carotenoids & Antioxidant Formulas, Minerals Other, Multivitamins, Vitamin A & D & K, Vitamin B, Vitamin C, Vitamin E, Vitamins & Minerals Children, Vitamins & Minerals Womens, and (viii) Weight Management Formulas. |
|
The Herbs & Homeopathic department includes four distinct categories: (i) Flower Essences, consisting of single, combination and topical remedies, (ii) Herbal Formulas, consisting of products at least one herb combined with other herbs, vitamins or minerals, (iii) Herbal Singles, consisting of products containing only one herb, and (iv) Homeopathic Medicines, consisting of single, combination and topical remedies. |
|
The Natural Enhanced retail channel refers to full-format stores with more than $2 million in annual sales and 40% or more of UPC-coded sales from natural, organic and specialty products, and is comprised of over 1,850 full-format stores (including co-ops, associations, independents, large regional chains but excluding Whole Foods & Trader Joes). |
|
The Regional & Independent Grocery retail channel refers to traditional full-format grocery stores with at least $2 million ACV, or all commodity volume, and less than 40% of UPC-coded sales from natural, organic and specialty products, and is comprised of approximately 6,000 traditional full-format grocery stores. |
|
The Food-Drug and Mass retailers, or FDM, refers to the conventional multi-outlet channel, which includes (a) grocery outlets (stores with over $2 million annual ACV), (b) drug outlets (chains and independent stores, excluding prescription sales) and (c) selected retailers across mass merchandisers, including Walmart, Club, Dollar, and Military retailers. |
ii
As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or the context requires otherwise:
|
Net Promoter Score or NPS is an accepted methodology applied by the Company to measure customer satisfaction with and loyalty to the Company and our competitors. We calculate Net Promoter Score for both the Company and our competitors by requesting customer feedback in surveys conducted by the Company for each of our products using the following question: How likely are you to recommend us to another individual? Customers provide a response on the following scale of 0 10, with 0 representing Not at all likely and 10 representing Extremely likely. The customer feedback is categorized as follows: |
Score |
Categorization | |
0 6 |
Detractor | |
7 8 |
Passive | |
9 10 |
Promoter |
To calculate Net Promoter Score, we subtract the total percentage of Detractors from the total percentage of Promoters. For example, if 50% of respondents were Promoters and 10% were Detractors, our Net Promoter Score would be 40. The Net Promoter Score does not incorporate instances where customers decline to answer the survey. We calculate both the Companys Net Promoter Score and the Net Promoter Scores of our competitors using the same methodology. The competitor average score is the mean average net promoter score of the following other companies: Youtheory, hello bello, One A Day, HUM Nutrition, Smarty Pants, Natures Way, Natures Bounty, Nature Made, Garden of Life, Vitafusion, Spring Valley, Up & Up, Kirkland, Neuriva, Keep Calm, Isopure, Force Factor, NutriFlaire, Vital Proteins, and other store brands.
As used in this prospectus, consumer interest and engagement refer to web traffic and social media traffic, respectively, between the three-month period of October 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 and the subsequent three-month period of January 1, 2021 to March 31, 2021. Web traffic is measured through Google Analytics and Shopify Analytics, two independent site analytics platforms. Both Google Analytics and Shopify Analytics record and report on every site visit, as well as the pages visited and purchases made during these visits.
Social media traffic, likes, and engagement (defined as number of times users liked, commented, shared and saved posts) are measured within the native social analytics platforms that generate these events. Incoming traffic from social media is also measured via Google Analytics and Shopify Analytics, as the social content has been tagged with tracking parameters to identify the source, marketing campaign and ad creative versions that are generating the traffic to the site.
iii
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. For a more complete understanding of us and this offering, you should read and carefully consider the entire prospectus, including the more detailed information set forth under Risk Factors and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. See Forward-Looking Statements.
Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms The Better Being Co., the Company, we, us and our in this prospectus refer to Nutrition Topco, LLC and, where appropriate, its consolidated subsidiaries before the Corporate Conversion, and The Better Being Co. and, where appropriate, its consolidated subsidiaries after the Corporate Conversion. The term our principal stockholder refers to Norway Topco, LP.
Our Vision: Be the most trusted, natural source for health and wellness,
inside and out
Our Mission: Empower and inspire people to feel their very best
Our Company
The Better Being Co. is a high-growth whole-body wellness platform that develops, manufactures, markets and distributes trusted and beneficial vitamins, supplements, minerals and personal care products through a portfolio of differentiated brands. We are dedicated to providing innovative and high-quality products to our loyal consumers and compelling value to our global network of retail partners. The strong momentum across our brands is underpinned by durable, secular trends, including an increased consumer focus on health and wellness, the continued shift to online purchasing and the rising importance of self-care and well-being.
Our carefully curated collection of leading brands, each with a differentiated positioning, empowers our consumers to take charge of their health in order to meet their own unique wellness needs, inside and out. Our long-standing, highly reputable brands appeal to a broad range of consumer demographics spanning generations, cultures, income levels and varying degrees of knowledge and interest regarding health and wellness. As such, our products become an integral part of the daily routines of our loyal and highly engaged health and wellness-oriented consumers.
Our core brands include Solaray, KAL, Zhou, Nu U, Heritage Store, Life Flo and Zand Immunity, which together experienced annual average net sales growth of 15.2% from fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2020, significantly outpacing the growth of the global vitamins and minerals market. Our core brands have won numerous awards and have been featured in an array of magazines in recent years, and, according to SPINS, our Solaray brand is the fastest growing brand among top 5 brands (by dollar sales) across the Vitamins & Supplements and Herbs & Homeopathic departments in the combined Natural Enhanced and Regional & Independent Grocery retail channels in both dollar and growth, and is the #2 dollar share brand, for the 52 weeks ended December 27, 2020. Our portfolio also includes additional brands that offer a broad range of benefits to targeted consumer segments.
1
Our Core Brand Offering
Leveraging our agile, science-driven innovation engine and vertically integrated manufacturing capabilities, we are able to rapidly develop, produce and launch the vast majority of our products in-house. We are committed to sourcing only the highest quality, lab-verified ingredients, and we control our supply chain from sourcing to distribution, allowing us to consistently provide consumers and retail partners with high-quality, beneficial and nourishing products.
We endeavor to make our products available everywhere our consumers shop. We have broad omnichannel distribution globally, including long-standing relationships with leading Natural and Specialty retailers, increasing momentum with food, drug and mass (FDM) retailers and an established online presence. We provide a compelling value proposition to our existing and potential retail partners by driving in-store traffic through our tailored marketing strategies and delivering incremental sales in the premium vitamins, minerals and supplements and personal care categories. We also distribute internationally in fiscal year 2020, 29% of our net sales were generated outside of the United States, of which 61% were generated online, resulting in online international sales representing 18% of net sales.
Our net sales for fiscal year 2020 by channel, brand and geography are reflected below:
2
We have a long track record of strong net sales growth and our momentum has further accelerated under our highly experienced leadership team, growing net sales at 9.9% annually from fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2020 through a combination of organic growth and strategic acquisitions. Our strong growth momentum is further bolstered by compelling margins and robust free cash flow generation to deliver a highly attractive financial profile. In fiscal year 2020, while we had a net loss margin of 10.2%, we achieved gross margin and Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP financial metric) margin of 52.6% and 20.0%, respectively.
Our mission is to empower and inspire people to feel their very best by providing products targeting self-care and wellness across the globe, and we recognize the importance of social and environmental responsibility. We are passionate about our operational endeavors to increase usage of solar power, introduce recycled packaging and offset our carbon emissions, and proud of our diverse, mission-driven team and the inclusive, equitable and safe workplace we have provided for all of our employees. We have committed to increasing our solar power usage to 10% of total power by 2025, to planting one million trees in countries where our ingredients are sourced, and to sourcing 20% of our bottling needs using PCR resin with paper-to-plastic recycling in all departments. As we strive to be the most trusted natural source for health and wellness, inside and out, our commitment to these values remains a core element of our leadership.
Our Evolution
We have an enduring history as a pioneer in health and wellness, providing nourishing and beneficial products to health enthusiasts well before our founding in 1993. Many of our brands, like KAL (founded in 1932) and Solaray (founded in 1973), have a strong heritage with deep consumer trust and credibility built by consistently offering innovative, high quality products. Over time, we have continued to put the consumer first by selectively acquiring and building brands in core categories that offer our consumers a comprehensive selection of products to cater to their individual health and wellness needs.
Building upon our legacy, we have undergone a meaningful evolution since 2017 by implementing the following changes under the stewardship of our current management team and our principal stockholder:
|
Leadership: Invested in a world-class leadership team, including Monty Sharma as CEO and additional key leaders, to introduce deep expertise to our business and execute on our growth strategy; |
|
Marketing: Created dedicated world-class consumer marketing teams for each core brand to focus on innovation, consumer acquisition, engagement and retention; |
|
Brand activation: Expanded our brand strategy to reach the evolving spectrum of health and wellness-seeking consumers, amplifying brand awareness beyond enthusiasts; |
|
Portfolio: Optimized and reinvigorated our brand portfolio by refining brand marketing to reach a broader consumer base, streamlining our assortment to focus on the most relevant products for our consumers and acquiring Nu U and Zhou; |
|
Distribution: Committed to making our products available wherever our consumer shops by increasing omnichannel penetration, continuing our leadership position in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel, expanding our presence in the growing online channel, and gaining momentum in the FDM channel; |
|
Retail: Exited 52 previously operated retail stores to focus on our core capabilities in marketing, distribution, innovation and manufacturing, improve relationships with retail partners by removing a potential conflict of interest, and redirect capital to more efficient uses; and |
3
|
Manufacturing: Rationalized manufacturing footprint by consolidating operations and driving continuous improvement in core production capabilities. |
These recent initiatives have delivered rapid results and have positioned us to capture increased market share as we execute on our strategic growth plan. We have grown our net sales from $264 million in fiscal year 2018 to $319 million in fiscal year 2020, representing a CAGR of 9.9%. Over the same period, our net income (loss) declined from ($4.9) million to ($32.7) million, while our Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP financial metric) increased from $53.2 million to $63.9 million.
Our Industry and Market Opportunity
According to Global Wellness Institute, we participate in the $4.5 trillion global wellness economy, consisting of sectors that enable consumers to incorporate wellness activities and lifestyles into their daily lives. The wellness market has grown exponentially in recent years, driven by a re-prioritization of consumer values, including an increasing focus on health in a holistic manner. Regimens are changing, especially to include vitamins, minerals and supplements, as consumers place greater focus on self-care. In 2020, our core category focus of vitamins and minerals totaled approximately $138 billion globally and $47 billion in the United States, according to Euromonitor data. This category has experienced robust growth throughout market cycles historically and has largely been resilient to broader economic fluctuation, growing 7.1% globally and 7.2% in the United States from 2007 to 2009 during the Great Recession. Industry and consumer momentum has increased in the recent past and the category is projected to continue growing at 5.7% annually from 2020 to 2024, introducing the opportunity for a well-positioned platform to take a leadership position through consumer activation.
Size of Global Vitamins and Minerals Market
In addition, we benefit from durable secular tailwinds described below:
More Informed Consumers with Increased Focus on Wellness. Consumers globally are increasingly identifying their unique individual health needs and becoming more educated about wellness products. These consumers are shifting focus to specific need states, looking for solutions that support and maintain wellness in discrete categories.
Shift Towards Preventative Health. 75% of U.S. adults take dietary supplements, up from 65% 10 years ago. We believe that consumers view self-care and wellness products as lower cost alternatives for better health management, especially when compared to rising healthcare costs in the United States and will increasingly seek out these products as a result.
4
Aging Population. The over 50 age demographic accounts for a substantial portion of supplement purchases in the United States. Well over half of all adults in all age groups report taking dietary supplements with the over 55 age group reporting the highest rate at 81%. As the U.S. population ages and life expectancy increases, we believe this core consumer demographic will increase as will demand for supplements.
Increasing Awareness and Interest in Vitamins and Dietary Supplements from Millennials and Gen-Z. 61% of eighteen to thirty-four year olds take dietary supplements. Younger generations are enhancing their self-care by adding vitamins, minerals and supplements to their routines. Millennials and Gen-Z are increasingly interested in digitally savvy, omnichannel, solution-focused wellness brands and products with clean labeling. According to an IBM study, attributes including health and wellness benefits and natural / organic ingredients are top priorities for these consumers.
Acceleration of Health and Wellness Trends Due to the COVID-19 Pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated trends globally towards wellness and preventative health, especially within the immunity category, which serves as an entry point into supplements. There has been an influx of new consumers into the Natural and Specialty Retail channel since the start of COVID-19 related restrictions and stay-at-home orders, as a natural lifestyle is appealing to consumers who want to live healthfully and care for their well-being holistically. Consumers have become more proactive about healthy living with 53% of consumers becoming more concerned about their health now than they were prior to the COVID-19 pandemic and, as a result, have meaningfully increased spending on health and wellness products during the pandemic. This trend is expected to remain elevated as 88% stated they would continue to increase spend on health and wellness going forward as staying healthy has taken on new meaning due to COVID-19. Consumers are much more invested in taking care of themselves long-term and want trusted options that help them meet that objective.
Our Competitive Strengths
Our category-leading brands with strong heritage, innovation capabilities and vertically integrated model differentiate us from our competition and have contributed to and continue to enable our robust and profitable growth.
Market-Leading, Trusted Brand Portfolio in Highly Attractive Categories
Our portfolio of market-leading, trusted brands participates in the highly attractive $4.5 trillion global wellness economy, as assessed by the Global Wellness Institute, and our products reside amongst the fastest growing categories in the industry, with global vitamins and minerals market size expected to grow 5.7% from 2020 to 2024, according to Euromonitor. Not only have our core brands experienced sustained and accelerating growth driven by an increased consumer focus on wellness and self-care, the growth of our core brands has also outpaced the larger category due to the strength of our beneficial and nourishing products, our portfolio, and our appeal to consumers. From fiscal year 2018 to 2020, we delivered annual net sales growth of 9.9% and 15.2% for our total portfolio and our core brands, respectively, while the global vitamins and minerals market grew 3.2% from calendar year 2018 to 2020. Further to our growth momentum, our core brands have also achieved over twelve Best of Supplement and Best of Natural Beauty awards from Better Nutrition Magazine, six Industry Choice awards from Whole Foods Magazine, multiple Vity awards from Vitamin Retailer Magazine, and have been featured in magazines such as Vogue, Forbes and Marie Claire.
Our leading market position in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel, both as a platform and through our differentiated individual brand leadership, has been a critical component of our success to
5
date and positions us for consistent strong brand growth and expansion to new consumers and distribution channels. Our products are sold in eight thousand Natural and Specialty Retail locations, and, historically, we have built strength in this channel by partnering with stores to educate our consumers regarding the benefits of our products. Our core brand sales at Natural Enhanced and Regional & Independent Grocery Retail and Specialty Retail doors have grown 13% from fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2020 while channel sales through retail doors during the time period were less than 1%. We continue to show strong momentum in performance through year-to-date period ending December 27, 2020, according to SPINS:
|
We have the #1 units sold and #2 dollar share across the combined Vitamins & Supplements & Herbs and Homeopathic departments in the Natural Enhanced retail channel; and |
|
Solaray is the fastest growing brand among top five brands (by dollar sales) across the Vitamins & Supplements and Herbs & Homeopathic departments in the combined Natural Enhanced and Regional & Independent Grocery retail channels in both dollar and unit growth, and is the #2 dollar share brand. |
Building upon our long-standing leadership in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel and our deep consumer insights, we are enhancing our omnichannel presence for a strategic selection of our highly reputable core brands, including a growing momentum in FDM:
|
Zhou, with a contemporary positioning, is one of the fastest growing brands as measured by consumer interest (web traffic), and has an NPS of 76 for 2020 (based on a survey of 1,376 consumers), well exceeding competitor average NPS of 38 (which consisted of an average of the NPS of 20 competitors); and |
|
Heritage Store has a large consumer base of 25 to 34-year olds with a high level of engagement, as measured by social media interactions, and experienced a 13.3% increase in engagement in 2021 for the three-month period from January to March versus the prior three months. Heritage Store has recently expanded in leading national retailers and its core products are experiencing velocity, or units sold per store per week, of 1.2 to 1.6 versus a benchmark of 1.0 units per store per week. |
Whole Body Wellness Strategy Catering to Unique Consumer Needs, Driving High Loyalty and Repeat Purchase
Wellness is now a lifestyle, and we develop, market and distribute products to empower our consumers to feel their best, inside and out. We appeal to consumers by fitting seamlessly into their day-to-day lives, not just their moments of health and well-being. As consumers take a much more holistic approach to their health, we are committed to supporting their various and evolving goals through an innovative, robust product offering of beneficial, trusted options that meet their unique pain points and general wellness needs. We aim to appeal to a diverse range of consumer demographics and varying degrees of knowledge and interest regarding health and wellness. For example, our Solaray brand utilizes labeling with clear icons and phrases to denote product attributes, which has strong appeal to do-it-yourself health enthusiasts who come to the store with experience and knowledge seeking a specific ingredient or functional solution. A recent company survey that we conducted in March 2021 showed that 70% of Solaray consumers learn about supplements and wellness products through their own research, reinforcing the importance of Solarays packaging focus.
Our consumers seek out and repurchase our products because of the authentic positioning, long-term brand trust, clean labeling, lab-verified premium quality and exceptional value themes validated in our recently conducted consumer surveys. We have consistently delivered on our brand promise, and we believe this has driven a loyal consumer following and strong repeat purchase rate across our portfolio of brands. Based on a survey of our Solaray and Zhou consumers, more than one third of our
6
Solaray consumers have used our products for over five years and over 70% of Zhou consumers expect to continue use of our Zhou branded products for a minimum of three years. In addition, Zhou enjoys a 56% repeat purchase rate within its direct to consumer business.
Agile, Science-Driven Innovation and Well-Invested, State-of-the-Art Manufacturing Capabilities
We have a proven track record of consistently delivering new product innovation across our portfolio of brands by leveraging our world-class research and development capabilities combined with our agile, vertically integrated manufacturing infrastructure. With our state-of-the-art in-house laboratory and panel of scientific advisors, we are committed to enhancing our product assortment to meet the evolving health and wellness needs of our consumers. We consistently invest in innovation, spending approximately $6 million annually since 2019 in research and development, and leverage our network of four PhDs and three MDs on staff. We typically launch 150 new products across our brand portfolio each year, and recent examples of our innovation engine include our Solaray Mycrobiome Probiotic, Zhou Elder-Mune Elderberry gummies and Zhou Elder-Mune Zinc gummies. In addition, we participate in clinical studies with universities to further evaluate our product with intent to support the claims we make and the potency of our formulas.
An emphasis on quality underscores everything we do, and our differentiated, vertically integrated infrastructure enables us to maintain full control over our supply chain. Our global sourcing model ensures consistent supply, even in times of global disruption, by maintaining relationships with a broad set of geographically diverse suppliers. We test 100% of the lots of all raw materials and maintain the highest standards for our lab testing, which is increasingly mandated by our retail partners and provides us with a competitive advantage for entry into some international markets. We manufacture 85% of our products in-house at our state-of-the-art campus in Ogden, Utah, with production capabilities spanning a variety of delivery forms. We also maintain strong co-manufacturer relationships to deliver novel product formats and retain flexibility to supplement our manufacturing capacity.
Omnichannel presence with a compelling value proposition to online and retail partners
We are dedicated to making our brands and products available everywhere our consumers shop. Our omnichannel presence, as well as our distribution network, enables us to be a trusted partner on our consumers wellness journeys, both online and offline.
Physical Retail: We have a strong existing presence in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel, and have leveraged our leadership position in this channel to enter and grow rapidly in FDM, having secured over 68,000 new points of FDM distribution in 2021. Our products are available at leading retail partners, including Whole Foods, Natural Grocers, Sprouts, Kroger, Target and Walmart. We offer a compelling value proposition to our retail partners by driving in-store traffic and delivering incremental premium category sales, which retail partners are increasingly turning to in order to differentiate themselves from online players.
Online Retail: As consumers increasingly shift to online purchases, we have ensured that our products are available on Amazon, online sites of our retail partners, specialty health and wellness online retailers and our own brand websites. In 2017, we acquired Zhou, a digitally native brand targeted at millennials, to expand our consumer reach as well as increase our competencies in the rapidly growing online space and have leveraged these learnings across our portfolio. Over 65% of Zhou consumers prefer to purchase their supplements online, and we enjoy an average rating of approximately 4.5 out of 5.0 for its products on Amazon as well as 12 different Amazon Best Seller and Amazon Choice badges, which are awarded by Amazon through an algorithmic process which factors, among other things, total sales and number of reviews and ratings. Through the successful
7
expansion of our portfolio with Zhou and our ongoing shift to online across all brands, in fiscal year 2020, online channel sales contributed 44% to our net sales and grew 26% over fiscal year 2019.
Compelling Growth and Margin Profile with Strong Free Cash Flow Generation
We have an attractive financial profile with a long track record of robust net sales and profitability growth, and under our highly experienced leadership team we have further accelerated our growth momentum while sustaining a compelling margin profile and strong free cash flow generation. From fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2020, we have grown our net sales at a compound average growth rate of 9.9% and our gross profit at a compound average growth rate of 10.4%. Over the same period, our net income (loss) declined from ($4.9) million to ($32.7) million, while our Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP financial metric) increased from $53.2 million to $63.9 million through a combination of organic growth and strategic acquisitions. Our organic growth has been driven by a mix of strong category tailwinds, expanded distribution, acceleration of online penetration, and consistent engagement with our consumers. In addition, since 2017, we have successfully acquired and integrated Zhou and Nu U into our platform, expanding our core brand offering and realizing revenue and cost synergies in each transaction. Our margin profile, along with disciplined capital expenditures, drive consistently high cash flow generation, providing significant financial flexibility to continue to reinvest in our business and opportunistically pursue value enhancing acquisitions.
Mission-Driven Management Team with Deep Industry Experience
Our company is led by a highly accomplished executive team with significant experience in the consumer products industry. Our CEO, Monty Sharma, has over 25 years of experience leading branded consumer packaged goods companies and has extensive experience with wellness brands. Our deep leadership bench has total industry experience of over 800 years at brands such as Nestlé, Pepsi, Coca-Cola, Kraft Heinz, Atkins, Simply Good Foods, Estée Lauder, Clinique and Gucci. We are proud that 40% of our executive team identifies itself as an ethnic minority. Together, our team has demonstrated the ability to enhance growth through active portfolio management, refreshed, refocused marketing initiatives, continuous innovation, expansion into new sales channels and customer relationships and winning with consumers at the point of purchase, while exemplifying core values that underpin our operating philosophy: integrity, transparency, contribution, discipline, respect and enthusiasm.
Our Growth Strategies
Amplify Brand Awareness to Enhance Consumer Engagement and Reach New Consumers
We utilize a multi-pronged, brand-specific marketing strategy to acquire consumers, enhance engagement, increase brand awareness and drive repeat purchase. Our marketing strategy is underpinned by disciplined, results-driven metrics such as Return on Advertising Spend (ROAS), which is net sales divided by the advertising expense in a channel over a given period, Customer Acquisition Cost, which is the cost to acquire a new customer in a period, and Lifetime Value of a Customer, which is the amount a customer buys in a measurable period.
Invest behind core brands: Our core brands each have a dedicated marketing team whose goal is to develop a bespoke strategy that engages existing consumers and drives awareness amongst new consumers. Solaray, for example, has launched lifestyle video advertising in all core digital channels to appeal to health enthusiasts and wellness seekers, while Heritage Store, our personal care brand with
8
a strong female-identifying Gen-Z and millennial following, utilizes an influencer-led strategy and digital-led advertising. Furthermore, our brand-specific websites aid consumer education with refreshed content regarding our brand offerings and purposeful portfolio segmentation to enable increased consumer retention and engagement within the brand ecosystem.
Refine brand marketing to reach new consumer segments: Our highly curated brand portfolio emphasizes a differentiated positioning and purpose for each of our brands to support an array of consumers on their unique journeys to wellness. Through a consistent focus on ensuring distinctive brand messaging, we seek opportunities to reinvigorate our existing and acquired brands to appeal to new, targeted consumer segments. For example, in early 2021, we enhanced our KAL brand strategy to leverage its strong perception as a natural, trustworthy and family-focused solution in order to increase the aperture of the consumer by focusing and evolving our product assortment. We recently launched our dinosaur line of gummies targeted at children ages four and older, and have successfully achieved placement in more than 1,000 leading Natural and Specialty Retail doors. We are also in the process of launching repackaging for Solaray, embracing the brands timeless heritage while continuing to appeal to health enthusiasts. With a deep understanding of our Natural and Specialty Retail consumer, Solaray is expanding its reach to the do-it-for-me consumer through simplified labeling that emphasizes potential benefits and ingredients.
Increase Penetration in Priority Channels
We have an established omnichannel presence, which allows us to continue expanding penetration across both our existing and recently entered sales channels.
Natural and Specialty Retail. Our strong leadership position in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel positions us well to capture incremental growth. For example, within the first five months of the Solaray ImmuFIGHT launch, we secured distribution for the product in approximately 1,000 Natural and Specialty Retail doors.
Food, Drug & Mass. FDM accounted for 26% of the supplement market but made up only 4% of our sales in 2020, providing a significant opportunity for us to meaningfully expand distribution in the channel. We have recently successfully entered the channel with our Zhou, Heritage Store and Zand Immunity brandsstrategic choices based on deep insights of the brands target consumers and their shopping patterns. In order to ensure success and continue to build out the FDM channel, we also recently made several key hires, including a Chief Revenue Officer and several other senior executives with deep experience in the FDM and club channels. Furthermore, we have augmented our internal team with highly qualified national and account-specific brokers.
Online. We have achieved success across online platforms, including an established Amazon presence, driving acceleration in digital sales. Online presents an opportunity for sustained growth driving incremental sales across our platform of brands. Our online sales grew 26% in fiscal year 2020 as our consumers sought us out online organically, and our Amazon point-of-sale trailing twelve month revenue grew 43% year over year in December 2020. Going forward, we plan to increase investment in the channel to acquire new consumers online and benefit from omnichannel execution.
Expand Footprint Across Key International Markets
We have significant whitespace outside of the United States and will continue to strategically enter large, fast-growing international markets utilizing a mix of our own salesforce and distribution partnerships. Our strategy for international expansion is focused on five core brands, Solaray, Zhou, Heritage Store, Nu U and KAL, leveraging their heritage, authenticity and strong track record. We have
9
also established an internal team to drive international growth, including internationally-based executives. Our existing international business operates across online and brick and mortar channels, with online contributing 61% of international sales in fiscal year 2020, driving opportunity for long-term omnichannel growth.
Existing International Markets. We currently sell our brands in 65 countries internationally, including in the United Kingdom, Spain, Romania, Denmark and Norway. We are expanding our local market teams in order to take full control of our international distribution. We successfully entered into Europe by leveraging our established brand strength, experience in the U.S. market and local market insights. We will continue to build relationships with the Natural and Specialty Retail and FDM channels in these markets in order to increase sales.
New International Markets. We have a disciplined approach to assessing new international markets for introducing our core brands and determining the optimal local market strategy for reaching consumers. Leveraging our experience in successfully entering key international markets, we plan to continue to selectively expand our footprint in new international markets, providing a gateway to new consumers globally.
Drive Innovation to Extend Existing Product Lines and Enter into Adjacent Categories
Our passion for creating products that address high consumer interest need states, empowering our consumers to live their best lives, drives our innovation mindset.
Further enhance our product assortment. With guidance from our scientific advisors and informed by our consumers evolving health and wellness needs, we will continue to optimize our assortment to ensure product relevancy, novelty and differentiation. For example, in 2017 we launched the Solaray Mycrobiome Probiotic, which contributed $5.4 million net sales in fiscal year 2020, and in 2019 we launched the Zhou Elder-Mune Elderberry gummies, which exceeded net sales of $600,000 in its first full year following launch and contributed $5.6 million net sales in fiscal year 2020.
Enter into adjacent categories. We intend to leverage our innovation capabilities and existing brand equity to selectively enter into adjacent categories where we believe there are significant growth opportunities. We believe there would be strong consumer acceptance and expansion opportunities across several of our core brands, including sports nutrition and beauty-from-within for Zhou, allowing us to further expand our total addressable market. Our go-forward Zhou brand strategy includes expansion into the sports nutrition market, which is estimated at approximately $25 billion globally in 2021, according to Euromonitor, and entails the launch of a curated assortment of targeted, solution-focused products that we believe are additive to our retailer customers shelves. After conducting surveys and conversations with more than two thousand potential Zhou customers to understand the category, we have begun rollout with key marquee accounts.
Selectively Pursue Value-Enhancing Acquisitions and Investments
We intend to utilize a disciplined approach for evaluating potential opportunities to enhance our brand portfolio, product offering and capabilities. We have successfully completed multiple acquisitions, including Nu U, Zhou and Heritage Store, that have added strong, complementary brands to our portfolio. As a leader in the health and wellness market, in innovation capabilities and across global omnichannel distribution channels, we believe we are well-positioned as an attractive platform for potential targets. We intend to continue the systematic evaluation of our robust pipeline of acquisition opportunities in order to further enhance our global brand portfolio and broaden our consumer reach, and to selectively review strategic investment opportunities to build early brand partnerships.
10
Risk Factor Summary
There are a number of risks related to our business, this offering and our common stock that you should consider before you decide to participate in this offering. You should carefully consider all the information presented in the section titled Risk Factors in this prospectus. Some of the principal risks related to our business include the following:
|
Our success is linked to the size and growth rate of the vitamins, minerals and supplements market and an adverse change in the size or growth rate of that market could have a material adverse effect on us; |
|
Because a material amount of our sales are to or through Natural and Specialty Retail stores, we are dependent to a large degree upon the success of this channel as well as the success of specific retailers in the channel; |
|
A loss of, or material cancellation, reduction, or delay in purchases by, one or more of our largest customers could harm our business; |
|
Our success depends on our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brands; |
|
We may fail to attract, acquire or retain customers at our current or anticipated future growth rate, or may fail to do so in a cost-effective manner, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations; |
|
If we are unable to anticipate customer preferences and successfully develop new and innovative products in a timely manner or effectively manage the introduction of new or enhanced products, then our business may be adversely affected; |
|
We are highly dependent upon consumers perception of the safety and quality of our products as well as similar products distributed by other companies in our industry, and adverse publicity and negative public perception regarding particular ingredients or products or our industry in general could limit our ability to increase revenue and grow our business; |
|
We face intense competition from competitors that are larger, more established and that possess greater resources than we do, and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may be unable to gain sufficient market share to sustain profitability; |
|
The COVID-19 pandemic and associated responses could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects; |
|
We plan to expand into additional international markets, which will expose us to significant risks; |
|
Because we depend on outside suppliers with whom we do not have long-term agreements for raw materials, we may be unable to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials for our products at favorable prices or at all, which could result in product shortages and back orders for our products, with a resulting loss of sales and profitability; |
|
A disruption in the service, a significant increase in the cost of our primary delivery and shipping services for our products or a significant disruption at shipping ports could adversely affect our business; |
|
We are dependent upon our lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and meet our liquidity needs, and the lack of adequate financing could negatively impact our business; |
11
|
We and our suppliers are subject to numerous laws and regulations that apply to the manufacturing and sale of nutritional supplements, and compliance with these laws and regulations, as they currently exist or as modified in the future, may increase our costs, limit or eliminate our ability to sell certain products, subject us or our suppliers to the risk of enforcement action, or otherwise adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition; |
|
Our success is dependent on the accuracy, reliability, and proper use of sophisticated and dependable information processing systems and management information technology and any interruption in these systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations; and |
|
the other factors set forth under Risk Factors. |
These and other risks are more fully described in the section titled Risk Factors in this prospectus. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.
Our Principal Stockholder
We have a valuable relationship with our principal stockholder. We are party to a director nomination agreement with certain parties, including HGGC and Snapdragon, collectively owning a majority of the outstanding partnership interests in our principal stockholder that provides the respective parties with the right to designate nominees to our board of directors, or our Board, subject to certain conditions. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsRelated Party TransactionsDirector Nomination Agreement for more details with respect to the director nomination agreement (the Director Nomination Agreement).
Our principal stockholder is controlled by investment funds affiliated with HGGC, LLC, a leading middle-market private equity firm with over $5.4 billion in cumulative capital commitments, and Snapdragon Capital Partners LLC, a consumer growth private equity firm. Based in Palo Alto, California, HGGC is distinguished by its Advantaged Investing approach that enables the firm to source and acquire scalable businesses at attractive multiples through partnerships with management teams, founders and sponsors who reinvest alongside HGGC, creating a strong alignment of interests, as well as public boards that may be looking for a partner to maximize stockholder value. Over its history, HGGC has completed more than 200 platform investments, add-on acquisitions, recapitalizations and liquidity events with an aggregate transaction value of over $30 billion.
Based in Greenwich, Connecticut, Snapdragon is a leading investor in the Health & Wellness category with a history of investing behind leading fitness, better-for-you food, health services and consumer products. Snapdragon targets categories benefiting from favorable long term secular trends and seeks to partner with companies to help them achieve their full potential.
General Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 222 Main Street, Suite 1600, Salt Lake City, Utah 84101. Our telephone number is (435) 655-6000. Our website address is www.betterbeing.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock. We are a holding company and all of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries.
12
This prospectus includes our trademarks and service marks which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of us or our subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.
Corporate Conversion
We currently operate as a Delaware limited liability company under the name Nutrition Topco, LLC, which directly and indirectly holds all of the equity interests in our operating subsidiaries. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, Nutrition Topco, LLC will convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion and will change its name to The Better Being Co. In this prospectus, we refer to all of the transactions related to our conversion into a corporation as the Corporate Conversion. Following the Corporate Conversion, we will remain a holding company and will continue to conduct our business through our operating subsidiaries. For more information, see the section titled Corporate Conversion.
Following the completion of the Corporate Conversion and prior to the closing of this offering, our principal stockholder will own approximately % of The Better Being Co.s common stock. The Better Being Co. will have several wholly owned direct and indirect subsidiaries that are legacies from the corporate structure that existed prior to this offering. See the section titled Corporate Conversion.
Status as a Controlled Company
Because our principal stockholder will beneficially own shares of our common stock (or shares of our common stock if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), representing approximately % of the voting power of our company following the completion of this offering (or % if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), we will be a controlled company as of the completion of the offering under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the rules of the NYSE. As a controlled company, we will not be required to have a majority of independent directors or to form an independent compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee. As a controlled company, we will remain subject to the rules of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which require us to have an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors. Under these rules, we must have at least one independent director on our audit committee by the date our common stock is listed on the NYSE, at least two independent directors on our audit committee within 90 days of the listing date, and at least three directors, all of whom must be independent, on our audit committee within one year of the listing date. We expect to have six independent directors upon the closing of this offering, one of whom (Ms. Morris) will qualify as independent for audit committee purposes.
If at any time we cease to be a controlled company, we will take all action necessary to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules of the NYSE, including by having a majority of independent directors and ensuring we have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted phase-in period. See the section titled ManagementCorporate GovernanceControlled Company Status.
13
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We qualify as an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer (this means the market value of common that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year) or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.
An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:
|
not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; |
|
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and |
|
exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. |
We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding financial statements (such as not being required to provide audited financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2018 or five years of Selected Consolidated Financial Data) in this prospectus and executive compensation in this prospectus and expect to elect to take advantage of other reduced burdens in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.
The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to opt-in to this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards on a non-delayed basis.
14
THE OFFERING
Issuer |
The Better Being Co. |
Common stock offered by us |
shares. |
Common stock offered by the selling stockholder |
shares. |
Option to purchase additional shares from us |
shares. |
Option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder |
shares. |
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
shares (or shares if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, including from the selling stockholder, is exercised in full). |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $ million, or approximately $ million if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, including from the selling stockholder, is exercised in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We expect to use approximately $ million of the net proceeds of this offering (or $ million of the net proceeds of this offering if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) to repay outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities, and the remainder of such net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. |
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares being offering by the selling stockholder, including any shares of common stock being sold by the selling stockholder pursuant to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. See Use of Proceeds for additional information. |
15
Controlled company |
After this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth in this section, our principal stockholder will own approximately % of our common stock (or % of our common stock if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, including from the selling stockholder, is exercised in full). As a result, we expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See ManagementCorporate GovernanceControlled Company Status. |
Risk factors |
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See Risk Factors elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. |
Proposed trading symbol |
BBCO. |
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021 after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion, and excludes million shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or the 2021 Plan, which will be adopted in connection with this offering.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:
|
the consummation of the Corporate Conversion; |
|
the filing of our certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our bylaws; |
|
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock from us and additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholder; and |
|
excludes shares of common stock, plus future increases, reserved for issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP). |
16
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data and other data. We derived the condensed consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The condensed consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 and the condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 have been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial data and other data should be read in conjunction with the sections titled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Year Ended
September 30, |
Six Months Ended
March, 31 (unaudited) |
|||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share and per unit data) |
||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss: |
||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 319,310 | $ | 277,514 | $ | 178,557 | $ | 154,094 | ||||||||
Cost of sales |
151,401 | 131,683 | 88,574 | 72,862 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit |
167,909 | 145,831 | 89,983 | 81,232 | ||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Distribution expense |
31,444 | 30,155 | 17,458 | 14,933 | ||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
91,967 | 79,233 | 54,152 | 45,320 | ||||||||||||
Legal settlement expense |
32,441 | 511 | 4,701 | 999 | ||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
15,043 | 14,675 | 7,312 | 7,556 | ||||||||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment |
(375 | ) | 578 | 298 | (106 | ) | ||||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
873 | | 515 | | ||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
171,393 | 125,152 | 84,436 | 68,702 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
(Loss) income from operations |
(3,484 | ) | 20,679 | 5,547 | 12,530 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Interest expense |
36,629 | 30,024 | 16,822 | 13,992 | ||||||||||||
Other income, net |
(165 | ) | (998 | ) | (189 | ) | (114 | ) | ||||||||
Loss before (benefit) for income taxes |
(39,948 | ) | (8,347 | ) | (11,086 | ) | (1,348 | ) | ||||||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
(7,297 | ) | (3,479 | ) | (2,250 | ) | (358 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (32,651 | ) | $ | (4,868 | ) | $ | (8,836 | ) | $ | (990 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax |
732 | (792 | ) | 1,681 | (321 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Comprehensive loss |
$ | (31,919 | ) | $ | (5,660 | ) | $ | (7,155 | ) | $ | (1,311 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Per Unit/Share Data(1): |
||||||||||||||||
Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(2) |
$ | $ | ||||||||||||||
Pro forma as adjusted net loss per share, basic and diluted |
$ | $ |
(1) |
The historical earnings per unit is not meaningful or comparable because, prior to the Corporate Conversion, the Company was a single member limited liability company. Accordingly, earnings per unit is not presented. |
17
(2) |
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing pro forma net loss by pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding. For the year ended September 30, 2020 and the six months ended March 31, 2021, pro forma net loss is computed by decreasing net loss by $ of interest expense, net of tax, that would not have been incurred if the offering had occurred on October 1, 2019. Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding is computed by increasing the weighted-average common shares outstanding by , which represents the $ million in outstanding borrowings described in Use of Proceeds being repaid with the proceeds of this offering divided by the public offering price per share. This pro forma data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our net loss or net loss per share actually would have been had the offering and use of proceeds therefrom occurred on October 1, 2019 or to project our net loss or net loss per share for any future period. |
September 30,
2020 |
March 31,
2021 |
March 31,
2021 |
||||||||||
Actual | (unaudited) |
Pro Forma as
Adjusted(3)(4) |
||||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at end of period): |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 20,799 | $ | 8,783 | $ | |||||||
Total assets |
$ | 504,323 | $ | 487,709 | $ | |||||||
Working capital |
$ | 30,754 | $ | 75,566 | $ | |||||||
Debt, net |
$ | 340,231 | $ | 390,630 | $ | |||||||
Accumulated deficit |
$ | 60,785 | $ | 69,621 | $ | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total liabilities and members equity |
$ | 504,323 | $487,709 | $ | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
The pro forma as adjusted column reflects: (i) the pro forma adjustments following (a) the completion of the Corporate Conversion and (b) the filing and effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation in Delaware, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price per share of $ (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the application of the net proceeds from this offering as set forth under the section titled Use of Proceeds. |
(4) |
The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share of $ (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets, working capital, debt, and total liabilities and members equity by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets, working capital, debt, and total liabilities and members equity by approximately $ million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
18
Our key financial metrics for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 included:
Year Ended
September 30, |
Six Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 319,310 | $ | 277,514 | $ | 178,557 | $ | 154,094 | ||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (32,651 | ) | $ | (4,868 | ) | $ | (8,836 | ) | $ | (990 | ) | ||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
$ | 63,908 | $ | 58,019 | $ | 33,890 | $ | 30,027 | ||||||||
Adjusted net income(1) |
$ | 9,605 | $ | 14,965 | $ | 9,495 | $ | 8,457 |
(1) |
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income, both non-GAAP financial metrics, are included as a disclosure because we believe it is a useful indicator of our operating performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before net interest and other expense (income), taxes, depreciation, amortization, and long-lived asset, goodwill and intangible asset impairments, and certain other expenses that we believe are not indicative of our core operating performance. We define Adjusted net income as net income (loss) adjusted for amortization of intangible assets and for certain other expenses that we believe are not indicative of our operating performance. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsNon-GAAP Measures for a discussion about the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income. |
The following table presents the reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP financial metric) for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020:
Year Ended
September 30, |
Six Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||
(in thousands,
except percentages) |
||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (32,651 | ) | $ | (4,868 | ) | $ | (8,836 | ) | $ | (990 | ) | ||||
Add: |
||||||||||||||||
Interest and other expense, net |
36,464 | 29,026 | 16,633 | 13,878 | ||||||||||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
(7,297 | ) | (3,479 | ) | (2,250 | ) | (358 | ) | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
24,865 | 25,105 | 12,655 | 12,182 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
EBITDA |
21,381 | 45,784 | 18,202 | 24,712 | ||||||||||||
Legal settlement expense(1) |
32,441 | 511 | 4,701 | 999 | ||||||||||||
Stock based compensation |
942 | 500 | 749 | 295 | ||||||||||||
Merger and acquisition related items(2) |
6,220 | 5,085 | 2,175 | 2,849 | ||||||||||||
Organizational realignment costs(3) |
2,426 | 3,002 | 355 | 1,278 | ||||||||||||
Strategic initiatives(4) |
| 2,559 | 1,068 | | ||||||||||||
Inventory write-offs(5) |
| | 4,324 | | ||||||||||||
IPO readiness(6) |
| | 1,503 | | ||||||||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant, and equipment |
(375 | ) | 578 | 298 | (106 | ) | ||||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
873 | | 515 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 63,908 | $ | 58,019 | $ | 33,890 | $ | 30,027 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Percentage of net sales |
20.0 | % | 20.9 | % | 19.0 | % | 19.5 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
(1) |
Represents settlement expense and legal fees incurred in association with stockholder litigation. See Note 13 Capital Stock to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and Note 9 Capital Stock to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense. |
(2) |
Represents transaction-related costs and expenses associated with the February 13, 2019 acquisition of Nu U and the minority investment by Maze and Snapdragon. For the year ended September 30, 2020 and six months ended March 31, 2021, amount primarily attributable to earn-out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition. For the year ended September 30, 2019 and six months ended March 31, 2020, amount primarily attributable to transaction expenses and earn out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition and transactions expenses associated with the minority investment. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(3) |
Represents professional fees, severance expense, relocation expense, and executive search costs incurred related to our organizational realignment and geographic consolidation. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(4) |
Represents professional fees incurred in association with a strategic commercial transformation and certain targeted corporate rebranding and marketing projects. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(5) |
Represents the write-off of inventory related to discontinued product lines and certain excess inventory as a result of pandemic-related disruptions during the six months ended March 31, 2021. These costs are included within Cost of sales in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021. |
(6) |
Represents professional fees, legal expense, and other expenses incurred in association with our initial public offering. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021. |
20
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted net income (non-GAAP financial metric) for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020:
Year Ended
September 30, |
Six Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (32,651 | ) | $ | (4,868 | ) | $ | (8,836 | ) | $ | (990 | ) | ||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
15,043 | 14,675 | 7,312 | 7,556 | ||||||||||||
Legal settlement expense(1) |
32,441 | 511 | 4,701 | 999 | ||||||||||||
Stock based compensation |
942 | 500 | 749 | 295 | ||||||||||||
Merger and acquisition related items(2) |
6,220 | 5,085 | 2,175 | 2,849 | ||||||||||||
Organizational realignment costs(3) |
2,426 | 3,002 | 355 | 1,278 | ||||||||||||
Strategic initiatives(4) |
| 2,559 | 1,068 | | ||||||||||||
Inventory write-offs(5) |
| | 4,324 | | ||||||||||||
IPO readiness(6) |
| | 1,503 | | ||||||||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant, and equipment |
(375 | ) | 578 | 298 | (106 | ) | ||||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
873 | | 515 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Adjustments |
57,570 | 26,910 | 23,000 | 12,871 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Tax effects of adjustments(7) |
15,314 | 7,077 | 4,669 | 3,424 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted net income |
$ | 9,605 | $ | 14,965 | $ | 9,495 | $ | 8,457 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Percentage of net sales |
3.0 | % | 5.4 | % | 5.3 | % | 5.5 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Represents settlement expense and legal fees incurred in association with stockholders litigation. See Note 13 Capital Stock to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and Note 9 Capital Stock to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense. |
(2) |
Represents transaction-related costs and expenses associated with the February 13, 2019 acquisition of Nu U and the minority investment by Maze and Snapdragon. For the year ended September 30, 2020 and six months ended March 31, 2021, amount primarily attributable to earn-out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition. For the year ended September 30, 2019 and six months ended March 31, 2020, amount primarily attributable to transaction expenses and earn out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition and transactions expenses associated with the minority investment. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(3) |
Represents professional fees, severance expense, relocation expense, and executive search costs incurred related to our organizational realignment and geographic consolidation. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
21
(4) |
Represents professional fees incurred in association with a strategic commercial transformation and certain targeted corporate rebranding and marketing projects. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(5) |
Represents the write-off of inventory related to discontinued product lines and certain excess inventory as a result of pandemic-related disruptions during the six months ended March 31, 2021. These costs are included within Cost of sales in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021. |
(6) |
Represents professional fees, legal expense, and other expenses incurred in association with our initial public offering. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021. |
(7) |
Represents the tax provision or benefit associated with the adjustments above, taking into account the Companys applicable tax rates. |
22
This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Strategy
Our success is linked to the size and growth rate of the vitamin, mineral and supplement market and an adverse change in the size or growth rate of that market could have a material adverse effect on us.
An adverse change in size or growth rate of the vitamin, mineral and supplement market could have a material adverse effect on us. Underlying market conditions are subject to change based on economic conditions, consumer preferences and other factors that are beyond our control, including media attention and scientific research, which may be positive or negative. In addition, the vitamin, mineral and supplement market is heavily saturated, and the demand for and market acceptance of new products and services in the market is uncertain. While we predict that the overall vitamin, mineral and supplement market will continue to grow, it is difficult to predict the future growth rates, if any, to the size of our market. We cannot assure you that our market will continue to develop, that the publics interest in personalized health and wellness will continue, or that our products and services will become widely adopted. If our market does not further develop, develops more slowly than expected, or becomes saturated with competitors, or if our products and services do not achieve market acceptance, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be adversely affected.
A loss of, or material cancellation, reduction, or delay in purchases by, one or more of our largest customers could harm our business.
While we do not have any customers that account for 10% or more of our net sales on an annual basis, our top five customer sales accounts comprise approximately 30% of our net sales, with our top customer sales account comprising approximately 8% of our net sales. This concentration of sales to a relatively small number of larger customers makes our relationship with each of these customers important to our business. Our success is dependent on retaining these customers, which requires us to successfully manage relationships and anticipate the needs of our customers in the channels in which we sell our products. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to retain our largest customers. In addition, some of our customers may shift their purchases to our competitors in the future. The loss of one or more of our largest customers, any material cancellation, reduction, or delay in purchases by these customers, or our inability to successfully develop relationships with additional customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are highly dependent upon consumers perception of the safety and quality of our products and if we fail to maintain adequate quality standards for our products and services, or if our products become subject to regulatory investigations, our business may be adversely affected and our reputation harmed.
Our products, including nutritional supplements, may contain defects or may not perform as intended. These defects could result in a product recall, market withdrawal, negative publicity or other events that would result in harm to our reputation, loss of customers or revenue, health and safety
23
issues for our customers, product liability claims, refunds, order cancellations, or lack of market acceptance of our products and services. Any such defects, errors, or vulnerabilities would require us to take remedial action, which could require us to allocate significant research and development and customer support resources to address any such problems. Further, as we make acquisitions, we may encounter difficulties in integrating acquired technologies into our services and in augmenting those technologies to meet the quality standards that are consistent with our brand and reputation.
Our agreements with customers, distribution partners, and other third parties may include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify or otherwise be liable to them for losses suffered or incurred in connection with any such defects or errors of our products or services, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our products or services. Some of these indemnity agreements provide for uncapped liability for which we would be responsible, and some indemnity provisions survive termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Although we attempt to contractually limit our liability with respect to such indemnity obligations, we are not always successful and may still incur substantial liability related to such claims. In addition, although we carry general liability insurance, our insurance against this liability may not be adequate to cover a potential claim, and such coverage may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Any dispute with a customer or other third party with respect to such obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with such customer or other third party, our reputation, or demand for our platform. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Negative public perception may also arise from regulatory actions or investigations, regardless of whether those investigations involve us. We are highly dependent upon consumers perception of the safety and quality of our products as well as similar products distributed by other companies. Thus, the mere publication of reports asserting that such products may be harmful or adverse public reports or other media attention regarding the safety, efficacy and quality of nutritional supplements in general, or our products specifically, or associating the consumption of nutritional supplements with illness, questioning the benefits of nutritional supplements in general, or our products specifically, or claiming that such products do not perform as marketed, labeled and advertised, could have a material adverse effect on us, regardless of whether these reports are scientifically supported. Any such adverse public reports or other media attention could arise even if the adverse effects associated with such products resulted from consumers failure to consume such products as directed and the content of such public reports and other media attention may be beyond our control. Publicity related to nutritional supplements may also result in increased regulatory scrutiny of our industry and/or the Natural and Specialty Retail channel. Adverse publicity may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. There can be no assurance of future favorable scientific results and media attention or of the absence of unfavorable or inconsistent findings.
Our success depends on our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brands.
We believe that our customers associate our name with quality products and services and that the strength of our brands is important to attracting and retaining customers. We rely on our trusted brands to differentiate our products and services from those of our competitors in a crowded and saturated market for nutritional supplements. Maintaining, protecting, and enhancing our brands depends largely on the success of our marketing efforts, ability to provide consistent, high-quality products, services, features, content and support. We believe that the importance of our brands will increase as competition further intensifies. Accordingly, brand promotion activities aimed at bolstering our brands may require substantial expenditures. Our brands could be harmed if we fail to achieve these objectives or if our public image were to be tarnished by negative publicity. Our brands could be harmed if we fail to achieve these objectives or if our public image were to be tarnished by negative publicity. Our brands could also be harmed if any of our influencers receive negative publicity, or if our products and services do not perform as intended.
24
We may fail to attract, acquire or retain customers at our current or anticipated future growth rate, or may fail to do so in a cost-effective manner, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our continued growth depends, in part, on our ability to attract, acquire and retain customers in a cost-effective manner. Numerous factors, however, may impede our ability to attract, acquire or retain customers, including our failure to attract, effectively train, retain, and motivate sales and marketing personnel, our failure to educate customers and health professionals about the benefits of our products, our failure to develop or expand relationships with our suppliers, our inability to convert initial adoption into ongoing recurring revenue and our failure to provide customer support once products are delivered.
We rely on internet search engines, lead generators, and social networking sites to help drive traffic to our website and the sale of our products, and if we fail to appear prominently in the search results or fail to drive traffic through paid advertising, our traffic and product sales would decline and our business would be adversely affected.
We depend in part on internet search engines (such as Google and Bing), lead generators, and social networking sites (such as Facebook) to drive traffic to our website and the sale of our products. Our ability to maintain and increase the number of visitors directed to our website is not entirely within our control. Our competitors may increase their search engine optimization efforts and outbid us for placement on various sites or search terms on various search engines, resulting in their websites receiving a higher search result page ranking than ours. Additionally, internet search engines could revise their methodologies in a way that would adversely affect our search result rankings. If internet search engines modify their search algorithms in ways that are detrimental to us, if sites refuse to display any or all of our products in certain geographic markets, or if our competitors efforts are more successful than ours, overall growth in our customer base could slow or our customer base could decline. Our website has experienced fluctuations in search result rankings in the past, and we anticipate similar fluctuations in the future. Any reduction in the number of users directed to our website through internet search engines, lead generators, or social networking sites could harm our business and operating results.
Our success depends, in part, on our existing customers continuing to purchase our products. Our customers have no obligation to purchase our products, and in the normal course of business, some customers may decide to purchase less or none of our products. If we acquire fewer customers than expected, or fewer customers purchase our existing products or try our new products, then our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. Our business depends on the effectiveness of our advertising and marketing programs, including the strength of our social media presence, to attract and retain customers.
Our business success depends on our ability to attract and retain customers. Our ability to attract and retain customers depends significantly on the effectiveness of our advertising and marketing practices. From time-to-time, we use the success stories of our customers, and utilize brand ambassadors, spokespersons and social media influencers, including in some cases celebrities, in our advertising and marketing programs to communicate on a personal level with consumers. Any actions taken by these individuals that harm their personal reputation or image, or their decision to stop using our services and products, could have an adverse impact on the advertising and marketing campaigns in which they are featured. We and our brand ambassadors, spokespersons and social media influencers also use social media channels as a means of communicating with customers. Unauthorized or inappropriate use of these channels could result in harmful publicity or negative consumer experiences, which could have an adverse impact on the effectiveness of our marketing in
25
these channels. In addition, substantial negative commentary by others on social media platforms could have an adverse impact on our reputation and ability to attract and retain customers. If our advertising and marketing campaigns do not generate a sufficient number of customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
If we are unable to anticipate customer preferences and successfully develop new and innovative products in a timely manner or effectively manage the introduction of new or enhanced products, then our business may be adversely affected.
Part of our success is our ability to innovate and introduce new products focused on our consumer demands. To maintain our success and increase our customer base, we must continue to develop products with differentiated benefits and anticipate and react to changing health professional and consumer demands in a timely manner. Our products and services are subject to changing consumer preferences that cannot be predicted with certainty. If we are unable to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, or our new or enhanced products are not accepted by our customers, then our competitors may introduce competitive products faster than us, which could negatively affect our rate of growth. Moreover, our new products may not receive customer acceptance because preferences could shift rapidly to alternative nutritional supplements, and our future success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes. Failure to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing customer preferences could lead to, among other things, lower sales, pricing pressure, lower gross margins, and excess inventory levels. Even if we are successful in anticipating consumer preferences, our ability to adequately react to and address them will partially depend upon our continued ability to develop and introduce innovative, high-quality product offerings. Development of new or enhanced products and services may require significant time and financial investment, which could result in increased costs and a reduction in our profit margins.
If we are unable to sustain pricing levels for our products, our business could be adversely affected.
The prices for our nutritional supplement products reflect their high quality, safety and benefits. If we are unable to sustain pricing levels for our products, whether due to competitive pressure or otherwise, then our gross profits could be reduced. Further, our decisions regarding the development of new products are based on assumptions about future pricing. If there is price compression in the market after these decisions are made, then it could lower our gross profits and have a negative effect on our results of operations.
We face intense competition from competitors that are larger, more established and that possess greater resources than we do, and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may be unable to gain sufficient market share to sustain profitability.
Numerous manufacturers and distributors compete actively for consumers. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete in this intensely competitive environment. In addition, nutritional supplements can be purchased in a wide variety of channels of distribution. These channels include mass market retail stores and the Internet. Because these markets generally have low barriers to entry, additional competitors could enter the market at any time. Private label products of our customers also provide competition to our products. Additional national or international companies may seek in the future to enter or to increase their presence in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel or the vitamin, mineral supplement market. Increased competition in either or both could have a material adverse effect on us.
Adverse economic conditions may harm our business.
Our business depends on global economic conditions. Unstable market conditions make it difficult for our clients and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause our
26
customers to reduce or delay their spending with us. Economic downturns or unstable market conditions may cause customers to decrease their budgets, which could reduce spend on our products and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. As we explore new countries to expand our business, economic downturns or unstable market conditions in any of those countries could result in our investments not yielding the returns we anticipate.
Generally, the United States and other key international economies have been affected from time to time by falling demand for a variety of goods and services, restricted credit, poor liquidity, reduced corporate profitability, volatility in credit, equity and foreign exchange markets, bankruptcies, and overall uncertainty with respect to the economy, including with respect to tariff and trade issues. In particular, the economies of countries in Europe have been experiencing weakness associated with high sovereign debt levels, weakness in the banking sector, uncertainty over the future of the Eurozone and volatility in the value of the pound sterling and the Euro, including instability surrounding Brexit. We have operations, as well as current and potential new customers, throughout the United Kingdom and most of Europe. If economic conditions in the United Kingdom and Europe and other key markets for our platform continue to remain uncertain or deteriorate further, it could adversely affect our customers ability or willingness to subscribe to our platform, delay prospective customers purchasing decisions, reduce the value or duration of their subscriptions or affect renewal rates, all of which could harm our operating results.
Inflation or other changes in economic conditions that affect demand for nutritional supplements could adversely affect our revenue. Uncertainty about current global economic conditions poses a risk as consumers and businesses may postpone spending in response to tighter credit markets, negative financial news and/or declines in income or asset values, each of which could have a material negative effect on the demand for our products. Other factors that could influence demand include conditions in the residential real estate and mortgage markets, labor and healthcare costs, access to credit, consumer confidence and other macroeconomic factors affecting consumer spending behavior. These and other economic factors could have a material adverse effect on demand for our products and on our financial condition and operating results.
Because we manufacture approximately 85% of our products, we are dependent upon the uninterrupted and efficient operation of our manufacturing facilities, which are subject to catastrophic events, power failures, the breakdown, failure or substandard performance of equipment, the improper installation or operation of equipment, natural or other disasters and the need to comply with the requirements or directives of government agencies, including the FDA.
Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations, our manufacturing facilities, and the global economy, and thus could harm our business. In the event of a major fire, hurricane, earthquake, windstorm, tornado, flood or catastrophic event such as pandemic, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, war, or terrorist attack, we may be unable to continue our operations, including manufacturing our products, and may endure an inability to supply our products, reputational harm, breaches of data security and loss of critical data, all of which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Also, the insurance we maintain may not be adequate to cover our losses resulting from disasters or other business interruptions.
Our operations are further subject to power failures, the breakdown, failure or substandard performance of equipment, the improper installation or operation of equipment and the need to comply with the requirements or directives of government agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). We will be subject to ongoing periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies for compliance with current good manufacturing practice requirements, or cGMPs, and similar regulatory requirements. Failure by us or any of our manufacturers to comply with
27
applicable cGMPs could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, operating restrictions, interruptions in supply, recalls, withdrawals, issuance of safety alerts, and criminal prosecutions, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. There can be no assurance that the occurrence of these or any other operational problems at our facilities would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As we grow our business, the need for business continuity planning and disaster recovery plans will increase in significance. If we are unable to develop adequate plans to ensure that our business functions continue to operate during and after a disaster, and successfully execute on those plans in the event of a disaster or emergency, our business and reputation would be harmed.
The COVID-19 pandemic and associated responses could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.
The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in severe market disruptions and a global economic slowdown for certain goods and services. The severity, magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic is uncertain and rapidly changing. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in governmental authorities implementing numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders and shutdowns. These measures have impacted and may further impact all or portions of our facilities, workforce and operations, the behavior of our end customers and end users and the operations of our respective vendors and suppliers. While these measures have not had a material adverse impact on our results of operations to date, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected in the future if such measures were to continue, new variants emerge, there are delays in the distribution of the vaccines, or new measures are imposed. Concern over the impact of COVID-19 may delay the purchasing decisions of certain prospective end customers and/or cause them to consider purchasing fewer products than originally anticipated. While governmental authorities have taken measures to try to contain the COVID-19 pandemic, there is considerable uncertainty regarding such measures and potential future measures. There is no certainty that measures taken by governmental authorities will be sufficient to mitigate the risks posed by the COVID-19 pandemic, and our ability to perform critical functions could be harmed.
In response to disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, we have implemented a number of measures designed to protect the health and safety of our workforce and position us to maintain our healthy financial position. We are following the guidance from public health officials and government agencies with respect to such facilities, including implementation of enhanced cleaning measures, social distancing guidelines and wearing of masks. We will continue to incur increased costs for our operations while these measures remain in effect, the duration of which is difficult to predict with certainty. As a result, our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition may be affected by COVID-19-related disruptions and could continue to be adversely impacted in the future. There is no assurance the measures we have taken or may take in the future will be successful in managing the uncertainties caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.
Certain of our operations cannot be performed remotely, such as laboratory testing, manufacturing and distribution. COVID-19 related safety measures have the effect of slowing or disrupting these operations. We rely upon third parties for certain critical inputs to our business and products, such as raw material suppliers, package and component suppliers and co-packers for certain products. We also rely on shippers and customs brokers and other parties to receive supplies and ship finished goods. All of these parties have been affected by COVID-19, which has interrupted and delayed needed supplies and services. Any disruptions to services provided to us by third parties that we rely upon to provide our products, including as a result of actions outside of our control, could impact our ability to supply customers with our products.
28
The COVID-19 pandemic has also significantly increased economic and demand uncertainty globally, as well as record levels of unemployment in the United States. As a result, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused an economic slowdown, and it is possible that it could cause a global recession. While the health and wellness sector has benefitted from the COVID-19 pandemic, this economic uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic has led to a general decrease in consumer spending and decrease in consumer confidence. Our revenue, results of operations and cash flows depend on the overall demand for our products. Some of our customers have experienced and may continue to experience financial hardships that, to date, have resulted in minimal instances of delayed or uncollectible payments, though this could increase in the future. To add to the uncertainty, the pace and nature of any economic recovery is unclear after this unprecedented shutdown of the economy. As a result, we may be susceptible to increased customer churn as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. All of these factors could have a negative impact on our revenue, cash flows and results of operations.
The severity, magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic is uncertain, rapidly changing and hard to predict and depends on events beyond our knowledge or control. These and other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic could have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this Risk Factors section, such as those relating to our reputation, product sales, results of operations or financial condition. We might not be able to predict or respond to all impacts on a timely basis to prevent near- or long-term adverse impacts to our results. As a result, we cannot at this time predict the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, but it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
If we are unable to retain key personnel, our ability to manage our business effectively and continue our growth could be negatively impacted.
Key management employees include Monty Sharma, Ankit Dhawan, Bob Gandert, Peter Noverr, Jeff Burchfield and certain other employees. These key management employees are primarily responsible for our day-to-day operations, and we believe our success depends in part on our ability to retain them and to continue to attract additional qualified individuals to our management team. With the exception of Mr. Sharma, we do not have employment agreements with any of our key management employees. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees. The loss of services of our senior management team or key employees that may be hired in the future may have a material and adverse effect on our business. We also depend greatly on other key employees. In general, only highly qualified and trained scientists and health professionals have the necessary skills to develop and market our products and provide our services. In addition, some of our manufacturing, quality control, safety and compliance, information technology, sales and e-commerce related positions are highly technical as well. The loss or limitation of the services of any of our key management employees or the inability to attract additional qualified management personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Overall tightening of the labor market, increases in labor costs or any possible labor unrest may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our business, particularly the manufacturing of our products, requires a substantial number of personnel. Any failure to retain stable and dedicated labor by us may lead to disruption to our business operations, including the manufacturing of our products. Although we have not experienced any material labor shortage to date, we have observed an overall tightening and increasingly competitive labor market. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, increases in labor costs due to increases in salary, social benefits and employee headcount. We compete with other companies in our industry and other labor-intensive industries for labor, and we may not be able to offer competitive remuneration and benefits compared to them. If we are unable to manage and control our labor costs, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
29
We may be subject to unionization, work stoppages or slowdowns.
Currently, none of our employees in the United States are represented by a union. However, our employees have the right under the National Labor Relations Act to choose union representation. If all or a significant number of our employees become unionized and the terms of any collective bargaining agreement were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements, it could increase our costs and adversely impact our profitability. Moreover, if a significant number of our employees participate in labor unions, it could put us at increased risk of labor strikes and disruption of our operations or adversely affect our growth and results of operations. We could face future union organization efforts or elections, which could lead to additional costs, distract management or otherwise harm our business.
Increases in the minimum wage could have an adverse effect on our financial results.
We must comply with the Fair Labor Standards Act and various federal and state laws governing minimum wages. To the extent implemented, federal, state and local proposals that increase minimum wage requirements or mandate other employee matters could materially increase our labor and other costs. Several states in which we operate have approved minimum wage increases that are above the federal minimum. As more jurisdictions, or if the federal government (including as a result of the Biden administrations commitment to a $15 federal minimum wage), implement minimum wage increases, we expect our labor costs will continue to increase. Further, as minimum wage rates increase, we may need to increase not only the wages of our minimum wage employees but also the wages paid to employees at wage rates that are above minimum wage. Our distributors, suppliers and co-packers could also be affected by higher minimum wage, benefit standards and compliance costs, which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us. If we are unable to pass on these higher costs through price increases, our margins and profitability will be adversely impacted which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Our operating results will be harmed if we are unable to effectively manage and sustain our future growth or scale our operations.
We may not be able to manage our future growth efficiently or profitably. Our revenue and operating margins, or revenue and margin growth, may be less than expected. If we are unable to scale our operations efficiently or maintain pricing without significant discounting, we may fail to achieve expected operating margins, which would have a material and adverse effect on our operating results. Growth may also stress our ability to adequately manage our operations, quality of products, safety, and regulatory compliance. If growth significantly decreases, it will negatively impact our cash reserves, and it may be necessary to obtain additional financing, which may increase indebtedness or result in dilution to stockholders. Further, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, if at all.
Past growth may not be indicative of future growth.
Historically, we have experienced substantial sales growth through organic market share gains, expansion in to new markets and acquisitions that have increased our size, scope, and geographic footprint. Our various business strategies and initiatives, including our growth initiatives, are subject to business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. While we contemplate continued growth through internal expansion and acquisitions, we may not be able to:
|
acquire new consumers, retain existing consumers, and grow our share of the market; |
|
penetrate new markets; |
|
generate sufficient cash flows to support expansion plans and general operating activities; |
|
obtain financing; |
30
|
identify suitable acquisition candidates and successfully integrate acquired businesses; |
|
maintain favorable supplier arrangements and relationships; and |
|
identify and divest assets that do not continue to create value consistent with our objectives. |
If we do not manage these potential difficulties successfully, our operating results could be adversely affected.
Because a material amount of our sales are to or through Natural and Specialty Retail stores, we are dependent to a large degree upon the success of this channel as well as the success of specific retailers in the channel.
Approximately 38% of our sales are in the United States in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel. In this market, we sell our products to or through Natural and Specialty Retail stores. Because of this, the success of this channel as well as the success of specific retailers in the channel are important to our future success in this channel. There are some large chains of Natural and Specialty Retail stores, such as Whole Foods Market and Vitamin Shoppe, but most Natural and Specialty Retail stores are individual stores or very small chains. We rely on these Natural and Specialty Retail stores to purchase, market, and sell our products. The success of the Natural and Specialty Retail channel is outside our control. There can be no assurance that the Natural and Specialty Retail channel will be able to grow or prosper as it faces price and service pressure from other channels, including the mass market. There can be no assurance that retailers in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel, in the aggregate, will respond or continue to respond to our stated loyalty to this channel.
Our business could be negatively impacted by changes in the U.S. political environment.
The recent presidential and congressional elections in the United States have resulted in significant uncertainty with respect to, and could result in changes in, legislation, regulation and government policy at the federal, state and local levels. Any such changes could significantly impact our business as well as the markets in which we compete. Specific legislative and regulatory proposals discussed during and after the 2020 U.S. elections that might materially impact us include, but are not limited to, income tax regulations and the federal tax code, healthcare delivery and spending, and environmental regulation. To the extent changes in the political environment have a negative impact on us or on our markets, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We plan to expand into additional international markets, which will expose us to significant risks.
We are currently expanding our operations to other countries, which requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to regulatory, economic, and political risks in addition to those we already face in our primary markets of the United States, the United Kingdom and the European Union. There are significant risks and costs inherent in doing business in international markets, including:
|
difficulty establishing and managing international operations and the increased operations, travel, infrastructure, including establishment of local delivery service and customer service operations, and legal compliance costs associated with locations in different countries or regions; |
|
the need to vary pricing and margins to effectively compete in international markets; |
|
the need to adapt and localize products for specific countries, including obtaining rights to third-party intellectual property used in each country; |
|
increased competition from local providers of similar products and services; |
31
|
the ability to protect and enforce intellectual property rights abroad; |
|
the need to offer customer support in various languages; |
|
negotiating with foreign distributors; |
|
difficulties in understanding and complying with local laws, regulations, and customs in other jurisdictions; |
|
compliance with anti-bribery laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (U.K. Bribery Act), by us, our employees, and our business partners; |
|
complexity and other risks associated with current and future legal requirements in other countries, including legal requirements related to consumer protection, consumer product safety, and data privacy and data protection frameworks, such as the E.U. General Data Protection Regulation; |
|
tariffs and other non-tariff barriers, such as quotas and local content rules, as well as tax consequences; |
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates and the requirements of currency control regulations, which might restrict or prohibit conversion of other currencies into U.S. dollars; and |
|
political or social unrest or economic instability in a specific country or region in which we operate, including, for example, the effects of Brexit, which could have an adverse impact on our operations in the United Kingdom and the E.U. |
As a part of our business strategy, we have made and expect to continue to make acquisitions. These acquisitions could disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.
An element of our strategy includes expanding our product offerings, gaining shelf-space and gaining access to new skills and other resources through strategic acquisitions when attractive opportunities arise. Acquiring additional businesses and the implementation of other elements of our business strategy are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Some of these factors are within our control and some are outside our control. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:
|
any acquisition may result in significant expenditures of cash, stock and/or management resources, |
|
acquired businesses may not perform in accordance with expectations, |
|
we may encounter difficulties and costs with the integration of the acquired businesses, |
|
managements attention may be diverted from other aspects of our business, |
|
we may face unexpected problems entering geographic and product markets in which we have limited or no direct prior experience, |
|
we may lose key employees of acquired or existing businesses, |
|
we may incur liabilities and claims arising out of acquired businesses, |
|
we may be unable to obtain financing, and |
|
we may incur indebtedness or issue additional capital stock, which could be dilutive to holders of our common stock. |
There can be no assurance that attractive acquisition opportunities will be available to us, that we will be able to obtain financing for or otherwise consummate any acquisitions or that any acquisitions which are consummated will prove to be successful. There can be no assurance that we can successfully execute all aspects of our business strategy.
32
Changes in our effective tax rate or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could adversely affect our financial results.
Taxation and tax policy changes, tax rate changes, new tax laws, revised tax law interpretations, and changes in accounting standards and guidance related to tax matters may cause fluctuations in our effective tax rate. Our effective tax rate may also be impacted by changes in the geographic mix of our earnings.
Because we depend on outside suppliers with whom we do not have long-term agreements for raw materials, we may be unable to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials for our products at favorable prices or at all, which could result in product shortages and back orders for our products, with a resulting loss of sales and profitability.
We acquire all of our raw materials for the manufacture of our products from third-party suppliers. We also rely on third-party co-packers for some of our products. We have few agreements for the continued supply of these materials and products. A number of our products contain one or more ingredients that may only be available from a single source or supplier. Any of our suppliers could discontinue selling to us at any time. Our suppliers or government regulators may interpret new regulations (including GMP regulations) in such a way as to cause a disruption in our supply chain as these parties undertake increased scrutiny of raw materials and components of raw materials and products, causing certain suppliers or us to discontinue, change or suspend the sale of certain ingredients or components. Although we believe that we could establish alternate sources for most of these materials, any delay in locating and establishing relationships with other sources could result in product shortages and back orders for the products, with a resulting loss of net sales and profitability. We are also subject to delays associated with raw materials. These can be caused by conditions not within our control, including, but not limited to, the following:
|
weather; |
|
crop conditions; |
|
transportation interruptions; |
|
strikes by supplier employees; and |
|
natural disasters or other catastrophic events. |
We acquire many ingredients from suppliers outside the United States. Purchasing these ingredients is subject to the risks generally associated with importing raw materials from other countries, including, among other factors, delays in shipments, changes in economic and political conditions, quality assurance, tariffs, trade disputes and foreign currency fluctuations. These factors could result in a delay in or disruption of the supply of certain raw materials. Any significant delay in or disruption of the supply of raw materials could have a material adverse effect upon us.
Our operating results could be adversely affected if we are unable to accurately forecast customer demand for our products and services and adequately manage our inventory.
To ensure adequate inventory supply, we must forecast inventory needs and expenses and place orders sufficiently in advance with our suppliers, based on our estimates of future demand for particular products and services. Failure to accurately forecast our needs may result in manufacturing delays or increased costs. Our ability to accurately forecast demand could be affected by many factors, including changes in customer demand for our products and services, changes in demand for the products and services of our competitors, widespread acceptance of personalized health recommendations and nutritional supplements, unanticipated changes in general market conditions, and the weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions. This risk may be
33
exacerbated by the fact that we may not carry a significant amount of inventory and may not be able to satisfy short-term demand increases. If we fail to accurately forecast customer demand, we may experience excess inventory levels or a shortage of products available for sale. Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which would cause our gross margins to suffer and could impair the strength and our brand. Further, lower than forecasted demand could also result in excess manufacturing capacity or reduced manufacturing efficiencies, which could result in lower margins. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand, our suppliers and manufacturers may not be able to deliver products to meet our requirements or we may be subject to higher costs in order to secure the necessary production capacity. An inability to meet customer demand and delays in the delivery of our products to our customers could result in reputational harm and damaged customer relationships and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
We acquire ingredients for our products from foreign suppliers and may be negatively affected by the risks associated with international trade and importation issues.
We acquire ingredients for a number of our products from suppliers outside of the United States. Accordingly, the acquisition of these ingredients is subject to the risks generally associated with importing raw materials, including, among other factors, delays in shipments, changes in economic and political conditions, quality assurance, health epidemics affecting the region of such suppliers (including the COVID-19 pandemic), nonconformity to specifications or laws and regulations, tariffs, trade disputes and foreign currency fluctuations (particularly as it relates to the tariffs currently imposed on certain products originating from China). While we inspect 100% of the lots received from third party suppliers, we cannot assure you that raw materials received from suppliers or finished products from manufacturers outside of the United States will conform to all specifications, laws and regulations or our internal standards. There have in the past been quality and safety issues in our industry with certain items imported from overseas. We may incur additional expenses and experience shipment delays due to preventative measures adopted by the U.S. governments, our suppliers and our company.
Ingredient and packaging costs are volatile and may rise significantly, which may negatively impact the profitability of our business.
Costs of ingredients and packaging are volatile and can fluctuate due to conditions that are difficult to predict, including global competition for resources, fluctuations in currency and exchange rates, weather conditions, natural or man-made disasters, consumer demand and changes in governmental trade and agricultural programs. Continued volatility in the prices of the core ingredients and other supplies we purchase could increase our cost of goods sold and reduce our profitability.
We do not use hedges or forward pricing for availability of any core ingredients. As such, any material upward movement in core ingredient pricing could negatively impact our margins if we are not able to pass these costs on to our consumers, or our sales if we are forced to increase its prices. If we are not successful in managing our ingredient and packaging costs, if we are unable to increase our prices to cover increased costs or if such price increases reduce our sales volumes, then such increases in costs will adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Certain of our core ingredient contracts have minimum volume commitments that could require purchases without matching revenues during weaker sales periods. Future core ingredient prices may be impacted by new laws or regulations, suppliers allocations to other purchasers, interruptions in production by suppliers, natural disasters, volatility in the price of crude oil and related petrochemical products and changes in exchange rates.
34
A disruption in the service, a significant increase in the cost of our primary delivery and shipping services for our products or a significant disruption at shipping ports could adversely affect our business.
We use a variety of shipping services for delivery of our products to users and brick-and-mortar and online retail partners, including air carriers and ocean shipping services. We have experienced and could continue to experience increased congestion and new import and export restrictions implemented at ports on which we rely for our business. In many cases, we have had to secure alternative transportation, such as air freight, or use alternative routes, at increased costs, to run our supply chain.
In the event of any significant interruption in service by shipping providers or at airports or shipping ports, we may be unable to engage alternative suppliers or to receive or ship goods through alternate sites in order to deliver our products in a timely and cost-efficient manner. As a result, we could experience delays, increased shipping costs and lost sales as a result of missed delivery deadlines and product demand cycles. For example, at times during the COVID-19 pandemic, shipping of our products has been delayed, which has inconvenienced our users and brick-and-mortar and online retail partners. Furthermore, if the cost of delivery or shipping services were to increase significantly and the additional costs could not be covered by product pricing, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
In particular, we are dependent upon major shipping companies, including FedEx, for the shipment of our products to and from our third-party logistics partner facilities. Changes in shipping terms, or the inability of these third-party shippers to perform effectively, could affect our responsiveness to our users and brick-and-mortar and online retail partners. Increases in our shipping costs may adversely affect our financial results if we are unable to pass on these higher costs to our users or brick-and-mortar and online retail partners.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, which could harm our business reputation and cause our stock price to decline.
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. Any failure to maintain internal controls or to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inadequate internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.
If our goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.
Under generally accepted accounting principles, we review our amortizable intangible assets and long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. Factors that may indicate that the carrying value of our goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets may not be recoverable include a decline in stock price and market capitalization, reduced future cash flow estimates and slower growth rates in our industry. Our results of operations may be materially impacted if we are required to record a significant charge due to an impairment of our goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets.
35
We are subject to credit risk.
We are exposed to credit risk primarily on our accounts receivable. We provide credit to our customers in the ordinary course of our business and perform ongoing credit evaluations. While we believe that our exposure to concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is mitigated by our large retail partner base, and we make allowances for doubtful accounts, we nevertheless run the risk of our customers not being able to meet their payment obligations, particularly in a future economic downturn. If a material number of our customers were not able to meet their payment obligations, our results of operations could be harmed.
We are dependent upon our lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and meet our liquidity needs, and the lack of adequate financing could negatively impact our business.
There is risk that any of our lenders, even those with strong balance sheets and sound lending practices, could fail or refuse to honor their legal commitments and obligations under existing credit commitments, including, but not limited to: extending credit up to the maximum permitted by a credit facility, allowing access to additional credit features and otherwise accessing capital and/or honoring loan commitments. The lenders on our credit facility are Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Antares Capital LP. If our lenders failed to honor their legal commitments under our credit facility, it is not certain we could replace our credit facility on similar terms, if at all.
Any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our products, and we can provide no assurance that such funding will be available on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all.
If we need additional financing in the future, we cannot guarantee that it will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Moreover, the terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of our stockholders and the issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our shares to decline. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of those securities may include liquidation or other preferences that materially adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and we may be required to agree to certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to make capital expenditures, declare dividends, or otherwise conduct our business. If we are unable to obtain any funding we need on a timely basis, we may be required to significantly curtail, delay or discontinue research or development of new products, the commercialization of our products or expansion into new geographies, which could materially affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Risks Relating to Legal and Regulatory
We and our suppliers are subject to numerous laws and regulations that apply to the manufacturing and sale of nutritional supplements, and compliance with these laws and regulations, as they currently exist or as modified in the future, may increase our costs, limit or eliminate our ability to sell certain products, subject us or our suppliers to the risk of enforcement action, or otherwise adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
As a manufacturer of nutritional supplements, we are subject to numerous health and safety laws and regulations. Our suppliers are also subject to such laws and regulations. These laws and
36
regulations apply to many aspects of our business, including the manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, advertising, sale, quality and safety of products we sell, as well as the health and safety of our team members and the protection of the environment. We are subject to regulation by various government agencies, including the FDA, the USDA, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, as well as various state and local agencies. For example, our products are subject to numerous and extensive laws and regulations governing the type of claims we can make regarding our products, the product constituents that can be used to manufacture our products, and whether our product constituents or the products themselves require pre-market review or pre-market notification. Outside the United States, our activities and products are also subject to numerous similar statutes and regulations. Many of these laws and regulations involve a high level of subjectivity, are inherently fact-based and subject to interpretation, and vary significantly from market to market.
Dietary supplements are regulated under the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994 (DSHEA), a statute which is administered by the FDA which amended the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FDCA). DSHEA expressly permits supplements to bear statements describing how a product affects the structure or function of the body provided such statement is substantiated. However, no statement may expressly or implicitly represent that a supplement will diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat or prevent a disease or other condition. DSHEA has not been materially amended since it was enacted in 1994 but the newly constituted U.S. Congress or executive branch could decide to revisit whether changes are necessary to modernize this legislation.
Our nutritional supplement products are required to be manufactured in compliance with cGMP requirements. As a result, the facilities used by us or any of our current or future suppliers must be compliant with cGMPs. Our manufacturing facilities are subject to ongoing periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and corresponding state and international authorities for compliance with cGMPs and similar regulatory requirements. If we or our manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA and any applicable foreign regulatory authority, our products may be deemed noncompliant, and we could face sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, operating restrictions, interruptions in supply, recalls, withdrawals, issuance of safety alerts, and criminal prosecutions, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Finally, we also could experience manufacturing delays if our contractors give greater priority to the manufacture and supply of other products over our products or otherwise do not satisfactorily perform according to the terms of their agreements with us.
The FDA has broad authority to enforce the provisions of the FDCA applicable to the safety, labeling, manufacturing and promotion of foods and dietary supplements, including powers to issue a public warning letter to a company, publicize information about illegal products, institute an administrative detention of food, request or order a recall of illegal products from the market, and request the Department of Justice to initiate a seizure action, an injunction action or a criminal prosecution in the U.S. courts. Pursuant to the Food Safety Modernization Act (FSMA), the FDA also has the power to refuse the import of any food or dietary supplement from a foreign supplier that is not appropriately verified as in compliance with all FDA laws and regulations. Moreover, the FDA has the authority to administratively suspend the registration of any facility producing food, including dietary supplements, deemed to present a reasonable probability of causing serious adverse health consequences.
In connection with the marketing and advertisement of products we sell, we could be the target of claims relating to false or deceptive advertising, including under the auspices of the FTC and the
37
consumer protection statutes of some states. Furthermore, in recent years, the FDA has been aggressive in enforcing its regulations with respect to nutrient content claims, unauthorized health claims (claims that characterize the relationship between a food or food ingredient and a disease or health condition), and other claims that impermissibly suggest therapeutic benefits for certain products including dietary supplements foods or food components. These events could interrupt the marketing and sales of our products, severely damage our brand reputation and public image, increase the cost of our products, result in product recalls, market withdrawals or litigation, and impede our ability to deliver our products, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As is common in our industry, we rely on our suppliers to ensure that the products and ingredients they manufacture and sell to us comply with all applicable regulatory and legislative requirements. In general, we seek certifications of compliance, representations and warranties, indemnification and/or insurance from our suppliers. However, even with adequate insurance and indemnification, any claims of non-compliance could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in our products.
We cannot predict the nature of future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, or determine what effect either additional government regulations or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, or disparate federal, state and local regulatory schemes would have on our business in the future. They could, however, increase our costs or require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, the recall or discontinuance of certain products not able to be reformulated, additional recordkeeping, expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling and/or scientific substantiation. Another example is that the FDA or the FTC could require the production of substantiation for claims made for our nutritional supplements. Any or all of such requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results or operation.
Our products are subject to government regulation, both in the United States and abroad, which could increase our costs significantly and limit or prevent the sale of our products.
The manufacture, packaging, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, and sale of our products are subject to regulation by numerous national and local governmental agencies in the United States and other countries. The primary regulatory bodies in the United States are the FDA and the FTC, and we are also subject to similar regulators in other countries. Failure to comply with these regulatory requirements may result in various types of penalties or fines. These include injunctions, product withdrawals, recalls, product seizures, fines and criminal prosecutions. Individual states also regulate nutritional supplements. A state may interpret claims or products presumptively valid under federal law as illegal under that states regulations. In markets outside the United States, we are usually required to obtain approvals, licenses, or certifications from a countrys ministry of health or comparable agency, and comply with local labeling and packaging regulations, all of which vary from country to country. Approvals or licensing may be conditioned on reformulation of products or may be unavailable with respect to certain products or product ingredients. Any of these government agencies, as well as legislative bodies, can change existing regulations, or impose new ones, or could take aggressive measures, causing or contributing to a variety of negative consequences, including:
|
requirements for the reformulation of certain or all products to meet new standards, |
|
the recall or discontinuance of certain or all products, |
|
additional record keeping, |
|
expanded documentation of the properties of certain or all products, |
|
mandatory products registrations, |
|
additional steps related to adverse event tracking and reporting, and |
38
|
additional scientific substantiation. |
Any or all of these requirements could have a material adverse effect on us. There can be no assurance that the regulatory environment in which we operate will not change or that such regulatory environment, or any specific action taken against us, will not result in a material adverse effect on us.
If we experience product recalls or other post-market actions, we may incur significant and unexpected costs, and our business reputation could be adversely affected.
As a manufacturer, marketer and retailer of products designed for human consumption, we may initiate product recalls, withdrawals, or may be subject to seizures and adverse public relations if our products are contaminated, adulterated, mislabeled, misbranded or fail to achieve expected stability and/or shelf life, alleged to cause injury or illness, or if we are alleged to have violated governmental regulations in the manufacture, labeling, promotion, sale or distribution of any of our products, whether caused by us or someone in our manufacturing or supply chain. We may be exposed to product recalls and adverse public relations or product liability claims if our products are alleged to cause injury or illness, or if we are alleged to have violated governmental regulations. A product recall or any of these other events could result in substantial and unexpected expenditures, which would reduce operating profit and cash flow. In addition, a product recall or similar post-market action may require significant management attention. Product recalls and other post-market actions may hurt the value of our brands and lead to decreased demand for our products. They also may lead to increased scrutiny by federal, state or international regulatory agencies of our operations and increased litigation and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
We may experience product liability claims and litigation to prosecute such claims, and although we maintain product liability insurance, which we believe to be adequate for our needs, there can be no assurance that our insurance coverage will be adequate or that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance coverage.
As a manufacturer and a distributor of products for human consumption, we experience product liability claims and litigation to prosecute such claims. Additionally, the manufacture and sale of these products involves the risk of injury to consumers as a result of tampering by unauthorized third parties or product contamination. We carry insurance coverage in the types and amounts that we consider reasonably adequate to cover the risks we face. If insurance coverage is inadequate or unavailable or premium costs continue to rise, we may face additional claims not covered by insurance, and claims that exceed coverage limits or that are not covered could have a material adverse effect on us.
If our products do not have the effects we claim or cause undesirable side effects, our business may suffer.
Although many of the ingredients in our current dietary supplement products are vitamins, minerals, and other substances for which there is a long history of human consumption, they also contain innovative ingredients or combinations of ingredients. Although we believe all of such products and the combinations of ingredients in them are safe when taken as directed, the products could have certain undesirable side effects, including where not taken as directed or if taken by a consumer that has certain medical conditions. In addition, such products may not have the effect we claim if they are not taken in accordance with certain instructions, which include certain dietary restrictions. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that any of the products, even when used as directed, will have the effects we claim or will not have harmful side effects in an unforeseen way or in an unforeseen cohort. If any of our products or products we develop or commercialize in the future are shown to be harmful or generate negative publicity from perceived harmful effects, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects would be harmed significantly.
39
We are party to a number of lawsuits that arise in the ordinary course of business and may become party to others in the future. The possibility of such litigation, and its timing, is in large part outside our control. Some of these lawsuits may involve class action claims, which by virtue of involving a large number of potential class members, may require increased costs of defense and risk. While none of the current individual lawsuits in which we are involved are reasonably estimable to be material as of the date of this filing, it is possible that future litigation could arise, or developments could occur in existing litigation, that could have material adverse effects on us.
We are subject to environmental laws and regulations relating to hazardous materials, substances and waste used in or resulting from our operations.
Liabilities or claims with respect to environmental matters could have a significant negative impact on our business. As with other companies engaged in similar businesses, the nature of our operations exposes us to the risk of liabilities and claims with respect to environmental matters, including those relating to the disposal and release of hazardous substances. Furthermore, our operations are governed by laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health which, among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous chemicals in the workplace, and require us to obtain and maintain various permits and approvals for our operations. Any material costs incurred in connection with such liabilities or claims, or delays in or restrictions in obtaining or renewing permits required for our operations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Any environmental or health and safety legislation or regulations enacted in the future, or any changes in how existing or future laws or regulations will be enforced, administered or interpreted may lead to an increase in compliance costs or expose us to additional risk of liabilities and claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Moreover, contamination at properties currently or formerly owned or operated by us, as well as at properties we will own and operate, and properties to which hazardous substances were sent by us, may result in liability for us under environmental laws and regulations, including, but not limited to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (also known as the Superfund law) which can impose liability for the full amount of remediation-related costs without regard to fault, for the investigation and cleanup of contaminated soil and ground water, for building contamination and impacts to human health and for damages to natural resources. That means that, in some circumstances, we could be exposed to liability as a result of our conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred or the conduct of, or conditions (such as environmental contamination) caused by, prior operators or other third parties. Remedial costs and other damages arising as a result of environmental laws and costs associated with changes in environmental laws and regulations could be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.
If we fail to comply with certain healthcare laws, including fraud and abuse laws, we could face substantial penalties and our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected.
Although none of our products are currently covered by any third-party payor, including any commercial payor or government healthcare program, we may nonetheless be subject to a number of federal and state healthcare regulatory laws that restrict business practices in the healthcare industry. These laws include, but are not limited to, federal and state anti-kickback, false claims, and other healthcare fraud and abuse laws, some of which apply to items or services reimbursed by any third party payor, including self-pay patients. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exceptions, it is possible that some of our business activities and relationships with physicians and healthcare institutions could be subject to challenge under one or
40
more of such laws. If we or our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could materially adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.
Disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner, which could negatively impact our business.
The ability of the FDA to review and accept regulatory submissions can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory, and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.
Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new submissions to be reviewed by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, including for 35 days beginning on December 22, 2018, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Separately, in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, on March 10, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to postpone most foreign inspections of manufacturing facilities and products through April 2020, and subsequently, on March 18, 2020, the FDA temporarily postponed routine surveillance inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities. Subsequently, on July 10, 2020 the FDA announced its intention to resume certain on-site inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities subject to a risk-based prioritization system. The FDA intends to use this risk-based assessment system to identify the categories of regulatory activity that can occur within a given geographic area, ranging from mission critical inspections to resumption of all regulatory activities. Regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process any regulatory submissions we make, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.
We rely on trademarks and tradenames to build brand recognition and to promote and market our products. Our current or future trademarks or trade names may be challenged, opposed, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or descriptive, determined to be not entitled to registration, or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name
41
recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections of our applications by the USPTO or in other foreign jurisdictions. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our business may be adversely affected. We may license our trademarks and trade names to third parties, such as distributors. Although these license agreements may provide guidelines for how our trademarks and trade names may be used, a breach of these agreements or misuse of our trademarks and tradenames by our licensees may jeopardize our rights in or diminish the goodwill associated with our trademarks and trade names. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade names, and service marks may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
We routinely monitor the marketplace for infringement of our trademarks. We send cease and desist letters to infringers and take further legal action as necessary to stop any material infringement. Trademark litigation can be expensive and the outcome can be highly uncertain. Furthermore, in many countries, owning and maintaining a trademark registration may not provide an adequate defense against a subsequent infringement claim asserted by the owner of a senior trademark. At times, competitors or other third parties may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.
If unauthorized access is obtained to our customer or inventory and third-party provider data, our operations may be disrupted or perceived as insecure, and as a result, we may lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers, and we may incur significant reputational harm and legal and financial liabilities.
Our operations involve the storage and transmission of significant amounts of data from customers, and inventory and data providers. Our operations and data could be exposed to unauthorized access due to activities that breach or undermine security measures, including: negligence or malfeasance by internal or external actors; attempts by outside parties to fraudulently induce employees, customers or vendors to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data; or errors or vulnerabilities in our systems, products or processes or in those of our service providers, customers, and vendors. For example, from time-to-time, we experience cyberattacks of varying degrees and other attempts to obtain unauthorized access to our systems, including to employee mailboxes. We have dedicated and expect to continue to dedicate resources towards security protections that shield data from these activities. However, such measures cannot provide absolute security. Further, we can expect that the deployment of techniques to circumvent our security measures may occur with more frequency and sophistication and may not be recognized until launched against a target. Accordingly, we may be unable to anticipate or detect these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures and we cannot be certain that we will be able to prevent vulnerabilities in our solutions or address vulnerabilities that we may become aware of in the future. Finally, while we have developed incident response teams and dedicated resources to incident
42
response processes, such processes could, among other issues, fail to be adequate or accurately assess the incident severity, not proceed quickly enough, or fail to sufficiently remediate an incident. A breach of our security and/or our failure to respond sufficiently to a security incident could disrupt our operations and result in theft, misuse, loss, corruption, or improper use or disclosure of data. This could result in government investigations, enforcement actions and other legal and financial liability, and/or loss of confidence in the availability and security of our products and operations, all of which could seriously harm our reputation and brand and impair our ability to attract and retain customers. We cannot be sure that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Cyberattacks could also compromise our own trade secrets and other sensitive information and result in such information being disclosed to others and becoming less valuable, which could negatively affect our business.
Our success is dependent on the accuracy, reliability, and proper use of sophisticated and dependable information processing systems and management information technology and any interruption in these systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our success is dependent on the accuracy, reliability and proper use of sophisticated and dependable information processing systems and management information technology. Our information technology systems are designed and selected in order to facilitate order entry and customer billing, maintain customer records, accurately track purchases and incentive payments, manage accounting, finance and manufacturing operations, generate reports, and provide customer service and technical support. Any interruption in these systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Like other companies, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to a variety of interruptions due to events beyond our control, including, but not limited to, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, hackers, cybersecurity breaches and other security issues. Although we have implemented backup and disaster recovery systems including hardware and software redundancies and physical and electronic security systems, it is impossible to foresee and protect against all possible failure or breach scenarios whether malicious or accidental. A security breach or interruption could occur due to the actions of outside parties, employee error, hardware or software failures, malfeasance or a combination of these and other actions. Such a breach or interruption in information technology equipment or systems could result in a loss of competitive sensitive business information, disruptions to business operations, damage to our reputation, financial exposure in connection with remediation efforts, investigations, legal proceedings and additional expenses required to mitigate the exposed risk to the systems.
The nutritional supplement industry increasingly relies on intellectual property rights and although we seek to ensure that we do not infringe the intellectual property rights of others, there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert intellectual property infringement claims against us, which claims may result in substantial costs and diversion of management and other resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Recently it has become more and more common for suppliers and competitors to apply for patents or develop proprietary technologies and processes. We seek to ensure that we do not infringe
43
the intellectual property rights of others, but there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert intellectual property infringement claims against us. These developments could prevent us from offering or supplying competitive products or ingredients in the marketplace. They could also result in litigation or threatened litigation against us related to alleged or actual infringement of third-party rights. Defending against such claims could divert the attention of management, technical personnel and other employees from our business operations. Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is inherently uncertain due to the complex issues involved, and we may not be successful in defending ourselves in such matters. Further, we purchase many ingredients from parties that we believe have patent and other proprietary rights to manufacture and sell such ingredients to us and for us to use those ingredients in our products. There can be no assurance that such suppliers are not infringing on the rights of third parties and if so, we may indirectly infringe as a result.
We cannot be aware of all patent applications that, if issued, could potentially cover our products as they could have been filed by third parties without our knowledge. Patent applications in the United States and elsewhere are typically only published approximately 18 months after the earliest filing for which priority is claimed, with such earliest filing date being commonly referred to as the priority date, and certain U.S. patent applications that will not be filed outside the United States can remain confidential until patents issue. Additionally, pending patent applications that have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover our products and their use. The scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patents prosecution history and can involve other factors such as expert opinion. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of claims in a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our products. Further, we may incorrectly determine that our products or services are not covered by a third-party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third partys pending patent application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our products or services. Third-party intellectual property right holders may also actively bring infringement or other intellectual property-related claims against us, even if we have received patent protection for our products. Regardless of the merit of third parties claims against us for infringement, misappropriation or violations of their intellectual property rights, such third parties may seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to sell our products or services or perform our tests.
Further, if a patent or trademark infringement suit were brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay our development or sales or other activities that are the subject of such suit. Defense of these claims, even if such claims are resolved in our favor, could cause us to incur substantial expenses and be a substantial diversion of our employee resources even if we are ultimately successful. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. Any adverse ruling or perception of an adverse ruling in defending ourselves could have a material adverse impact on our cash position and stock price. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios.
If we are found to infringe these intellectual property rights, we could potentially be required to terminate the manufacturing and marketing of our products unless we obtain license from, and pay royalties to, the holders of the intellectual property. We may also be required to develop alternative
44
non-infringing technology, which could require significant time and expense. Additionally, we could be required to pay royalty payments, either as a one-time fee or ongoing, as well as damages for past use that was deemed to be infringing. If we cannot license or develop technology for any allegedly infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit our products and may be unable to compete effectively. Finally, we may suffer harm to our reputation and customers, potential customers and others may avoid working with us. Any of these results could harm our business.
Our proprietary rights may be difficult to enforce, which could enable others to copy or use aspects of our technology without compensating us, thereby eroding our competitive advantages and harming our business.
We rely upon a combination of trade secrets, third-party confidentiality, non-disclosure agreements, assignment of invention agreements and additional contractual restrictions on disclosure and use, and trademark, copyright, patent and other intellectual property laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights. These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection. However, we may not execute these agreements with every party who has access to our confidential information or contributes to the development of our intellectual property. In addition, those agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. We own more than 400 trademarks that have been registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and have filed applications to register additional trademarks. We also rely on copyright laws to protect computer programs related to our platform and our proprietary technologies, although to date we have not registered for statutory copyright protection. We have registered numerous Internet domain names in the U.S. and certain foreign countries related to our business.
We endeavor to enter into agreements with our employees and contractors in order to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information, as well as to clarify rights to intellectual property associated with our business. Protecting our intellectual property is a challenge, especially after our employees or our contractors end their relationship with us, and, in some cases, decide to work for our competitors. Our contracts with our employees and contractors that relate to intellectual property issues generally restrict the use of our confidential information solely in connection with our products, and strictly prohibit reverse engineering. However, reverse engineering our products and processes or the theft or misuse of our proprietary information could occur by employees or other third parties who have access to our technologies and processes. Enforceability of the non-compete agreements that we have in place is not guaranteed, and contractual restrictions could be breached without discovery or adequate remedies. Historically, we have prioritized keeping our technology architecture, trade secrets, and engineering roadmap private, and as a general matter, have not patented our proprietary technology. As a result, we cannot look to patent enforcement rights to protect much of our proprietary technology. Furthermore, our patent strategy is still in its early stages. We may not be able to obtain any further patents, and our pending applications may not result in the issuance of patents. Any issued patents may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, and any rights granted under these patents may not actually provide adequate defensive protection or competitive advantages to us. Additionally, the process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. However, effective protection of our intellectual property rights may require additional filings and applications in the future. Pending and future applications may not be approved, and any of our existing or future patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights may not provide sufficient protection for our business as currently conducted or may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. Additionally, patent rights in the U.S. have switched from the former first-to-invent system to a first-to-file system, which may favor larger competitors that have the resources to file more patent applications. Furthermore, our existing patents and any patents issued in the future may give rise to ownership claims or to claims for the payment of additional remuneration of fair price by persons having participated in the creation of the inventions. Similarly, to
45
the extent that our employees, contractors or other third parties with whom we do business use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights to such intellectual property.
Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult. We may need to share our proprietary information, including trade secrets, with our current and future business partners, collaborators, contractors and others located in countries at heightened risk of theft of trade secrets, including through direct intrusion by private parties or foreign actors, and those affiliated with or controlled by state actors. If any of these events occurs or if we otherwise lose protection for our proprietary information, the value of this information may be greatly reduced, and our competitive position would be harmed. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those of the U.S., and mechanisms for enforcement of our proprietary rights in such countries may be inadequate.
Trade secrets may be independently developed by others in a manner that could prevent legal recourse by us. Trade secrets will over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles, and the movement of personnel skilled in the art from company to company or academic to industry scientific positions. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. Though our agreements with third parties typically restrict the ability of our employees, outside scientific collaborators, suppliers, third-party manufacturers, consultants, advisors, potential partners, and other third parties, to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets, our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights that may allow disclosure of our trade secrets. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights (including in particular, the proprietary aspects of our platform) we may find ourselves at a competitive disadvantage to others who have not incurred the same level of expense, time and effort to create and protect their intellectual property.
In the future, we may need to obtain licenses of third-party technology that may not be available to us or are available only on terms that are not commercially reasonable, and which may cause us to operate our business in a more costly or otherwise adverse manner that was not anticipated.
From time to time, we may be required to license technologies or trademarks relating to our promotional and collaborative programs from third parties to further develop or commercialize our products. Should we be required to obtain licenses to any third-party technology or trademarks, including any patents required to manufacture, use or sell our products, such licenses may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. The inability to obtain any third-party license required to develop or commercialize any of our products could cause us to abandon any related efforts, which could seriously harm our business and operations.
Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may not be in a position to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties.
Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may not be in a position to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties and we may conclude that even if a third party is infringing our intellectual property, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or our stockholders. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could compromise our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our internal research programs, in-license needed
46
technology or other products, or enter into development partnerships that would help us bring our product to market. In such cases, we may decide that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.
The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights in the same manner and to the same extent as laws in the United States. Consequently, competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have no meaningful intellectual property protection to develop their own products. These products may compete with our products in these jurisdictions. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets, trademarks, and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to nutritional supplements, which could make it difficult for us to enforce our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our trade secret rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, or could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.
Our use of open source software could subject our proprietary software to general release, adversely affect our ability to sell our products, and subject us to possible litigation.
A portion of our proprietary software that we use to operate our business, including for customer service, logistics, payment processing, quality control, manufacturing, and other business functions, were developed in-house and may incorporate so-called open source software. Such open source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we disclose source code for modifications we make to the open source software and that we license such modifications to third parties at no cost. In some circumstances, distribution of our software in connection with open source software could require that we disclose and license some or all of our proprietary code in that software as well as distribute our products that use particular open source software at no cost to the user. We monitor our use of open source software in an effort to avoid uses in a manner that would require us to disclose or grant licenses under our proprietary source code, however, there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful. Open source license terms are often ambiguous and such use could inadvertently occur. There is little legal precedent governing the interpretation of many of the terms of certain of these licenses, and the potential impact of these terms on our business may result in unanticipated obligations regarding our products and technologies. Companies that incorporate open source software into their products have, in the past, faced claims seeking enforcement of open source license provisions and claims asserting ownership of open source software incorporated into their product. If an author or other third party that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of an open source license, we could incur significant legal costs defending ourselves against such allegations. In the event such claims were successful, we could be subject to significant damages or be enjoined from the distribution of our products. In addition, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in certain ways, under some open source licenses we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software, which could substantially help our competitors develop products that are similar to or better than ours and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business. We intend to replace our proprietary software, whether or not containing open source code, with publicly available commercial software to the extent commercially feasible.
47
Risks Related to Being a Public Company
We are an emerging growth company and we expect to elect to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we are eligible for certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements. These exemptions include, but are not limited to, (i) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, (ii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, (iii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and (iv) not being required to provide audited financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2018, or five years of Selected Consolidated Financial Data, in this prospectus. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years after the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the Securities Act), which fifth anniversary will occur in 2026. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a large accelerated filer, our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we would cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. We have made certain elections with regard to the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced disclosure obligations in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to holders of our common stock may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choice we make to reduce disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price for our common stock may be more volatile.
Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies may also elect to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to opt-in to this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards on a non-delayed basis.
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company.
As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert our managements attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from
48
improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of our managements time and attention from sales-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and could have a material adversely effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations. If our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, it may adversely affect investor confidence in us and the price of our common stock.
As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and provide a management report on our internal control over financial reporting.
Our platform system applications are complex, multi-faceted and include applications that are highly customized in order to serve and support our customers, advertising inventory and data suppliers, as well as support our financial reporting obligations. We regularly make improvements to our platform to maintain and enhance our competitive position. In the future, we may implement new offerings and engage in business transactions, such as acquisitions, reorganizations or implementation of new information systems. These factors require us to develop and maintain our internal controls, processes and reporting systems, and we expect to incur ongoing costs in this effort. We may not be successful in developing and maintaining effective internal controls, and any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods.
If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if we are unable to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a
49
timely manner, then, we may be late with the filing of our periodic reports, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. Such failures could also subject us to investigations by the NYSE, the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, and to litigation from stockholders, which could harm our reputation, financial condition or divert financial and management resources from our core business.
Our management and independent registered public accounting firm did not perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting during any period in accordance with the provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Had we performed an evaluation and had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley Act, control deficiencies amounting to material weaknesses may have been identified. We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404(a) of Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing or any required remediation in a timely fashion. If we fail to comply with Section 404(a) or to remedy these material weaknesses or identify new material weaknesses by the time we have to issue that report, we will not be able to certify that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements, and the trading price of our common stock may decline. If we fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements may be inaccurate, our access to the capital markets may be restricted and the trading price of our common stock may suffer.
Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.
Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws, rules and regulations that govern public companies. As a public company, we are subject to significant obligations relating to reporting, procedures and internal controls, and our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage such obligations. These obligations and scrutiny will require significant attention from our management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may experience fluctuations in our results of operations, which could make our future results of operations difficult to predict or cause our results of operations to fall below analysts and investors expectations.
Our quarterly and annual results of operations have fluctuated in the past and we expect our future results of operations to fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Fluctuations in our results of operations could cause our performance to fall below the expectations of analysts and investors, and adversely affect the price of our common stock. Because our business is changing and evolving rapidly, our historical results of operations may not be necessarily indicative of our future results of operations. Factors that may cause our results of operations to fluctuate include the following:
|
changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including consolidation among competitors or customers and the introduction of new products or product enhancements; |
|
changes in the economic prospects of the industries or verticals that we primarily serve, or the economy generally, which could alter customer spending priorities or budgets; |
|
changes to availability of and pricing of competitive products, and their effects on our pricing; |
50
|
changes to the pricing or availability of inventory, data or other third-party services; |
|
changes in our customer base and product offerings; |
|
the addition or loss of customers; |
|
the challenges of persuading existing and prospective customers to switch from incumbent product providers; |
|
the impact of our sales caused by our customers budgetary constraints, competition, customer dissatisfaction or our customers actual or perceived lack of need for our products; |
|
changes to our products, media, or customer or mix; |
|
changes in the prices at which we will be able to sell our products; |
|
changes and uncertainty in the regulatory environment for us, customers or others in the nutritional supplement industry, and the effects of our efforts and those of our customers and partners to address changes and uncertainty in the regulatory environment; |
|
changes in the economic prospects of nutritional supplement providers or the economy generally, which could alter customers spending priorities, or could increase the time or costs required to complete advertising inventory sales; |
|
the introduction of new technologies or products by our competitors or others in the nutrition supplement marketplace; |
|
changes in our capital expenditures as we acquire the hardware, equipment and other assets required to support our business; |
|
timing differences between our payments for inventory and our collection of related revenue; |
|
the length and unpredictability of our sales cycle; |
|
costs related to acquisitions of businesses or technologies, development of new products, expansion of our facilities or to enter different geographies; |
|
our ability to drive adoption of our products in our industry and our ability to expand into any future target markets or geographies; |
|
cost of employee recruiting and retention; |
|
the cost and availability of data from third-party sources; |
|
adverse judgments or settlements, or increased legal fees, in legal disputes or government proceedings; |
|
adoption of new accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; |
|
changes to the cost of infrastructure, including real estate and information technology; |
|
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the economy, investment in our industry, our business operations, and resources and operations of our customers, suppliers, and distributors; and |
|
general industry, economic and market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors. |
Based upon the factors above and others beyond our control, we have a limited ability to forecast our future revenue, costs and expenses. If we fail to meet or exceed operating results expectations of analysts and investors or if analysts and investors have estimates and forecasts of our future performance that are unrealistic or that we do not meet, the market price of our common stock could
51
decline. In addition, if one or more of the analysts who cover us adversely change their recommendation regarding our stock, the market price of our common stock could decline.
Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness
Our existing indebtedness could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.
As of September 30, 2020, we had total current and long-term indebtedness of $347.5 million, comprised of $347.5 million outstanding under our senior secured term loan (our Initial Term Loan Facility). On October 28, 2020, we borrowed an additional $52.5 million on our senior secured delayed draw term loan (our DDTL Facility and together with our Initial Term Loan Facility, our Term Loan Facility). As of the date of this filing, we have no amounts drawn under our $25.0 million secured revolving loan facility (our Revolving Credit Facility and collectively with our Initial Term Loan Facility and DDTL Facility, our Credit Facilities) and no outstanding letters of credit. All obligations under the credit agreement governing our Credit Facilities (the Credit Agreement) are secured by first-priority perfected security interests in substantially all of our assets and the assets of our domestic subsidiaries, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions. Our indebtedness, or any additional indebtedness we may incur, could require us to divert funds identified for other purposes for debt service and impair our liquidity position. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
Our indebtedness, the cash flow needed to satisfy our debt and the covenants contained in our Credit Agreement have important consequences, including:
|
limiting funds otherwise available for financing our capital expenditures by requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash flows from operations to the repayment of debt and the interest on this debt; |
|
limiting our ability to incur additional indebtedness; |
|
limiting our ability to capitalize on significant business opportunities; |
|
making us more vulnerable to rising interest rates; and |
|
making us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business. |
Our level of indebtedness may place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged. Fluctuations in interest rates can increase borrowing costs. Increases in interest rates may directly impact the amount of interest we are required to pay and reduce earnings accordingly. In addition, developments in tax policy, such as the disallowance of tax deductions for interest paid on outstanding indebtedness, could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and our business, financial conditions and results of operations. Further, our Credit Agreement contain customary affirmative and negative covenants and certain restrictions on operations that could impose operating and financial limitations and restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to enter into particular transactions and to engage in other actions that we may believe are advisable or necessary for our business. Our Term Loan Facility is also subject to mandatory prepayments in certain circumstances, including a requirement to make a prepayment with a certain percentage of our excess cash flow. This excess cash flow payment, and other future required prepayments, will reduce our cash available for investment in our business.
Borrowings under our Credit Facilities bear interest at rates determined using LIBOR as the reference rate. On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdoms Financial Conduct Authority (the authority that regulates LIBOR) announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is unclear
52
whether LIBOR will cease to exist at that time or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021, or if alternative rates or benchmarks will be adopted, and currently it appears highly likely that LIBOR will be discontinued or substantially modified by the end of 2021. The U.S. Federal Reserve has begun publishing a Secured Overnight Funding Rate which is currently intended to serve as an alternative reference rate to LIBOR. If the method for calculation of LIBOR changes, if LIBOR is no longer available, or if lenders have increased costs due to changes in LIBOR, we may suffer from potential increases in interest rates on our borrowings. Our Credit Agreement provides that we and the administrative agent under such Credit Agreement shall, upon certain events requiring the replacement of LIBOR, choose a replacement rate which will become effective on the fifth business day after the proposed amendment implementing such replacement rate is posted to the lenders unless written notice of objection is received from lenders above an agreed threshold.
We expect to use cash flow from operations to meet current and future financial obligations, including funding our operations, debt service requirements and capital expenditures. The ability to make these payments depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, economic and other factors beyond our control.
Despite current indebtedness levels and restrictive covenants, we may still be able to incur substantially more indebtedness or make certain restricted payments, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.
We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, these restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness and liens incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.
The financing documents governing our Credit Facilities permit us to incur certain additional indebtedness, including liabilities that do not constitute indebtedness as defined in such financing documents. We may also consider investments in joint ventures or acquisitions, which may increase our indebtedness. In addition, the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities do not restrict our principal stockholder from creating new holding companies that may be able to incur indebtedness without regard to the restrictions set forth in the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities. If new debt is added to our currently anticipated indebtedness levels, the related risks that we face could intensify.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance outstanding debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and by financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a sufficient level of cash flow from operating activities to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. Any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which would also harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to
53
restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such cash flows and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service obligations. The financing documents governing our Credit Facilities include certain restrictions on our ability to conduct asset sales and/or use the proceeds from asset sales for general corporate purposes. We may not be able to consummate these asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices and on terms that we believe are fair and any proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. If we cannot meet our debt service obligations, the holders of our indebtedness may accelerate such indebtedness and, to the extent such indebtedness is secured, foreclose on our assets. In such an event, we may not have sufficient assets to repay all of our indebtedness.
The terms of the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
The financing documents governing our Credit Facilities contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including restrictions on our ability to:
|
incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations; |
|
create or incur liens; |
|
make investments, acquisitions, loans and advances; |
|
wind up, consolidate, merge, liquidate or dissolve; |
|
sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of its assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries; |
|
pay dividends on its equity interests or make other payments in respect of capital stock; |
|
engage in transactions with its affiliates; |
|
make payments in respect of indebtedness secured on a junior lien basis, unsecured indebtedness and subordinated debt; |
|
modify organizational documents in a manner that is materially adverse to the lenders under the Credit Agreement; |
|
with respect to Nutrition Parent, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a guarantor, modify its holding company status; |
|
enter into burdensome agreements with negative pledge clauses or restrictions on subsidiary distributions; |
|
materially alter the business it conducts; and |
|
change its fiscal year. |
You should read the discussion under the heading Description of Certain Indebtedness for further information about these covenants.
The restrictive covenants in the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests to the extent applicable. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control.
A breach of the covenants or restrictions under the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities could result in an event of default under such documents. Such a default may allow the
54
creditors to accelerate the related debt, which may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event the holders of our indebtedness accelerate the repayment, we may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness or be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or on terms acceptable to us. As a result of these restrictions, we may:
|
be limited in how we conduct our business; |
|
be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic conditions; |
|
experience business downturns; or |
|
be unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. |
These restrictions, along with restrictions that may be contained in agreements evidencing or governing other future indebtedness, may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our growth strategy.
We may be unable to refinance our indebtedness.
We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain sufficient funds to enable us to repay or refinance our debt obligations on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital.
Our debt currently has a non-investment grade rating, and any rating assigned could be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agencys judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes, so warrant. Any future lowering of our ratings likely would make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing.
Our failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new technologies in the future could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.
We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests. If we engage in additional debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to, among other things:
|
develop and enhance our products; |
|
continue to expand our product development, sales and marketing organizations; |
|
hire, train and retain employees; |
|
respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements; or |
|
pursue acquisition opportunities. |
55
In addition, the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities also limit our ability to incur additional debt and therefore, we likely would have to amend the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities or issue additional equity to raise capital. If we issue additional equity, your interest in us will be diluted.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and This Offering
Our principal stockholder controls us, and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.
Immediately following this offering, our principal stockholder will beneficially own approximately % of our common stock, or % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, including from the selling stockholder, which means that, based on its percentage voting power held after the offering, our principal stockholder will control the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our Board, or stockholders, which will enable it to control the election of the members of the Board and all other corporate decisions. In addition, our charter will provide that our principal stockholder will have the right to designate the Chair of the Board for so long as our principal stockholder or its affiliates beneficially own at least 30% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Even when our principal stockholder ceases to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as our principal stockholder continues to own a significant portion of our stock, HGGC, Maze Consulting and Snapdragon will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our Board and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, our principal stockholder will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. In particular, for so long as HGGC, Maze Consulting and Snapdragon continue to own a significant percentage of our stock, HGGC, Maze Consulting and Snapdragon will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of us or a change in the composition of our Board and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might negatively affect the market price of our common stock.
Immediately following this offering, our principal stockholder will beneficially own approximately % of our common stock (or % of our common stock if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, including from the selling stockholder, is exercised in full). We will enter into the Director Nomination Agreement that provides HGGC the right to designate (i) 60% of the nominees for election to our board of directors (the Board) for so long as HGGC beneficially owns at least 45% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock; (ii) 50% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as HGGC beneficially owns less than 45% but at least 35% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock; (iii) 40% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as HGGC beneficially owns less than 35% but at least 25% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock; (iv) 30% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as HGGC beneficially owns less than 25% but at least 15% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock; and (v) 20% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as HGGC beneficially owns less than 15% but at least 5% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock, which could result in representation on our Board that is disproportionate to HGGCs beneficial ownership. The Director Nomination Agreement also provides Maze Consulting and Snapdragon (together, M&S) the right to designate (i) 40% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as M&S beneficially own at least 25% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock; (ii) 30% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as M&S beneficially own less than 25% but at least 15% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock; and
56
20% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as M&S beneficially own less than 15% but at least 5% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock, which could result in representation on our Board that is disproportionate to M&Ss beneficial ownership. The Director Nomination Agreement will also provide that the parties may assign such rights to their affiliates. The Director Nomination Agreement will prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of HGGC and M&S. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsRelated Party TransactionsDirector Nomination Agreement.
Our principal stockholder and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in the information and business services industry generally. In the ordinary course of their business activities, our principal stockholder and its affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other stockholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. Our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that none of our principal stockholder, any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or its affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Our principal stockholder also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, our principal stockholder may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.
Upon listing of our shares on the NYSE, we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.
After completion of this offering, our principal stockholder will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:
|
the requirement that a majority of our Board consist of independent directors; |
|
the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities; |
|
the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities; and |
|
the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees. |
Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board, our Compensation and Nominating Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors and our Compensation and Nominating Committee may not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the .
57
An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.
Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Although we have been approved to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol BBCO, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.
Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, resulting in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.
The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:
|
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations; |
|
the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections, or our failure to meet these projections; |
|
failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates or ratings by any securities analysts who follow us or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors; |
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, results of operations, or capital commitments; |
|
changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other retail companies generally, or those in our industry in particular; |
|
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole; |
|
changes in our board of directors or management; |
|
sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers or directors; |
|
lawsuits threatened or filed against us; |
|
changes in laws or regulations applicable to our business; |
|
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of debt or equity securities; |
|
short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions involving our capital stock; |
|
general economic conditions in the United States and the foreign markets in which we operate; |
|
other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, pandemics or other public health emergencies or responses to these events; and |
58
|
the other factors described in the sections titled Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements. |
Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.
In addition to our principal stockholders beneficial ownership of % of our common stock after this offering (or %, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, including from the selling stockholder), our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering and the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. Among other things:
|
these provisions allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include supermajority voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of stockholders; |
|
these provisions provide for a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms; |
|
these provisions provide that, at any time when our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; |
|
these provisions prohibit stockholder action by written consent from and after the date on which our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 35% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; |
|
these provisions provide that for as long as our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 50% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock and at any time when our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; and |
|
these provisions establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; provided, however, at any time when our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 10% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such advance notice procedure will not apply to it. |
Our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will contain a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203 of the DGCL, and will prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person (excluding our principal stockholder and any of its direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party) who acquires at least 15% of our common stock for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common stock, unless board or stockholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisition. See Description of Capital Stock Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws. These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in
59
control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions you desire, including actions that you may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. In addition, because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team.
These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our Board or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current Board, including delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction. For information regarding these and other provisions, see Description of Capital Stock.
Our certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act, which could limit our stockholders ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrong doing by, any of our directors, officers or other employees or agents to us or our stockholders, or a claim of aiding and abetting any such breach of fiduciary duty, (3) any action asserting a claim against us or any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (5) any action asserting a claim against us or any director, officer, employee or agent governed by the internal affairs doctrine or (6) any action asserting an internal corporate claim as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any derivative action, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. However, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder; accordingly, we cannot be certain that a court would enforce such provision. Our certificate of incorporation will further provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above; however, our shareholders will not be deemed to have waived (and cannot waive) compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. See Description of Capital StockExclusive Forum. The forum selection clause in our certificate of incorporation may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers and may limit our stockholders ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. If the enforceability of our forum selection provisions were to be challenged, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such challenge. While we currently have no basis to expect any such challenge would be successful, if a court were to find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of these specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with having to litigate in other jurisdictions, which could have an
60
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our employees, management and board of directors.
We have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds we receive from this offering and may use them in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our common stock.
We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay $ million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities, and pay any associated prepayment penalties and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repayment and the remainder of such net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. We have broad discretion over the use of proceeds we receive from this offering, and we could spend the proceeds we receive from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return, or no return at all. If we do not invest or apply the proceeds we receive from this offering in ways that improve our operating results, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.
If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.
The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $ per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock but will own only approximately % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. See Dilution for more detail.
Further, we may need to raise additional funds in the future to finance our operations and/or acquire complementary businesses. If we obtain capital in future offerings on a per-share basis that is less than the initial public offering price per share, the value of the price per share of your common stock will likely be reduced. In addition, if we issue additional equity securities in a future offering and you do not participate in such offering, there will effectively be dilution in your percentage ownership interest in our company.
We will in the future grant stock options and other awards to our certain current or future officers, directors, employees, and consultants under additional plans or individual agreements. The grant, exercise, vesting, and/or settlement of these awards, as applicable, will have the effect of diluting your ownership interests in our company. We may also issue additional equity securities in connection with other types of transactions, including shares issued as part of the purchase price for acquisitions of assets or other companies from time to time or in connection with strategic partnerships or joint ventures, or as incentives to management or other providers of resources to us. Such additional issuances are likely to have the same dilutive effect.
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares
61
intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of , 2021. This includes shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. Following the consummation of this offering, shares that are not being sold in this offering will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period provided under lock-up agreements executed in connection with this offering described in Underwriting and restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws as described in Shares Eligible for Future Sale. All of these shares will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up period, as well as pursuant to customary exceptions thereto or upon the waiver of the lock-up agreement by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.
Because we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We do not anticipate paying any regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including under our Credit Agreement. Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur. See Dividend Policy for more detail.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.
We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.
Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our Board will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium to the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.
62
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations and projections relating to our, industry, financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as anticipate, estimate, expect, project, potential, plan, predict, intend, believe, may, will, should, can have, likely and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results or our plans and objectives for future operations, growth initiatives or strategies are forward-looking statements. The inclusion of forward-looking statements should not be regarded as a representation by us, the selling stockholder, the underwriters or any other person that the future plans, estimates, or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected, including:
|
the effect of on us of any adverse change in the size or growth rate of the vitamin, mineral and supplement market; |
|
our dependency on the success of Natural and Specialty Retail stores and specific retailers in the channel; |
|
risks related to a loss of, or material cancellation, reduction, or delay in purchases by, one or more of our largest customers; |
|
our ability to manage credit risk; |
|
our ability to maintain adequate quality standards for our products and services; |
|
our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brands; |
|
our ability to attract, acquire or retain customers at our current or anticipated future growth rate in a cost-effective manner; |
|
the risks related to our reliance on internet search engines, lead generators, and social networking sites to help drive traffic to our websites and the sale of our products; |
|
our ability to anticipate customer preferences and successfully develop new and innovative products in a timely manner and effectively manage the introduction of new or enhanced products; |
|
the risks related to consumers perception of the safety and quality of our products as well as similar products distributed by other companies in our industry; |
|
our ability to sustain pricing levels for our products; |
|
the risks related to adverse economic conditions; |
|
our ability to complete effectively against and gain sufficient market share from competitors that are larger, more established and that possess greater resources than we do; |
|
the risks related to catastrophic events; |
|
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated responses on our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects; |
|
our ability to retain key personnel, manage our business effectively, and continue to grow; |
|
the impact of an overall tightening of the labor market, increases in labor costs, and possible labor unrest; |
63
|
the risks related to changes in the U.S. political environment; |
|
the risks related to our planned expansion into additional international markets; |
|
our ability to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials for our products at favorable prices from our outside suppliers with whom we do not have long-term agreements for raw materials; |
|
the risks related to international trade and importation issues in acquiring ingredients for our products from foreign suppliers; |
|
the risks related to a disruption in the service, a significant increase in the cost of our primary delivery and shipping services for our products or a significant disruption at shipping ports; |
|
the risks related to the volatility in ingredients and packaging costs; |
|
our ability to maintain an effective system of internal controls; |
|
the risks related to our dependency on lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and meet our liquidity needs; |
|
the impact of numerous laws and regulations that apply to the manufacture, sale, and manufacturing of nutritional supplements, and compliance with these laws and regulations, as they currently exist or as modified in the future, on us and our suppliers; |
|
the risks related to product recalls; |
|
the risks related product liability claims and litigation to prosecute such claims; |
|
the accuracy, reliability, and proper use of sophisticated and dependable information processing systems and management information technology; |
|
the risks related to third parties asserting intellectual property infringement claims against us; |
|
the impact of fluctuations in our results of operations may have on our ability to predict our future results of operations; |
|
our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to services all of our indebtedness; and |
|
other factors disclosed in the section entitled Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus. |
You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based on many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under the sections titled Risk Factors and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.
We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.
64
We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholder in this offering, including any shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholder pursuant to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We expect to use approximately $ million of the net proceeds of this offering (or $ million of the net proceeds of this offering if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) to repay outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities, and the remainder of such net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes.
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per annum, at the Borrowers option, equal to an applicable margin, plus, (a) for alternate base rate borrowings, the greatest of (i) the rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the prime rate in the United States, (ii) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate (taking into account the 1.00% floor therein) for a one month interest period on such day plus 1.00% and (b) for eurodollar borrowings, the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined by the greater of (i) the LIBO Rate for the relevant interest period divided by 1 minus the statutory reserves (if any) and (ii) 1.00%.
The interest rate on the Term Loan Facility was 8.00% per annum as of March 31, 2021. The maturity date of the Term Loan Facility is September 30, 2026.
As of March 31, 2021, the interest rate for the Revolving Credit Facility was 8.00% per annum. As of the date of this filing, the Company has not drawn on the Revolving Credit Facility. The maturity date of the Revolving Credit Facility is September 30, 2025.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares offered would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share for the offering remains at $ , which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
65
We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board, subject to compliance with covenants in current and future agreements governing our and our subsidiaries indebtedness, and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. Additionally, our Credit Agreement places restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay cash dividends or make distributions to us. See the section titled Description of Indebtedness.
66
The following table describes our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2021, as follows:
|
on an actual basis; |
|
of The Better Being Co. on an as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion; and |
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion and sale of shares of common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as set forth under Use of Proceeds, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, Use of Proceeds and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Corporate Conversion included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of March 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||
Actual |
As Adjusted for
the Corporate Conversion |
Pro Forma As
Adjusted for the Corporate Conversion and the Offering (1) |
||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Cash and Cash equivalents |
$ | 8,783 | $ | $ | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total debt (1): |
||||||||||||
Revolving credit facility |
$ | | $ | $ | ||||||||
Term loan facility |
390,630 | |||||||||||
Total debt |
390,630 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Equity: |
||||||||||||
Members capital, no par value, members units authorized, members units issued and outstanding, actual; no members units authorized, issued or outstanding as adjusted and pro forma as adjusted |
101,290 | |||||||||||
Common stock, $0.001 par value, shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; pro forma as adjusted |
| |||||||||||
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; pro forma as adjusted |
| |||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
1,469 | |||||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(69,621 | ) | ||||||||||
Total stockholders equity |
33,138 | |||||||||||
Total capitalization |
$ | 423,768 | $ | $ | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
As adjusted to reflect the conversion of our outstanding members units into shares of our common stock in conjunction with the Corporate Conversion. |
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering excludes shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan, including , and shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.
67
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.
As of March 31, 2021, we had a pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ million, or $ per share of common stock. Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share is equal to our total tangible assets, less total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion.
After giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and after the application of the net proceeds of this offering to repay $ million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Agreement as set forth under Use of Proceeds, at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 would have been $ million, or $ per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ per share to investors participating in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | |||||||
Historical pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2021 |
$ | |||||||
Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to the investors in this offering |
||||||||
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering |
||||||||
Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to the investors in this offering |
$ |
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ , and would increase or decrease the dilution per share to the investors in this offering by $ , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ and would increase or decrease dilution per share to investors in this offering by , assuming the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $ , and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $ .
68
The following table presents, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, as of March 31, 2021, after giving effect to (i) the completion of the Corporate Conversion prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the differences between our existing stockholders and the investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, with respect to the number of shares purchased, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders or to be paid to us by investors purchasing shares in this offering at an assumed offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Shares Purchased | Total Consideration |
Average Price
Per Share |
||||||||||||||||||
Number | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | |||||||||||||||||
Existing Stockholders |
$ | % | $ | % | $ | |||||||||||||||
New Investors |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | % | $ | % | $ |
A $1.00 increase or in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $ million and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid by new investors by %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, including from the selling stockholder. After giving effect to sales of shares in this offering, assuming the underwriters option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own % and our new investors would own % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
In addition, to the extent we issue any additional stock options or any stock options are exercised, or we issue any other securities or convertible debt in the future, investors participating in this offering may experience further dilution.
Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables are based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of , 2021 after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion, and excludes million shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan, including , and shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP, each of which we expect to adopt in connection with this offering.
69
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables present our selected consolidated financial data. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected condensed consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 and the selected condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the selected historical financial data below in conjunction with the section titled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Year Ended
September 30, |
Six Months Ended
March 31, (unaudited) |
|||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share and per unit data) | ||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss: |
||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 319,310 | $ | 277,514 | $ | 178,557 | $ | 154,094 | ||||||||
Cost of sales |
151,401 | 131,683 | 88,574 | 72,862 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross profit |
167,909 | 145,831 | 89,983 | 81,232 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Distribution expense |
31,444 | 30,155 | 17,458 | 14,933 | ||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
91,967 | 79,233 | 54,152 | 45,320 | ||||||||||||
Legal settlement expense |
32,441 | 511 | 4,701 | 999 | ||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
15,043 | 14,675 | 7,312 | 7,556 | ||||||||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment |
(375 | ) | 578 | 298 | (106 | ) | ||||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
873 | | 515 | | ||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
171,393 | 125,152 | 84,436 | 68,702 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
(Loss) income from operations |
(3,484 | ) | 20,679 | 5,547 | 12,530 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Interest expense |
36,629 | 30,024 | 16,822 | 13,992 | ||||||||||||
Other income, net |
(165 | ) | (998 | ) | (189 | ) | (114 | ) | ||||||||
Loss before (benefit) for income taxes |
(39,948 | ) | (8,347 | ) | (11,086 | ) | (1,348 | ) | ||||||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
(7,297 | ) | (3,479 | ) | (2,250 | ) | (358 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (32,651 | ) | $ | (4,868 | ) | $ | (8,836 | ) | $ | (990 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax |
732 | (792 | ) | 1,681 | (321 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Comprehensive loss |
$ | (31,919 | ) | $ | (5,660 | ) | $ | (7,155 | ) | $ | (1,311 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Per Unit/Share Data(1): |
||||||||||||||||
Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(2) |
$ | $ | ||||||||||||||
Pro forma as adjusted net loss per share, basic and diluted |
$ | $ |
(1) |
The historical earnings per unit is not meaningful or comparable because, prior to the Corporate Conversion, the Company was a single member limited liability company. Accordingly, earnings per unit is not presented. |
(2) |
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing pro forma net loss by pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding. For the year ended September 30, 2020, and the six months ended March 31, 2021, pro forma net loss is computed by decreasing net loss by $ of interest expense, net of tax, that would not have been incurred if the offering had occurred on October 1, 2019. Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding is computed by increasing the weighted-average common shares outstanding by , which represents the $ million in outstanding borrowings described in Use of Proceeds being |
70
repaid with the proceeds of this offering divided by the public offering price per share. This pro forma data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our net loss or net loss per share actually would have been had the offering and use of proceeds therefrom occurred on October 1, 2019 or to project our net loss or net loss per share for any future period. |
September 30,
2020 |
March 31,
2021 |
March 31,
2021 |
||||||||||
Actual | (unaudited) |
Pro Forma as
Adjusted(3)(4) |
||||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at end of period): |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 20,799 | $ | 8,783 | $ | |||||||
Total assets |
$ | 504,323 | $ | 487,709 | $ | |||||||
Working capital |
$ | 30,754 | $ | 75,566 | $ | |||||||
Debt, net |
$ | 340,231 | $ | 390,630 | $ | |||||||
Accumulated deficit |
$ | 60,785 | $ | 69,621 | $ | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total liabilities and members equity |
$ | 504,323 | $ | 487,709 | $ | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The pro forma as adjusted column reflects: (i) the pro forma adjustments following (a) the completion of the Corporate Conversion and (b) the filing and effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation in Delaware, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price per share of $ (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (iii) the application of the net proceeds from this offering as set forth under the section titled Use of Proceeds. |
(2) |
The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share of $ (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets, working capital, debt, and total liabilities and members equity by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets, working capital, debt, and total liabilities and members equity by approximately $ million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
Our key financial metrics for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 included:
Year Ended
September 30, |
Six Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 319,310 | $ | 277,514 | $ | 178,557 | $ | 154,094 | ||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (32,651 | ) | $ | (4,868 | ) | $ | (8,836 | ) | $ | (990 | ) | ||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
$ | 63,908 | $ | 58,019 | $ | 33,890 | $ | 30,027 | ||||||||
Adjusted net income(1) |
$ | 9,605 | $ | 14,965 | $ | 9,495 | $ | 8,457 |
(1) |
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income, both non-GAAP financial metrics, are included as a disclosure because we believe they are useful indicators of our operating performance. We define |
71
Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before net interest and other expense (income), taxes, depreciation, amortization, and long-lived asset, goodwill and intangible asset impairments, and certain other expenses that we believe are not indicative of our core operating performance. We define Adjusted net income as net income (loss) adjusted for amortization of intangible assets and for certain other expenses that we believe are not indicative of our operating performance. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsNon-GAAP Measures for a discussion about the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income. |
The following table presents the reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP financial metric) for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020:
Year Ended
September 30, |
Six Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||
(in thousands,
except percentages) |
||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (32,651) | $ | (4,868) | $ | (8,836) | $ | (990) | ||||||||
Add: |
||||||||||||||||
Interest and other expense, net |
36,464 | 29,026 | 16,633 | 13,878 | ||||||||||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
(7,297) | (3,479) | (2,250) | (358) | ||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
24,865 | 25,105 | 12,655 | 12,182 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
EBITDA |
21,381 | 45,784 | 18,202 | 24,712 | ||||||||||||
Legal settlement expense(1) |
32,441 | 511 | 4,701 | 999 | ||||||||||||
Stock based compensation |
942 | 500 | 749 | 295 | ||||||||||||
Merger and acquisition related items(2) |
6,220 | 5,085 | 2,175 | 2,849 | ||||||||||||
Organizational realignment costs(3) |
2,426 | 3,002 | 355 | 1,278 | ||||||||||||
Strategic initiatives(4) |
| 2,559 | 1,068 | | ||||||||||||
Inventory write-offs(5) |
| | 4,324 | | ||||||||||||
IPO readiness(6) |
| | 1,503 | | ||||||||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant, and equipment |
(375) | 578 | 298 | (106) | ||||||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
873 | | 515 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 63,908 | $ | 58,019 | $ | 33,890 | $ | 30,027 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Percentage of net sales |
20.0 | % | 20.9 | % | 19.0% | 19.5% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Represents settlement expense and legal fees incurred in association with stockholder litigation. See Note 13 Capital Stock to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and Note 9 Capital Stock to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense. |
(2) |
Represents transaction-related costs and expenses associated with the February 13, 2019 acquisition of Nu U and the minority investment by Maze and Snapdragon. For the year ended September 30, 2020 and six months ended March 31, 2021, amount primarily attributable to earn-out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition. For the year ended September 30, 2019 and six months ended March 31, 2020, amount primarily attributable to transaction expenses and earn out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition and transactions expenses associated with the minority investment. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
72
(3) |
Represents professional fees, severance expense, relocation expense, and executive search costs incurred related to our organizational realignment and geographic consolidation. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(4) |
Represents professional fees incurred in association with a strategic commercial transformation and certain targeted corporate rebranding and marketing projects. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(5) |
Represents the write-off of inventory related to discontinued product lines and certain excess inventory as a result of pandemic-related disruptions during the six months ended March 31, 2021. These costs are included within Cost of sales in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021. |
(6) |
Represents professional fees, legal expense, and other expenses incurred in association with our initial public offering. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021. |
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted net income (non-GAAP financial metric) for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020:
Year Ended
September 30, |
Six Months Ended
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (32,651) | $ | (4,868) | $ | (8,836) | $ | (990) | ||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
15,043 | 14,675 | 7,312 | 7,556 | ||||||||||||
Legal settlement expense(1) |
32,441 | 511 | 4,701 | 999 | ||||||||||||
Stock based compensation |
942 | 500 | 749 | 295 | ||||||||||||
Merger and acquisition related items(2) |
6,220 | 5,085 | 2,175 | 2,849 | ||||||||||||
Organizational realignment costs(3) |
2,426 | 3,002 | 355 | 1,278 | ||||||||||||
Strategic initiatives(4) |
| 2,559 | 1,068 | | ||||||||||||
Inventory write-offs(5) |
| | 4,324 | | ||||||||||||
IPO readiness(6) |
| | 1,503 | | ||||||||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant, and equipment |
(375) | 578 | 298 | (106) | ||||||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
873 | | 515 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Adjustments |
57,570 | 26,910 | 23,000 | 12,871 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Tax effects of adjustments(7) |
15,314 | 7,077 | 4,669 | 3,424 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted net income |
$ | 9,605 | $ | 14,965 | $ | 9,495 | $ | 8,457 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Percentage of net sales |
3.0 | % | 5.4 | % | 5.3 | % | 5.5 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Represents settlement expense and legal fees incurred in association with stockholder litigation. See Note 13 Capital Stock to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and Note 9 Capital Stock to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense. |
73
(2) |
Represents transaction-related costs and expenses associated with the February 13, 2019 acquisition of Nu U and the minority investment by Maze and Snapdragon. For the year ended September 30, 2020 and six months ended March 31, 2021, amount primarily attributable to earn-out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition. For the year ended September 30, 2019 and six months ended March 31, 2020, amount primarily attributable to transaction expenses and earn out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition and transactions expenses associated with the minority investment. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(3) |
Represents professional fees, severance expense, relocation expense, and executive search costs incurred related to our organizational realignment and geographic consolidation. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(4) |
Represents professional fees incurred in association with a strategic commercial transformation and certain targeted corporate rebranding and marketing projects. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(5) |
Represents the write-off of inventory related to discontinued product lines and certain excess inventory as a result of pandemic-related disruptions during the six months ended March 31, 2021. These costs are included within Cost of sales in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021. |
(6) |
Represents professional fees, legal expense, and other expenses incurred in association with our initial public offering. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021. |
(7) |
Represents the tax provision or benefit associated with the adjustments above, taking into account the Companys applicable tax rates. |
74
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled Selected Consolidated Financial Data and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis reflects our historical results of operations and financial position and, except as otherwise indicated below, does not give effect to the completion of this offering. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section titled Risk Factors. Please also see the section titled Forward-Looking Statements.
The following discussion contains references to fiscal years 2020 and 2019, which represents the consolidated financial results for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the six month interim period ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the terms we, us, and our refer to Nutrition Topco, LLC.
Overview
The Better Being Co. is a high-growth whole-body wellness platform that develops, manufactures, markets and distributes trusted and beneficial vitamins, supplements, minerals and personal care products through a portfolio of differentiated brands. We are dedicated to providing innovative and high-quality products to our loyal consumers and compelling value to our global network of retail partners. The strong momentum across our brands is underpinned by durable, secular trends, including an increased consumer focus on health and wellness, the continued shift to online purchasing and the rising importance of self-care and well-being.
We have a long history as a pioneer in health and wellness, providing nourishing and beneficial products to health enthusiasts long before our founding in 1993. Many of our brands, like KAL (founded in 1932) and Solaray (founded in 1973), have a strong heritage with deep consumer trust and credibility built by consistently offering innovative and high quality products. Over time we have continued to put our consumers first by selectively acquiring and building brands in core categories that offer our consumers a comprehensive selection of products to cater to their individual health and wellness needs.
Our core brands include Solaray, KAL, Zhou, Nu U, Heritage Store, Life Flo and Zand Immunity, which together experienced annual average net sales growth of 15.2% from fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2020, significantly outpacing the growth of the global vitamins and minerals market. Our core brands have won numerous awards and have been featured in an array of magazines in recent years, and according to SPINS, our Solaray brand is the fastest growing brand among top 5 brands (by dollar sales) across the Vitamins & Supplements and Herbs & Homeopathic departments in the combined Natural Enhanced and Regional & Independent Grocery retail channels in both dollar and growth, and is the #2 dollar share brand, for the 52 weeks ended December 27, 2020. Our portfolio also includes additional brands that offer a broad range of benefits to targeted consumer segments.
For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, our net loss was $32.7 million and $4.9 million, respectively, and $8.8 million and $1.0 million for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, our net sales were $319.3 million and $277.5 million, respectively, and $178.6 million and $154.1 million for the six
75
months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, our Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP financial metric) was $63.9 million and $58.0 million, respectively, and our Adjusted net income (non-GAAP financial metric) was $9.6 million and $15.0 million, respectively. For the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, our Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP financial metric) was $33.9 million and $30.0 million, respectively, and our Adjusted net income (non-GAAP financial metric) was $9.5 million and $8.5 million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income are supplemental measures that are not calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsNon-GAAP Measures for a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income and a reconciliation to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.
Impact of COVID-19
The COVID-19 pandemic continues to affect the United States and the rest of the world. Our manufacturing and distribution facilities have remained operational throughout the pandemic with limited and manageable disruption in different areas. We have operated, and continue to operate, under enhanced safety protocols that include additional health and safety measures such as deep cleaning our facilities on a more frequent basis and requiring employees to stay away from work if they are suspected of being exposed to someone who tested positive for COVID-19. We also took specific measures to ensure adequate raw material supply for items impacted by supply chain disruption. We have not experienced significant disruptions in its supply chain related to the COVID-19 pandemic.
The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in an increase in demand for immunity and wellness products. The COVID-19 pandemic also contributed to an increase in online sales as consumers shifted from shopping in-store to online. The COVID-19 pandemic caused general business disruption worldwide, and has led to certain inefficiencies due to supply chain interruption and increased costs associated with enhanced cleaning protocols and COVID-19 related to employee leave.
Key Factors Affecting Our Performance
Our historical financial performance has been, and we expect our financial performance in the future to be, driven by our ability to:
Maintain a Market-Leading, Trusted Brand Portfolio in Highly Attractive Categories
We believe our financial performance has largely been driven by our portfolio of market-leading and trusted brands in the global wellness economy. Key factors to our brands historic and future growth are an increased consumer focus on wellness and self-care, the strength of our products, our portfolio, including immunity products, and our appeal to consumers. Our leading market position in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel, both as a platform and through our differentiated individual brand leadership, has also been a critical component of our success.
Preserve High Customer Loyalty and Repeat Purchase
We believe our consumers seek out and repurchase our products because of the authentic positioning, long-term brand trust, clean labeling and lab-verified premium quality. We have consistently delivered on our brand promise, and we believe this has driven a loyal consumer following and strong repeat purchase rate across our portfolio of brands.
76
Continue Science-Driven Innovation and Well-Invested, State-of-the-Art Manufacturing Capabilities
We believe a key factor of our financial performance is our track record of consistently delivering new product innovation across our portfolio of brands by leveraging our world-class research and development capabilities combined with our agile, vertically integrated manufacturing infrastructure. An emphasis on quality underscores everything we do, and our differentiated vertically integrated infrastructure enables us to maintain full control over our supply chain. Our global sourcing model ensures consistent supply, even in times of global disruption, by maintaining relationships with a broad set of geographically diverse suppliers.
Produce Compelling Growth and Margin Profile with Strong Free Cash Flow Generation
We have grown our revenue through a combination of organic growth and strategic acquisitions. Our organic growth has been driven by a combination of strong category tailwinds, expanded distribution, acceleration of online penetration and consistent engagement with our consumers. In addition, we have successfully acquired and integrated Zhou and Nu U into our platform, expanding our core brand offering and realizing revenue and cost synergies. Our margin profile, along with disciplined capital expenditures, drive consistently high cash flow generation, providing significant financial flexibility to continue to reinvest in our business and opportunistically pursue value enhancing acquisitions.
Employ Management Team with Deep Industry Experience
Our company is led by a highly accomplished executive team with significant experience in the consumer products industry. Our CEO, Monty Sharma, has over 25 years of experience leading branded consumer packaged goods companies and has extensive experience with wellness brands. Our deep leadership bench has total industry experience of over 800 years at brands such as Nestlé, Pepsi, Coca-Cola, Kraft Heinz, Atkins, Simply Good Foods, Estée Lauder, Clinique and Gucci, and together, our team has demonstrated its ability to enhance growth through active portfolio management, refreshed, refocused marketing initiatives, continuous innovation, expansion into new sales channels and customer relationships and winning with consumer at the point of purchase.
Amplify Brand Awareness to Enhance Consumer Engagement and Reach New Consumers
We believe a key factor to our financial performance is our multi-pronged, brand-specific marketing strategy, which we believe enhances engagement, increases brand awareness and drives repeat purchase. Our marketing strategy is underpinned by disciplined, results-driven ROAS, Customer Acquisition Cost and Customer Lifetime Value metrics. Our core brands each have a dedicated marketing team whose goal is to develop a bespoke strategy that engages existing consumers and drives awareness amongst new consumers. Additionally, our highly curated brand portfolio emphasizes a differentiated positioning and purpose for each of our brands in order to target a unique consumer. Through a consistent focus on ensuring distinctive brand messaging, we seek opportunities to redefine and reinvigorate our existing and acquired brands to appeal to new, targeted consumer segments.
Maintain Omnichannel Presence and Increase Penetration in Priority Channels
We believe another key factor to our financial performance and growth is our established omnichannel presence, which allows us to continue expanding penetration across both our existing and recently entered sales channels.
77
|
Natural and Specialty Retail Channel. Our strong leadership position in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel positions us well to capture incremental growth. |
|
Food, Drug & Mass. FDM makes up 26% of the supplement market but only 4% of our sales during fiscal year 2020, providing a significant opportunity for us to meaningfully expand distribution in the channel. We have recently successfully entered the channel with our Zhou, Heritage Store and Zand Immunity brands. We have also recently made several key hires to continue the momentum we have built in this channel, including a Chief Revenue Officer and several other senior executives with deep experience in the FDM and club channels. We have also augmented our internal team with highly qualified national and account-specific brokers. |
|
Online. We have proven success across online platforms, including an established Amazon presence, driving acceleration in digital sales. As the fastest growing channel within vitamins, minerals and supplements, with approximately 25% expected market growth from 2020 through 2022, online presents an opportunity for sustained growth driving incremental sales across our platform of brands. |
Expand Footprint Across Key International Markets
We believe a key factor to our future financial performance is the success of our strategy to enter large, fast-growing international markets utilizing a mix of our own salesforce and distribution partnerships. Our strategy for international expansion is focused on five core brands (Solaray, Zhou, Heritage Store, Nu U and KAL), leveraging their heritage, authenticity and strong track record. Our existing international business operates across online and brick and mortar channels, with online contributing 61% of international sales during fiscal year 2020, driving opportunity for long-term omnichannel growth.
|
Existing International Markets. A key factor to our financial performance is the ability to continue selling our brands internationally, including in the United Kingdom, Spain and Romania. We will continue to build relationships with the Natural and Specialty Retail and FDM channels in these markets in order to increase sales. |
|
New International Markets. We have a disciplined approach to assessing new international markets for introducing our core brands and determining the optimal local market strategy for reaching consumers. Leveraging our experience in successfully entering key international markets, we plan to continue to selectively expand our footprint in new international markets providing a gateway to new consumers globally. |
Drive Innovation to Extend Existing Product Lines and Enter into Adjacent Categories
We believe a key factor to our financial performance is our continued innovation.
|
Further enhance our product assortment. We believe we must continue to optimize our assortment to ensure product relevancy, novelty and differentiation. Our strategy of debuting new products like new gummies under the KAL brand, where we have secured over 1,000 points of distribution within the first four months of launching the products are important for our future. |
|
Enter into adjacent categories. We also must leverage our innovation capabilities and existing brand equity to selectively enter into adjacent categories where we believe there are significant growth opportunities. We believe there would be strong consumer acceptance and line expansion opportunities across several of our core brands, including sports nutrition and beauty-from-within for Zhou, allowing us to further expand our total addressable market. |
78
Selectively Pursue Value-Enhancing Acquisitions and Investments
We believe our financial performance depends on our ability to utilize a disciplined approach for evaluating potential opportunities to enhance our product offering and capabilities. We have successfully completed multiple acquisitions, including Nu U, Zhou and Heritage Store, which have added strong, complementary brands to our portfolio. We intend to continue to systematically evaluate our robust pipeline of acquisition opportunities in order to continue enhancing our global brand portfolio and broaden our consumer reach, and to selectively review strategic investment opportunities to build early brand partnerships.
Components of Results of Operations
Net Sales
Net sales represent gross revenues offset by customer rebates, discounts, and returns. We derive revenue from selling nutritional supplements and other natural products under our portfolio of differentiated brands. We sell vitamins, supplements, minerals, and personal care products, directly to, or through domestic and international distributors to, Natural and Specialty retailers, FDM retailers, third-party e-commerce marketplaces, and professionals. We recognize revenue in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606 Revenue from contracts with customers. Under ASC 606, we recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied. See Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates Revenue Recognition. We review net sales both by brand category and by sales channel, as further discussed below.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales include direct materials, direct labor, manufacturing overhead expenses, and depreciation expense related to manufacturing assets. Direct material includes cost of raw materials, inbound freight, packaging costs, cost of products purchased from third-party manufacturers, and other costs related to manufacturing. In general, we have historically been able to substantially recover increases in material costs through customer price increases. We expect cost of sales to increase in absolute dollars relative to the growth of the overall business.
Gross Profit
Gross profit, or net sales less cost of sales, has been and will continue to be affected by various factors, including product mix, channel mix and the extent to which we are able to efficiently manage the costs of direct materials, direct labor and overhead expense. We expect gross profit to increase in absolute dollars as we benefit from higher sales volumes and increased absorption of fixed overhead costs.
Operating Expenses
Distribution Expense. Distribution expense consists of order distribution and fulfillment expenses, including freight out, fulfillment fees paid to e-commerce platforms and other logistics expense. We expect distribution costs to increase in absolute dollars as sales volumes increase.
Selling, general and administrative. Selling, general and administrative expense consists primarily of marketing and selling expense, research and development expense, stock-based compensation, expense related to corporate support functions, amortization and depreciation expense related to non-manufacturing assets, and other general operating expenses. We expect our selling,
79
general and administrative expense to increase on an absolute dollar basis as we expand our marketing and promotional efforts. See Business Marketing included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.
Legal settlement expense. Legal settlement expense consists of settlement payments, interest, and legal fees incurred in association with legal matters. For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, legal settlement expense is primarily related to the stockholder litigation. See Note 13 Capital Stock to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense.
Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets consists of amortization of trademarks and trade names, customer relationships, and non-compete agreements acquired in connection with prior acquisitions. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which range from two to 17 years. We expect amortization of intangible assets to remain consistent over time.
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment. (Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment consist of variances between the selling price of the asset and the net carrying value at the time of sale.
Impairment of held for sale assets. Impairment of held for sale assets consists of impairment losses associated with the write-down of assets that have been classified as held for sale. If the net carrying value of the assets classified as held for sale is less than fair value net of selling costs, an impairment loss is recognized.
Interest Expense
Interest expense consists primarily of interest payments on outstanding debt under the credit agreement, as well as amortization of deferred financing costs, and commitment fees associated with the unused portion of the revolving line of credit. See Liquidity and Capital Resources.
Other Income, net
Other income, net consists primarily of interest income and other income that is not generated through the sale of nutritional supplements and other natural products.
(Benefit) for Income Taxes
(Benefit) for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes related to federal, state and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business.
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax consists of foreign currency translation adjustments associated with assets and liabilities held by foreign subsidiaries and branches and income and expense items generated by foreign subsidiaries and branches.
80
Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2021
The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of comprehensive loss for the period indicated:
Six Months Ended
March 31, (unaudited) |
Change
($) |
Change % | ||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss: |
||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 178,557 | $ | 154,094 | $ | 24,463 | 15.9 | % | ||||||||
Costs of sales |
88,574 | 72,862 | 15,712 | 21.6 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
89,983 | 81,232 | 8,751 | 10.8 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Distribution expense |
17,458 | 14,933 | 2,525 | 16.9 | % | |||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
54,152 | 45,320 | 8,832 | 19.5 | % | |||||||||||
Legal settlement expense |
4,701 | 999 | 3,702 | 370.6 | % | |||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
7,312 | 7,556 | (244 | ) | -3.2 | % | ||||||||||
Losses (gains) on disposals of property, plant and equipment |
298 | (106 | ) | 404 | -381.1 | % | ||||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
515 | | 515 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
84,436 | 68,702 | 15,734 | 22.9 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
5,547 | 12,530 | (6,983 | ) | -55.7 | % | ||||||||||
Interest expense |
16,822 | 13,992 | 2,830 | 20.2 | % | |||||||||||
Other income, net |
(189 | ) | (114 | ) | (75 | ) | 65.8 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total interest and other expense, net |
16,633 | 13,878 | 2,755 | 19.9 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Loss before (benefit) for income taxes |
(11,086 | ) | (1,348 | ) | (9,738 | ) | 722.4 | % | ||||||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
(2,250 | ) | (358 | ) | (1,892 | ) | 528.5 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net loss |
(8,836 | ) | (990 | ) | (7,846 | ) | 792.5 | % | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax |
1,681 | (321 | ) | 2,002 | 623.7 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Comprehensive loss |
$ | (7,155 | ) | $ | (1,311 | ) | $ | (5,844 | ) | 445.8 | % | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss expressed as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:
Six Months Ended
March 31, (unaudited) |
||||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss: |
||||||||
Net sales |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||
Costs of sales |
49.6 | % | 47.3 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Gross profit |
50.4 | % | 52.7 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||
Distribution expense |
9.8 | % | 9.7 | % | ||||
Selling, general and administrative |
30.3 | % | 29.4 | % | ||||
Legal settlement expense |
2.6 | % | 0.7 | % | ||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
4.1 | % | 4.9 | % | ||||
Losses (gains) on disposals of property, plant and equipment |
0.2 | % | -0.1 | % | ||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
0.3 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total operating expenses |
47.3 | % | 44.6 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Income from operations |
3.1 | % | 8.1 | % | ||||
Interest expense |
9.4 | % | 9.1 | % | ||||
Other income, net |
-0.1 | % | -0.1 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total interest and other expense, net |
9.3 | % | 9.0 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Loss before (benefit) for income taxes |
-6.2 | % | -0.9 | % | ||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
-1.3 | % | -0.2 | % | ||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax |
0.9 | % | -0.2 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Comprehensive loss |
-4.0 | % | -0.9 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
Net Sales
Net sales increased $24.5 million or 16% for the six months ended March 31, 2021 compared to the six months ended March 31, 2020. Net sales were favorably impacted by increased buying patterns shifting from in-person to online as well as increased international growth. As noted above, we review net sales both by brand category and by sales channel.
We summarize our brands into two categories: Core Brands and Other Brands. Core Brands include Solaray, KAL, Zhou, Zand Immunity, Nu U, Heritage Store, and Life Flo. Other Brands include all other brands sold by us. The following table summarizes the change in net sales by brand category:
Six Months Ended March 31,
(unaudited) |
Change
($) |
Change (%) | ||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Brand Category |
||||||||||||||||
Core Brands |
$ | 143,013 | $ | 118,655 | $ | 24,358 | 20.5 | % | ||||||||
Other Brands |
35,544 | 35,439 | 105 | 0.3 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net Sales |
$ | 178,557 | $ | 154,094 | $ | 24,463 | 15.9 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
Core Brands have grown from 77% of net sales for the six months ended March 31, 2020 to 80% for the six months ended March 31, 2021. We continue to focus sales and marketing efforts on the growth of our Core Brands across channels. Net sales for our Core Brands grew 21% from six months ended March 31, 2020 to 2021. This growth was driven by focused sales and marketing efforts associated with our flagship vitamin and supplement brands such as Solaray and KAL, as well as increase in demand for our immunity brands such as Zand Immunity.
We summarize our sales channels into five categories: Natural and Specialty Retail; Online; InternationalRetail; Food, Drug & Mass Retailers (FDM); and Other. The following table summarizes the change in net sales by sales channel:
Six Months Ended March 31,
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Change ($) | Change (%) | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Sales Channel |
||||||||||||||||
Natural and Specialty Retail |
$ | 59,302 | $ | 60,160 | $ | (858 | ) | -1.4 | % | |||||||
Online |
82,130 | 67,025 | 15,105 | 22.5 | % | |||||||||||
International Retail |
23,416 | 16,101 | 7,315 | 45.4 | % | |||||||||||
FDM |
5,614 | 6,106 | (492 | ) | -8.1 | % | ||||||||||
Other |
8,095 | 4,702 | 3,393 | 72.2 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net Sales |
$ | 178,557 | $ | 154,094 | $ | 24,463 | 15.9 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By sales channel, net sales through the Natural and Specialty Retail channel decreased $0.9 million or 1%, net sales through the Online channel increased $15.1 million or 23%, net sales through the International-Retail channel increased $7.3 million or 45%, net sales through the FDM sales channel decreased $0.5 million or 8%, and net sales through the Other channel increased $3.4 million or 72%. The continued increase in demand for our Core Brands generated an increase in net sales across all channels. The Online sales channel, both domestically and internationally, benefited as customer buying patterns continue to shift from in-person retail to online. This trend was amplified by COVID-19 driven retail shutdowns worldwide that began in the second quarter of calendar year 2020. InternationalRetail sales were favorably impacted by increased sales and marketing efforts driven by a new fully dedicated international management team. Net sales in the Other sales channel increased primarily due to the reopening of private health practitioner establishments and a decrease in the overall expected allowance on uncollectible receivables.
Cost of Sales
Six Months Ended March 31,
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of Sales |
$ | 88,574 | $ | 72,862 | $ | 15,712 | 21.6 | % |
Cost of sales increased $15.7 million or 22% for six months ended March 31, 2021 compared to the six months ended March 31, 2020. Cost of sales increased primarily due to an increase from direct materials, direct labor and additional overhead incurred in correlation with the increase in net sales and certain COVID-19 pandemic related incremental expenses.
83
Gross Profit
Six Months Ended
March 31, (unaudited) |
$ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Gross Profit |
$ | 89,983 | $ | 81,232 | $ | 8,751 | 10.8 | % |
Gross profit increased $8.8 million or 11% due to increased net sales proportionately offset by cost of sales. See Net Sales and Cost of Sales above for further details.
Operating Expenses
Six Months Ended
March 31, (unaudited) |
$ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Distribution expense |
$ | 17,458 | $ | 14,933 | $ | 2,525 | 16.9 | % | ||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
54,152 | 45,320 | 8,832 | 19.5 | % | |||||||||||
Legal settlement expense |
4,701 | 999 | 3,702 | 370.6 | % | |||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
7,312 | 7,556 | (244 | ) | -3.2 | % | ||||||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and
|
298 | (106 | ) | 404 | -381.1 | % | ||||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
515 | | 515 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
$ | 84,436 | $ | 68,702 | $ | 15,734 | 22.9 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution expense. Distribution expense increased $2.5 million or 17% for six months ended March 31, 2021 versus the six months ended March 31, 2020 primarily as a result of the overall increase in sales volumes across all channels, which increased labor expenses and other associated fulfillment expenses.
Selling, general and administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $8.8 million or 20% for the six months ended March 31, 2021 compared to the six months ended March 31, 2020. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily driven by increases of $2.7 million of salaries, wages, and commissions associated with an increase in head-count driven by corporate growth, $2.7 million in consulting expenses related to strategic initiatives, $1.5 million in marketing expenses, and $1.0 million in professional services.
Legal settlement expense. The $3.7 million increase in legal settlement expense for the six-month period ended March 31, 2021 versus the six months ended March 31, 2020 was primarily attributable to settlement expense and legal fees associated with the stockholder litigation. See Note 13 Capital Stock to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and Note 9 Capital Stock to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense.
Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets decreased $0.2 million or 3% for the six-month period ended March 31, 2021 compared to the six-month period ended March 31, 2020.
84
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment. We recorded a loss of $0.3 million and a gain of $0.1 million related to the sale of property, plant and equipment for the six-month periods ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Impairment of held for sale assets. We recorded an $0.5 million impairment of held for sale assets for the six months ended March 31, 2021, in connection with the manufacturing facility in Tulsa, Oklahoma.
Interest Expense
Six Months Ended
March 31, (unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
$ | 16,822 | $ | 13,992 | $ | 2,830 | 20.2 | % |
Interest expense increased $2.8 million or 20% for six months ended March 31, 2021 compared to the six months ended March 31, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in outstanding debt related to refinancing of long-term debt. See Liquidity and Capital Resources.
Other Income, net
Six Months Ended
March 31, (unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Other income, net |
$ | (189 | ) | $ | (114 | ) | $ | (75 | ) | 65.8 | % |
Other income, net was $(0.2) million and $(0.1) million for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and for the six months ended March 31, 2020, respectively.
(Benefit) for Income Taxes
Six Months Ended
March 31, (unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
$ | (2,250 | ) | $ | (358 | ) | $ | 1,892 | 528.5 | % |
(Benefit) for income taxes was $(2.3) million and $(0.4) million for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and for the six months ended March 31, 2020, respectively. The increase in (Benefit) for income taxes was primarily attributed to the increase in loss before income taxes.
85
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment, net of tax
Six Months Ended
March 31, (unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax |
$ | 1,681 | $ | (321 | ) | $ | 2,002 | -623.7 | % |
Foreign currency translation adjustment net of tax increased to a gain of $1.7 million for the six-month period ended March 31, 2021 from a loss of $0.3 million the six-month period ended March 31, 2020. The gain was primarily driven by the strengthening U.S. dollar relative to the Norwegian krone and British pound currencies of the Companys foreign subsidiaries and branches.
Non-GAAP Measures
In addition to our GAAP financial information, we review a number of operating and financial metrics, including Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income, to evaluate our business, measure performance, identify trends affecting business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions. We believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income provides additional perspective and insights when analyzing core operating performance from period to period and evaluating trends in historical operating results. These key metrics and non-GAAP measures should not be considered superior to, or a substitute for, and should be read in conjunction with, the GAAP financial information presented herein. These measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled performance indicators used by other companies.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before net interest and other expense (income), taxes, depreciation, amortization, and long-lived asset, goodwill and intangible asset impairments, and certain other expenses that we believe are not indicative of our core operating performance. We define Adjusted net income as net income (loss) adjusted for amortization of intangible assets and for certain other expenses that we believe are not indicative of our operating performance. Both Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income have some inherent limitations in measuring operating performance due to the exclusion of certain financial elements and are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. Furthermore, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income are not intended to be a substitute for cash flows from operating activities, as a measure of liquidity or an alternative to net income in determining operating performance in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.
We present these metrics because we believe they are a useful indicator of our operating performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP financial metric) and Adjusted net income are commonly used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies in industries similar to ours.
86
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for each period included herein:
Six Months Ended
March 31, |
||||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
(in thousands,
except percentages) |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (8,836 | ) | $ | (990 | ) | ||
Add: |
||||||||
Interest and other expense, net |
16,633 | 13,878 | ||||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
(2,250 | ) | (358 | ) | ||||
Depreciation and amortization |
12,655 | 12,182 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
EBITDA |
18,202 | 24,712 | ||||||
Legal settlement expense(1) |
4,701 | 999 | ||||||
Stock based compensation |
749 | 295 | ||||||
Merger and acquisition related items(2) |
2,175 | 2,849 | ||||||
Organizational realignment costs(3) |
355 | 1,278 | ||||||
Strategic initiatives(4) |
1,068 | |||||||
Inventory write-offs(5) |
4,324 | | ||||||
IPO Readiness(6) |
1,503 | | ||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant, and equipment |
298 | (106 | ) | |||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
515 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 33,890 | $ | 30,027 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Percentage of net sales |
19.0 | % | 19.5 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Represents settlement expense and legal fees incurred in association with stockholder litigation. See Note 9 Capital Stock to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense. |
(2) |
Represents transaction-related costs and expenses associated with the acquisition of Nu U. For six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, amount primarily attributable to earn-out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(3) |
Represents professional fees, severance expense, relocation expense, and executive search costs incurred related to our organizational realignment and geographic consolidation. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(4) |
Represents professional fees incurred in association with certain targeted marketing projects. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(5) |
Represents the write-off of inventory related to discontinued product lines and certain excess inventory as a result of pandemic-related disruptions during the six months ended March 31, 2021. These costs are included within Cost of sales in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021. |
(6) |
Represents professional fees, legal expense, and other expenses incurred in association with our initial public offering. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021. |
87
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted net income for each period included herein:
Six Months Ended
March 31, |
||||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
(in thousands,
except percentages) |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (8,836 | ) | $ | (990 | ) | ||
Amortization of intangible assets |
7,312 | 7,556 | ||||||
Legal settlement expense(1) |
4,701 | 999 | ||||||
Stock based compensation |
749 | 295 | ||||||
Merger and acquisition related items(2) |
2,175 | 2,849 | ||||||
Organizational realignment costs(3) |
355 | 1,278 | ||||||
Strategic initiatives(4) |
1,068 | | ||||||
Inventory write-offs(5) |
4,324 | | ||||||
IPO readiness(6) |
1,503 | | ||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant, and equipment |
298 | (106 | ) | |||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
515 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total Adjustments |
23,000 | 12,871 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Tax effects of adjustment(7) |
4,669 | 3,424 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Adjusted net income |
$ | 9,495 | $ | 8,457 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Percentage of net sales |
5.3 | % | 5.5 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
(1) |
See Represents settlement expense and legal fees incurred in association with stockholder litigation. See Note 9 Capital Stock to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense. |
(2) |
Represents transaction-related costs and expenses associated with the acquisition of Nu U. For six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, amount primarily attributable to earn-out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(3) |
Represents professional fees, severance expense, relocation expense, and executive search costs incurred related to our organizational realignment and geographic consolidation. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(4) |
Represents professional fees incurred in association with certain targeted marketing projects. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. |
(5) |
Represents the write-off of inventory related to discontinued product lines and certain excess inventory as a result of pandemic-related disruptions during the six months ended March 31, 2021. These costs are included within Cost of sales in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021. |
(6) |
Represents professional fees, legal expense, and other expenses incurred in association with our initial public offering. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the six months ended March 31, 2021. |
(7) |
Represents the tax provision or benefit associated with the adjustments above, taking into account the Companys applicable tax rates. |
88
Results of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of comprehensive loss for the period indicated:
Year Ended
September 30, |
Change
($) |
Change % | ||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss: |
||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 319,310 | $ | 277,514 | $ | 41,796 | 15.1 | % | ||||||||
Cost of sales |
151,401 | 131,683 | 19,718 | 15.0 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross Profit |
167,909 | 145,831 | 22,078 | 15.1 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Distribution expense |
31,444 | 30,155 | 1,289 | 4.3 | % | |||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
91,967 | 79,233 | 12,734 | 16.1 | % | |||||||||||
Legal settlement expense |
32,441 | 511 | 31,930 | | ||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
15,043 | 14,675 | 368 | 2.5 | % | |||||||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment |
(375 | ) | 578 | (953 | ) | -164.9 | % | |||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
873 | | 873 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
171,393 | 125,152 | 46,241 | 36.9 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
(Loss) Income from operations |
(3,484 | ) | 20,679 | (24,163 | ) | -116.8 | % | |||||||||
Interest expense |
36,629 | 30,024 | 6,605 | 22.0 | % | |||||||||||
Other income, net |
(165 | ) | (998 | ) | (833 | ) | -83.5 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total interest and other expense, net |
36,464 | 29,026 | 7,438 | 25.6 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Loss before (benefit) for income taxes |
(39,948 | ) | (8,347 | ) | (31,601 | ) | -378.6 | % | ||||||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
(7,297 | ) | (3,479 | ) | (3,818 | ) | 109.7 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net loss |
(32,651 | ) | (4,868 | ) | (27,783 | ) | 570.7 | % | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax |
732 | (792 | ) | 1,524 | -192.4 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Comprehensive loss |
$ | (31,919 | ) | $ | (5,660 | ) | $ | (26,259 | ) | 463.9 | % | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
89
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss expressed as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:
Year Ended
September 30, |
||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss: |
||||||||
Net sales |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||
Costs of sales |
47.4 | % | 47.5 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Gross Profit |
52.6 | % | 52.5 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||
Distribution expense |
9.8 | % | 10.9 | % | ||||
Selling, general and administrative |
28.8 | % | 28.6 | % | ||||
Legal settlement expense |
10.2 | % | 0.2 | % | ||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
4.7 | % | 5.3 | % | ||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment |
-0.1 | % | 0.2 | % | ||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
0.3 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total operating expenses |
53.7 | % | 45.1 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Income from operations |
-1.1 | % | 7.5 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Interest expense |
11.5 | % | 10.8 | % | ||||
Other income, net |
-0.1 | % | -0.4 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total interest and other expense, net |
11.4 | % | 10.5 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Loss before (benefit) for income taxes |
-12.5 | % | -3.0 | % | ||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
-2.3 | % | -1.3 | % | ||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax |
0.2 | % | -0.3 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Comprehensive loss |
-10.0 | % | -2.0 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
Net Sales
Net sales increased $41.8 million or 15% for the year ended September 30, 2020 compared to the year ended September 30, 2019. Net sales were favorably impacted by increased demand for our high quality immunity and wellness products during the year. As noted above, we review net sales both by brand category and by sales channel.
We summarize our brands into two categories: Core Brands and Other Brands. Core Brands include Solaray, KAL, Zhou, Zand Immunity, Nu U, Heritage Store, and Life Flo. Other Brands include all other brands sold by us. The following table summarizes the change in net sales by brand category:
Year Ended September 30, |
Change
($) |
Change (%) | ||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Brand Category |
||||||||||||||||
Core Brands |
$ | 248,641 | $ | 205,727 | $ | 42,914 | 20.9 | % | ||||||||
Other Brands |
70,669 | 71,787 | (1,118 | ) | -1.6 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net Sales |
$ | 319,310 | $ | 277,514 | $ | 41,796 | 15.1 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
Core Brands have grown from 74% of net sales for the year ended September 30, 2019 to 78% for the year ended September 30, 2020. We continue to focus sales and marketing efforts on the growth of our Core Brands across channels. Net sales for our Core Brands grew 21% from fiscal year 2019 to 2020. This growth was driven by focused sales and marketing efforts associated with our flagship vitamin and supplement brands such as Solaray and KAL, as well as increase in demand for our immunity brands such as Zand Immunity. We also benefited from a full year of net sales from our Nu U brand, which was acquired in February 2019.
We summarize our sales channels into five categories: Natural and Specialty Retail; Online; InternationalRetail; Food, Drug & Mass Retailers (FDM); and Other. The following table summarizes the change in net sales by sales channel:
Years Ended September 30, |
Change
($) |
Change (%) | ||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Sales Channel |
||||||||||||||||
Natural and Specialty Retail |
$ | 122,347 | $ | 109,689 | $ | 12,658 | 11.5 | % | ||||||||
Online |
139,603 | 110,545 | 29,058 | 26.3 | % | |||||||||||
International Retail |
36,148 | 31,814 | 4,334 | 13.6 | % | |||||||||||
FDM |
12,301 | 11,366 | 935 | 8.2 | % | |||||||||||
Other |
8,911 | 14,100 | (5,189 | ) | -36.8 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net Sales |
$ | 319,310 | $ | 277,514 | $ | 41,796 | 15.1 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By sales channel, net sales through the Natural and Specialty Retail channel increased $12.7 million or 12%, net sales through the Online channel increased $29.1 million or 26%, net sales through the International-Retail channel increased $4.3 million or 14%, net sales through the FDM sales channel increased $0.9 million or 8%, and net sales through the Other channel decreased $5.2 million or 37%. As noted above, the increased demand for our Core Brands generated an increase in net sales across all channels. The Online sales channel, both domestically and internationally, benefited as customer buying patterns continue to shift from in-person retail to online. This trend was amplified by COVID-19 driven retail shutdowns worldwide. The Online sales channel was also favorably impacted year-over-year due to a full year of net sales from the acquisition of Nu U in February 2019. Net sales in the Other sales channel decreased primarily due to the impact of COVID-19 related closures of private health practitioner establishments.
Cost of Sales
Year Ended September 30, | $ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of Sales |
$ | 151,401 | $ | 131,683 | $ | 19,718 | 15.0 | % |
Cost of sales increased $19.7 million or 15% for fiscal year 2020 compared to fiscal year 2019. Cost of sales increased primarily due to an increase from direct materials, direct labor and additional overhead incurred in correlation with the increase in net sales and certain COVID-19 pandemic related incremental expenses.
91
Gross Profit
Year Ended
September 30, |
$ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Gross Profit |
$ | 167,909 | $ | 145,831 | $ | 22,078 | 15.1 | % |
Gross profit increased $22.1 million or 15% due to increased net sales proportionately offset by cost of sales. See Net Sales and Cost of Sales above for further details.
Operating Expenses
Year Ended
September 30, |
$ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Distribution expense |
$ | 31,444 | $ | 30,155 | $ | 1,289 | 4.3 | % | ||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
91,967 | 79,233 | 12,734 | 16.1 | % | |||||||||||
Legal settlement expense |
32,441 | 511 | 31,930 | | ||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
15,043 | 14,675 | 368 | 2.5 | % | |||||||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment |
(375 | ) | 578 | (953 | ) | -164.9 | % | |||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
873 | | 873 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
$ | 171,393 | $ | 125,152 | $ | 46,241 | 36.9 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution expense. Distribution expense increased $1.3 million or 4% for fiscal year 2020 versus fiscal year 2019 primarily as a result of the overall increase in sales volumes across all channels, which increased labor expenses and other associated fulfillment expenses by $1.8 million, partially offset by other distribution costs.
Selling, general and administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $12.7 million or 16% for fiscal year 2020 compared to fiscal year 2019. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily driven by increases of $4.4 million in marketing expenses, $3.8 million in performance-based compensation expense, $3.4 million in expense associated with Nu U acquisition earn-out payments, and $2.6 million in salaries, wages, and commissions associated with an increase in head-count driven by corporate growth. The increase was partially offset by a decrease of $2.4 million in spend on strategic initiatives.
Legal settlement expense. The $31.9 million increase in legal settlement expense for fiscal year 2020 versus fiscal year 2019 was primarily attributable to settlement expense and legal fees associated with the stockholder litigation. See Note 13 Capital Stock to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense.
Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets increased $0.4 million or 3% for fiscal year 2020 compared to fiscal year 2019. This increase was driven by the incremental amortization associated with the intangibles acquired in the Nu U acquisition.
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment. We recorded a gain of $0.4 million and a loss of $0.6 million related to the sale of property, plant and equipment for fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2019, respectively.
92
Impairment of held for sale assets. We recorded an $0.9 million impairment of held for sale assets for fiscal year 2020 in connection with the manufacturing facility in Tulsa, Oklahoma and the office building in Park City, Utah that were classified as held for sale as of September 30, 2020.
Interest Expense
Year Ended
September 30, |
$ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
$ | 36,629 | $ | 30,024 | $ | 6,605 | 22.0 | % |
Interest expense increased $6.6 million or 22% for fiscal year 2020 compared to fiscal year 2019. The increase was primarily driven by the write-off of $6.1 million in capitalized deferred financing fees related to our prior debt that were expensed in connection with our debt refinancing. See Liquidity and Capital Resources.
Other Income, net
Year Ended
September 30, |
$ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Other income, net |
$ | (165 | ) | $ | (998 | ) | $ | (833 | ) | -83.5 | % |
Other income, net was $(0.2) million and $(1.0) million for fiscal year 2020 and 2019, respectively. Other income for fiscal year 2019 was primarily attributable to a gain on legal settlement of $0.9 million.
(Benefit) for Income Taxes
Year Ended
September 30, |
$ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
$ | (7,297 | ) | $ | (3,479 | ) | $ | (3,818 | ) | -109.7 | % |
(Benefit) for income taxes was $(7.3) million and $(3.5) million for fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment, net of tax
Year Ended
September 30, |
$ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax |
$ | 732 | $ | (792 | ) | $ | 1,524 | 192.4 | % |
Foreign currency translation adjustment net of tax increased to a gain of $0.7 million for fiscal year 2020 from a loss of $0.8 million for fiscal year 2019. The gain was primarily driven by the strengthening U.S. dollar relative to the Norwegian krone and British pound currencies of the Companys foreign subsidiaries and branches.
93
Non-GAAP Measures
In addition to our GAAP financial information, we review a number of operating and financial metrics, including Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income, to evaluate our business, measure performance, identify trends affecting business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions. We believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income provides additional perspective and insights when analyzing core operating performance from period to period and evaluating trends in historical operating results. These key metrics and non-GAAP measures should not be considered superior to, or a substitute for, and should be read in conjunction with, the GAAP financial information presented herein. These measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled performance indicators used by other companies.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before net interest and other expense (income), taxes, depreciation, amortization, and long-lived asset, goodwill and intangible asset impairments, and certain other expenses that we believe are not indicative of our core operating performance. We define Adjusted net income as net income (loss) adjusted for amortization of intangible assets and for certain other expenses that we believe are not indicative of our operating performance. Both Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income have some inherent limitations in measuring operating performance due to the exclusion of certain financial elements and are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. Furthermore, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income are not intended to be a substitute for cash flows from operating activities, as a measure of liquidity or an alternative to net income in determining operating performance in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.
We present these metrics because we believe they are a useful indicator of our operating performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income are commonly used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies in industries similar to ours.
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for each period included herein:
Year Ended
September 30, |
||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
(in thousands,
except percentages) |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (32,651 | ) | $ | (4,868 | ) | ||
Add: |
||||||||
Interest and other expense, net |
36,464 | 29,026 | ||||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
(7,297 | ) | (3,479 | ) | ||||
Depreciation and amortization |
24,865 | 25,105 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
EBITDA |
21,381 | 45,784 | ||||||
Legal settlement expense(1) |
32,441 | 511 | ||||||
Stock based compensation |
942 | 500 | ||||||
Merger and acquisition related items(2) |
6,220 | 5,085 | ||||||
Organizational realignment costs(3) |
2,426 | 3,002 | ||||||
Strategic initiatives(4) |
| 2,559 | ||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant, and equipment |
(375 | ) | 578 | |||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
873 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 63,908 | $ | 58,019 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Percentage of net sales |
20.0 | % | 20.9 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
94
(1) |
Represents settlement expense and legal fees incurred in association with stockholder litigation. See Note 13 Capital Stock to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense. |
(2) |
Represents transaction-related costs and expenses associated with the acquisition of Nu U and the minority investment by Maze and Snapdragon. For fiscal year 2020, amount primarily attributable to earn-out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition. For fiscal year 2019, amount primarily attributable to transaction expenses and earn out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition and transactions expenses associated with the minority investment. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. |
(3) |
Represents professional fees, severance expense, relocation expense, and executive search costs incurred related to our organizational realignment and geographic consolidation. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. |
(4) |
Represents professional fees incurred in association with a strategic commercial transformation and certain targeted corporate rebranding and marketing projects. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. |
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted net income for each period included herein:
Year Ended
September 30, |
||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
(in thousands,
except percentages) |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (32,651 | ) | $ | (4,868 | ) | ||
Amortization of intangible assets |
15,043 | 14,675 | ||||||
Legal settlement expense(1) |
32,441 | 511 | ||||||
Stock based compensation |
942 | 500 | ||||||
Merger and acquisition related items(2) |
6,220 | 5,085 | ||||||
Organizational realignment costs(3) |
2,426 | 3,002 | ||||||
Strategic initiatives(4) |
| 2,559 | ||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant, and equipment |
(375 | ) | 578 | |||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
873 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total Adjustments |
57,570 | 26,910 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Tax effects of adjustment(5) |
15,314 | 7,077 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Adjusted net income |
$ | 9,605 | $ | 14,965 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Percentage of net sales |
3.0 | % | 5.4 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
(1) |
See Represents settlement expense and legal fees incurred in association with stockholder litigation. See Note 13 Capital Stock to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense. |
(2) |
Represents transaction-related costs and expenses associated with the acquisition of Nu U and the minority investment by Maze and Snapdragon. For fiscal year 2020, amount primarily attributable to earn-out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition. For fiscal year 2019, |
95
amount primarily attributable to transaction expenses and earn out payments associated with the Nu U acquisition and transactions expenses associated with the minority investment. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. |
(3) |
Represents professional fees, severance expense, relocation expense, and executive search costs incurred related to our organizational realignment and geographic consolidation. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. |
(4) |
Represents professional fees incurred in association with a strategic commercial transformation and certain targeted corporate rebranding and marketing projects. These costs are included within Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. |
(5) |
Represents the tax provision or benefit associated with the adjustments above, taking into account the Companys applicable tax rates. |
96
Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our historical quarterly results of operations for each of the last eight quarters. This unaudited quarterly information (other than Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income) has been prepared on the same basis as our annual audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary to fairly state the financial information for the fiscal quarters presented. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
For the three-months ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
March 31, |
December 31, |
September 30, |
June 30, |
March 31, |
December 31, |
September 30, |
June 30, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands of dollars) |
2021 | 2020 | 2020 | 2020 | 2020 | 2019 | 2019 | 2019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 89,337 | $ | 89,220 | $ | 76,799 | $ | 88,417 | $ | 82,144 | $ | 71,950 | $ | 67,246 | $ | 74,860 | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of sales |
45,948 | 42,626 | 37,692 | 40,847 | 39,720 | 33,142 | 31,314 | 34,215 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
43,389 | 46,594 | 39,107 | 47,570 | 42,424 | 38,808 | 35,932 | 40,645 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Distribution expense |
8,761 | 8,697 | 7,416 | 9,095 | 7,750 | 7,183 | 7,911 | 8,377 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
26,695 | 27,457 | 24,139 | 22,508 | 23,712 | 21,608 | 20,233 | 19,462 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Legal settlement |
1,632 | 3,069 | 13,188 | 18,254 | 353 | 646 | 67 | 55 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
3,661 | 3,651 | 3,720 | 3,767 | 3,777 | 3,779 | 3,704 | 3,863 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Losses (gains) on disposals of property, plant and equipment |
298 | | | (269 | ) | 8 | (114 | ) | 22 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
515 | | 873 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
41,562 | 42,874 | 49,336 | 53,355 | 35,600 | 33,102 | 31,937 | 31,757 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
1,827 | 3,720 | (10,229 | ) | (5,785 | ) | 6,824 | 5,706 | 3,995 | 8,888 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
8,341 | 8,481 | 16,329 | 6,308 | 6,912 | 7,080 | 7,335 | 7,627 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income, net |
(154 | ) | (35 | ) | (30 | ) | (21 | ) | (87 | ) | (27 | ) | (871 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total interest and other income, net |
8,187 | 8,446 | 16,299 | 6,287 | 6,825 | 7,053 | 6,464 | 7,620 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
(Loss) income before provision (benefit) for income taxes |
(6,360 | ) | (4,726 | ) | (26,528 | ) | (12,072 | ) | (1 | ) | (1,347 | ) | (2,469 | ) | 1,268 | |||||||||||||||||
Provision (benefit) for income taxes |
(1,291 | ) | (959 | ) | (3,731 | ) | (3,208 | ) | (2 | ) | (356 | ) | (1,608 | ) | 364 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net (loss) income |
(5,069 | ) | (3,767 | ) | (22,797 | ) | (8,864 | ) | 1 | (991 | ) | (861 | ) | 904 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive (loss) income |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax |
454 | 1,227 | 865 | 188 | (1,290 | ) | 969 | (638 | ) | (184 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive (loss) income |
$ | (4,615 | ) | $ | (2,540 | ) | $ | (21,932 | ) | $ | (8,676 | ) | $ | (1,289 | ) | $ | (22 | ) | $ | (1,499 | ) | $ | 720 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA for each period included herein:
For the three-months ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
March 31, |
December 31, |
September 30, |
June 30, |
March 31, |
December 31, |
September 30, |
June 30, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands of dollars) |
2021 | 2020 | 2020 | 2020 | 2020 | 2019 | 2019 | 2019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net (loss) income |
$ | (5,069 | ) | $ | (3,767 | ) | $ | (22,797 | ) | $ | (8,864 | ) | $ | 1 | $ | (991 | ) | $ | (861 | ) | $ | 904 | ||||||||||
Add: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest and other expense, net |
8,187 | 8,446 | 16,299 | 6,287 | 6,825 | 7,053 | 6,464 | 7,620 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provision (benefit) for income taxes |
(1,291 | ) | (959 | ) | (3,731 | ) | (3,208 | ) | (2 | ) | (356 | ) | (1,608 | ) | 364 | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
6,405 | 6,250 | 6,436 | 6,247 | 6,150 | 6,032 | 6,281 | 6,560 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
8,232 | 9,970 | (3,793 | ) | 462 | 12,974 | 11,738 | 10,276 | 15,448 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Legal settlement expense(1) |
1,632 | 3,069 | 13,188 | 18,254 | 353 | 646 | 67 | 55 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock based compensation |
374 | 375 | 352 | 295 | 154 | 141 | 132 | 123 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Merger and acquisition related items(2) |
710 | 1,465 | 1,668 | 1,703 | 1,323 | 1,526 | 2,289 | 681 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Organizational realignment costs(3) |
165 | 190 | 729 | 419 | 1,003 | 275 | 555 | 796 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Strategic initiatives(4) |
403 | 665 | | | | | 200 | 606 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Inventory write-offs(5) |
4,324 | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
IPO readiness(6) |
1,478 | 25 | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant, and equipment |
298 | | | (269 | ) | 8 | (114 | ) | 22 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
515 | | 873 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 18,131 | $ | 15,759 | $ | 13,017 | $ | 20,864 | $ | 15,815 | $ | 14,212 | $ | 13,541 | $ | 17,709 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Percentage of net sales |
20.3 | % | 17.7 | % | 16.9 | % | 23.6 | % | 19.3 | % | 19.8 | % | 20.1 | % | 23.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Represents settlement expense and legal fees incurred in association with stockholder litigation. See Note 9 Capital Stock to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense. |
(2) |
Represents transaction-related costs and expenses associated with the acquisition of Nu U. See Note 3 Acquisitions to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our acquisition of Nu U. |
(3) |
Represents professional fees, severance expense, relocation expense, and executive search costs incurred related to our organizational realignment and geographic consolidation. |
(4) |
Represents professional fees incurred in association with certain targeted marketing projects. |
(5) |
Represents the write-off of inventory related to discontinued product lines and certain excess inventory as a result of pandemic-related disruptions during the three months ended March 31, 2021. |
(6) |
Represents professional fees, legal expense, and other expenses incurred in association with our initial public offering. |
98
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted net income for each period included herein:
For the three-months ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
March 31, |
December 31, |
September 30, |
June 30, |
March 31, |
December 31, |
September 30, |
June 30, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands of dollars) |
2021 | 2020 | 2020 | 2020 | 2020 | 2019 | 2019 | 2019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net (loss) income |
$ | (5,069 | ) | $ | (3,767 | ) | $ | (22,797 | ) | $ | (8,864 | ) | $ | 1 | $ | (991 | ) | $ | (861 | ) | $ | 904 | ||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
3,661 | 3,651 | 3,720 | 3,767 | 3,777 | 3,779 | 3,704 | 3,863 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Legal settlement expense(1) |
1,632 | 3,069 | 13,188 | 18,254 | 353 | 646 | 67 | 55 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock based compensation |
374 | 375 | 352 | 295 | 154 | 141 | 132 | 123 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Merger and acquisition related items(2) |
710 | 1,465 | 1,668 | 1,703 | 1,323 | 1,526 | 2,289 | 681 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Organizational realignment costs(3) |
165 | 190 | 729 | 419 | 1,003 | 275 | 555 | 796 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Strategic initiatives(4) |
403 | 665 | | | | | 200 | 606 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Inventory write-offs(5) |
4,324 | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
IPO readiness(6) |
1,478 | 25 | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant, and equipment |
298 | | | (269 | ) | 8 | (114 | ) | 22 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
515 | | 873 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total adjustments |
13,560 | 9,440 | 20,530 | 24,169 | 6,618 | 6,253 | 6,969 | 6,124 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax effects of adjustments(7) |
2,753 | 1,916 | 5,461 | 6,429 | 1,760 | 1,663 | 1,833 | 1,611 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Adjusted net income (loss) |
$ | 5,738 | $ | 3,757 | $ | (7,728 | ) | $ | 8,876 | $ | 4,859 | $ | 3,599 | $ | 4,275 | $ | 5,417 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Percentage of net sales |
6.4 | % | 4.2 | % | -10.1 | % | 10.0 | % | 5.9 | % | 5.0 | % | 6.4 | % | 7.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Represents settlement expense and legal fees incurred in association with stockholder litigation. See Note 9 Capital Stock to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense. |
(2) |
Represents transaction-related costs and expenses associated with the acquisition of Nu U. See Note 3 Acquisitions to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our acquisition of Nu U. |
(3) |
Represents professional fees, severance expense, relocation expense, and executive search costs incurred related to our organizational realignment and geographic consolidation. |
(4) |
Represents professional fees incurred in association with certain targeted marketing projects. |
(5) |
Represents the write-off of inventory related to discontinued product lines and certain excess inventory as a result of pandemic-related disruptions during the three months ended March 31, 2021. |
(6) |
Represents professional fees, legal expense, and other expenses incurred in association with our initial public offering. |
(7) |
Represents the tax provision or benefit associated with the adjustments above, taking into account the Companys applicable tax rates. |
99
Liquidity and Capital Resources
General
As of March 31, 2021, and September 30, 2020, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $8.8 million and 20.8 million, respectively, as well as the available balance on our revolving line of credit and delayed draw term loan discussed below. Our positive cash flows from operations enable continued investment in supporting the growth of our business. We expect that operating cash flows, in addition to our cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to continue to make such investments in the future.
We have financed our operations primarily through cash received from operations and debt financing. We believe the existing cash and cash equivalents, the available balance on our revolving line of credit, and cash provided by sales of our products will be sufficient to meet working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced product offerings, and the continuing market acceptance of our products. In the future, we may enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies, including intellectual property rights.
We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand operations and invest in new technologies, our ability to compete successfully could be reduced and our results of operations may be adversely impacted.
We may spend substantial time and resources prospecting for new business or responding to requests for proposals, and it may not result in revenue. As a result, it is difficult to predict when we will obtain new customers and begin generating revenue from these new customers. Even if our sales efforts result in obtaining a new customer, the customer controls when and to what extent it purchases our products and any such purchases may be delayed.
Credit Facilities
At September 30, 2018, our debt consisted of (i) a first lien senior secured term facility of $229.4 million and a $20.0 million senior secured revolving facility, and (ii) a second lien senior secured term facility for $95.0 million (collectively Prior Debt). The first lien term loan, revolving facility and second lien term loan were scheduled to mature on August 23, 2023, 2022 and 2024, respectively.
On December 28, 2018, we amended our first lien credit agreement to provide an incremental term loan in the principal amount of $19.0 million, the proceeds of which were used to finance the acquisition of all the issued and outstanding equity interests of Nu U. This amendment was an increase to the term loan outstanding under the first lien credit agreement. No changes were made to the maturity date under this amendment. We paid financing fees of $0.5 million related to amendment of which $0.2 million are being expensed over the term of amendment using the effective interest method and $0.3 million was expensed and is included in interest expense for the period ended September 30, 2019.
On September 30, 2020, we refinanced our Prior Debt by entering into a new credit agreement (the New Credit Agreement). The New Credit Agreement consists of (i) a $347.5 million senior secured term loan, (ii) a $52.5 million senior secured delayed draw term loan and (iii) a $25.0 million senior secured revolving facility. The maturity date on the term loan and the delayed draw term loan is
100
September 30, 2026. The maturity date on the revolving facility is September 30, 2025. The term loan feature of the New Credit Agreement was used to fully repay our Prior Debt. As part of this refinance, deferred financing fees of $6.1 million related to our Prior Debt were expensed and are included in interest expense for fiscal year 2020.
Borrowings under the New Credit Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets. Beginning March 31, 2021, we are required to make quarterly principal payments of $2.2 million under the New Credit Agreement. Beginning with the year ending September 30, 2021 and for each fiscal year ending thereafter, we may be required to make additional mandatory payments on the term loan with certain excess cash flow amounts (as set forth in the New Credit Agreement), with customary exceptions. At our election, borrowings bear interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus a variable margin or at a Base Rate plus a variable margin. At September 30, 2020, the variable margin rate under the New Credit Agreement was 8.00%. We are also required to pay a quarterly fee on the unused balance of the revolving facility of 0.50% and a quarterly fee on the undrawn balance on the delayed draw term loan of 1.00%. Accrued interest was immaterial as of September 30, 2020 and is payable based on elected intervals of one, two or three months.
On October 28, 2020, we borrowed the $52.5 million available under the delayed draw term loan. These funds were used to pay the liability associated with the stockholder litigation. See Note 13 Capital Stock to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our legal settlement expense. The $52.5 million delayed draw term loan will be combined together with the $347.5 million term loan for a total term loan of $400.0 million. With this additional borrowing, our required quarterly principal payments under the New Credit Agreement will be $2.5 million beginning March 31, 2021. As of March 31, 2021, the amount available under the revolving line of credit was $25.0 million after taking into account the amount currently drawn. The financial covenant of 8.50 to 1.00 Maximum Total Net Leverage Ratio does not impair the Companys ability to borrow under the revolving line of credit.
Cash Flows
The following table presents a summary of consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the for the period indicated:
Year Ended
September 30, |
6 Months Ended
March 31, (unaudited) |
|||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
$ | 37,961 | $ | 16,471 | $ | (10,829 | ) | $ | 14,735 | |||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
(9,833 | ) | (15,543 | ) | 1,074 | (5,927 | ) | |||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
(14,116 | ) | (2,264 | ) | (2,538 | ) | 7,842 | |||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
24 | (149 | ) | 277 | (321 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash |
$ | 14,036 | $ | (1,485 | ) | $ | (12,016 | ) | $ | 16,329 |
Operating Activities
For the six-month period ended March 31, 2021, net cash used in operating activities was $10.8 million, reflecting a net loss of $8.8 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $11.2 million and net cash outflows of $13.1 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of depreciation of property, plant and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, stock-based compensation, and loss on disposals of property, plant and equipment. The primary drivers of net cash outflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities include a $10.9 million increase in accounts receivable, net, and a $3.9 million decrease in accounts payable, offset by a $2.7 million decrease in inventories, net.
101
For the six-month period ended March 31, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities was $14.7 million, reflecting a net loss of $1.0 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $11.8 million and net cash inflows of $3.9 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of depreciation of property, plant and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, stock-based compensation, and gain on disposals of property, plant and equipment. The primarily drivers of net cash inflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities include a $6.3 million decrease in inventories, net, a $1.6 million increase in stockholder litigation, and an increase of $1.4 million in accrued expenses offset by a $6.1 million increase in accounts receivable, net and a $1.0 million decrease in accounts payable.
For fiscal year 2020, net cash provided by operating activities was $38.0 million, reflecting a net loss of $32.7 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $31.6 million and net cash inflows of $39.1 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of depreciation of property, plant and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, loss on debt extinguishment, amortization of deferred financing fees, inventory obsolescence expense, stock based compensation, and impairment of held for sale assets, partially offset by the gain on disposals of property, plant and equipment. In fiscal year 2020, in order to prepare for anticipated growth, we increased inventory on hand, attributing to a decrease in operating cash flows of $10.8 million versus fiscal year 2019. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we implemented a new enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. A temporary delay in vendor payments associated with the implementation of the new ERP attributed to a $9.9 million increase in the accounts payable balance as of September 30, 2020 versus September 30, 2019, increasing operating cash flows by $9.9 million. The remaining change in net cash inflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities include a $32.2 million increase in the stockholder litigation liability, $4.3 million increase in accrued expenses, decrease of $2.6 million in accounts receivable, net, and $0.7 million decrease in prepaid and other current assets, offset by an increase of $0.3 million of other non-current assets.
For fiscal year 2019, net cash provided by operating activities was $16.5 million, reflecting a net loss of $4.9 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $26.0 million and net cash outflows of $4.6 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of depreciation of property, plant and equipment, amortization intangible assets, loss on debt extinguishment, amortization of deferred financing fees, inventory obsolescence expense, stock based compensation, impairment of held for sale assets, and loss on disposals of property, plant and equipment. The primarily drivers of net cash outflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities include a $10.2 million increase in accounts receivable, net, and a $3.8 million decrease in accrued expenses, offset by a $2.4 million decrease in prepaid expenses, $3.4 million increase in accounts payable, and $3.4 million increase in stockholder litigation.
Investing Activities
For the six-month period ended March 31, 2021, net cash provided by investing activities was $1.1 million, primarily driven by $4.9 million proceeds from sales of property, plant, and equipment, partially offset by capital expenditures of $3.8 million.
For the six-month period ended March 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $5.9 million, primarily driven by capital expenditures of $6.1 million, partially offset by proceeds from sales of property, plant, and equipment of $0.2 million.
For fiscal 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $9.8 million, primarily driven by capital expenditures of $10.8 million, partially offset by $0.9 million proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment.
102
For fiscal year 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $15.5 million, primarily driven by capital expenditures of $12.1 million, and $10.5 million paid for the acquisition of Nu U, partially offset by proceeds from sales of assets held for sale of $6.9 million.
Financing Activities
For the six-month period ended March 31, 2021, net cash used in financing activities was $2.5 million, primarily driven by $52.3 million in payments related to contingent consideration and repayment of the prior debt of $2.5 million, partially offset by $52.5 million in proceeds from the New Credit Agreement.
For six-month period ended March 31, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $7.8 million, primarily driven by $10.0 million of proceeds from the revolving credit line, partially offset by repayment of the prior debt of $1.2 million and $0.8 million in payments related to contingent consideration.
For fiscal year 2020, net cash used in financing activities was $14.1 million, primarily driven by the $359.2 million repayment of the prior debt, $11.1 million in financing fees related to the new debt refinancing, $10.4 million in payments to stockholder litigation, $0.8 million in payments related to contingent consideration, and $0.2 million in payments on capital lease obligations, partially offset by $367.5 million in proceeds from the New Credit Agreement.
For fiscal year 2019, net cash used in financing activities was $2.3 million, primarily driven by a distribution to members of $12.2 million, $5.2 million repayment of debt, $2.8 million in equity issuance costs paid on behalf of parent in association with the sale of a minority stake in Norway Topco, LP, $0.7 million in payments related to contingent consideration, and $0.5 million payments of financing fees associated with amending our prior credit facility, partially offset by $19.0 million in proceeds from an incremental borrowing on the term loan under the prior first lien credit agreement.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of March 31, 2021 and September 30, 2020, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structure finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or for other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
Impact of Inflation
While inflation may impact net sales and costs of sales, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on results of operations and financial condition have not been significant. However, there can be no assurance that results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.
JOBS Act
We qualify as an emerging growth company pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory say-on-pay votes on executive compensation and stockholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.
103
The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to opt-in to this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards on a non-delayed basis.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgements in certain circumstances that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses during the reported periods. We evaluate our assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis. We base estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates may change as new events occur or additional information is obtained, and we may periodically be faced with uncertainties, the outcomes of which are not within its control and may not be known for a prolonged period of time. Because the use of estimates is inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
The significant accounting policies which we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating the reported financial results are described below. Refer to Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our critical accounting policies.
The following critical accounting discussion pertains to accounting policies our management believes are most critical to the portrayal of our historical financial condition and results of operations and that require significant, difficult, subjective or complex judgments.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Refunds
We record accounts receivable net of allowance for doubtful accounts and discounts. Provision is made for estimated loss on uncollectible accounts receivable based on a periodic analysis of individual customer balances, including an evaluation of days sales outstanding, payment history, recent payment trends and perceived creditworthiness. Estimates for sales discounts are based on analysis of sales terms and historical trends. If general economic conditions and/or customer financial conditions were to change, additional provisions for bad debts may be required, which could have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
We provide certain assurance-type warranties for our products. We record a refund liability based on anticipated returns. For a limited duration following initial sale, we offer our customers the right to return defective products for a full refund, or for a replacement of defective products. Returns are estimated based on sales terms, historical experience, and trend analysis. Actual returns could differ from these estimates. We regularly assess and adjust the estimate of accrued returns by updating the return rates for actual trends and projected costs.
Inventories
Inventories include freight-in, materials, labor and overhead costs and are stated at the lower of cost or market. The inventories cost is recorded at actual cost on a first-in first-out (FIFO) basis.
104
Valuation adjustments are made for slow-moving, obsolete and/or damaged inventory based on a periodic analysis of individual inventory items, including an evaluation of historical usage and/or movement, age, expiration date and general condition.
Business Combinations
Upon acquisition of a company, we determine if the transaction is a business combination, which is accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method, once control is obtained of a business, the assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributed to noncontrolling interests, are recorded at fair value. We use our best estimate and assumptions to assign fair value to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. One of the most significant estimates relates to the determination of the fair value of these assets and liabilities. The determination of the fair values is based on estimates and judgments made by management. We estimate fair value based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Measurement period adjustments are reflected at the time identified, up through the conclusion of the measurement period, which is the time at which all information for determination of the values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is received and is not to exceed one year from the acquisition date. We may record adjustments to the fair value of these tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
We evaluate goodwill for impairment in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other. We assess goodwill annually as of July 1 and at interim periods upon a potential indication of impairment. Under ASC 350, we have the option to first perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the respective carrying value. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount or if a qualitative assessment is not performed, then we would perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test as required, in which it would use a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, then an impairment amount is recorded for the difference. We performed qualitative assessments as of July 1, 2020 and 2019, and determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the respective carrying value. Specifically, we considered changes in macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, internal forecasts of future revenue and expenses, any significant events affecting us and actual changes in the carrying values of its net assets.
We assess our finite-lived intangible assets for impairment if indicators exist or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment indicators may exist. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business or significant negative industry or economic trends. If this evaluation indicates that the value of the intangible asset may be impaired, we make an assessment of the recoverability of the net book value of the asset over its remaining useful life. If this assessment indicates that the intangible asset is not recoverable, based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the asset over the remaining amortization period, we reduce the net book value of the related intangible asset to fair value and may adjust the remaining amortization period. We did not identify any of the factors described above during the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 that would indicate impairment.
105
Foreign Currency Translation
The functional currency of each of our foreign subsidiaries and branches is the local currency. All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries and branches are translated into U.S. dollars at fiscal year-end exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at exchange rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments, net of income taxes, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is a component of members equity.
Revenue Recognition
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. ASC 606 outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers.
We adopted ASC 606 as of October 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective approach and determined there is no impact to retained earnings upon adoption. Under the new standard and its related amendments, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Enhanced disclosures are required regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.
We recognize revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of goods and services to a customer. We enter into contracts with its customers for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business. A contract with commercial substance exists at the time we receive and accepts a purchase order under a master sales contract with a customer. We recognize revenue when performance obligations under the terms of a contract with its customer are satisfied, which occurs with the transfer of the product(s) to the customer. We do not recognize revenue in situations where collectability from the customer is not probable, and we defer the recognition of revenue until collection is probable or payment is received and performance obligations are satisfied.
We evaluate whether an enforceable contract exits with a customer. An enforceable contract states the contractual terms, including the parties rights and the payment terms related to the goods and services to be transferred; and there is the ability and intention to pay us for the contracted product. We also evaluate if a contract has multiple promises and if each promise should be accounted for as separate performance obligations or as a single performance obligation. Multiple promises in a contract are typically separated if they are distinct, both individually and in the context of the contract. Our contracts generally contain multiple promises that are distinct individually and in the context of the contract.
Disaggregation of Revenue
We generate revenue through the sale of products, directly to or through domestic and international distributors, to health and natural food stores, mass retailers, third-party e-commerce marketplaces, professionals, and supermarkets. The following is a disaggregation of revenue by channel, which we believe best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of its revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.
Natural and Specialty Retail: This channel consists of domestic retailers including independent health and natural food stores, health and natural food stores affiliated with local, regional and national health and natural food chains.
Online: This channel consists of third-party e-commerce retailers that primarily focus on selling natural products and supplements on their own websites, sales through third-party marketplaces such
106
as Amazon and other resellers authorized by the Company, and sales to individual online consumers through a variety of forms including the Companys operated e-commerce sites and third-party platforms such as the Amazon storefront, Walmart, Shopify and eBay.
International Retail: This channel consists of international retailers such as health food stores, supermarkets, drugstores, and warehouse clubs.
Other: This channel primarily consists of sales to health practitioners that provide professional-grade supplements and natural products to patients, and private label sales through our subsidiary, which markets branded bulk products and custom blends primarily to manufacturers and distributors.
Prior to October 1, 2019, we recognized revenue in accordance with ASC 605. We recognized revenue when the following criteria were met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) the product has been shipped and the customer takes ownership and assumes the risk of loss; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. We believe that these criteria were satisfied upon shipment from its facilities. Revenue was reduced by provisions for estimated customer returns and allowances, which are based on historical averages that have not varied significantly for the periods presented, as well as specific known claims, if any.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method which requires us to record deferred tax assets and liabilities for the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the expected applicable future tax rates. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be ultimately realized.
Our policy for recording interest and penalties related to income taxes, including uncertain tax positions, is to record such items as a component of the provision for income taxes.
We account for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step process. We first determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authority. If a tax position meets the more-likely- than-not recognition threshold it is then measured to determine the amount of benefit or loss to recognize in the financial statements.
Accounting for Management Incentive Units
We record compensation expense associated with management incentive units in accordance with ASC Topic 718 (Share Based Payment). Norway Topco, LP has issued grants of Class B and Class C incentive units (collectively Incentive Units) to select employees and management of the Company, and the related expense is pushed down to the Company. Incentive Units are measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period on a straight-line basis. We value the Incentive Units with the assistance of third-party valuation experts. These third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.
The assumptions underlying our valuations represent managements best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our equity-based compensation expense could be materially different. Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock.
107
The grant date fair value of all Incentive Units is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The pricing model requires assumptions, which include the expected life of the Incentive Units, the risk-free interest rate, the expected dividend yield and expected volatility of our units over the expected life, which significantly impacts the assumed fair value.
The expected term of the Incentive Units is based on our estimated time of a change in control at the grant date. Given there is no active external or internal market for the units at the date of the grant, a peer group of companies was used to calculate volatility. The risk-free interest rate was based on the rate of treasury securities with the same term at the time of the grant date. We account for forfeitures as they occur.
The compensation expense related to all of our Incentive Units compensation arrangements are recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
In the normal course of business, we provide credit terms to our customers; however, collateral is not required. Accordingly, we perform credit evaluations of our customers and maintain allowances for possible losses which, when realized, are within the range of managements expectations. From time to time, a higher concentration of credit risk exists on outstanding accounts receivable for a select number of customers due to individual buying patterns.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements for further details on recently issued accounting pronouncements.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of exposure due to potential changes in inflation or interest rates. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes.
Inflation Risk
Inflation affects the cost of raw materials, goods and services we use. In recent years, inflation has been modest. The competitive environment somewhat limits our ability to recover higher costs resulting from inflation by raising prices. We seek to mitigate the adverse effects of inflation primarily through improved productivity and cost containment programs. We do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our results of operations for the periods presented, except with respect to increased costs in manufacturing, packaging and distribution resulting from increased fuel and other petrochemical costs, as well as payroll-related costs, insurance premiums, and other costs arising from or related to government-imposed regulations.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
With respect to our international operations, we are subject to currency fluctuations; however, we do not believe that these fluctuations would have a material adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations because the majority of our net sales to foreign customers are transacted in U.S. dollars. Net sales to foreign customers not transacted in U.S. dollars may include sales to customers in
108
Canada, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden and the United Kingdom. To date, we have not hedged any of our potential foreign currency exposures. A hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Interest Rate Risk
At our election, borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus a variable margin or at a Base Rate plus a variable margin. Base Rate is the higher of: (i) the Prime Lending Rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% or (iii) the one-month Eurodollar Rate multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate plus 1.0%. At September 30, 2020, the applicable interest rate for borrowings was 8.0% and we had total borrowings outstanding of $347.5 million. At March 31, 2021, the applicable interest rate for borrowings was 8.0% and we had total borrowings outstanding of $397.5 million. Any increases in these interest rates can have an adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows.
109
Our Vision: Be the most trusted, natural source for health and wellness,
inside and out
Our Mission: Empower and inspire people to feel their very best
Our Company
The Better Being Co. is a high-growth whole-body wellness platform that develops, manufactures, markets and distributes trusted and beneficial vitamins, supplements, minerals and personal care products through a portfolio of differentiated brands. We are dedicated to providing innovative and high-quality products to our loyal consumers and compelling value to our global network of retail partners. The strong momentum across our brands is underpinned by durable, secular trends, including an increased consumer focus on health and wellness, the continued shift to online purchasing and the rising importance of self-care and well-being.
Our carefully curated collection of leading brands, each with a differentiated positioning, empowers our consumers to take charge of their health in order to meet their own unique wellness needs, inside and out. Our long-standing, highly reputable brands appeal to a broad range of consumer demographics spanning generations, cultures, income levels and varying degrees of knowledge and interest regarding health and wellness. As such, our products become an integral part of the daily routines of our loyal and highly engaged and wellness-oriented consumers.
Our core brands include Solaray, KAL, Zhou, Nu U, Heritage Store, Life Flo and Zand Immunity, which together experienced annual average net sales growth of 15.2% from fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2020 , significantly outpacing the growth of the global vitamins and minerals market. Our core brands have won numerous awards and have been featured in an array of magazines in recent years, and, according to SPINS, our Solaray brand is the fastest growing brand among top 5 brands (by dollar sales) across the Vitamins & Supplements and Herbs & Homeopathic departments in the combined Natural Enhanced and Regional & Independent Grocery retail channels in both dollar and growth, and is the #2 dollar share brand, for the 52 weeks ended December 27, 2020. Our portfolio also includes additional brands that offer a broad range of benefits to targeted consumer segments.
Our Core Brand Offering
Leveraging our agile, science-driven innovation engine and vertically integrated manufacturing capabilities, we are able to rapidly develop, produce and launch the vast majority of our products
110
in-house. We are committed to sourcing only the highest quality, lab-verified ingredients, and we control our supply chain from sourcing to distribution, allowing us to consistently provide consumers and retail partners with high-quality, beneficial and nourishing products.
We endeavor to make our products available everywhere our consumers shop. We have broad omnichannel distribution globally, including long-standing relationships with leading Natural and Specialty retailers, increasing momentum with FDM retailers and an established online presence. We provide a compelling value proposition to our existing and potential retail partners by driving in-store traffic through our tailored marketing strategies and delivering incremental sales in the premium vitamins, minerals and supplements and personal care categories. We also distribute internationally in 2020, 29% of our net sales were generated outside of the United States, of which 61% were generated online, resulting in online international sales representing 18% of net sales.
Our net sales for fiscal year 2020 by channel, brand and geography are reflected below:
We have a long track record of strong net sales growth and our momentum has further accelerated under our highly experienced leadership team, growing net sales at 9.9% annually from fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2020 through a combination of organic growth and strategic acquisitions. Our strong growth momentum is further bolstered by compelling margins and robust free cash flow generation to deliver a highly attractive financial profile. In fiscal year 2020, while we had a net loss margin of 10.2%, we achieved gross margin and Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP metric) margin of 52.6% and 20.0%, respectively.
Our mission is to empower and inspire people to feel their very best by providing products targeting self-care and wellness across the globe, and we recognize the importance of social and environmental responsibility. We are passionate about our operational endeavors to increase usage of solar power, introduce recycled packaging and offset our carbon emissions, and proud of our diverse, mission-driven team and the inclusive, equitable and safe workplace we have provided for all of our employees. We have committed to increasing our solar power usage to 10% of total power by 2025, to planting one million trees in countries where our ingredients are sourced, and to sourcing 20% of our bottling needs using PCR resin with paper-to-plastic recycling in all departments. As we strive to be the most trusted natural source for health and wellness, inside and out, our commitment to these values remains a core element of our leadership.
Our Evolution
We have an enduring history as a pioneer in health and wellness, providing nourishing and beneficial products to health enthusiasts well before our founding in 1993. Many of our brands, like KAL (founded in 1932) and Solaray (founded in 1973), have a strong heritage with deep consumer trust and credibility built by consistently offering innovative, highest quality products. Over time, we
111
have continued to put the consumer first by selectively acquiring and building brands in core categories that offer our consumers a comprehensive selection of products to cater to their individual health and wellness needs.
Building upon our legacy, we have undergone a meaningful evolution since 2017 by implementing the following changes under the stewardship of our current management team and our principal stockholder:
|
Leadership: Invested in a world-class leadership team, including Monty Sharma as CEO and additional key leaders, to introduce deep expertise to our business and execute on our growth strategy; and |
|
Marketing: Created dedicated world-class dedicated consumer marketing teams for each core brand to focus on innovation, consumer acquisition, engagement and retention; |
|
Brand activation: Expanded our brand strategy to reach the evolving spectrum of health and wellness-seeking consumers, amplifying brand awareness beyond enthusiasts; |
|
Portfolio: Optimized and reinvigorated our brand portfolio by refining brand marketing to reach a broader consumer base, streamlining our assortment to focus on the most relevant products for our consumers and acquiring Nu U and Zhou; |
|
Distribution: Committed to making our products available wherever our consumer shops by increasing omnichannel penetration, continuing our leadership position in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel, expanding on a presence in the growing online channel and gaining momentum in the FDM channel; |
|
Retail: Exited 52 previously operated retail stores to focus on our core capabilities in marketing, distribution, innovation and manufacturing, improve relationships with retail partners by removing a potential conflict of interest, and redirect capital to more efficient uses; and |
|
Manufacturing: Rationalized manufacturing footprint by consolidating operations and driving continuous improvement in core production capabilities. |
These recent initiatives have delivered rapid results and have positioned us to capture increased market share as we execute on our strategic growth plan. We have grown our net sales from $264 million in fiscal year 2018 to $319 million in fiscal year 2020, representing a CAGR of 9.9%. Over the same period, our net income (loss) declined from ($4.9) million to ($32.7) million, while our Adjusted EBITDA increased from $53.2 million to $63.9 million.
Our Industry and Market Opportunity
According to the Global Wellness Institute, we participate in the $4.5 trillion global wellness economy, consisting of sectors that enable consumers to incorporate wellness activities and lifestyles into their daily lives. The wellness market has grown exponentially in recent years, driven by a re-prioritization of consumer values, including an increasing focus on health in a holistic manner. Regimens are changing, especially to include vitamins, minerals and supplements, as consumers place greater focus on self-care. In 2020, our core category focus of vitamins and minerals totaled approximately $138 billion globally and $47 billion in the United States, according to Euromonitor data. This category has experienced robust growth throughout market cycles historically and has largely been resilient to broader economic fluctuation, growing 7.1% globally and 7.2% in the United States from 2007 to 2009 during the Great Recession. Industry and consumer momentum has increased in the recent past and the category is projected to continue growing at 5.7% annually from 2020 to 2024, introducing the opportunity for a well-positioned platform to take a leadership position through consumer activation.
112
Size of Global Vitamins and Minerals Market
In addition, we benefit from durable, secular tailwinds described below:
More Informed Consumers with Increased Focus on Wellness. Consumers globally are increasingly identifying their unique individual health needs and becoming more educated about wellness products. These consumers are shifting focus to specific need states, looking for solutions that support and maintain wellness in discrete categories.
Shift Towards Preventative Health. 75% of U.S. adults take dietary supplements, up from 65% 10 years ago. We believe that consumers view self-care and wellness products as lower cost alternatives for better health management, especially when compared to rising healthcare costs in the United States and will increasingly seek out these products as a result.
Aging Population. The over 50 age demographic accounts for a substantial portion of supplement purchases in the United States. Well over half of all adults in all age groups report taking dietary supplements with the over 55 age group reporting the highest rate at 81%. As the U.S. population ages and life expectancy increases, we believe this core consumer demographic will increase as will demand for supplements.
Increasing Awareness and Interest in Vitamins and Dietary Supplements from Millennials and Gen-Z. 61% of eighteen to thirty-four year olds take dietary supplements. Younger generations are enhancing their self-care by adding vitamins, minerals and supplements to their routines. Millennials and Gen-Z are increasingly interested in digitally savvy, omnichannel, solution-focused wellness brands and products with clean labeling. According to an IBM study, attributes including health and wellness benefits and natural / organic ingredients are top priorities for these consumers.
Acceleration of Health and Wellness Trends Due to the COVID-19 Pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated trends globally towards wellness and preventative health, especially within the immunity category, which serves as an entry point into supplements. There has been an influx of new consumers into the Natural and Specialty Retail channel since the start of COVID-19 related restrictions and stay-at-home orders, as a natural lifestyle is appealing to consumers who want to live healthfully and care for their well-being holistically. Consumers have become more proactive about healthy living with 53% of consumers becoming more concerned about their health now than they were prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, and as a result, have meaningfully increased spending on health and wellness products during the pandemic. This trend is expected to remain elevated as 88% stated they would continue to increase spend on health and wellness going forward, as staying healthy has taken on new meaning due to COVID-19. Consumers are much more invested in taking care of themselves long-term and want trusted options that help them meet that objective.
113
Our Competitive Strengths
Our category-leading brands with strong heritage, innovation capabilities, and vertically integrated model differentiate us from our competition and have contributed to and continue to enable our robust and profitable growth.
Market-Leading, Trusted Brand Portfolio in Highly Attractive Categories
Our portfolio of market-leading, trusted brands participates in the highly attractive $4.5 trillion global wellness economy, as assessed by the Global Wellness Institute, and our products reside amongst the fastest growing categories in the industry, with global vitamins and minerals market size expected to grow 5.7% from 2020 to 2024, according to Euromonitor. Not only have our core brands experienced sustained and accelerating growth driven by an increased consumer focus on wellness and self-care, the growth of our core brands has also outpaced the larger category due to the strength of our beneficial and nourishing products, our portfolio, and our appeal to consumers. From fiscal year 2018 to 2020, we delivered annual net sales growth of 9.9% and 15.2% for our total portfolio and our core brands, respectively, while the global vitamins and minerals market grew 3.2% from calendar year 2018 to 2020. Further to our growth momentum, our core brands have also achieved over twelve Best of Supplement and Best of Natural Beauty awards from Better Nutrition Magazine, six Industry Choice awards from Whole Foods Magazine, multiple Vity awards from Vitamin Retailer Magazine, and have been featured in magazines such as Vogue, Forbes and Marie Claire.
Our leading market position in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel, both as a platform and through our differentiated individual brand leadership, has been a critical component of our success to date and positions us for consistent strong brand growth and expansion to new consumers and distribution channels. Our products are sold in eight thousand Natural and Specialty Retail locations, and, historically, we have built strength in this channel by partnering with stores to educate our consumers regarding the benefits of our products. Our core brand sales at Natural Enhanced and Regional & Independent Grocery Retail and Specialty Retail doors have grown 13% from fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2020 while channel sales through retail doors during the time period were less than 1%. We continue to show strong momentum in performance through year-to-date period ending December 27, 2020, according to SPINS:
|
We have the #1 units sold and #2 dollar share across the combined Vitamins & Supplements & Herbs and Homeopathic departments in the Natural Enhanced retail channel; and |
|
Solaray is the fastest growing brand among top five brands (by dollar sales) across the Vitamins & Supplements and Herbs & Homeopathic departments in the combined Natural Enhanced and Regional & Independent Grocery retail channels in both dollar and unit growth, and is the #2 dollar share brand. |
Building upon our long-standing leadership in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel and our deep consumer insights, we are enhancing our omnichannel presence for a strategic selection of our
highly reputable core brands, including a growing momentum in FDM:
|
Zhou, with a contemporary positioning, is one of the fastest growing brands as measured by consumer interest (web traffic), and has a NPS of 76, well exceeding competitor average NPS of 38; and |
|
Heritage Store has a large consumer base of 25 to 34-year olds with a high level of engagement, as measured by social media interactions, and experienced a 13.3% increase in engagement in 2021 for the three-month period from January to March versus the prior three months. Heritage Store has recently expanded in leading national retailers and its core products are experiencing velocity of 1.2 to 1.6 versus a benchmark of 1.0 units per store per week. |
114
Whole Body Wellness Strategy Catering to Unique Consumer Needs, Driving High Loyalty and Repeat Purchase
Wellness is now a lifestyle, and we develop, market and distribute products to empower our consumers to feel their best, inside and out. We appeal to consumers by fitting seamlessly into their day-to-day lives, not just their moments of health and well-being. As consumers take a much more holistic approach to their health, we are committed to supporting their various and evolving goals through an innovative, robust product offering of beneficial, trusted options that meet their unique pain points and general wellness needs. We aim to appeal to a diverse range of consumer demographics and varying degrees of knowledge and interest regarding health and wellness. For example, our Solaray brand utilizes labeling with clear icons and phrases to denote product attributes, which has strong appeal to do-it-yourself health enthusiasts who come to the store with experience and knowledge seeking a specific ingredient or functional solution. A recent company survey that we conducted in March 2021 showed that 70% of Solaray consumers learn about supplements and wellness products through their own research, reinforcing the importance of Solarays packaging focus.
Our consumers seek out and repurchase our products because of the authentic positioning, long-term brand trust, clean labeling, lab-verified premium quality and exceptional value themes validated in our recently conducted consumer surveys. We have consistently delivered on our brand promise, and we believe this has driven a loyal consumer following and strong repeat purchase rate across our portfolio of brands. Based on a survey of our Solaray and Zhou consumers, more than one third of our Solaray consumers have used our products for over five years and over 70% of Zhou consumers expect to continue use of our Zhou branded products for a minimum of three years. In addition, Zhou enjoys a 56% repeat purchase rate within its direct to consumer business.
Agile, Science-Driven Innovation and Well-Invested, State-of-the-Art Manufacturing Capabilities
We have a proven track record of consistently delivering new product innovation across our portfolio of brands by leveraging our world-class research and development capabilities combined with our agile, vertically integrated manufacturing infrastructure. With our state-of-the-art in-house laboratory and panel of scientific advisors, we are committed to enhancing our product assortment to meet the evolving health and wellness needs of our consumers. We consistently invest in innovation, spending approximately $6 million annually since 2019 in research and development and leverage our network of four PhDs and three MDs on staff. We typically launch 150 new products across our brand portfolio each year, and recent examples of our innovation engine include our Solaray Mycrobiome Probiotic, Zhou Elder-Mune Elderberry gummies and Zhou Elder-Mune Zinc gummies. In addition, we participate in clinical studies with universities to further evaluate our products with intent to support the marketing claims and the potency of our formulas.
An emphasis on quality underscores everything we do, and our differentiated, vertically integrated infrastructure enables us to maintain full control over our supply chain. Our global sourcing model ensures consistent supply, even in times of global disruption, by maintaining relationships with a broad set of geographically diverse suppliers. We test 100% of the lots of all raw materials and maintain the highest standards for our lab testing, which is increasingly mandated by our retail partners and provides us with a competitive advantage for entry into some international markets. We manufacture 85% of our products in-house at our state-of-the-art campus in Ogden, Utah, with production capabilities spanning a variety of delivery forms. We also maintain strong co-manufacturer relationships to deliver novel product formats and retain flexibility to supplement our manufacturing capacity.
115
Omnichannel presence with a compelling value proposition to online and retail partners
We are dedicated to making our brands and products available everywhere our consumers shop. Our omnichannel presence, as well as our distribution network, enables us to be a trusted partner on our consumers wellness journeys, both online and offline.
Physical Retail: We have a strong existing presence in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel, and have leveraged our leadership position in this channel to enter and grow rapidly in FDM, having secured over 68,000 new points of FDM distribution in 2021. Our products are available at leading retail partners, including Whole Foods, Natural Grocers, Sprouts, Kroger, Target and Walmart. We offer a compelling value proposition to our retail partners by driving in-store traffic and delivering incremental premium category sales, which retail partners are increasingly turning to in order to differentiate themselves from online players.
Online Retail: As consumers increasingly shift to online purchases, we have ensured that our products are available on Amazon, online sites of our retail partners, specialty health and wellness online retailers and our own brand websites. In 2017, we acquired Zhou, a digitally native brand targeted at millennials, to expand our consumer reach as well as increase our competencies in the rapidly growing online space and have leveraged these learnings across our portfolio. Over 65% of Zhou consumers prefer to purchase their supplements online, and we enjoy an average rating of approximately 4.5 out of 5.0 for its products on Amazon as well as 12 different Amazon Best Seller and Amazon Choice badges, which are awarded by Amazon through an algorithmic process which factors, among other things, total sales and number of reviews and ratings. Through the successful expansion of our portfolio with Zhou and our ongoing shift to online across all brands, in fiscal year 2020, online channel sales contributed 44% to our net sales and grew 26% over fiscal year 2019.
Compelling Growth and Margin Profile with Strong Free Cash Flow Generation
We have an attractive financial profile with a long track record of robust net sales and profitability growth, and under our highly experienced leadership team we have further accelerated our growth momentum while sustaining a compelling margin profile and strong free cash flow generation. From fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2020, we have grown our net sales at a compound average growth rate of 9.9% and our gross profit at a compound average growth rate of 10.4%. Over the same period, our net income (loss) declined from ($4.9) million to ($32.7) million, while our Adjusted EBITDA increased from $53.2 million to $63.9 million through a combination of organic growth and strategic acquisitions. Our organic growth has been driven by a mix of strong category tailwinds, expanded distribution, acceleration of online penetration, and consistent engagement with our consumers. In addition, since 2017, we have successfully acquired and integrated Zhou and Nu U into our platform, expanding our core brand offering and realizing revenue and cost synergies in each transaction. Our margin profile, along with disciplined capital expenditures, drive consistently high cash flow generation, providing significant financial flexibility to continue to reinvest in our business and opportunistically pursue value enhancing acquisitions.
Mission-Driven Management Team with Deep Industry Experience
Our company is led by a highly accomplished executive team with significant experience in the consumer products industry. Our CEO, Monty Sharma, has over 25 years of experience leading branded consumer packaged goods companies and has extensive experience with wellness brands. Our deep leadership bench has total industry experience of over 800 years at brands such as Nestlé, Pepsi, Coca-Cola, Kraft Heinz, Atkins, Simply Good Foods, Estée Lauder, Clinique and Gucci. We are proud that 40% of our executive team identifies itself as an ethnic minority. Together, our team has demonstrated the ability to enhance growth through active portfolio management, refreshed, refocused
116
marketing initiatives, continuous innovation, expansion into new sales channels and customer relationships and winning with consumers at the point of purchase, while exemplifying core values that underpin our operating philosophy: integrity, transparency, contribution, discipline, respect and enthusiasm.
Our Growth Strategies
Amplify Brand Awareness to Enhance Consumer Engagement and Reach New Consumers
We utilize a multi-pronged, brand-specific marketing strategy to acquire consumers, enhance engagement, increase brand awareness and drive repeat purchase. Our marketing strategy is underpinned by disciplined, results-driven metrics such as ROAS, Customer Acquisition Cost and Lifetime Value of a Customer.
Invest behind core brands: Our core brands each have a dedicated marketing team whose goal is to develop a bespoke strategy that engages existing consumers and drives awareness amongst new consumers. Solaray, for example, has launched lifestyle video advertising in all core digital channels to appeal to health enthusiasts and wellness seekers, while Heritage Store, our personal care brand with a strong female-identifying Gen-Z and millennial following, utilizes an influencer-led strategy and digital-led advertising. Furthermore, our brand-specific websites aid consumer education with refreshed content regarding our brand offerings and purposeful portfolio segmentation to enable increased consumer retention and engagement within the brand ecosystem.
Refine brand marketing to reach new consumer segments: Our highly curated brand portfolio emphasizes a differentiated positioning and purpose for each of our brands to support an array of consumers on their unique journeys to wellness. Through a consistent focus on ensuring distinctive brand messaging, we seek opportunities to reinvigorate our existing and acquired brands to appeal to new, targeted consumer segments. For example, in early 2021, we enhanced our KAL brand strategy to leverage its strong perception as a natural, trustworthy and family-focused solution in order to increase the aperture of the consumer by focusing and evolving our product assortment. We recently launched our dinosaur line of gummies targeted at children ages four and older, and have successfully achieved placement in more than 1,000 leading Natural and Specialty Retail doors. We are also in the process of launching repackaging for Solaray, embracing the brands timeless heritage while continuing to appeal to health enthusiasts. With a deep understanding of our Natural and Specialty Retail consumer, Solaray is expanding its reach to the do-it-for-me consumer through simplified labeling that emphasizes potential benefits and ingredients.
Increase Penetration in Priority Channels
We have an established omnichannel presence, which allows us to continue expanding penetration across both our existing and recently entered sales channels.
Natural and Specialty Retail. Our strong leadership position in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel positions us well to capture incremental growth. For example, within the first five months of the Solaray ImmuFIGHT launch, we secured distribution for the product in approximately 1,000 Natural and Specialty Retail doors.
Food, Drug & Mass. FDM accounted for 26% of the supplement market but only made up 4% of our sales in 2020, providing a significant opportunity for us to meaningfully expand distribution in the channel. We have recently successfully entered the channel with our Zhou, Heritage Store and Zand Immunity brandsstrategic choices based on deep insights of the brands target consumers and their shopping patterns. In order to ensure success and continue to build out the FDM channel, we have also made several key hires, including a Chief Revenue Officer and several other senior executives
117
with deep experience in the FDM and club channels. Furthermore, we have augmented our internal team with highly qualified national and account-specific brokers.
Online. We have achieved success across online platforms, including an established Amazon presence, driving acceleration in digital sales. Online presents an opportunity for sustained growth driving incremental sales across our platform of brands. Our online sales grew 26% in fiscal year 2020 as our consumers sought us out online organically, and our Amazon point-of-sale trailing twelve month revenue grew 43% year over year in December 2020. Going forward, we plan to increase investment in the channel to acquire new consumers online and benefit from omnichannel execution.
Expand Footprint Across Key International Markets
We have significant whitespace outside of the United States and will continue to strategically enter large, fast-growing international markets utilizing a mix of our own salesforce and distribution partnerships. Our strategy for international expansion is focused on five core brands, Solaray, Zhou, Heritage Store, Nu U and KAL, leveraging their heritage, authenticity and strong track record of high quality and differentiated benefits. We have also established an internal team to drive international growth, including internationally-based executives. Our existing international business operates across online and brick and mortar channels, with online contributing 61% of international sales in fiscal year 2020, driving opportunity for long-term omnichannel growth.
Existing International Markets. We currently sell our brands in 65 countries internationally, including in the United Kingdom, Spain, Romania, Denmark, and Norway. We are expanding our local market teams in order to take full control of our international distribution. We successfully entered into Europe by leveraging our established brand strength, experience in the U.S. market and local market insights. We will continue to build relationships with the Natural and Specialty Retail and FDM channels in these markets in order to increase sales.
New International Markets. We have a disciplined approach to assessing new international markets for introducing our core brands and determining the optimal local market strategy for reaching consumers. Leveraging our experience in successfully entering key international markets, we plan to continue to selectively expand our footprint in new international markets, providing a gateway to new consumers globally.
Drive Innovation to Extend Existing Product Lines and Enter into Adjacent Categories
Our passion for creating products that address high consumer interest need states, empowering our consumers to live their best lives, drives our innovation mindset.
Further enhance our product assortment. With guidance from our scientific advisors and informed by our consumers evolving health and wellness needs, we will continue to optimize our assortment to ensure product relevancy, novelty and differentiation. For example, in 2017 we launched the Solaray Mycrobiome Probiotic, which contributed $5.4 million net sales in fiscal year 2020, and in 2019 we launched the Zhou Elder-Mune Elderberry gummies, which exceeded net sales of $600,000 in its first full year following launch and contributed $5.6 million net sales in fiscal year 2020.
Enter into adjacent categories. We intend to leverage our innovation capabilities and existing brand equity to selectively enter into adjacent categories where we believe there are significant growth opportunities. We believe there would be strong consumer acceptance and expansion opportunities across several of our core brands, including sports nutrition and beauty-from-within for Zhou, allowing us to further expand our total addressable market. Our go-forward Zhou brand strategy includes expansion into the sports nutrition market, which is estimated at approximately $25 billion globally in
118
2021, according to Euromonitor, and entails the launch of a curated assortment of targeted, solution-focused products that we believe are additive to our retailer customers shelves. After conducting surveys and conversations with more than two thousand potential Zhou customers to understand the category, we have begun rollout with key marquee accounts.
Selectively Pursue Value-Enhancing Acquisitions and Investments
We intend to utilize a disciplined approach for evaluating potential opportunities to enhance our brand portfolio, product offering and capabilities. We have successfully completed multiple acquisitions, including Nu U, Zhou, and Heritage Store, that have added strong, complementary brands to our portfolio. As a leader in the health and wellness market, in innovation capabilities and across global omnichannel distribution channels, we believe we are well-positioned as an attractive platform for potential targets. We intend to continue the systematic evaluation of our robust pipeline of acquisition opportunities in order to further enhance our global brand portfolio and broaden our consumer reach, and to selectively review strategic investment opportunities to build early brand partnerships.
Brand Overview
We believe the lasting legacy of our premium brands in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel, combined with the differentiated benefits and quality of our products, resonates deeply with our consumers. Our portfolio consists of our core brands, Solaray, KAL, Zhou, Zand Immunity, Nu U, Heritage Store and Life Flo, in addition to a broad selection of brands that together cover a range of product formats to meet the unique health and wellness needs of our consumers.
Solaray
According to SPINS data, Solaray is the fastest growing brand among the top five brands (by dollar sales) across the Vitamins & Supplements and Herbs & Homeopathic departments in the combined Natural Enhanced and Regional & Independent Grocery retail channels in both dollar and unit growth, and is the #2 dollar share brand for the year-to-date period ending December 27, 2020. Founded in 1973 with the belief that a healthy, nourished life leads to a brighter life, Solaray has been a pioneer in the wellness category since its introduction. Over the years, the Solaray brand strategy has encompassed a deep understanding of the highly engaged Natural and Specialty Retail consumer, leading to its success. We have also leveraged this understanding and knowledge to help our other brands, consumer segments, and channels. Solaray has won numerous awards from some of the worlds most discerning health food retailers, including six Best of Supplement awards from Better Nutrition Magazine, three Whole Foods Magazine Industry Choice Awards, and multiple Vity Awards from Vitamin Retailer Magazine. With more than 1,000 products today, Solaray remains highly recognizable and has maintained a loyal followership by health enthusiasts. Solarays product portfolio includes Mycrobiome probiotic, Quercetin, Vitamin D3 + K2, Vitamin C, Calcium Magnesium Zinc, and D-Mannosse. Products are sold through the Natural and Specialty Retail, online and international channels. Solaray products are all lab verified and include products that are non-GMO, vegan, and gluten, pesticide and solvent free. We believe Solaray is well positioned to continue its growth across its consumer base globally through our recent Live Brighter lifestyle campaign, which is designed to reach wellness seekers everywhere. We have released new packaging for the brand to enhance the on-shelf shopping experience while incorporating the timeless essence and roots of the brand, and are utilizing marketing means such as influencers, PR outreach, paid social and retail partners for this campaign. We plan to further augment Solarays existing brand equity through additional marketing investments to amplify brand engagement, through our commitment to continuous product innovation, and through continued dedication to our loyal and engaged health enthusiasts.
119
Best Selling Products from Our Solaray Portfolio
|
KAL
KAL is a family-focused brand that offers a full spectrum of natural solutions in varied formats and flavors including chewables and gummy products. Founded in 1932, the KAL product line enjoys an established ninety-year foundation of consumer trust as one of the first supplement brands in the United States. A multiple-time winner of the Better Nutrition Best of Supplements Award for its Magnesium Glycinate ActivGels product in 2019, Magnesium Taurate + product in 2018 and B-12 Methylcobalamin product in 2013, KALs product portfolio includes Magnesium Glycinate, Nutritional Yeast Flakes and Magnesium Taurate. Products are sold through the Natural and Specialty Retail, online and international channels. Recently, we released new packaging for the brand in order to include functional benefits and to utilize messaging to better highlight nutrients and ingredients. We intend to extend the KAL brand across generations and help families live vibrant lives through continued product innovation into gummies and chewable product formats for children and increased labeling and packaging coordination across products for adults and children.
Best Selling Products from Our KAL Portfolio
|
Zhou
Zhou is a digitally native, millennial-focused brand with a mission to create solutions that bring out the greatness inside of its wellness-seeking consumers. Initially focused solely on Amazon, where it enjoys an average rating of approximately 4.5 out of 5.0 for its products on Amazon and 12 different badges, Zhou is now successfully expanding into brick and mortar channels. Founded in 2014 and acquired in fiscal 2017, Zhous strong brand resonance with its consumer base provides opportunity for further share capture through existing products and new innovations, as well as expanded distribution across priority channels. Zhou is one of the fastest growing brands measured by consumer interest (web traffic), with a NPS of 76, well exceeding competitor average NPS of 38. The brands formulations blend ancient wisdom with modern research to offer a product portfolio comprised of products such as Hairfluence, a premium hair growth formula, Elder-Mune elderberry gummies, Black Seed Oil, Neuro-Peak and Collagen Peptides. Zhous best-selling products have been featured in Vogue, Chicago Tribune and Forbes, and the brand is a multiple-time winner of the Better Nutrition Best of Supplements Award, for its Thyroid Support product in 2019 and Calm Now product in 2020.
120
Best Selling Products from Our Zhou Portfolio
|
Zand Immunity
Zand Immunity provides herbal immunity support with pure, simple ingredients for a proactive approach to wellness and offers a range of solutions to defend, attend and restore the body. Zand Immunity experienced significant growth in fiscal year 2020, growing net sales 172% year over year. In 2020, we realigned Zand Immunitys positioning from a line of natural lozenges into a full-spectrum immunity offering in order to capture on-trend demand, as we believe consumer focus on immunity will provide sustained tailwinds for future brand growth. In addition to lozenges, the product portfolio includes Orange C, Elderberry Zinc, and Echinacea Zinc gummy products. Products are sold through the natural and specialty retail, online and international channels, and the brand has also recently entered the FDM channel.
Best Selling Products from Our Zand Immunity Portfolio
|
Nu U
Nu U is a United Kingdom-based, digitally native brand with more than fifty products in multi-language labels that all meet European Union regulations. Products are sold through the online channel, on Amazon as well as through Nu Us own brand website. We acquired Nu U in the first half of fiscal year 2018 because of the brands international and digital presence. The product portfolio includes Vitamin D, Bio-Cultures, Biotin, Omega 3 Fish Oil, and Vitamin C. We plan to continue growing Nu Us online brand presence by expanding into Western Europe through online sales.
Best Selling Products from Our Nu U Portfolio
|
121
Heritage Store
Heritage Store, established in 1969, is a self-care brand with positive energy and clean, plant-based ingredients. Product formulations are rooted in botanical and timeless ingredients that have been used for generations. With a consumer base aged 24 to 35 that demonstrates a high level of engagement, as measured by social media interactions, we believe Heritage Store has significant opportunity for continued growth. Heritage Store recently won the 2021 Best of Natural Beauty Award from Better Nutrition magazine for its Rosewater Refreshing Facial Mist, which has also been featured in magazines such as Vogue, Allure and Marie Claire. The brands diversified product portfolio emphasizes soul-to-skin beauty and includes rosewater, castor oil and gel cream. Products are sold through the Natural and Specialty Retail, online and international channels and the brand has also recently entered the FDM channel. We believe that Heritage Store is poised for significant growth based on its strong resonance with the millennial consumer and natural beauty and self-care mega-trends.
Best Selling Products from Our Heritage Store Portfolio
|
Life Flo
Life Flo, a women-led and operated brand, offers products specific to the health and wellness needs of women over the age of 40. The brand is committed to educating women about the biology behind hormone health and body changes, while developing the supplements to bring absolute balance to their lives. Within the extensive line of over 150 products, key categories include Magnesium, Rosehip and USP Progesterone. Products are sold through the Natural and Specialty Retail, online and international channels. Life Flo is a three time winner of Whole Foods Magazine Natural Health and Beauty Aids Industry Choice Awards for its Organic Pure Rosehip Oil product in 2020, as well as its Progesta-Care personal care product in both 2017 and 2013. We believe that Life Flo is positioned well for continued growth by expanding its distribution to meet consumers where they are shopping.
Best Selling Products from Our Life Flo Portfolio
|
In addition to our core brands, our portfolio includes additional brands that offer a full spectrum of wellness and self-care offerings to The Better Being Co. consumers.
122
Marketing
Our multi-pronged, consumer-driven marketing strategy has been instrumental in enhancing awareness, attracting new consumers and positioning for our portfolio of brands. Our highly curated brand portfolio emphasizes a differentiated positioning and purpose for each of our brands in order to target a unique consumer and the marketing strategy for each of our core brands is tailored to that brands unique targeted audience. We inspire everyday confidence by prioritizing transparency and expert-backed evidence in our product messaging.
While each of our brands has a dedicated 360-degree marketing strategy to reach consumers with multiple touchpoints, all are underpinned by disciplined, results-driven metrics such as ROAS and Customer Acquisition Cost. We estimate that our ROAS for Solaray and Zhou for our online channels were 7.2 and 5.4, respectively, in the first three months of calendar year 2021 compared to our company benchmark of 3.0. We use performance driven digital marketing, including through our various brand websites and social media channels, to communicate news about our brands directly to consumers who access our websites and social media sites and to provide information about our branded lines and the various products within each brand.
Our Solaray marketing strategy is aimed at consumers who want to live a wellness-focused lifestyle. These enthusiasts and serious wellness seekers are targeted through social, paid media, PR, digital and trade marketing. Highlights of our most recent campaign, launching in 2021, include our consumers interacting with our products surrounded by breath-taking scenery from our backyard in Utah, to be used in digital amplification with the potential to also utilize national TV advertising. We recently launched new packaging for our Solaray brand to enhance readability to appeal to do-it-yourself health enthusiasts, and we are also optimizing our Solaray website and aim to launch a new campaign in summer of 2021. Other creative methods of outreach to consumers include a content hub where Solaray delivers an educational content hub, leveraging our long-standing Expo East and West presence with a dedicated booth, and amplified reach through strategic retail partnerships.
Our KAL marketing strategy is aimed at family-first health enthusiasts who value high-quality multivitamins and functional solutions to address the needs of the entire family. We target these consumers through multiple touchpoints including search, email marketing, paid and organic social media, sampling, swag and our recent packaging redesign.
Our Zhou marketing strategy is aimed at wellness seeking consumers aged 27 to 37 who are new to the category, identifying gaps in their health and wellness, and attracted to benefit-focused solutions. Our marketing initiatives for the brand range from entry-level supplement education for benefit-driven products to initiatives driving consumers deeper into the category by adding additional single stream products into their wellness regime. For example, consumers initially purchasing our Neuro-Peak product will be introduced to purchase our Ashwaganda product. To engage with our Zhou consumers, we employ our website and blog, email and text to deliver relevant and timely communication, PR and media, YouTube ads and organic social media following and a highly engaged influencer group.
Our Heritage Store and Life Flo marketing strategies employ our brand websites and blog posts, email marketing, organic and paid social engagement with consumers, and an influencer and gifting strategy to increase social engagement and educate our consumers about the functions, uses and benefits of our products. We also utilize paid partnerships with our Life Flo brand for integrated coverage in editorials, email, social media and websites of publications.
Customers
We are committed to ensuring consumers have access to our products, with broad global omnichannel distribution. We sell our products domestically and in more than 65 countries globally, including in the United Kingdom, Spain, Romania, Denmark and Norway. We believe that our
123
creative and effective marketing strategies make us a partner of choice for our existing and potential retail partners, driving in-store and online traffic resulting in incremental sales in the vitamins, minerals and supplements and personal care categories. Our top five customer sales accounts account for approximately 30% of our net sales, with our top customer accounting for approximately 8% of our net sales.
We believe that we are one of the largest suppliers to the Natural and Specialty Retail channel, a trusted leadership position developed over several decades through sustained quality of our offerings with strong consumer appeal and consistency of supply. The channel consists of independent stores in addition to national and global chains such as Whole Foods, Sprouts and Natural Grocers, and typically customers of these stores value natural ingredients, quality, potency, selection and customer support. Our long-lasting leadership position in the Natural and Specialty Retail channel also positions us well to capture incremental growth through new, innovative product launches. For example, we secured distribution in approximately 1,000 Natural and Specialty Retail doors within the first five months of launching the new ImmuFIGHT product under the Solaray brand in November 2020.
We have proven success across online platforms, including an established own-brand and authorized third-party Amazon presence, online sites of our retail partners, specialty health and wellness online retailers and our own brand websites. Through our Amazon store and selected partners, we believe that our online sales represent an opportunity for sustained growth across our platform of brands. Our growth online has historically been driven by organic search, and we intend to continue to drive growth by increasing our investment in this channel.
We have recently successfully entered the FDM channel with our Zhou, Heritage Store and Zand Immunity brands. We see FDM as a significant whitespace opportunity because we are underpenetrated in the channel, and with our deep consumer insights, believe our brands will resonate well with the FDM consumer, which will continue to position us well as a preferred partner for FDM customers. We have secured over 68,000 new points of distribution in 2021 at leading FDM retailers such as Kroger, Target, and Walmart.
In addition to our 4,400 retail partners, we distributed our product to almost 1,000 holistic health practitioners in fiscal year 2020.
Innovation
Our ability to consistently deliver new product innovation and bring novelty to our consumers is a key component of our research and development. We have a strong track record of leveraging our in-house, world-class research and development capabilities and our state-of-the-art laboratory to constantly enhance our product assortment to meet the evolving health and wellness needs of our consumers. We are able to launch new products in as quickly as 12 months while taking great care in ensuring their quality of our new technologies and products. Over the course of the last three years, we launched almost 400 new products including Solaray Mycrobiome Probiotic, Zhou Elder-Mune Elderberry gummies and Zhou Elder-Mune Zinc gummies. Our team of scientific advisors and seven in-house scientists and chemists, 57% of whom have PhDs, currently maintain an innovation pipeline of approximately 150 products that aim to incorporate beneficial ingredients, improve formulations or delivery forms and expand product formats. We source inspiration for our products from multiple places, including consumer research, health and wellness industry trend assessments, direct consumer feedback and engagement from our retail partners. We plan to incorporate pre-launch concept testing going forward to further determine acceptance of our products from consumers. Our products undergo rigorous quality testing to ensure that they meet all regulatory requirements. We strive to continuously enhance our product assortment and expand into adjacent categories where we have high demand from our consumers.
124
Suppliers
We seek to provide the highest quality products to our customers and consumers through our supply chain strategy, which includes significant investments in quality ingredients from traceable sources, scientific personnel and product testing. We have multiple source capabilities for the majority of our products and purchase our raw materials from numerous well-established and reputable domestic and global suppliers. We source from a variety of suppliers and our largest supplier represented less than 10% of our total raw material spend in fiscal 2020. We manage the risk of any potential supply interruptions by maintaining sufficient inventory reserves and in most cases have multiple sources of alternative suppliers in addition to our principal suppliers. We also work with our suppliers to create additional production capacity to meet elevated demand as appropriate. We test all of our raw materials in our state-of-the-art laboratory in order to ensure safety, purity and potency of active ingredients. We maintain a team in Shanghai who is dedicated to quality and controlling commodity costs.
Manufacturing
We have a vertically integrated, state-of-the-art manufacturing facility where we manufactured approximately 85% of our products in fiscal year 2020, based on net sales. We maintain full control of our product quality and availability, while reducing production costs, by manufacturing the vast majority of our products in our approximately 700,000 square feet facility in Ogden, Utah. Our manufacturing process generally consists of the following operations: measuring ingredients for inclusion in products; blending, grinding, processing and chilsonating ingredients into a mixture with a homogeneous consistency; encapsulating, tableting, pouring, pouching, bagging or boxing the blended mixture into the appropriate dosage form using either automatic or semiautomatic equipment; bottling and packaging.
To maintain flexibility in our manufacturing process and to deliver novel product formats, we also maintain relationships with a network of contract manufacturers, including gummy manufacturers and packagers. Over the last 12 months, 10 co-manufacturers have accounted for 81% of our total outsourced manufacturing and we have ensured quality control by testing all products that come from co-manufacturers through our lab. We also leverage our raw materials suppliers for our co-manufacturers and as such we have experienced limited and manageable disruption during the majority of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Due to our owned and agile manufacturing capabilities, we were able to meet the heightened consumer demand for our products during the COVID-19 pandemic with limited impact on delivery of our top selling items to our retail partners or consumers. We prioritized supply chain flexibility to be able to adjust to fluctuations in demand. We are passionate about our operational endeavors to increase solar power, introduce recycled packaging and offset our carbon emissions. In addition, we have certifications for the various product manufacturing applications in which we participate. For example, for liquids manufacturing, we have Safe Quality Food (SQF) and kosher certifications.
Distribution and Logistics
We have diverse distribution capabilities that allow us to execute an omnichannel business with leading global retailers. We leverage leading distribution partners around the world to ensure that consumers are able to purchase our products at their preferred marketplace. We fulfill all customer orders ourselves domestically and maintain relationships with a network of third-party logistics providers. Over the year-to-date period ending February 28, 2021, on an average monthly basis we have executed the following shipments to our customers:
|
1,300 shipments to leading U.S. online and offline retailers, including Amazon; |
125
|
14,000 shipments directly to consumers; and |
|
30,000 shipments to leading Natural and Specialty Retail stores. |
In addition, we were able to leverage prior investments in our distribution and logistics infrastructure as well as our strong retailer and supplier relationships to operate with minimal disruption throughout the COVID-19 pandemic. We collaborated with retailers to fulfill demand and provided transparency regarding product allocation.
Culture and Values
We are a team of passionate, experienced and mission-driven individuals who lead with a growth mindset. We are committed to empowering and inspiring people to feel their very best and we strive to be the most trusted natural source for health and wellness, inside and out. As such, our teams work tirelessly to provide constant, science-driven innovation and products of the highest quality across our entire wellness portfolio. In addition, our team is focused on cross-functional collaboration including corporate insights, manufacturing, inventory, sales and marketing, with a goal to driving towards market-leading execution.
Values that drive our business:
|
Integrity: we believe the strength of our character catapults us into the future; |
|
Transparency: we are open and strive for constant improvement; |
|
Contribution: we embrace collaboration as we believe it fosters invaluable innovation; |
|
Discipline: we have a determination and resolve, which enables discovery; |
|
Respect: we have mutual appreciation and admiration, which inspires ingenuity; and |
|
Enthusiasm: we are passionate and have the zeal to galvanize new ideas. |
We are proud that our leadership and employee population is diverse. As of September 30, 2020, 40% of our senior management team and 49% of our employees were female. In addition, 40% of our executive management team and 39% of our employees identify as minority, including 32% as Black, Hispanic, or Latino. We support and celebrate all diversity and are committed to providing an inclusive, equitable and safe workplace for all of our employees. We believe we have been able to attract high-caliber employees because of our reputation, prioritization of sustainability and corporate responsibility, holistic focus on our team members and commitment to developing, empowering, supporting and promoting our employees, which is a core element of our leadership and culture.
Competition
In the broader health and wellness economy, we primarily compete within the highly fragmented global vitamins and minerals market. Within the Natural and Specialty Retail channel, our competitors include a small handful of large, nationally-known brands, many smaller niche competitors, and private label brands. Retailers such as Whole Foods Market, Vitamin Shoppe, Sprouts Farmers Market, Natural Grocers and many Natural and Specialty retailers also sell a portion of their offerings under their own private labels, which are often sold at a discount to branded products. Within the FDM channel, our competitors also include large, nationally-known brands and many smaller brands, manufacturers and distributors of nutritional supplements. Private label products of our customers also provide competition to our straight-letter-focused products. In the online channel, we have a similar set of competitors as the Natural and Specialty Retail and FDM channels.
126
We have positioned our products to meet the needs of our customers in each of these channels in order to succeed in the global vitamins and minerals market. We believe that our retail partners will increasingly align themselves with companies that offer a wide variety of high-quality brands and products, have a loyal consumer base, support their brands with strong marketing and education programs and provide consistently high levels of customer service. We differentiate ourselves from our competitors through our comprehensive line of products and brands, premium brand names, commitment to quality, sophisticated marketing, ability to rapidly introduce innovative products, and storied legacy as a company on the frontier of wellness.
Intellectual Property
We own more than 400 trademarks that have been registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and have filed applications to register additional trademarks. In addition, we claim domestic trademark and service mark rights in numerous additional marks that we use. We own a number of trademark registrations in countries outside the United States. Federally registered trademarks in the United States have a perpetual life, as long as they are maintained and renewed on a timely basis and used properly as trademarks, subject to the rights of third parties to seek cancellation of the trademarks if they claim priority or confusion of usage. Most foreign trademark offices use similar trademark renewal processes. We regard our trademarks and other proprietary rights as valuable assets and believe they make a significant positive contribution to the marketing of our products.
We protect our legal rights concerning our trademarks by appropriate measures, which may include legal action. We possess a portfolio of both registered and unregistered (i.e., common law) trademarks. In certain circumstances, we seek and obtain registrations for our trademarks, which may confer certain advantages, and the decision to register a trademark is made on a case by case basis. We have registered and intend to register certain trademarks in certain limited jurisdictions outside the United States where our products are sold, but we may not register all or even some of our trademarks in every country in which we conduct business or intend to conduct business.
We own five U.S. patents but generally do not seek patent protection for our products. Our patents expire between January 4, 2022 and January 26, 2035. We sell a number of products that include patented ingredients. We purchase these ingredients from parties that we believe have the right to manufacture and sell those ingredients to us. However, there are a large number of patents that have been granted or applied for in the dietary supplement industry, and there may be an increased possibility that third parties will seek to compel us and our competitors to purchase their patented ingredients or file infringement actions. The cost of these patented ingredients is typically higher than the cost of non-patented ingredients.
We are currently involved in various trademark cases that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. See Legal Proceedings. For additional information regarding the risks related to our intellectual property, see the section titled Risk FactorsRisks Related to Intellectual Property.
Government Regulation
The research, development, testing, quality control, import, export, safety, substantiation, storage, recordkeeping, approval (when required), processing, formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising, promotion, marketing, distribution, sale, post-market monitoring and post-market reporting of our products are subject to regulation by one or more U.S. federal agencies, including the FDA, the FTC, the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC), the United States Department of Agriculture, and the Environmental Protection Agency. Our activities are also regulated by various
127
governmental agencies for the states and localities in which our products are sold, as well as by governmental agencies in certain countries outside the United States in which our products are sold.
The FDA, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA), regulates, among other things, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, and sale of food, including dietary supplements, and over-the-counter (OTC) drugs, including homeopathic drugs. The FTC regulates the advertising of these products. Among other matters, regulation by the FDA and the FTC is concerned with product safety and claims made with respect to a products ability to provide health-related benefits. The National Advertising Division (NAD) of the Council of Better Business Bureaus oversees an industry-sponsored, self-regulatory system that permits competitors to resolve disputes over advertising claims. The NAD is not a governmental agency and, as such, does not have formal enforcement authority. However, where a company declines to participate in the NAD process or participates but then refuses to comply with the NADs recommendation, the NAD refers such matters to the relevant governmental agency for follow up as appropriate, and frequently this includes the FTC, the FDA, or the EPA.
Federal agencies, primarily the FDA and the FTC, have a variety of procedures and enforcement remedies available to them, including initiating investigations, issuing warning letters and cease-and-desist orders, requiring corrective labeling or advertising, requiring consumer redress (for example, payments to consumers who purchased products later considered to be deceptive), seeking injunctive relief or product seizures, imposing civil penalties or commencing criminal prosecution. In addition, certain state agencies have similar authority. These federal and state agencies have in the past used these remedies in regulating participants in the food, dietary supplement and over-the-counter drug industries, including pursuing settlements that involved millions of dollars of payments to consumers against a few industry participants.
Foods and Dietary Supplements
Some of our products are regulated as conventional foods under the Nutrition Labeling and Education Act of 1990 (NLEA). The NLEA amended the FDCA to establish additional requirements for ingredient and nutrition labeling and labeling claims for conventional foods.
The Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act (DSHEA) amended the FDCA to establish a new framework governing the composition, safety, labeling, manufacturing and marketing of dietary supplements. DSHEA defines dietary supplement products to be a category of foods under the FDCA, and they are regulated as such by the FDA. Under federal law, dietary supplements are defined in relevant part as a product (other than tobacco) intended to supplement the diet that bears or contains a vitamin, mineral, herb or other, botanical, an amino acid, a dietary substance for human use to supplement the diet, or a concentrate, metabolite, constituent, extract, or combination of such dietary ingredients. Dietary supplements may not include articles that are approved as new drugs or biologics or that have been authorized for investigation as new drugs or biologics for which substantial clinical investigations have been instituted and made public, unless the article was marketed as a dietary supplement or food prior to such approval or authorization.
Generally, under DSHEA, dietary ingredients that were marketed in the United States before October 15, 1994 may be used in dietary supplements without notifying the FDA. However, a new dietary ingredient (a dietary ingredient that was not marketed in the United States as a dietary supplement before October 15, 1994) must be the subject of a new dietary ingredient (NDI) notification to the FDA at least 75 days prior to marketing unless the ingredient has been present in the food supply as an article used for food in a form in which the food has not been chemically altered. An NDI notification must provide the FDA with evidence of a history of use or other evidence of safety establishing that the ingredient is reasonably expected to be safe for its intended use.
128
Conventional foods (and ingredients other than dietary ingredients in dietary supplements) are also subject to product constituent requirements applicable to foods more generally. Specifically, any substance that is reasonably expected to become a component of food or added to food is a food additive, with a few exceptions, and is therefore subject to FDA premarket review and approval, unless the substance is generally recognized among experts qualified by scientific training and experience to evaluate its safety, as having been adequately shown through scientific procedures or, in the case of a substance used prior to January 1, 1958, through experience based on common use in food, to be safe under the conditions of its intended use, a standard referred to as generally recognized as safe, or GRAS. A food additive must either already be included within one of the number of FDA regulations authorizing the use of certain food additives under certain conditions of use or be approved for use by the FDA. To obtain approval for use of a food additive, a manufacturer must submit a petition to the FDA with sufficient data to demonstrate reasonable certainty of no harm at the intended levels of use. Any food that contains an unapproved food additive is considered adulterated under the FDCA.
Ingredients that are determined to be GRAS do not fall within the definition of a food additive, which, as noted above, requires mandatory premarket approval. Food and dietary supplements are also subject to cGMP regulations. For example, the dietary supplement cGMPs cover manufacturers and holders of finished dietary supplement products, including dietary supplement products manufactured outside the United States that are imported for sale into the United States. Among other things, the regulations: (a) require identity testing on all incoming dietary ingredients, (b) call for a scientifically valid system for ensuring finished products meet all specifications, (c) include requirements related to process controls, including statistical sampling of finished batches for testing and requirements for written procedures and (d) require extensive recordkeeping.
Dietary supplements are also subject to certain adverse event recordkeeping and reporting requirements. Specifically, companies that manufacture or distribute dietary supplements must report serious adverse events allegedly associated with their products to the FDA and are required to institute recordkeeping requirements for all adverse events (serious and non-serious).
The Food Safety Modernization Act (FSMA), enacted January 4, 2011, amended the FDCA to significantly enhance the FDAs authority over various aspects of food regulation. The FSMA granted the FDA mandatory recall authority when the FDA determines there is a reasonable probability that a food is adulterated or misbranded and that the use of, or exposure to, the food will cause serious adverse health consequences or death to humans or animals. Other changes include the FDAs expanded access to records; the authority to suspend food facility registrations and require high risk imported food to be accompanied by a certification; stronger authority to administratively detain food; the authority to refuse admission of an imported food if it is from a foreign establishment to which a U.S. inspector is refused entry for an inspection; and the requirement that importers verify that the foods they import meet domestic standards.
One of the FSMAs more significant changes is the requirement of preventive controls for food facilities required to register with the FDA, except finished dietary supplement facilities in compliance with cGMPs and with the serious adverse event reporting requirements. Although finished dietary supplements are exempt from the preventative controls requirements, the exemption does not apply to the manufacturing, processing, packing, or holding of dietary ingredients, which are subject to FSMAs preventive controls rule. The FDA issued a final rule regarding the preventative controls and good manufacturing practice regulations on September 17, 2015. The final rule requires that facilities develop and implement preventive controls (including supplier controls) to assure that identified hazards are significantly minimized or prevented, monitor the effectiveness of the preventive controls, and maintain numerous records related to those controls. Another significant change related to FSMA is the requirement that importers implement a foreign supplier verification program.
129
The FTC and the FDA continue to challenge what they consider to be unsubstantiated or unsafe weight-loss products, and have also coordinated enforcement against dietary supplement claims in other areas, including childrens products.
The Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (CPSIA) primarily addresses childrens product safety but also improves the administrative process of the CPSC. Among other things, the CPSIA requires testing and certification of certain products and enhances the CPSCs authority to order recalls. This includes regulations regarding child-resistant packaging issues, i.e., the Poison Prevention Packaging Act.
OTC Homeopathic Drugs
We market various OTC homeopathic drug products. Homeopathic drugs have a unique regulatory status under the FDCA. Specifically, homeopathic drugs were historically required to meet the standards of strength, quality, and purity set forth in the Homeopathic Pharmacopeia of the United States (HPUS). The FDA previously established a compliance policy addressing the lawful sale of homeopathic drugs under the FDCA. In 2015, homeopathic products received increased regulatory scrutiny. Specifically in April 2015, the FDA held a public hearing and solicited public input about the current use of products labeled as homeopathic, and the FDAs regulatory framework for such products.
In 2017, FDA issued a draft guidance describing FDAs intent to switch to a risk-based enforcement approach to homeopathic products marketed without FDA approval. In the 2017 draft guidance, FDA indicated that it would withdraw the CPG once it finalized the new guidance, because, according to the Agency, the CPG was inconsistent with a risk-based approach to regulatory and enforcement action. In October 2019, FDA announced that it was withdrawing the CPG because it no longer reflected the Agencys current thinking. At that same time, the FDA issued a revision to the 2017 draft guidance. The revised draft guidance includes a definition of homeopathic drug product for purposes of the guidance, additional explanation of some of the safety issues that contributed to the development of the draft guidance, and clarification of FDAs intent to use risk-based factors to prioritize enforcement and regulatory actions involving the marketing of unapproved homeopathic products. Under this 2019 draft guidance, the FDA has indicated that it intends to prioritize enforcement over homeopathic drugs marketed without approval where there are reports of injury raising potential safety concerns, where the ingredients in the products are associated with potentially significant safety concerns, where the routes of administration are other than oral or topical (e.g., injectable or ophthalmic routes of administration), where the intended uses are for prevention or treatment of serious and/or life-threatening diseases or conditions, where the products are intended for vulnerable populations (e.g., infants, children, the elderly, or pregnant women), and where the products have significant quality issues.
In addition to the regulatory scrutiny over homeopathic products by the FDA, the FTC is concerned about whether homeopathic drug marketing is deceptive or unfair pursuant to the FTCA. The FTC evaluated advertising for homeopathic products in 2015 and subsequently issued an enforcement policy statement in 2016 to clarify how it believes homeopathic products may be able to be marketed in a non-deceptive manner, including by using a disclosure that clarifies that the products are based on theories of homeopathy and not subject to FDA approval.
In recent years, state courts have concluded that, because homeopathic drugs are not approved or marketed pursuant to an FDA regulation, claims against a manufacturer of a homeopathic drug are not preempted by the FDCA. Consequently, a plaintiffs actions under state consumer protection laws for lack of substantiation have been allowed to proceed. Ignoring the unique character of homeopathic drug products, a plaintiffs claims in these actions have been based on the evidence standard applied to conventional drugs. Generally, these actions involve claims for significant monetary damages.
130
Cosmetics
A number of our personal care products are regulated by the FDCA as cosmetics. Such products are subject to regulation by the FDA. Such products and their ingredients do not require premarket approval or review prior to sale, but are subject to specific labeling regulations. While the FDA has not promulgated specific cGMPs for the manufacture of cosmetics, the FDA has provided guidelines for cosmetic manufacturers to follow to ensure that their products are neither misbranded or adulterated. In addition, the FDAs regulations restrict certain ingredients for use in cosmetics, and the FDCA defines a cosmetic to mean a product intended to be rubbed, poured, sprinkled, or sprayed on, introduced into, or otherwise applied to the human body for cleansing, beautifying, promoting attractiveness, or altering the appearance. Consequently, cosmetics may only be marketed with claims that suggest they are intended to affect the appearance, to cleanse, or to beautify or promote attractiveness, and not for any use to affect the structure or function of the body or to cure, mitigate, treat, or prevent diseases or other conditions. The FDA is active in enforcing these requirements and restrictions.
USDA Regulation of Organic Claims
We market various products with organic claims. The U.S. Department of Agricultures National Organic Program (NOP) has established requirements for making organic claims. When the NOP rule was published in December 2000, the labeling of dietary supplements (as well as other non-food products, such as cosmetics) was stated as outside the scope of these regulations. However, in August 2005, NOP announced that any raw or processed agricultural product that meets NOP standards can be labeled and marketed as organic irrespective of the end use of the product. As such, provided that they contain agricultural products derived from organically produced plants or animals and comply with NOP regulations, dietary supplements and cosmetics may be marketed as organic or containing organic ingredients.
Other U.S. Laws and Regulations
All states regulate foods and drugs under laws that generally parallel federal statutes. We are also subject to state consumer health and safety regulations, such as the California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986 (Proposition 65). Violation of Proposition 65 may result in substantial monetary penalties and compliance with Proposition 65 is a major focus. Contemplated changes in the Proposition 65 labeling requirements could potentially lead to substantial costs. There have also been proposals in state legislation to prohibit sale of certain weight loss and sports nutrition products to consumers under age 18, which could impact the marketing of products within these categories.
In July 2016, the National Bioengineered Food Disclosure Standard was enacted. This law mandates that the Agricultural Marketing Service of the USDA develop regulations for the labeling of foods, including dietary supplements, that contain ingredients that have been genetically engineered.
Although none of our products are currently covered by any third-party payor, including any commercial payor or government healthcare program, we may nonetheless be subject to a number of federal and state healthcare regulatory laws that restrict business practices in the healthcare industry. These laws include, but are not limited to, federal and state anti-kickback, false claims, and other healthcare fraud and abuse laws, some of which apply to items or services reimbursed by any third party payor, including self-pay patients.
Foreign Laws
The sale of our products in countries outside the United States is regulated by the governments of those countries. The sale of our products outside the United States primarily occurs in the following jurisdictions:
131
Canada
Food Products. Some of our products are considered foods in Canada. Food products are governed by the Food and Drugs Act (FDA) as well as the Safe Food For Canadians Act (SFCA). The SFCA regulates certain activities associated with food production, such as manufacturing, preparing, grading, packaging, labelling, importing and exporting, and establishes food safety protocols for establishments handling food products. The FDA elaborates on the requirements for labelling, ingredients, permitted additives and food claims. The federal regulator responsible for enforcing food related matters is known as the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA). In Canada, foods are meant to satisfy thirst/hunger, are a source of nutrients and can be consumed ad libitum. Foods are restricted from making health or disease reduction claims, subject to certain exceptions. Our facilities involved in manufacturing, labelling, packaging, import, export, distribution and/or warehousing of food products may be subject to meeting minimum statutory good manufacturing practices, including in some instances food establishment licensing. Licensed facilities are regularly subject to inspections and audits by CFIA for compliance, failure of which may result in revocation of establishment licenses.
Natural Health Products. Canadian regulations do not have a category called dietary supplements; rather, many products that are regulated as dietary supplements in the U.S. are considered natural health products (NHP) per the Canadian regulatory system. Health Canada and its agencies and directorates administer and enforce the FDA and the Natural Health Products Regulations (NHPR), including applicable pre-market licensing and approvals, permissible formulations, and minimum standards for manufacturing practices. Health Canada also administers and enforces the prescribed requirements for packaging and labelling obligations, as well as restrictions on permissible advertising claims.
Our NHPs have Product Licenses issued by Health Canada. These pre-market approvals may require submission of information regarding our products, such as ingredients/formulation, manufacturing, testing and labelling of the relevant product. Permissible advertising claims for our NHP products are specifically limited to what is approved in the product terms of market authorization. Health or therapeutic claims can be made about NHPs, provided they are supported and approved by Health Canada. Collectively, these requirements are more detailed and prescribed than U.S. regulations applicable to dietary supplements, particularly in the pre-market stage.
Similarly, our facilities involved in manufacturing, distribution and/or warehousing of NHPs may be subject to meeting minimum statutory good manufacturing practices and may require Site Licenses issued by Health Canada. Licensed facilities are regularly subject to inspections and audits by Health Canada for compliance, failure of which may result in revocation of facility licenses.
Cosmetics. Cosmetics are substances manufactured, sold or represented for use in cleansing, improving or altering the complexion, skin, hair or teeth. Cosmetics are also governed by the FDA and its Cosmetic Regulations. These regulations set out the labelling, packaging and ingredient restrictions for all cosmetics. Therapeutic claims and health claims are prohibited for cosmetics. Health Canada is also the regulator responsible for cosmetics and has established a Cosmetic Ingredient Hotlist (Hotlist). The Hotlist lists substances that are prohibited or restricted (e.g. AHAs) in cosmetics. We are required to submit a Cosmetic Notification Form (CNF) to Health Canada after first selling our cosmetic products in Canada. We are required to disclose in the CNF information about the manufacturer, the product, and its ingredients and, in some cases, images of the label or inserts. Failure to submit the CNF may result in the product being removed from sale or barred from entering Canada. In general, Health Canada and the CFIA have broad remedial powers to enforce applicable laws, including inspection, seizure, forfeiture, removal and destruction of product, as well as civil and criminal prosecution.
132
European Union (EU)
Food Supplements. Food supplements, as defined, are subject to the Directive 2002/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 10 June 2002 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to food supplements (the Food Supplements Directive). The Food Supplements Directive defines basic labelling requirements and also forms the legal basis for detailed harmonized requirements related to the vitamin and mineral content. Individual Member States also have laws regarding ingredients other than vitamins and minerals in addition to other administrative requirements.
Cosmetics. Cosmetic products form the subject-matter of fully harmonized legislation in the EU. Regulation (EC) No 1223/2009 (the Cosmetics Regulation) comprehensively harmonizes the rules in the EU, with the purpose of achieving an internal market for cosmetic products while ensuring a high level of protection of human health.
OTC Homeopathic Medicinal Products. The relevant legal framework for homeopathic medicinal products (including OTC products) is Directive 2001/83/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 November 2001 on the Community code relating to medicinal products for human use. This directive does not operate as a directly enforceable framework throughout the complete EU, but is implemented in the different legal systems of the Member States. For this reason, the national legal framework of each Member State varies from Member State to Member State.
United Kingdom (U.K.)
Food and Dietary Supplements. Sale of food supplements is governed by the Food Information Regulations 2014 and associated Food Supplements Regulations 2003 (collectively, the Food Regulations) and different regulations apply to each country within the U.K.
Under the Food Regulations, sellers of food supplements must register with the local authority and are also required to ensure that their products are safe for consumption and compliant with labelling requirements.
Cosmetics. Cosmetic products in the U.K. are regulated by the Cosmetics Regulation, as implemented by national legislation (applicable to England, Scotland and Wales). The Cosmetics Regulation provides that it is an offense for a responsible person to supply a cosmetic product that, when applied under normal or reasonably foreseeable conditions of use, may cause damage to human health.
OTC Homeopathic Products. In the U.K., homeopathic products are regulated by the Medical and Herbal Products Agency. Homeopathic medicines or remedies must, before being placed on the market, be registered through one of two available routes. Product marketing is subject to the authority of the Advertising Standards Agency.
Environmental Matters
Certain of our operations, properties and products are subject to stringent and comprehensive federal, state and local laws and regulations governing matters including environmental protection, occupational health and safety and the release or discharge of materials into the environment, including air emissions and wastewater discharges. These laws and regulations, among other matters, govern activities and operations that may have adverse environmental effects, such as discharges to air, soil and water, and establish standards for the handling of hazardous and toxic substances and the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, the imposition of investigatory and remedial obligations and the issuance of orders enjoining some or all of our operations in affected areas.
133
The trend in environmental regulation is towards increasingly stringent and broader requirements for activities that may affect the environment. Any changes in environmental laws and regulations or re-interpretation of enforcement policies that result in more stringent and costly requirements could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial position. Although we monitor environmental requirements closely and budget for the expected costs, actual future expenditures may be different from the amounts we currently anticipate spending. Moreover, certain environmental laws impose joint and several, strict liability for costs to clean up and restore sites where pollutants have been disposed or otherwise spilled or released. We cannot assure you that we will not incur significant costs and liabilities for remediation or damage to property, natural resources or persons as a result of spills or releases from our operations or those of a third party. Although we believe that we are in substantial compliance with existing environmental laws and regulations and that continued compliance with existing requirements will not materially affect us, there is no assurance that the current level of regulation will continue in the future.
We are also subject to permitting requirements under environmental, health and safety laws and regulations applicable in the jurisdictions in which we operate. As with all governmental permitting processes, there is a degree of uncertainty as to whether a permit will be granted, the time it will take for a permit to be issued and the conditions that may be imposed in connection with the granting of the permit.
Health and Safety Matters
We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations, including the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended (OSHA), and comparable state statutes, whose purpose is to protect the health and safety of workers. OSHA regulations impose various requirements, including with respect to training, policies and procedures and maintenance. We continually strive to maintain compliance with applicable air, solid waste and wastewater regulations; nevertheless, we cannot guarantee that serious accidents will not occur in the future.
Human Capital Management
We recognize that attracting, motivating and retaining passionate talent at all levels is vital to continuing our success. By improving employee retention and engagement, we also improve our ability to support our customers and protect the long-term interests of our stakeholders and stockholders. We invest in our employees through continuously improving benefits and various health and wellness initiatives, and offer competitive compensation packages, ensuring fairness in internal compensation practices.
As of September 30, 2020, we employed 974 people. We also engage temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages. We have high employee engagement and consider our current relationship with our employees to be good.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters are in Salt Lake City, Utah, where we lease 31,200 square feet of office space as of September 30, 2020.
Our manufacturing and distribution facilities are in Ogden, Utah where we own and lease approximately 700,000 square feet.
134
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we have been and may be involved in various legal proceedings and claims arising in our ordinary course of business. With the exception of the below, at this time, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries is a party to, and none of our respective property is the subject of, any legal proceeding that, if determined adversely to us, would have a material adverse effect on us.
Paul Eric Weiss v. Michael D. Burke, et al., in the Delaware Court of Chancery, Case No. 2020-0364-PAF and Asbestos Workers Philadelphia Pension Fund v. Michael D. Burke, et al., in the Delaware Court of Chancery, Case No. 2020-0410-PAF.
On May 13, 2020, a purported stockholder, Paul Eric Weiss, brought an action on behalf of himself and those similarly situated against Nutraceutical International Corporations former Board of Directors, HGGC Fund III, L.P. and HGGC, LLC, claiming that (i) the Board of Directors breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the November 2017 acquisition of Nutraceutical International Corporation by HGGC Fund III, L.P. and (ii) HGGC Fund III, L.P. and HGGC, LLC aided and abetted those breaches of fiduciary duties. On May 28, 2020, a second purported stockholder, Asbestos Workers Philadelphia Pension Fund, brought a substantially similar action. Both actions were filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery and sought unspecified damages. On June 16, 2020, Asbestos Workers Philadelphia Pension Fund voluntarily dismissed its action. On August 17, 2020, HGGC Fund III, L.P. and HGGC, LLC answered the complaint filed by Paul Eric Weiss. On April 15, 2021, the parties to the Weiss litigation and the Company stipulated to settle the lawsuit for $17.5 million. Following a hearing held on June 15, 2021, the court issued an order and final judgment approving the settlement, which releases the Company from claims by all class members that arise from the allegations in the Weiss complaint, including all claims relating to the November 2017 acquisition of Nutraceutical International Corporation by HGGC Fund III, L.P.
135
We currently operate as a Delaware limited liability company under the name Nutrition Topco, LLC, which directly and indirectly holds all of the equity interests in our operating subsidiaries. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, Nutrition Topco, LLC, will convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion and will change its name to The Better Being Co. In this prospectus, we refer to all of the transactions related to our conversion into a corporation as the Corporate Conversion.
The purpose of the Corporate Conversion is to reorganize our corporate structure so that the entity that is offering our common stock to the public in this offering is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and so that our existing equity holders will own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company.
In conjunction with the Corporate Conversion, all of our outstanding membership interests will be converted into an aggregate of shares of our common stock. The number of shares of common stock issuable in connection with the Corporate Conversion will be determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of the plan of conversion.
We expect to remain controlled by our principal stockholder following the Corporate Conversion. After giving effect to the Corporate Conversion and the completion of this offering, our principal stockholder will control % of the voting power of our company. For more information on the indirect ownership of our common stock by our principal stockholder and the voting and economic rights associated with each class of our common stock, please read Principal Stockholders and Description of Capital Stock, respectively.
As a result of the Corporate Conversion, The Better Being Co. will succeed to all of the property and assets of Nutrition Topco, LLC and will succeed to all of the debts and obligations of Nutrition Topco, LLC. The Better Being Co. will be governed by a certificate of incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State and bylaws, the material provisions of which are described under the heading Description of Capital Stock. On the effective date of the Corporate Conversion, each of our directors and officers will be as described elsewhere in this prospectus. See the section titled Management.
Except as otherwise noted herein, the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are those of Nutrition Topco, LLC and its consolidated operations. We do not expect that the Corporate Conversion will have a material effect on the results of our core operations.
136
Below is a list of the names, ages, positions and a brief account of the business experience of the individuals who serve as our executive officers, directors and director nominees who are expected to become directors prior to completion of this offering.
Name |
Age |
Position |
||||
Monty Sharma |
56 |
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
||||
Ankit Dhawan |
50 |
Chief Financial Officer |
||||
Bob Gandert |
54 |
Chief Revenue Officer |
||||
Peter Noverr |
51 |
Chief Operating Officer |
||||
Jeff Burchfield |
44 |
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary |
||||
Steven Leistner |
35 |
Director |
||||
Les Brown |
56 |
Director |
||||
Bill Conrad |
34 |
Director |
||||
Mark Grabowski |
45 |
Director |
||||
Zack Werner |
35 |
Director |
||||
Brenda Morris |
55 |
Director |
Monty Sharma has served as the Companys Chief Executive Officer and President since he joined in January 2020. Mr. Sharma has over 25 years of experience in health and wellness industry working for CPG and brands. Before joining The Better Being Co., Mr. Sharma served as Chief Executive Officer and President for Jenny Craig and Curves from January 2013 to January 2020. Prior to this, Mr. Sharma served as Chief Executive Officer and President for Atkins from 2007 to 2013. Mr. Sharma was Chief Executive Officer at Naked Juice Company and EAS and held progressive growth positions at Brunswick Corporation/Roadmaster Corporation. Mr. Sharma started his career at Schenck Corporation after receiving his Master of Business Administration and Bachelor of Science in Management from Southern Illinois University at Carbondale and his Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Calcutta in India. We determined that Mr. Sharmas diverse background, extensive experience in the health and wellness industry, and extensive executive leadership experience qualifies him to serve as a director on the Board.
Ankit Dhawan has served as Chief Financial Officer of The Better Being Co. since October 2019. Mr. Dhawan has more than 20 years of experience in both public and private manufacturing companies across diverse industries. Before joining The Better Being Co., Mr. Dhawan was contracted by HGGC as an operating partner from February 2019 to October 2019, focusing primarily on The Better Being Co. Prior to this, Mr. Dhawan served as CFO of Monument Chemical from October 2017 to September 2018. Before his time at Monument Chemical, Mr. Dhawan served as zonal CFO for North and Latin America regions of Orica from 2014 to 2016. Mr. Dhawan received a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Delaware. Mr. Dhawan began his career at Engineers India Limited in India after receiving a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee, India.
Bob Gandert has served as the Chief Revenue Officer of The Better Being Co. since April 2020. Mr. Gandert has over 20 years of experience in the nutrition and wellness industry working on CPG brands. Before joining The Better Being Co., Mr. Gandert was the Chief Executive Officer and President for ProSupps Nutrition from July 2018 through March 2020. Prior to this, he was Chief Customer Officer at Simply Good Foods Company/Atkins from 2007 through 2017. Mr. Gandert has held leadership roles at CytoSport and Abbott Labs/EAS. Mr. Gandert started his career working at Kraft and Heinz after receiving his Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of New Mexico.
137
Peter Noverr has served as Chief Operating Officer of The Better Being Co. since August 2020. Mr. Noverr has more than 20 years of experience in the health and wellness industry building and transforming CPG businesses. Before joining The Better Being Co., Mr. Noverr was the Chief Operating Office for Jenny Craig from 2014 to 2020. Prior to this, Mr. Noverr was CEO/Co-Founder for a diabetes nutrition start-up, Level Foods, which was sold to Boulder Brands in 2013. Preceding Level Foods, Mr. Noverr served as Vice President of Operations for Atkins from 2017 to 2010. Mr. Noverr held leadership roles at Naked Juice and EAS. During his tenure at EAS he received a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Denver. Mr. Noverr began his career at Brunswick after receiving a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Indiana University.
Jeff Burchfield has served as the Companys Chief Legal Officer and Secretary since July 2020. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Burchfield served as Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary for Craig Holdings, Inc., the parent company of Jenny Craig, from November 2013 to May 2020. Mr. Burchfield also served as Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary of Curves International, Inc., from July 2012 to March 2018. Mr. Burchfield holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Finance from Baylor University and a Juris Doctor from Baylor University School of Law.
Steven Leistner currently serves as a partner at HGGC, LLC, a position he has held since August 2019 after joining the firm in 2009. In this role, Mr. Leistner is active in the firms Fund IV investment in BuilderTrend, Fund III investments in The Better Being Co., Beauty Industry Group, RPX and Denodo, and Fund II investment in Dynata. Prior to joining HGGC, Mr. Leistner was part of McKinsey & Companys Corporate Finance practice, where he advised clients from a variety of sectors on mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic alliances. Mr. Leistner has extensive experience as a director, serving on the boards of The Better Being Co., Beauty Industry Group, Selligent, Denodo, Dynata, RPX, 4over, MaMa Rosas, and Act+Acre (early stage partner brand to The Better Being Co.). Mr. Leistner holds a B.S. degree in Economics, summa cum laude, from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from The Stanford Graduate School of Business.
Les Brown currently serves as a partner at HGGC, LLC, a position he has held since January 2008. Mr. Brown brings years of experience as a private equity professional in his role as director. Mr. Brown also current serves on the board for Capital Impact Foundation, HGGCs affiliated private foundation that provides global charitable support to childrens causes. Mr. Brown has also served as the chairman and on the audit committee and compensation committee of Nutraceutical International Corporation, and served on the boards of Survey Sampling International, Serena Software, and hybris Software, where he also served as chairman of the audit committee. Mr. Brown holds a Bachelor of Science in accounting and Master of Accountancy from Brigham Young University. We determined that Mr. Browns extensive experience in management, overseeing executive compensation as a member of compensation committees, finance and accounting qualifies him to serve as a director on the Board.
Bill Conrad brings 12 years of investing experience to the Company in his role as director. Mr. Conrad currently serves as a partner at HGGC, LLC, which he joined in March 2017 as Vice President. Mr. Conrad is active in the firms Fund IV investments in Marmic and Aceable, as well as Fund III investments in AMI, Monotype Imaging, Beauty Industry Group and The Better Being Co. Prior to joining HGGC, Mr. Conrad was a Vice President at KPS Capital Partners, working there from August 2011 to January 2017, where he was responsible for identifying, evaluating, and executing control investments across a diverse range of industries. Previously, he worked as an Investment Banking Analyst in the industrial group of UBS. Mr. Conrad holds a B.S. degree in Finance, with honors from the University of Iowa. Mr. Conrad has been an active member on the board of six companies: AMI, Monotype Imaging, Beauty Industry Group, Marmic, 4over, and The Better Being Co. We determined that Mr. Conrads experience in investing in consumer, finance and accounting skills, and extensive experience in mergers and acquisitions qualifies him to serve as a director on the Board.
138
Mark Grabowski has served on our board of directors since the Snapdragon investment in July 2019. Mr. Grabowski is a Managing Partner at Snapdragon Capital Partners, which he founded in 2018, where he focuses on health and wellness as a core investment vertical. From August 2016 to June 2018, Mr. Grabowski was a partner at TPG Growth, where he oversaw the platforms consumer investments. From January 2007 to August 2016, Mr. Grabowski was a Managing Director at L Catterton, the largest consumer-focused private equity firm globally. Prior to that, Mr. Grabowski worked in private equity at AEA Investors. Mr. Grabowski holds an B.A. degree in Economics from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We determined that Mr. Grabowskis over 20 years of experience in consumer private equity, and his membership of the board of several consumer companies, qualifies him to serve as a director on the Board.
Zack Werner joined the board as a director in July 2019, bringing his experience as founder of the Maze Group to the Company. Since founding The Maze Group in 2016, Mr. Werner has worked at has served as an investor and advisor for a number of health and consumer-oriented companies. Mr. Werner also currently serves as a member on the board of directors of Waldencast Acquisition Corp., a role he has held since March 2021.
Brenda Morris has over 35 years of experience in finance, accounting and operations roles concentrated in the consumer products, food & beverage, retail and wholesale sectors. Since 2015, Ms. Morris has been a partner with CSuite Financial Partners, a financial executive services team, advising companies with targeted strategic solutions. Prior to that, from 2016 to 2019, Ms. Morris was the Chief Financial Officer for Apex Parks Group, a private equity held operating company, operating amusement parks and family entertainment centers. Ms. Morris has held numerous executive leadership roles throughout her career, and has served as the chief financial officer for a number of companies. Ms. Morris is also a board member and audit committee chair of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., is on the board of H & W Franchise Holdings, d/b/a Xponential Fitness, a curator of boutique fitness brands and is their audit committee chair and also serves on the Board of Ideal Image Holdings, a chain of medical spas. Ms. Morris also serves on the advisory board of Asarasi, Inc., a privately held tree water company, and she formerly served on the Pacific Lutheran University Board of Regents from 2011 until 2020. Ms. Morris is a board member for National Association of Corporate Directors, Pacific Southwest Chapter, serving California, Arizona and Nevada. Ms. Morris holds a bachelors degree in business administration with a concentration in accounting from Pacific Lutheran University and a M.B.A. from Seattle University. We determined that Ms. Morriss extensive experience in accounting and executive management qualifies her to serve on our board.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors.
Corporate Governance
Board Composition and Director Independence
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Following completion of this offering, our Board will be composed of seven directors. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our Board and with the prior written consent of HGGC and M&S, respectively, for so long as the parties hold director nomination rights. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Subject to any earlier resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and
139
bylaws, our Class I directors will be Mr. Sharma, Mr. Brown and Mr. Grabowski and will serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, our Class II directors will be Mr. Leistner and Mr. Werner and will serve until the second annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering and our Class III directors will be Mr. Conrad and Ms. Morris and will serve until the third annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that each of our directors will serve in the classes as indicated above. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class for so long as our principal stockholder beneficially owns 40% or more of the total number of shares of our common stock then outstanding. If our principal stockholders beneficial ownership falls below 40% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding, then our directors may be removed only for cause upon affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon. Our charter will provide that our principal stockholder will have the right to designate the Chair of the Board for so long as our principal stockholder or its affiliates beneficially own at least 30% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Following this offering, Mr. Brown will be the Chair of our Board.
The listing standards of NYSE require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed companys audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.
We anticipate that, prior to our completion of this offering, the Board will determine that Messrs. Leistner, Brown, Conrad, Grabowski and Werner and Ms. Morris meet the NYSE requirements to be independent directors. In making this determination, our Board considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with the Company and all other facts and circumstances that our Board deemed relevant in determining their independence, including beneficial ownership of our common stock.
Controlled Company Status
After completion of this offering, our principal stockholder will continue to control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a controlled company. Under NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:
|
we have a board that is composed of a majority of independent directors, as defined under the rules of such exchange; |
|
we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and |
|
we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors. |
Following this offering, we intend to rely on this exemption. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board. In addition, our Compensation and Nominating Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors or be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.
140
Board Committees
Upon completion of this offering, our Board will have an Audit Committee and a Compensation and Nominating Committee. The composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees will be as set forth below. In the future, our Board may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.
Board Member |
Audit Committee |
Compensation and Nominating
Committee |
||
Monty Sharma |
||||
Steven Leistner |
X | |||
Les Brown |
X | X | ||
Bill Conrad |
||||
Mark Grabowski |
X | X | ||
Zack Werner |
||||
Brenda Morris |
X |
Audit Committee
Following this offering, our Audit Committee will be composed of Mr. Brown, Mr. Grabowski and Ms. Morris, with Ms. Morris serving as chair of the committee. We intend to comply with the audit committee requirements of the SEC and the NYSE, which require that the Audit Committee be composed of at least one independent director at the closing of this offering, a majority of independent directors within 90 days following this offering and all independent directors within one year following this offering. We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our Board will determine that Ms. Morris meets the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of the NYSE. We anticipate that, prior to our completion of this offering, our Board will determine that Ms. Morris is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and applicable listing standards of the NYSE. The Audit Committees responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:
|
appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm; |
|
pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm; |
|
reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management; |
|
reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us; |
|
reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting; |
|
establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns; |
|
recommending, based upon the Audit Committees review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K; |
|
monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters; |
|
preparing the Audit Committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement; |
141
|
reviewing all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and |
|
reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our earnings releases and scripts. |
Compensation and Nominating Committee
Following this offering, our Compensation and Nominating Committee will be composed of Mr. Leistner, Mr. Brown and Mr. Grabowski, with Mr. Brown serving as chair of the committee. The Compensation and Nominating Committees responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:
|
annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer; |
|
evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer; |
|
reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers; |
|
appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee; |
|
conducting the independence assessment outlined in NYSE rules with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee; |
|
annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter in its compliance with the listing requirements of the NYSE; |
|
reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy; |
|
overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans; |
|
reviewing and making recommendations to our Board with respect to director compensation; |
|
reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K; |
|
developing and recommending to our Board criteria for board and committee membership; |
|
subject to the rights of HGGC and M&S under the Director Nomination Agreement, identifying and recommending to our Board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our Boards committees; |
|
developing and recommending to our Board best practices and corporate governance principles; |
|
developing and recommending to our Board a set of corporate governance guidelines; and |
|
reviewing and recommending to our Board the functions, duties and compositions of the committees of our Board. |
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the Board or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board or Compensation and Nominating Committee.
142
Risk Oversight
Our Board will oversee the risk management activities designed and implemented by our management. Our Board will execute its oversight responsibility for risk management both directly and through its committees. The full Board will also consider specific risk topics, including risks associated with our strategic plan, business operations and capital structure. In addition, our Board will receive detailed regular reports from members of our senior management and other personnel that include assessments and potential mitigation of the risks and exposures involved with their respective areas of responsibility.
Our Board will delegate to the Audit Committee oversight of our risk management process. Our other committees of our Board will also consider and address risk as they perform their respective committee responsibilities. All committees will report to the full Board as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of a material or enterprise level risk.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website.
143
Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, in this Executive Compensation section the terms Nutraceutical, we, us, our and the Company refer to Nutraceutical Corporation, for the period up to this offering, and for all periods following this offering, to The Better Being Co.
We are currently considered an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act for purposes of the SECs executive compensation disclosure rules. Accordingly, we are required to provide a Summary Compensation Table and an Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table, as well as limited narrative disclosures regarding executive compensation for our last completed fiscal year. Further, our reporting obligations extend only to the following Named Executive Officers, who are the individuals who served as our principal executive officer during, and the next two most highly compensated executive officers at the end of, the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, our Named Executive Officers and their principal positions were as follows:
|
Monty Sharma, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company; |
|
Ankit Dhawan, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company; and |
|
Bob Gandert, Chief Revenue Officer of the Company. |
This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt in the future may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.
Summary Compensation Table
Name and principal position |
Year |
Salary
($) |
Option
awards ($)(3) |
Non-equity
incentive plan compensation ($)(4) |
All other
compensation ($)(5) |
Total
($) |
||||||||||||||||||
Monty Sharma,
|
2020 | 481,923 | 275,129 | 700,000 | 120,310 | 1,577,362 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ankit Dhawan,
|
2020 | 332,831 | (1) | 93,544 | 170,000 | 59,810 | 656,185 | |||||||||||||||||
Bob Gandert,
|
2020 | 156,647 | (2) | 33,012 | 100,000 | 50,710 | 340,369 |
(1) |
Amounts reported include $11,908 of unused vacation payout. |
(2) |
Amounts reported include $397 of unused vacation payout. |
(3) |
The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the incentive units in Norway Topco, LP granted to the Named Executive Officers as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The incentive units are intended to constitute profits interests for federal income tax purposes. Despite the fact that the incentive units do not require the payment of an exercise price, they are most similar economically to stock options. Accordingly, they are classified as options under the definition provided in Item 402(a)(6)(i) of Regulation S-K as an instrument with an option-like feature. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the incentive units in Nutraceutical reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts |
144
reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these incentive units and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the Named Executive Officers for the incentive units. See Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation TableEquity Incentive Compensation below for additional details. |
(4) |
The amounts reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column reflect annual bonuses paid to the Named Executive Officers under each executives employment agreement or offer letter with respect to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. Please see the section entitled Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation TableBase Salary and Non-Equity Incentive Compensation below for additional details. |
(5) |
The amounts reported in the All Other Compensation column are detailed in the table below: |
Name |
401(k)
Match ($)(1) |
Commuting
($)(2) |
Car
Allowance(3) |
Life
Insurance ($)(4) |
Housing
($)(5) |
Total All
Other Compensation ($) |
||||||||||||||||||
Monty Sharma |
4,308 | 82,287 | 9,725 | 10,000 | 13,990 | 120,310 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ankit Dhawan |
7,846 | 38,357 | 3,250 | | 10,357 | 59,810 | ||||||||||||||||||
Bob Gandert |
4,500 | 28,768 | 8,250 | | 9,192 | 50,710 |
(1) |
The amounts reported in the 401(k) Match column reflect 401(k) plan matching contributions made on behalf of the Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. See below under Additional Narrative DisclosureBenefits and Perquisites for additional information regarding 401(k) plan contributions. |
(2) |
The amounts reported in the Commuting column reflect reimbursement for use of a leased private plane for commuting and other business and personal travel. |
(3) |
The amount reported in the Car Allowance column reflects an allotment to cover certain business vehicle expenses. |
(4) |
The amount reported in the Life Insurance column reflects reimbursement to Mr. Sharma of up to $10,000 annually for personal term life insurance coverage premiums. |
(5) |
The amount reported in the Housing column reflects reimbursement for rent expenses. |
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
Base Salary and Non-Equity Incentive Compensation
Messrs. Sharma, Dhawan and Ganderts annualized base salaries at the end of the 2020 fiscal year were $700,000, $340,000 and $325,000, respectively, and their target annual bonuses were 100%, 50% and 50% of base salary. For the 2020 fiscal year, Messrs. Sharma, Dhawan and Gandert received bonus payments of $700,000, $170,000 and $100,000, respectively, based in part on pre-established company performance metrics and based in part on individual achievement. The pre-established company performance metrics for the 2020 fiscal year consisted of the attainment of a certain EBITDA target.
Employment Agreement and Offer Letters
Nutraceutical has entered into a written employment agreement with Mr. Sharma and offer letters with Messr. Dhawan and Gandert that provide for annual base salary, target bonus opportunity, equity grants or an opportunity to participate in our equity plan, severance, paid vacation, commuting and/or business expense reimbursement and eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. These agreements were negotiated on an arms-length basis and establish the key elements of compensation. The material terms of the employment agreement and offer letters are summarized below. These summaries are qualified by reference to the actual text of the agreements, which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
145
Mr. Sharmas Employment Agreement
Nutraceutical entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Sharma on January 8, 2020 (the Sharma Agreement). The initial term of employment under the Sharma Agreement is five years, and the term automatically renews for additional one-year periods at the end of the initial term, unless we provide 60 days written notice of non-renewal to Mr. Sharma. The Sharma Agreement provides Mr. Sharma, among other things, with: (i) an initial base salary of $700,000, subject to increase (but not decrease) at the discretion of the board of directors of the Company; (ii) a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 100% of Mr. Sharmas base salary, adjustable up to 150% of his base salary, upon meeting certain performance goals (determined by the board in good faith); (iii) a grant of profits interests (as described below); (iv) eligibility to participate in the employee benefit plans, programs and policies and perquisites maintained by Nutraceutical for its senior executives generally, in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof as in effect from time to time; (v) reimbursement for reasonable travel, lodging, meal and other expenses incurred in connection with Mr. Sharmas duties, including business class travel for domestic flights, first class travel for international flights and commuting between his Denver, Colorado home and our offices in Park City, Ogden and Salt Lake City, Utah; and (vi) reimbursement of up to $10,000 annually of personal life insurance premiums.
The Sharma Agreement subjects Mr. Sharma to certain restrictive covenants, including confidentiality during the employment term and for five years thereafter and non-solicitation of service providers, non-interference with business relations, non-competition and non-disparagement during the employment term and for one year thereafter.
The Sharma Agreement also provides for certain severance benefits upon a termination of Mr. Sharmas employment by Mr. Sharma for good reason or by us without cause. Please see the section entitled Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of ControlSeverance Benefits Under the Employment Arrangements below for more details regarding the severance benefits provided to Mr. Sharma under the Sharma Agreement.
Messrs. Dhawan and Ganderts Offer Letters
Nutraceutical entered into offer letters with Mr. Dhawan on July 31, 2019 and Mr. Gandert on February 25, 2020. Under their respective offer letters, Messrs. Dhawan and Mr. Ganderts employment is at will. The initial base salary set forth in their offer letters is $340,000 for Mr. Dhawan and $325,000 for Mr. Gandert. Pursuant to their respective offer letters, Messrs. Dhawan and Gandert are eligible for an annual bonus, with a target amount equal to 50% of their base salary and the actual amount based upon the achievement of performance goals established by our compensation committee of the board of directors from time to time. The offer letters provide that Messrs. Dhawan and Gandert are eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans, programs and policies maintained by Nutraceutical from time to time, for equity or equity-based interests in Nutraceutical and for the reimbursement of commuting expenses incurred in connection with travel between Messrs. Dhawan and Ganderts homes in Denver, Colorado and our corporate offices in the Salt Lake City area.
The offer letters also subject Messrs. Dhawan and Gandert to a perpetual confidentiality covenant.
The offer letters also provide Messrs. Dhawan and Gandert with severance benefits in the event Nutraceutical terminates their employment without cause (which is undefined in the letter), subject to their entering into an arbitration agreement with the Company and their timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims. Please see the section entitled Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of ControlSeverance Benefits Under the Employment Arrangements below for more details regarding the severance benefits provided to Messrs. Dhawan and Gandert under their respective offer letters.
146
Equity Incentive Compensation
Nutraceutical has granted equity incentives to our Named Executive Officers through grants of the following incentive units in Norway Topco, LP (the Partnership) authorized by the Partnerships Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership (the Partnership Agreement): Class C-1 Units, Class C-2 Units, Class C-3 Units and Class C-4 Units (collectively, the Class C Units). The Class C Units are subject to time-based vesting requirements. 20% of the Class C Units vest on an initial vesting date set forth in each incentive unit grant agreement, and 10% vest on the last day of each of the eight consecutive six-month periods following the initial vesting date, in each case, subject to continued employment with the Partnership, the Company or their respective subsidiaries. The Class C Units (solely with respect to the time-vesting requirements) are subject to accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of a change of control (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) or upon a termination without cause (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) or resignation for good reason (as defined in the Partnership Agreement). Additionally, the Class C Units will fully vest on the twenty-four month anniversary of the public offering, provided that the Named Executive Officer remains employed with the Partnership, the Company or their respective subsidiaries on such anniversary date. Generally, Class C Units are entitled to participate in distributions made by the Partnership as long as such Class C Units are vested or if the Class C Unit holder is employed by the Partnership, the Company or their respective subsidiaries at the time of such distribution; provided that such Class C Units are entitled to participate in distributions made by the Partnership only to the extent that the investors of the Partnership receive a target multiple return on investment of at least (i) 1.0x with respect to Class C-1 Units, (ii) 2.5x with respect to Class C-2 Units, (iii) 3.0x with respect to Class C-3 Units and (iv) 3.5x with respect to Class C-4 Units. In the event of executives termination of employment with the Company, all unvested Class C Units will be cancelled, and the Partnership may repurchase all or a portion of the vested C Units for their fair market value as of the delivery date of the repurchase notice. Consummation of this offering, by itself, will not accelerate the vesting of outstanding Class C Units, and the Class C Units will continue to be subject to the foregoing vesting terms following consummation of this offering.
The Partnership has made the following grants of Class C Units to our Named Executive Officers:
On February 25, 2020, the Partnership entered into an incentive unit agreement granting Mr. Sharma (i) 3,410,926.41 Class C-1 Units, (ii) 1,235,842.90 Class C-2 Units, (iii) 1,290,769.25 Class C-3 Units and (iv) 1,349,440.58 Class C-4 Units, totaling 7,286,979 Class C Units, all with a participation threshold equal to $0.00.
On May 18, 2020, the Partnership entered into an incentive unit agreement granting Mr. Dhawan (i) 690,307 Class C-1 Units, (ii) 250,111 Class C-2 Units, (iii) 261,227 Class C-3 Units and (iv) 273,101 Class C-4 Units, totaling 1,474,746 Class C Units, all with a participation threshold equal to $0.00.
On May 18, 2020, the Partnership entered into an incentive unit agreement granting Mr. Gandert (i) 487,275 Class C-1 Units, (ii) 176,549 Class C-2 Units, (iii) 184,396 Class C-3 Units and (iv) 192,777 Class C-4 Units, totaling 1,040,997 Class C Units, all with a participation threshold of $0.00. On April 6, 2021, Mr. Gandert was additionally granted (i) 105,576 Class C-1 Units, (ii) 38,252 Class C-2 Units, (iii) 39,952 Class C-3 Units and (iv) 41,768 Class C-4 Units, totaling 225,548 Class C Units, all with a participation threshold equal to $0.82.
147
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table summarizes, for each of the Named Executive Officers, the number of Class C Units held as of September 30, 2020.
Option Awards(1) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Name |
Grant
Date |
Number of
securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable |
Number of
securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable |
Option
exercise price ($)(6) |
Option
expiration date(5) |
|||||||||||||||
Monty Sharma |
2/25/20 | 0 | 7,286,979 | (2) | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||
Ankit Dhawan |
5/18/20 | 294,949 | (3) | 1,179,797 | (3) | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||||
Bob Gandert |
5/18/20 | 0 | 1,040,997 | (4) | N/A | N/A |
(1) |
This table reflects information regarding the Class C Units granted to our Named Executive Officers that were outstanding as of September 30, 2020. For more information regarding the Class C Units, see Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation TableEquity Incentive Compensation above. |
(2) |
Under the terms of Mr. Sharmas incentive unit grant agreement, (i) 1,457,396 of the Class C Units time-vested on February 25, 2021; and (ii) 728,698 of the Class C Units will time-vest on each of August 25, 2021, February 25, 2022, August 25, 2022, February 25, 2023, August 25, 2023, February 25, 2024, August 25, 2024 and February 25, 2025, so long as Mr. Sharma remains employed through such date. Time-vesting of such Class C Units accelerates upon a change of control of the Partnership. |
(3) |
Under the terms of Mr. Dhawans incentive unit grant agreement, (i) 294,949 of the Class C Units time-vested on September 16, 2020 and 147,475 of the Class C Units time-vested on March 16, 2021 and (ii) 147,475 of the Class C Units will time-vest on each of September 16, 2021, March 16, 2022, September 16, 2022, March 16, 2023, September 16, 2023, March 16, 2024 and September 16, 2024, so long as Mr. Dhawan remains employed through such date. Time-vesting of such Class C Units accelerates upon a change of control (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) of the Partnership. |
(4) |
Under the terms of Mr. Ganderts incentive unit grant agreement, (i) 208,199 of the Class C Units time-vested on April 2, 2021; and (ii) 104,099 of the Class C Units will time-vest on each of October 2, 2021, April 2, 2022, October 2, 2022, April 2, 2023, October 2, 2023, April 2, 2024, October 2, 2024 and April 2, 2025, so long as Mr. Gandert remains employed through such date. Time-vesting of such Class C Units accelerates upon a change of control (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) of the Partnership. |
(5) |
The incentive units are not traditional options and, therefore, there is no exercise price or option expiration date associated with them. |
Additional Narrative Disclosure
Benefits and Perquisites
Nutraceutical does not have a defined benefit pension plan or nonqualified deferred compensation plan. We currently maintain a retirement plan intended to provide benefits under Section 401(k) of the Code, pursuant to which the Named Executive Officers, on the same basis as other eligible employees, can make voluntary pre-tax contributions. We match 100% of elective deferrals up to 4% of elective deferrals for all participants. These matching contributions are immediately vested to the participant. All contributions under the plan are subject to certain annual dollar limitations, which are periodically adjusted for changes in the cost of living. We also offer health and welfare benefits and life insurance to our Named Executive Officers on the same basis that these benefits are offered to its other eligible employees.
148
Nutraceutical provides limited perquisites to our Named Executive Officers, including a car allowance for Mr. Gandert and reimbursement for commuting expenses between each executives home in Denver, Colorado and the Companys offices in the Salt Lake City area and for certain life insurance premium expenses for Mr. Sharma. For additional information, see Summary Compensation Table.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control
The Sharma Agreement and offer letters with Messrs. Dhawan and Gandert provide each Named Executive Officer the payment of severance benefits upon certain terminations of employment. We have agreed to pay severance benefits in the event we terminate an executives employment without cause. In the case of Mr. Sharma, we also provide certain severance benefits for a resignation for good reason, for termination of employment due to death or disability and in the case of certain other circumstances as described below.
Severance Benefits Under the Employment Arrangements
Mr. Sharma
In the event of a termination of Mr. Sharmas employment by the Company without Cause (as defined below), due to his resignation for Good Reason (as defined below), due to the Companys non-renewal of the term of his employment agreement or due to Mr. Sharma being permanently enjoined from fulfilling his duties by a court due to a breach of any applicable restrictive covenant (each, a Qualifying Termination), subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims and continued compliance with restrictive covenants, he is entitled to the following: (i) the sum of (x) 100% of Mr. Sharmas base salary, at the highest rate in effect during the 90-day period prior to a Qualifying Termination, and (y) the greater of (A) the incentive bonus paid or payable to Mr. Sharma in the fiscal year prior to the Qualifying Termination and (B) the target incentive bonus for the fiscal year of the Qualifying Termination, paid in substantially equal installments for a period of 12 months following his Qualifying Termination and (ii) up to 12 months of continued medical and dental benefits. If the Qualifying Termination occurs after September 30 of the calendar year and if, as of the Qualifying Termination, the Company and Mr. Sharma have achieved certain performance metrics, Mr. Sharma will also receive a pro-rated target bonus for the fiscal year of the Qualifying Termination. If Mr. Sharma is terminated due to his death or disability, Mr. Sharma will also receive a pro-rated target bonus if, as of the date of his termination, the Company and he have achieved certain performance metrics for the present fiscal year. The payments and benefits set forth in the Sharma Agreement are subject to a cutback to the extent they become subject to Section 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code.
For purposes of the Sharma Agreement, Cause means (i) the willful failure of Mr. Sharma substantially to perform his duties (other than any such failure due to Mr. Sharmas physical or mental illness), (ii) Mr. Sharmas engagement in willful and serious misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) Mr. Sharmas violation of any material Company policy, (iv) Mr. Sharmas breach of his fiduciary duty to the Company or any of its Affiliates, (v) Mr. Sharmas indictment or conviction of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony or a misdemeanor or other similar crime involving moral turpitude and which indictment, conviction or plea is reasonably expected to result in injury to the business or reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates or (vi) the breach by Mr. Sharma of any of his obligations under his employment agreement or under any other written agreement or covenant with the Company or any of its affiliates; and Good Reason means a termination by Mr. Sharma of his employment for (i) the assignment to Mr. Sharma of duties that result in a substantial diminution of his authority or responsibilities under his employment agreement, (ii) the failure of the Company to obtain
149
the assumption of Mr. Sharmas employment agreement by any successor to the Company as contemplated by his employment agreement, (iii) a reduction in the rate of Mr. Sharmas base salary or (iv) any requirement that Mr. Sharma relocate to a location more than 30 miles outside of Denver, Colorado. Prior to a termination of Mr. Sharmas employment by the Company for Cause or by him for Good Reason, the procedural requirements set forth in the employment agreement must be satisfied.
Messrs. Dhawan and Gandert
Messrs. Dhawan and Ganderts offer letters provide for severance benefits if each executives employment is terminated without cause (which is undefined in the offer letter). Mr. Dhawans offer letter provides for twelve months of continued base salary following termination and Mr. Ganderts offer letter provides for nine months of continued base salary following termination, each subject to the timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims.
Change of Control Benefits
As described above in Narrative to Summary Compensation TableEquity Incentive Compensation, in the event of a change of control (as defined in the Partnership Agreement), all unvested Class C Units will accelerate and fully vest, provided that the Named Executive Officer remains employed with the Partnership, the Company or its subsidiaries through the consummation of such change of control.
Non-Employee Director Compensation
Nutraceutical did not compensate, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to or pay any compensation to any non-employee board members during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
We do not currently have a formal policy with respect to compensating non-employee directors for service as directors. Following the consummation of this offering, we anticipate that directors who are not also officers or employees of Nutraceutical or HGGC will receive compensation for their service on our board and committees thereof. The amount and form of such compensation has not yet been determined. Each non-employee director will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings.
Actions Taken in Connection with This Offering
2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In order to incentivize our employees following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our Board will adopt the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP), the material terms of which are summarized below, prior to the completion of this offering. This summary is not a complete description of all of the provisions of the ESPP and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the ESPP, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
The ESPP authorizes the grant to employees of options that are intended to qualify for favorable U.S. federal tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code.
150
Shares Available for Awards; Administration
A total of shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be increased annually on of each calendar year beginning in and ending in and including , by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) % of the shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our Board. In no event will more than shares of our common stock be available for issuance under the ESPP. Our board or a committee of our board will administer and will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the compensation committee will be the initial administrator of the ESPP.
Eligibility
We expect that all of our employees and employees of any designated company, as defined in the ESPP, will be eligible to participate in the ESPP, other than those employees who . However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if the employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing % or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock.
Grant of Rights
Stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. Each offering will consist of a offering period commencing on . The plan administrator may, at its discretion, choose a different length of the offering period not to exceed months. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase date for each offering period will be the final trading day in the offering period. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.
The ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to % of their eligible compensation. The maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period will be shares. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock at a rate in excess of $ worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).
On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will automatically be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option will expire at the end of the applicable offering period, and will be exercised at that time to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the offering period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be % of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the purchase date. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time during a specified period prior to the end of the applicable offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon a participants termination of employment.
A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and rights granted under the ESPP are generally exercisable only by the participant.
151
Certain Transactions
In the event of certain transactions or events affecting our common stock, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In the event of certain unusual or non-recurring events or transactions, including a change in control, the plan administrator may provide for (i) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (ii) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (iii) an adjustment to the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (iv) the use of participants accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (v) the termination of all outstanding rights.
Plan Amendment
The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval will be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP or changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP.
Omnibus Incentive Plan
In order to incentivize our employees following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our Board will adopt the 2021 Plan, for employees, consultants and directors prior to the completion of this offering. This summary is not a complete description of all of the provisions of the 2021 Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2021 plan, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our Named Executive Officers will be eligible to participate in the 2021 Plan, which we expect will become effective upon the consummation of this offering. We anticipate that the 2021 Plan will provide for the grant of options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, cash awards and substitute awards intended to align the interests of service providers, including our Named Executive Officers, with those of our shareholders.
Securities to be Offered
Subject to adjustment in the event of certain transactions or changes of capitalization in accordance with the 2021 Plan, a total of shares of common stock will initially be reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2021 Plan. The total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan may be issued pursuant to incentive options. Shares of common stock subject to an award that expires or is canceled, forfeited, exchanged, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares and shares withheld to pay the exercise price of, or to satisfy the withholding obligations with respect to, an award will again be available for delivery pursuant to other awards under the 2021 Plan.
The total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan will be increased on of each of the first calendar years during the term of the 2021 Plan, by the lesser of (i) % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on each immediately prior to the date of increase and (ii) such number of shares of common stock determined by our Board or compensation committee.
152
Administration
The 2021 Plan will be administered by our Board, except to the extent our Board elects a committee of directors to administer the 2021 Plan (as applicable, the Administrator). The Administrator has broad discretion to administer the 2021 Plan, including the power to determine the eligible individuals to whom awards will be granted, the number and type of awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of awards. The Administrator may also accelerate the vesting or exercise of any award and make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2021 Plan. To the extent the Administrator is not our Board, our Board will retain the authority to take all actions permitted by the Administrator under the 2021 Plan.
Eligibility
Our employees, consultants and non-employee directors, and employees, consultants and non-employee directors of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2021 Plan.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Limits
Under the 2021 Plan, in a single calendar year, a non-employee director may not be granted awards for such individuals service on our Board having a value in excess of $ . Additional awards may be granted for any calendar year in which a non-employee director first becomes a director, serves on a special committee of our Board, or serves as lead director. This limit does not apply to cash fees or awards granted in lieu of cash fees.
Types of Awards
Options. We may grant options to eligible persons, except that incentive options may only be granted to persons who are our employees or employees of one of our subsidiaries, in accordance with Section 422 of the Code. The exercise price of an option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date on which the option is granted and the option must not be exercisable for longer than ten years following the date of grant. In the case of an incentive option granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our equity securities, the exercise price of the option must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the option must not be exercisable more than five years from the date of grant.
SARs. A stock appreciation right (SAR) is the right to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR. The grant price of a SAR generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date on which the SAR is granted. The term of a SAR may not exceed years. SARs may be granted in connection with, or independent of, other awards. The Administrator will have the discretion to determine other terms and conditions of an SAR award.
Restricted Share Awards. A restricted share award is a grant of shares of common stock subject to the restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture imposed by the Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator and specified in the applicable award agreement, the holder of a restricted share award will have rights as a shareholder, including the right to vote the shares of common stock subject to the restricted share award or to receive dividends on the shares of common stock subject to the restricted share award during the restriction period. In the discretion of the Administrator, dividends distributed prior to vesting may be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the restricted shares with respect to which the distribution was made.
153
Restricted Share Units (RSU). An RSU is a right to receive cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock at the end of a specified period equal to the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of vesting. RSUs may be subject to the restrictions, including a risk of forfeiture, imposed by the Administrator.
Share awards. A share award is a transfer of unrestricted shares of common stock on terms and conditions, if any, determined by the Administrator.
Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents entitle a participant to receive cash, shares of common stock, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends or other distributions paid with respect to a specified number of shares of common stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted on a free-standing basis or in connection with another award (other than a restricted share award or a share award).
Other Share-Based Awards. Other share-based awards are awards denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, the value of our shares of common stock.
Cash Awards. Cash awards may be granted on a free-standing basis or as an element of, a supplement to, or in lieu of any other award.
Substitute Awards. Awards may be granted in substitution or exchange for any other award granted under the 2021 Plan or under another equity incentive plan or any other right of an eligible person to receive payment from us. Awards may also be granted under the 2021 Plan in substitution for similar awards held for individuals who become participants as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition of another entity by or with us or one of our affiliates.
Certain Transactions
If any change is made to our capitalization, such as a share split, share combination, share dividend, exchange of shares or other recapitalization, merger or otherwise, which results in an increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of common stock, appropriate adjustments will be made by the Administrator in the shares subject to an award under the 2021 Plan. The Administrator will also have the discretion to make certain adjustments to awards in the event of a change in control, such as accelerating the vesting or exercisability of awards, requiring the surrender of an award, with or without consideration, or making any other adjustment or modification to the award that the Administrator determines is appropriate in light of such transaction.
Clawback
All awards granted under the 2021 Plan will be subject to reduction, cancelation or recoupment under any written clawback policy that we may adopt and that we determine should apply to awards under the 2021 Plan.
Plan Amendment and Termination
Our Administrator may amend or terminate any award, award agreement or the 2021 Plan at any time; however, shareholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or exchange listing standards. The Administrator will not have the authority, without the approval of shareholders, to amend any outstanding option or share appreciation right to reduce its exercise price per share. The 2021 Plan will remain in effect for a period of years (unless earlier terminated by our Board).
154
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of , 2021 and as adjusted to reflect the completion of the Corporate Conversion and sale of the common stock in this offering, for
|
each person or group known to us who beneficially owns more than 5% of our common stock immediately prior to this offering, including the selling stockholder; |
|
each of our directors and director nominees; |
|
each of our Named Executive Officers; and |
|
all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group. |
Each stockholders percentage ownership before the offering is based on common stock outstanding as of , 2021, after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion. Each stockholders percentage ownership after the offering is based on common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering. We and the selling shareholder have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to and additional shares of common stock, respectively.
Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of , 2021 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder.
155
Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed on the table is c/o 222 Main Street, Suite 1600, Salt Lake City, Utah 84101. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).
Name of Beneficial Owner |
Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering |
Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of
Shares |
Percentage |
Shares
Offered Hereby |
Number of
Shares |
No Exercise of
Underwriters Option |
Full Exercise of
Underwriters Option |
|||||||||||||||||||
Percentage | Percentage | |||||||||||||||||||||||
5% Stockholders and Selling Stockholder: |
% | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Norway Topco, LP(1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Monty Sharma |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ankit Dhawan |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bob Gandert |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Peter Noverr |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jeff Burchfield |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Steven Leistner |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Les Brown |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bill Conrad |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mark Grabowski |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Zack Werner |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Brenda Morris |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Directors and director nominees and executive officers as a group (11 individuals) |
(1) |
Amount consists of shares held directly by Norway Topco, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (Norway Topco). Norway Holdings, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (Norway Holdings) is the controlling equityholder of Norway Topco. Norway Aggregator, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (Norway Aggregator), and Nutraceutical Investco, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (Nutraceutical Investco) are the controlling equityholders of Norway Holdings. HGGC Fund III, L.P., HGGC Affiliate Investors III, L.P., HGGC Associates III, L.P., each a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and HGGC Fund III-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, are the controlling equityholders of Norway Aggregator. HGGC Fund III GP, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, is the general partner of HGGC Fund III, L.P., HGGC Fund III-A, L.P., HGGC Affiliate Investors III, L.P. and HGGC Associates III, L.P. HGGC Fund III GP, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, is the general partner of HGGC Fund III GP, L.P. The business address of each of Norway Topco, Norway Holdings, Norway Aggregator, HGGC Fund III, L.P., HGGC Affiliate Investors III, L.P., HGGC Associates III, L.P., and HGGC Fund III-A, L.P. is 1950 University Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94303. Snapdragon Capital Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company is the controlling equityholders of Nutraceutical Investco. M&S GP is the general partner of Nutraceutical Investco. Mark Grabowski is the founder of Snapdragon Capital Partners, LLC, the limited partner of Nutraceutical Investco, and serves on our Board. Zack Werner is the founder of Maze Consulting, limited partner of Nutraceutical Investco, and serves on our Board. Mark Grabowski and Zack Werner are the sole members of the Board of Managers of M&S GP. The business address of Snapdragon Capital Partners LLC is P.O. Box 1313, Madison, Connecticut 06443. The business address of Maze Consulting is 810 Broadway, New York, New York 10003. |
156
Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions
Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. Under the policy, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related person transactions. In the course of its review and approval of related party transactions, our Audit Committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. In particular, our policy requires our Audit Committee to consider, among other factors it deems appropriate:
|
the related persons relationship to us and interest in the transaction; |
|
the material facts of the proposed transaction, including the proposed aggregate value of the transaction; |
|
the impact on a directors independence in the event the related person is a director or an immediate family member of the director; |
|
the benefits to us of the proposed transaction; |
|
if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services; and |
|
an assessment of whether the proposed transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to an unrelated third party or to employees generally. |
The Audit Committee may only approve those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as the Audit Committee determines in good faith.
In addition, under our code of business conduct and ethics, which will be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering, our employees and directors will have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.
All of the transactions described below were entered into prior to the adoption of the Companys written related party transactions policy (which policy will be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering), but all were approved by our Board considering similar factors to those described above.
Related Party Transactions
Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers, which are described in the section titled Executive Compensation, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2018 to which we were a participant or will be a participant, in which:
|
the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and |
|
any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. |
Director Nomination Agreement
In connection with this offering, we will enter into a Director Nomination Agreement with HGGC and M&S that provides the parties, respectively, with certain rights to designate nominees for election to our Board for so long as each of the parties, respectively, beneficially owns 5% or more of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock. HGGC and M&S may also assign its designation rights under the Director Nomination Agreement to an affiliate.
157
The Director Nomination Agreement will provide HGGC the right to designate (i) 60% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as HGGC beneficially owns at least 45% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock; (ii) 50% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as HGGC beneficially owns less than 45% but at least 35% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock; (iii) 40% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as HGGC beneficially owns less than 35% but at least 25% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock; (iv) 30% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as HGGC beneficially owns less than 25% but at least 15% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock; and (v) 20% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as HGGC beneficially owns less than 15% but at least 5% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock, which could result in representation on our Board that is disproportionate to HGGCs beneficial ownership. The Director Nomination Agreement also provides M&S the right to designate (i) 40% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as M&S beneficially own at least 25% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock; (ii) 30% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as M&S beneficially own less than 25% but at least 15% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock; and 20% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as M&S beneficially own less than 15% but at least 5% of the total number of shares of our outstanding common stock, which could result in representation on our Board that is disproportionate to M&Ss beneficial ownership. The Director Nomination Agreement will also provide that the parties may assign such rights to its affiliates. In each case, HGGCs and M&Ss nominees must comply with applicable law and stock exchange rules. In addition, each of the parties shall be entitled to designate the replacement for any of its board designees whose board service terminates prior to the end of the directors term regardless of the respective partys beneficial ownership at such time. HGGC and M&S shall also have the right to have its designees participate on committees of our Board proportionate to its stock ownership, subject to compliance with applicable law and stock exchange rules. The Director Nomination Agreement will also prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of HGGC and M&S. This agreement will terminate at such time as each of HGGC and M&S less than 5% of the Original Amount.
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with our principal stockholder. Our principal stockholder will be entitled to request that we register our principal stockholders shares on a long-form or short-form registration statement on one or more occasions in the future, which registrations may be shelf registrations. Our principal stockholder will also be entitled to participate in certain of our registered offerings, subject to the restrictions in the registration rights agreement. We will pay our principal stockholders expenses in connection with the exercise of these rights. The registration rights described in this paragraph apply to (i) shares of our common stock held by our principal stockholder and its respective affiliates and (ii) any of our capital stock (or that of our subsidiaries) issued or issuable with respect to the common stock described in clause (i) with respect to any dividend, distribution, recapitalization, reorganization, or certain other corporate transactions, or Registrable Securities. These registration rights are also for the benefit of any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities; provided that any particular securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been sold in a registered public offering, sold in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act, or repurchased by us or our subsidiaries. In addition, with the consent of the company and holders of a majority of Registrable Securities, any Registrable Securities held by a person other than our principal stockholder and its respective affiliates will cease to be Registrable Securities if they can be sold without limitation under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
158
Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. Additionally, we may enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors or officers that may be broader in scope than the specific indemnification provisions contained in Delaware law.
Master Services Agreement with Maze Consulting, LLC
We have utilized Maze Consulting, LLC, for certain services pursuant to a Master Services Agreement. Under this agreement, Maze Consulting, LLC provides us with consulting services related to our downstream marketing systems of our website and certain automations related thereto.
We paid Maze Consulting, LLC approximately $280,000 and approximately $150,000 during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We expect to continue the Master Services Agreement following the completion of this offering.
Project-Based Advisory Services Provided by Operational Resource Group, LLC
We have utilized Operational Resource Group, LLC (ORG) since 2019, an entity controlled by Les Brown, which provides operational resources to portfolio companies affiliated with HGGC. Pursuant to the respective project term sheets, ORG provides us with certain advisory services (including, but not limited to management and related searches, corporate strategy, and marketing).
We paid ORG approximately $248,000 and approximately $278,000 in each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. We do not expect to continue using the services following the completion of this offering.
Use of Aircraft Owned by Silver Dollar Partners, LLC
Effective January 2020, and as part of Mr. Sharmas employment agreement dated January 8, 2020, we entered into an aircraft lease agreement with Silver Dollar Partners, LLC, which is currently a single member limited liability company where Mr. Sharma is the sole member. The agreement with Silver Dollar Partners was approved by our Compensation Committee. Under this agreement, we operate the aircraft and are responsible for all of its operating costs. We pay a monthly rent of $9,000 and certain pass-through costs to Silver Dollar Partners.
We paid Silver Dollar Partners approximately $170,000 in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. As part of Mr. Sharmas employment agreement, we will continue this arrangement following the completion of this offering.
Employment of a Family Member
The spouse of Mr. Sharma is an employee of the Company. His spouse, Ms. Lindsay Sharma, has been an employee of the Company since May 2020. Her 2020 base salary and short-term incentive award was approximately $200,000 in the aggregate. The compensation for Ms. Sharma was determined in accordance with our standard employment and compensation practices applicable to employees with similar responsibilities and positions.
159
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
Set forth below is a summary of the terms of the Credit Agreement governing certain of our outstanding indebtedness. This summary is not a complete description of all of the terms of the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of certain of our outstanding indebtedness is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Senior Secured Credit Agreement
On September 30, 2020, Nutraceutical International Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as borrower (the Borrower), Holdings, as a guarantor, each of the other guarantors party thereto, each of which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of ours, entered into the $425.0 million Credit Agreement with a group of lenders and Owl Rock Capital Corporation, or the Administrative Agent, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, comprised of the $25.0 million Revolving Credit Facility, the $347.5 million Initial Term Loan Facility and the $52.5 million DDTL Facility. A portion of the proceeds from the borrowings under the Initial Term Loan Facility were used to fund the refinancing of the Borrowers existing credit facilities. On October 28, 2020, the full amount of the DDTL Facility was borrowed and used to fund payments in respect of stockholder litigation arising from the merger of Nutrition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Merger Sub), with and into the Borrower, with the Borrower as the surviving entity, on August 23, 2017, pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 21, 2017, by and among Holdings, Merger Sub and the Borrower. As of September 30, 2020, we had $347.5 million under our Term Loan Facility. On October 28, 2020, we borrowed an additional $52.5 million under our DDTL. We have currently drawn $0 under our Revolving Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2020, the interest rates on our Term Loan Facility, DDTL Facility, and Revolving Credit Facility were LIBOR + 7%.
Interest Rates and Fees
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per annum, at the Borrowers option, equal to an applicable margin, plus, (a) for alternate base rate borrowings, the greatest of (i) the rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the prime rate in the United States, (ii) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate (taking into account the 1.00% floor therein) for a one month interest period on such day plus 1.00% and (b) for eurodollar borrowings, the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined by the greater of (i) the LIBO Rate for the relevant interest period divided by 1 minus the statutory reserves (if any) and (ii) 1.00%.
The applicable margin for borrowings under the Credit Agreement is (a) for alternate base rate borrowings, (i) 6.00% so long as the total leverage ratio is greater than 6.00 to 1.00, (ii) 5.75% so long as the total leverage ratio is less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00 and greater than 5.50 to 1.00 or (iii) 5.50% so long as the total leverage ratio is less or equal to 5.50 to 1.00 and (b) for eurodollar borrowings, (i) 7.00% so long as the total leverage ratio is greater than 6.00 to 1.00, (ii) 6.75% so long as the total leverage ratio is less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00 and greater than 5.50 to 1.00 or (iii) 6.50% so long as the total leverage ratio is less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00; provided, that, prior to September 30, 2021, the applicable margin for borrowings is (a) 6.00% for alternate base rate borrowings and (b) 7.00% for eurodollar borrowings.
The Borrower is also required to pay a commitment fee on the actual daily undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit Facility of 0.50% per annum, a letter of credit fronting fee equal to the percentage per annum charged by the applicable issuing bank and a letter of credit participation fee equal to the applicable margin for eurodollar revolving loans on the actual daily amount of the letter of credit exposure.
160
Voluntary Prepayments
The Borrower may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Credit Agreement (i) subject to a 3.00% premium with respect to prepayments made prior to the first anniversary of the closing date, (ii) subject to a 2.00% premium with respect to prepayments made on or after the first anniversary of the closing date but prior to the second anniversary of the closing date, (iii) subject to a 1.00% premium with respect to prepayments made on or after the second anniversary of the closing date but prior to the third anniversary of the closing date and (iv) on or after the third anniversary of the closing date, without premium or penalty, subject to certain notice and priority requirements; provided, that, no premium is payable with respect to prepayments of up to $150 million of term loans that are made concurrently with an IPO (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent company) with the proceeds of such IPO.
Mandatory Prepayments
The Credit Agreement requires the Borrower to prepay, subject to certain exceptions, the Term Loan Facility with:
|
commencing with the fiscal year ending on September 30, 2021, 50% of excess cash flow for the fiscal year then ended, minus, at the borrowers option, certain optional prepayments and permitted buybacks of indebtedness, to the extent such amount is above a threshold amount and subject to step downs to (i) 25% when total leverage ratio is less than 4.00 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 and (ii) 0% when total leverage ratio is less than 3.50 to 1.00; |
|
100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales or casualty events above a threshold amount, subject to reinvestment rights and other exceptions; and |
|
100% of the net cash proceeds of any issuance or incurrence of debt other than debt permitted under the Credit Agreement (subject, with respect to a prepayment in connection with the issuance or incurrence of debt only, to the prepayment premium described above under the heading Voluntary Prepayments). |
Final Maturity and Amortization
The Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility will mature on September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2026, respectively. The Term Loan Facility amortizes at a rate of 2.50% per annum, payable quarterly. The Revolving Credit Facility does not amortize.
Guarantors
All obligations under the Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings, and substantially all of its existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries.
Security
All obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by first-priority perfected security interests in substantially all of the Borrowers and the guarantors assets.
161
Certain Covenants, Representations and Warranties
The Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, reporting obligations and negative covenants. The negative covenants restrict the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries ability (and, with respect to certain of the affirmative covenants and negative covenants, Holdings), among other things, to (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement):
|
incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations; |
|
create or incur liens; |
|
make investments, acquisitions, loans and advances; |
|
wind up, consolidate, merge, liquidate or dissolve; |
|
sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of its assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries; |
|
pay dividends on its equity interests or make other payments in respect of capital stock; |
|
engage in transactions with its affiliates; |
|
make payments in respect of indebtedness secured on a junior lien basis, unsecured indebtedness and subordinated debt; |
|
modify organizational documents in a manner that is materially adverse to the lenders under the Credit Agreement; |
|
with respect to Holdings, modify its holding company status; |
|
enter into burdensome agreements with negative pledge clauses or restrictions on subsidiary distributions; |
|
materially alter the business it conducts; and |
|
change its fiscal year. |
Financial Covenants
The Credit Agreement requires the credit parties to maintain a total leverage ratio (as calculated pursuant to the Credit Agreement) as follows:
Test Period Ended |
Total Leverage Ratio |
|
December 31, 2020 | 8.50:1.00 | |
March 31, 2021 | 8.50:1.00 | |
June 30, 2021 | 8.50:1.00 | |
September 30, 2021 | 8.50:1.00 | |
December 31, 2021 | 8.50:1.00 | |
March 31, 2022 | 8.50:1.00 | |
June 30, 2022 | 8.50:1.00 | |
September 30, 2022 | 8.50:1.00 | |
December 31, 2022 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter | 7.50:1.00 |
162
General
Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of , 2021, we had shares of common stock outstanding held by stockholders of record and no shares of preferred stock outstanding, shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, assuming the completion of the Corporate Conversion, which will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation upon the completion of this offering. After consummation of this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, we expect to have shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares, and expect to have no shares of preferred stock outstanding. The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect at the closing of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.
Common Stock
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as our Board may determine from time to time.
Voting Rights
Each outstanding share of common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our common stock shall have no cumulative voting rights.
Preemptive Rights
Our common stock will not be entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.
Conversion or Redemption Rights
Our common stock will be neither convertible nor redeemable.
Liquidation Rights
Upon our liquidation, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our assets that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.
163
Preferred Stock
Our Board may, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, our Board, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock and the market value of our common stock.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws
Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the DGCL will contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our Board to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.
These provisions include:
Classified Board
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our Board. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that our Board will have nine members.
Stockholder Action by Written Consent
Our certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent at any time when our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 35% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
164
Special Meetings of Stockholders
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that, except as required by law, special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of our Board or the chairman of our Board; provided, however, at any time when our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 35% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by our Board or the chairman of our Board at the request of our principal stockholder. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.
Advance Notice Procedures
Our bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our Board; provided, however, at any time when our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 5% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such advance notice procedure will not apply to our principal stockholder. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our Board or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholders intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws will not give our Board the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company. These provisions do not apply to nominations by HGGC and M&S pursuant to the Director Nomination Agreement. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsRelated Party TransactionsDirector Nomination Agreement for more details with respect to the Director Nomination Agreement.
Removal of Directors; Vacancies
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 662⁄3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on our Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our Board will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on our Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on our Board may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).
165
Supermajority Approval Requirements
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that our Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation. For as long as our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 50% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, change, addition, rescission or repeal. At any time when our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of all outstanding shares of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 662⁄3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.
The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporations certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that at any time when our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 662⁄3% (as opposed to a majority threshold that would apply if our principal stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, 50% or more) in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:
|
the provision requiring a 662⁄3% supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our bylaws; |
|
the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors); |
|
the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors; |
|
the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders; |
|
the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent; |
|
the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders; |
|
the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our Board and newly created directorships; |
|
the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and |
|
the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 662⁄3% supermajority vote. |
The combination of the classification of our Board, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our Board as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our Board. Because our Board has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.
166
Authorized but Unissued Shares
Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to stock exchange rules. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. One of the effects of the existence of authorized but unissued common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our Board to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.
Business Combinations
Upon completion of this offering, we will not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a three-year period following the time that the person becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A business combination includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporations voting stock.
Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions: (1) before the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or (3) at or after the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
A Delaware corporation may opt out of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares.
We will opt out of Section 203; however, our certificate of incorporation will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain business combinations with any interested stockholder for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
|
prior to such time, our Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; |
|
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or |
167
|
at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our Board and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 662⁄3% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an interested stockholder to effect various business combinations with the Company for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with our Board because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our Board approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our Board and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our principal stockholder, and any of its direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute interested stockholders for purposes of this provision.
Dissenters Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
Stockholders Derivative Actions
Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholders stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.
Exclusive Forum
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrong doing by, any of our directors, officers or other employees or agents to us or our stockholders, or a claim of aiding and abetting any such breach of fiduciary duty, (3) any action asserting a claim against us or any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (5) any action asserting a claim against us or any director, officer, employee or agent governed by the internal affairs doctrine or (6) any action asserting an internal corporate claim as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any derivative action, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any
168
interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers.
Conflicts of Interest
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to certain of our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries employees. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of our principal stockholder or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that our principal stockholder or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity, and the opportunity would be in line with our business.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation will not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.
Our bylaws will provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also will be expressly authorized to carry directors and officers liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance will be useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.
169
The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions that will be included in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breaches of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agents address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219 and its phone number is (718) 921-8200.
Listing
We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol BBCO.
170
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities.
Upon the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of , 2021, we will have outstanding shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.
Of the shares that will be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, we expect that the shares to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the safe harbor under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.
The remaining shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and we expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the sale is registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after completion of this offering. Upon effectiveness, the shares of common stock covered by this registration statement will generally be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to certain contractual and legal restrictions summarized below.
Lock-up Agreements
We, each of our directors and executive officers and other stockholders (including the selling stockholder) and optionholders owning substantially all of our common stock and options to acquire common stock, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions are described in more detail under Underwriting.
Prior to the consummation of the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.
Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares
171
of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
Registration Rights Agreement
Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we have granted our principal stockholder the right to cause us, in certain instances, at our expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act covering resales of our common stock held by our principal stockholder or to piggyback on registered offerings initiated by us in certain circumstances. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsRelated Party TransactionsRegistration Rights Agreement. These shares will represent % of our outstanding common stock after this offering, or % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, including from the selling stockholder, in full.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, any person who is not our affiliate, who was not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, subject to the availability of current public information about us and subject to applicable lock-up restrictions. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
Beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and subject to applicable lock-up restrictions, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of: (1) 1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; and (2) the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors or officers who acquired shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other compensatory written agreement before the effective date of this offering are, subject to applicable lock-up restrictions, eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate and was not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months, the sale may be made subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirements under Rule 144, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.
172
Equity Incentive Plans
Following this offering, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options and other awards issuable pursuant to our 2021 Plan. Shares covered by such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to certain Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the terms of lock-up agreements applicable to those shares.
173
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, or Treasury Regulations, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in each case as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to those discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.
This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holders particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income and the alternative minimum tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:
|
U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; |
|
persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment; |
|
banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions; |
|
real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies; |
|
brokers, dealers or traders in securities; |
|
controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; |
|
partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein); |
|
tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations; |
|
persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; |
|
persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; |
|
persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below); |
|
qualified foreign pension funds (within the meaning of Section 897(l)(2)) of the Code and entities, all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds; and |
|
tax-qualified retirement plans. |
If an entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.
174
THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.
Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder
For purposes of this discussion, a Non-U.S. Holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a United States person nor an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; |
|
a corporation, or an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States any state thereof, or the District of Columbia; |
|
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or |
|
a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more United States persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes. |
Distributions
As described in the section entitled Dividend Policy, we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.
Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, backup withholding, and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.
If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holders conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax
175
treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holders conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected dividends. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different treatment.
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition
Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and FATCA, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:
|
the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holders conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable); |
|
the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or |
|
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest, or USRPI, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of (1) the five-year period preceding the Non-U.S. Holders disposition of our common stock and (2) the Non-U.S. Holders holding period for our common stock. Generally, a domestic corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its USRPIs equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in its trade or business. |
Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected gain.
A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the disposition, which may generally be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.
With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain
176
arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is regularly traded, as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, five percent or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holders holding period. If we were to become a USRPHC and our common stock were not considered to be regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the relevant disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder occurs, such Non-U.S. Holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.
Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different treatment.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Distributions on our common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person and the Non-U.S. Holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends or whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder does not provide the certification described above or the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, payments of distributions or of proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock may be subject to backup withholding at a rate currently equal to 24% of the gross proceeds of such distribution, sale, or taxable disposition. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.
Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holders U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding information reporting and backup withholding.
Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts
Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the FATCA), on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on
177
dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or a non-financial foreign entity (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any substantial United States owners (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each direct and indirect substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain specified United States persons or United States-owned foreign entities (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to noncompliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.
Under the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. On December 13, 2018, the U.S. Department of the Treasury released proposed regulations (which may be relied upon by taxpayers until final regulations are issued), which eliminate FATCA withholding on the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.
178
The company, the selling stockholder and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares from us and the selling stockholder indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.
Underwriters |
Number of Shares | |||
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC |
||||
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC |
||||
Jefferies LLC |
||||
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. |
||||
Piper Sandler & Co. |
||||
Guggenheim Securities, LLC |
||||
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. |
||||
|
|
|||
Total |
||||
|
|
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered by us and the selling stockholder, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional shares from the company from us and shares from the selling stockholder to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company and the selling stockholder. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, including from the selling stockholder.
Paid by us |
Paid by the
selling stockholder |
|||||||||||||||
No Exercise | Full Exercise | No Exercise | Full Exercise | |||||||||||||
Per Share |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Total |
$ | $ | $ | $ |
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters right to reject any order in whole or in part.
The company and its officers, directors, the selling stockholder and holders of substantially all of the companys common stock, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date
179
180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See Shares Eligible for Future Sale for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company, the selling stockholder and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the companys historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the companys management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol BBCO.
The company estimates that their share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ .
The company and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A covered short position is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. Naked short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the companys stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory,
180
investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively traded securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.
Selling Restrictions
United Kingdom
In relation to the United Kingdom, no shares of our common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of our common stock which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the UK Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in the United Kingdom of any shares of our common stock at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation:
|
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation; |
|
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or |
|
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the UK Prospectus Regulation; |
provided that no such offer of the shares of our common stock shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the UK Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.
In the United Kingdom, the offering is only addressed to, and is directed only at, qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, who are also (i) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of investment professionals in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order); (ii) high net worth bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships and trustees of high value trusts as described in Article 49(2) of the Order; or (iii) persons to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons being referred to as relevant persons). This prospectus must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to the shares of our common stock in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means
181
of sufficient information on the terms of the offering and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of our common stock, and the expression UK Prospectus Regulation means the UK version of Regulation (EU) No 2017/1129 as amended by The Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, which is part of UK law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each an EEA State), no shares of our common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that EEA State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of our common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that EEA State or, where appropriate, approved in another EEA State and notified to the competent authority in that EEA State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in that EEA State of any shares of our common stock at any time under the following exemptions under the EU Prospectus Regulation:
|
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Regulation; |
|
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the EU Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or |
|
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of the shares of our common stock shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the EU Prospectus Regulation. |
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to the shares of our common stock in any EEA State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of our common stock, and the expression EU Prospectus Regulation means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Canada
The shares of our common stock may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of our common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
182
Hong Kong
The shares of our common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (Securities and Futures Ordinance), (ii) to professional investors as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of our common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.
Japan
The shares of our common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The shares of our common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.
For Qualified Institutional Investors (QII)
Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a QII only private placement or a QII only secondary distribution (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.
For Non-QII Investors
Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a small number private placement or a small number private secondary distribution (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the
183
offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of our common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of our common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.
Where the shares of our common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporations securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (Regulation 32).
Where the shares of our common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.
Solely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to Section 309B of the SFA, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018), that the ordinary shares are prescribed capital markets products (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
Switzerland
This prospectus is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the common stock. The common stock may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (FinSA) and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to, the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing
184
prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common stock constitutes a prospectus pursuant to the FinSA, and neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, or the common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of common stock.
United Arab Emirates
The common stock has not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.
Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
185
The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are limited partners in a limited partnership that is an investor in one or more investment funds affiliated with our principal stockholder. Kirkland & Ellis LLP represents entities affiliated with our principal stockholder in connection with legal matters. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.
The financial statements as of September 30, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register our common stock being offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the attached exhibits. You will find additional information about us and our common stock in the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
On the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above.
We also maintain a website at www.betterbeing.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.
186
Page(s) | ||||
F-2 | ||||
Consolidated Financial Statements |
||||
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2020 and 2019 |
F-3 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 |
F-4 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Members Equity for the Years Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 |
F-5 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 |
F-6 | |||
F-7F-32 | ||||
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) |
||||
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited) as of March 31, 2021 and September 30, 2020 |
F-33 | |||
F-34 | ||||
F-35 | ||||
F-36 | ||||
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) |
F-37F-47 |
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Member of Nutrition Topco, LLC
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nutrition Topco, LLC and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, members equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for goodwill in fiscal 2020.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Salt Lake City, Utah
April 19, 2021
We have served as the Companys auditor since at least 1997. We have not been able to determine the specific year we began serving as auditor of the Company.
F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars) |
2020 | 2019 | ||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||
Cash |
$ | 20,799 | $ | 6,763 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net |
28,529 | 31,963 | ||||||
Inventories |
81,406 | 73,469 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
5,497 | 6,236 | ||||||
Assets held for sale |
7,481 | 2,613 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current assets |
143,712 | 121,044 | ||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
77,780 | 83,935 | ||||||
Goodwill |
152,886 | 152,513 | ||||||
Intangible assets, net |
128,185 | 143,168 | ||||||
Other noncurrent assets |
1,760 | 1,568 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 504,323 | $ | 502,228 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities and Members Equity |
||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 27,855 | $ | 18,728 | ||||
Accrued expenses |
8,006 | 5,199 | ||||||
Current portion of long-term debt |
6,516 | 2,486 | ||||||
Stockholder litigation |
70,581 | 48,748 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current liabilities |
112,958 | 75,161 | ||||||
Long-term debt, net |
333,715 | 329,035 | ||||||
Other long-term liabilities |
262 | | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
17,844 | 27,511 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
464,779 | 431,707 | ||||||
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 10 and 15) |
||||||||
Members equity (deficit) |
||||||||
Members equity |
100,541 | 99,599 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(60,785 | ) | (28,134 | ) | ||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(212 | ) | (944 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total members equity |
39,544 | 70,521 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and members equity |
$ | 504,323 | $ | 502,228 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
Years Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars) |
2020 | 2019 | ||||||
Net sales |
$ | 319,310 | $ | 277,514 | ||||
Cost of sales |
151,401 | 131,683 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Gross profit |
167,909 | 145,831 | ||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||
Distribution expense |
31,444 | 30,155 | ||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
91,967 | 79,233 | ||||||
Legal settlement expense |
32,441 | 511 | ||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
15,043 | 14,675 | ||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment |
(375 | ) | 578 | |||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
873 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total operating expenses |
171,393 | 125,152 | ||||||
(Loss) income from operations |
(3,484 | ) | 20,679 | |||||
Interest expense |
36,629 | 30,024 | ||||||
Other income, net |
(165 | ) | (998 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total interest and other expense, net |
36,464 | 29,026 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Loss before (benefit) for income taxes |
(39,948 | ) | (8,347 | ) | ||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
(7,297 | ) | (3,479 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net loss |
(32,651 | ) | (4,868 | ) | ||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax |
732 | (792 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Comprehensive loss |
$ | (31,919 | ) | $ | (5,660 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
Consolidated Statements of Members Equity
Years Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||
Other | Total | |||||||||||||||
Members | Accumulated | Comprehensive | Members | |||||||||||||
(in thousands of dollars) |
Equity | Deficit | Loss | Equity | ||||||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2018 |
$ | 99,043 | $ | (8,272 | ) | $ | (152 | ) | $ | 90,619 | ||||||
Contributions of members equity |
56 | | | 56 | ||||||||||||
Distributions |
| (14,994 | ) | | (14,994 | ) | ||||||||||
Other comprehensive loss |
| | (792 | ) | (792 | ) | ||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
500 | | | 500 | ||||||||||||
Net loss |
| (4,868 | ) | | (4,868 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2019 |
99,599 | (28,134 | ) | (944 | ) | 70,521 | ||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
| | 732 | 732 | ||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
942 | | | 942 | ||||||||||||
Net loss |
| (32,651 | ) | | (32,651 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2020 |
$ | 100,541 | $ | (60,785 | ) | $ | (212 | ) | $ | 39,544 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars) |
2020 | 2019 | ||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (32,651 | ) | $ | (4,868 | ) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities |
||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
24,865 | 25,105 | ||||||
Amortization of deferred financing fees |
1,761 | 1,371 | ||||||
Loss on debt extinguishment |
9,439 | | ||||||
(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment |
(375 | ) | 142 | |||||
Losses on disposals of assets held for sale |
| 436 | ||||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
873 | | ||||||
Stock based compensation |
942 | 500 | ||||||
Bad debt expense |
876 | 180 | ||||||
Inventory obsolescence expense |
2,872 | 2,290 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
(9,667 | ) | (3,990 | ) | ||||
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions |
||||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
2,558 | (10,195 | ) | |||||
Inventories, net |
(10,809 | ) | 93 | |||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
739 | 2,437 | ||||||
Other non current assets |
(339 | ) | (38 | ) | ||||
Accounts payable |
9,927 | 3,402 | ||||||
Accrued expenses |
4,292 | (3,838 | ) | |||||
Stockholder litigation |
32,183 | 3,444 | ||||||
Other long-term liabilities |
475 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
37,961 | 16,471 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
||||||||
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment |
943 | 72 | ||||||
Proceeds from sales of assets held for sale |
| 6,928 | ||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
(10,776 | ) | (12,065 | ) | ||||
Acquisition of business |
| (10,478 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(9,833 | ) | (15,543 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash flows from financing activities |
||||||||
Proceeds from long-term debt, net |
367,500 | 19,000 | ||||||
Payments on long-term debt |
(359,218 | ) | (5,156 | ) | ||||
Payments on capital lease obligation |
(213 | ) | | |||||
Payments of financing fees |
(11,059 | ) | (483 | ) | ||||
Payment for stockholder litigation |
(10,350 | ) | | |||||
Payment of contingent consideration |
(776 | ) | (687 | ) | ||||
Contributions of members equity |
| 56 | ||||||
Net members equity issuance costs paid on behalf of parent |
| (2,788 | ) | |||||
Distributions of members equity |
| (12,206 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash used in financing activities |
(14,116 | ) | (2,264 | ) | ||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
24 | (149 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash |
14,036 | (1,485 | ) | |||||
Cash |
||||||||
Beginning of period or year |
6,763 | 8,248 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
End of period or year |
$ | 20,799 | $ | 6,763 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |
||||||||
Cash paid for interest |
$ | 21,854 | $ | 25,338 | ||||
Cash paid for income taxes |
$ | 1,735 | $ | 425 | ||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment in accounts payable |
$ | 382 | $ | 1,182 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
1. Description of Business
Nutrition Topco, LLC and its subsidiaries (the Company) is an integrated manufacturer, marketer, distributor and retailer of high-quality branded nutritional supplements and other natural products sold primarily to and through (i) health and natural food stores, (ii) distributors, (iii) food, drug and mass (FDM) retailers and (iv) e-commerce. Internationally, the Company markets and distributes branded nutritional supplements and other natural products to and through health and natural product distributors and retailers. The Companys core business strategy is to operate businesses in the natural products industry that manufacture, market and distribute branded nutritional supplements and other natural products.
The Company manufactures and sells nutritional supplements and other natural products under numerous brands, including Solaray®, KAL®, Zhou Nutrition®, Heritage Store®, Zand® and Dynamic Health®.
The Company is a single member limited liability company, wholly-owned by Norway Topco, L.P (Norway Topco).
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as those standards apply to private companies.
We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we are (1) no longer an emerging growth company or (2) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of the first fiscal year (A) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (B) in which our total annual gross revenue is at least $1.07 billion or (C) when we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior March 31st and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated.
F-7
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
Use of Estimates
The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses during the reported periods. Significant estimates include values and lives assigned to acquired intangible assets, reserves for customer returns and allowances, uncollectible accounts receivable, valuation adjustments for slow-moving, obsolete and/or damaged inventory, valuation and recoverability of long-lived assets, valuation of stock-based compensation, and estimated recoverability of deferred income taxes. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Segment Information
The Companys chief operating decision maker (CODM) is the chief executive officer, who reviews the Companys financial performance on a consolidated basis, for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources. The Company operates the business as one operating segment and therefore the Company has one reportable segment.
Net sales as determined based on the customer address were as follows:
Years Ended
September 30, |
||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
United States of America |
$ | 227,035 | $ | 212,359 | ||||
International |
92,275 | 65,155 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net sales |
$ | 319,310 | $ | 277,514 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Cash
The majority of the Companys cash was held by one bank at September 30, 2020 and 2019. As a result of this concentration, the Companys cash balances frequently exceed federally insured limits. The Company does not believe it is subject to any other unusual risks as a result of this concentration other than those normally associated with commercial banking relationships.
Accounts Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable consists primarily of trade receivables, presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts and discounts. Provision is made for estimated allowance for doubtful accounts based on a periodic analysis of individual customer balances, including an evaluation of days sales outstanding, payment history, recent payment trends and perceived creditworthiness. Estimates for sales discounts are based on analysis of sales terms and historical trends.
Inventories
Inventories include freight-in, materials, labor and overhead costs and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The inventories cost is recorded at actual cost on a first-in first-out (FIFO) basis. Valuation adjustments are made for slow-moving, obsolete and/or damaged inventory based on a periodic analysis of individual inventory items, including an evaluation of historical usage and/or movement, age, expiration date and general condition.
F-8
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
Assets Held for Sale
Assets of a disposal group are classified as held for sale in the period when (i) the Company commits to a plan of action to sell the assets, (ii) the assets are available for immediate sale in their present condition, (iii) an active program to locate a buyer has been initiated and (iv) the sale of the assets is considered probable within one year. Assets of a disposal group classified as held for sale are separately disclosed on the balance sheet (Note 6).
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the estimated economic useful lives of the respective assets. Expenditures for renewals and betterments are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are charged to operations in the periods incurred. Upon sale or disposal of an asset, the historical cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization of such asset are removed from their respective accounts and any gain or loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss.
The Company evaluates the recoverability of property, plant and equipment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. The Company measures recoverability of an asset group by comparison of its carrying amount to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset group is expected to generate. If an asset group is considered to be impaired, the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the impaired asset group is recognized as an impairment charge. There were no impairments of the Companys property, plant and equipment during the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The Company assesses goodwill annually as of July 1 and at interim periods upon a potential indication of impairment. The Company performed qualitative assessments as of July 1, 2020 and 2019, and determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the respective carrying value. Specifically, the Company considered changes in macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, internal forecasts of future revenue and expenses, any significant events affecting the Company and actual changes in the carrying values of its net assets. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount or if a qualitative assessment is not performed, then the Company would perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test as required, in which it would use a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, then an impairment amount is recorded for the difference. There were no impairments of the Companys goodwill during the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. In fiscal 2020, to conform with public company standards, the Company retrospectively adjusted the method for which it accounts for goodwill and no longer amortizes goodwill.
Intangible assets consist of trademarks and tradenames, customer relationships, and noncompete agreements. Amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the useful life of the asset. The Company assesses its finite-lived intangible assets for impairment if indicators exist or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment indicators may exist. Factors that could trigger
F-9
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business or significant negative industry or economic trends. If this evaluation indicates that the value of the intangible asset may be impaired, the Company makes an assessment of the recoverability of the net book value of the asset over its remaining useful life. If this assessment indicates that the intangible asset is not recoverable, based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the asset over the remaining amortization period, the Company reduces the net book value of the related intangible asset to fair value and may adjust the remaining amortization period. There were no impairments of the Companys finite-lived intangible assets during the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.
Deferred Financing Fees
The Company deferred certain debt issuance costs, including bank, legal and other fees, related to the establishment of its term loans and revolving credit facilities (Note 10). These costs are being amortized using the effective interest method for the term loans and using the straight-line method for the revolving credit facilities. On the balance sheets, unamortized deferred financing fees for the term loans are included net of the term loan debt and for the revolving credit facilities are included in other noncurrent assets.
Foreign Currency Translation
The functional currency of each of the Companys foreign subsidiaries and branches is the local currency. All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries and branches are translated into U.S. dollars at fiscal year-end exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at exchange rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments, net of income taxes, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is a component of members equity. The Company recorded translation adjustments of $732 and ($792), net of income taxes (benefit) of $289, and ($57) for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Revenue Recognition
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. ASC 606 outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. Under the new standard and its related amendments, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Enhanced disclosures are required regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.
The Company adopted the standard as of October 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective approach, which requires applying the new standard to all existing contracts not yet completed as of the effective date and recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The adoption of ASC 606 did not have a material impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
The core principle of ASC 606 is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the
F-10
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is measured based on consideration specified in a contract with a customer. The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of goods to a customer. ASC 606 also requires disclosures sufficient to enable users to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers, including qualitative and quantitative disclosures about contracts with customers and significant judgments. The Company enters into contracts with its customers for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business. A contract with commercial substance exists at the time the Company receives and accepts a purchase order under a master sales contract with a customer. The Company recognizes revenue when performance obligations under the terms of a contract with its customer are satisfied, which occurs with the transfer of control of the product(s) to the customer.
The Company evaluates whether an enforceable contract exits with a customer. An enforceable contract states the contractual terms, including the parties rights and the payment terms related to the goods to be transferred; and there is the ability and intention to pay the Company for the contracted product. The Company does not recognize revenue in situations where collectability from the customer is not probable, and defers the recognition of revenue until collection is probable or payment is received and performance obligations are satisfied. The Company also evaluates if a contract has multiple promises and if each promise should be accounted for as separate performance obligations or as a single performance obligation. Multiple promises in a contract are typically separated if they are distinct, both individually and in the context of the contract. The Companys contracts generally contain multiple promises that are distinct individually and in the context of the contract.
Disaggregation of Revenue
The Company generated revenue through the sale of products, directly or through domestic and international distributors, to health and natural food stores, mass retailers, third-party e-commerce marketplaces, professionals, and supermarkets. The following is a disaggregation of revenue by channel, which the Company believes best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of its revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.
Natural and Specialty Retail: This channel consists of domestic retailers including independent health and natural food stores, health and natural food stores affiliated with local, regional and national health and natural food chains.
Online: This channel consists of third-party e-commerce retailers that primarily focus on selling natural products and supplements on their own websites, sales through third-party marketplaces such as Amazon and other resellers authorized by the Company, and sales to individual online consumers through a variety of forms including the Companys operated e-commerce sites and third-party platforms such as the Amazon storefront, Walmart, Shopify, and eBay.
International Retail: This channel consists of international retailers such as health food stores, supermarkets, drugstores, and warehouse clubs.
Food, Drug and Mass (FDM) This channel consists of domestic and international retailers including grocery, drug and mass merchant stores, such as Target, Kroger, and Walmart.
F-11
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
Other: This channel primarily consists of sales to health practitioners that provide professional-grade supplements and natural products to patients, and private label sales through Monarch Nutraceuticals, a subsidiary of Nutraceutical, which markets branded bulk products and custom blends primarily to manufacturers and distributors.
Net sales by channel are as follows:
Years Ended
September 30, |
||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Natural and Specialty Retail |
$ | 122,347 | $ | 109,689 | ||||
Online |
139,603 | 110,545 | ||||||
International Retail |
36,148 | 31,814 | ||||||
FDM |
12,301 | 11,366 | ||||||
Other |
8,911 | 14,100 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total net sales |
$ | 319,310 | $ | 277,514 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The Company sells its products under a number of brands. The Company summarizes its brands into two categories: Core Brands and Other Brands. Core Brands include Solaray, KAL, Zhou, Zand Immunity, Nu U, Heritage Store, and Life Flo. Other Brands include all other brands sold by us.
Net sales by brand category are as follows:
Years Ended
September 30, |
||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Core Brands |
$ | 248,641 | $ | 205,727 | ||||
Other Brands |
70,669 | 71,787 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total net sales |
$ | 319,310 | $ | 277,514 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Generally, contracts within the wholesale revenue stream include several distinct products that represent separate performance obligations satisfied at a point-in-time. The transaction price can be variable due to volume-based rebates and discounts. Stand-alone selling prices are directly observable for each product sold.
Satisfaction of Performance Obligations
A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. The transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. Sales contracts (purchase orders) typically contain several performance obligations, as customers generally contract for multiple products within a single contract, and each product is capable of being distinct. Performance obligations are satisfied at the point in time in which the customer takes control of the product, upon shipment or delivery, depending on the terms of the underlying contract. For the majority of the Companys products, control is transferred and revenue is recognized when the product is shipped from the Companys distribution facility. If a contract contains more than one performance obligation, the
F-12
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation based on the relative stand-alone selling price of the respective promised good or service.
Determining the Transaction Price
Revenue is recognized based on the transaction price, which is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring control of a product to a customer. When determining the transaction price, the Company estimates variable consideration to the extent that it is probable that a significant amount of cumulative revenue will not be reduced in the future. The primary sources of variable consideration for the Company are volume-based rebate programs, discounts, and product returns. Generally, these discounts and incentives are recorded as a reduction to revenue at the time of the initial sale. The Company estimates variable consideration using the expected value method which is based on sales terms with customers, historical experience, volume purchases, and known changes in relevant trends. There are no material instances where variable consideration is constrained and not recorded at the initial time of sale.
Returns, Refunds, and Warranties
In the normal course of business, the Company provides assurance-type warranties for products with agreed-upon specifications and are free from material defects. For a limited duration following initial sale, the Company offers its customers the right to return defective products for a full refund, or for a replacement of defective products. The Company records a refund liability based on anticipated sales returns. Sales returns are estimated based on sales terms, historical experience, and trend analysis. The refund liability is remeasured for changes in the estimate at each reporting date with a corresponding adjustment to net sales within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss. For the year ended September 30, 2020, the refund liability was $311.
Principal vs. Agent Considerations
U.S. GAAP requires the Company to evaluate a promise to transfer services to the customer (as the principal) or to arrange for services to be provided by another party (as the agent) using a control model. Based on evaluation of the control model, the Company determined that it acts as the agent within our revenue arrangements with resellers. Therefore, revenue is reported net of reseller fees within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss.
Shipping and Handling
Freight and shipping costs billed to customers concurrent with revenue producing activities is included within revenue and the cost for inbound freight is recognized as an expense within cost of sales when control has transferred to the customer. The Company has elected to treat shipping and handling associated with outbound freight that occurs after control of the related good transfers to the customer as a fulfillment cost instead of as a separate performance obligation. The Company recognizes the cost for shipping and handling (i.e. outbound freight costs) when incurred as an expense in distribution expense.
F-13
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
Contract Costs
Applying the practical expedient, the Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses.
Prior to October 1, 2019, the Company recognized revenue in accordance with ASC 605. The Company recognized revenue when the following criteria were met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) the product has been shipped and the customer takes ownership and assumes the risk of loss; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. The Company believes that these criteria were satisfied upon shipment from its facilities or, in the case of the Companys retail stores, at the point of sale within these stores. Revenue was reduced by provisions for estimated customer returns and allowances, which are based on historical averages that have not varied significantly for the periods presented, as well as specific known claims, if any.
Research and Development
The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred, and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred $6,182 and $5,929, respectively, in research and development expenditures primarily related to product development.
Advertising
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. These costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred $18,109 and $14,442, respectively, in advertising expenses.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method which requires the Company to record deferred tax assets and liabilities for the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the expected applicable future tax rates. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be ultimately realized.
The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step process. The Company first determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authority. If a tax position meets the more-likely- than-not recognition threshold it is then measured to determine the amount of benefit or loss to recognize in the financial statements. Our policy for recording interest and penalties related to income taxes, including uncertain tax positions, is to record such items as a component of the provision for income taxes (Note 12).
Accounting for Management Incentive Units
The Company records compensation expense associated with management incentive units in accordance with ASC Topic 718 (Share Based Payment). The Company accounts for forfeitures of
F-14
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
units as they occur. The compensation expense related to all of the Companys incentive units compensation arrangements are recorded over the requisite service period as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses (Note 13).
Concentrations of Credit Risk
In the normal course of business, the Company provides credit terms to our customers; however, collateral is not required. Accordingly, the Company performs credit evaluations of our customers and maintains allowances for possible losses which, when realized, are within the range of managements expectations. From time to time, a higher concentration of credit risk exists on outstanding accounts receivable for a select number of customers due to individual buying patterns.
Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share are not presented in the accompanying financial statements as the Company is a single member limited liability company.
New Accounting Standards
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance in this ASU supersedes the leasing guidance in Topic 840, Leases. Under the new guidance, lessees are required to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. As an emerging growth company, we intend to adopt the new standard on October 1, 2022. However, if we lose our emerging growth company status prior to our intended adoption date, we may be required to adopt the new standard in the year we lose such status. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, which is included in ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows. This guidance amends ASC 230 to add or clarify guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows. The cash flow issues identified in the guidance are debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon bonds, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate owned life insurance policies, distributions received from the equity method investees and beneficial interest in securitization transactions. The Company will adopt the standard as of October 1, 2020. The Company does not expect this standard to have a material impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued authoritative guidance, which is included in ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires an entity to utilize a new impairment model known as the current expected credit loss (CECL) model to estimate its lifetime expected credit loss and record an allowance that, when deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. The CECL model is expected to result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-13 also requires new disclosures for financial assets
F-15
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
measured at amortized cost, loans and available-for-sale debt securities. As an emerging growth company, we intend to adopt the new standard as of October 1, 2023. However, if the Company loses our emerging growth company status prior to our intended adoption date, we may be required to adopt the new standard in the year we lose such status. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued authoritative guidance, which is included in ASU 2019-12 Income Taxes (Topic 740) Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This ASU eliminates some exceptions to the general approach in ASC Topic 740 and allows for a more consistent application of the guidance by clarifying certain aspects of the existing guidance. As an emerging growth company, we intend to adopt the new standard as of October 1, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements
In March 2020, the FASB issued authoritative guidance, which is included in ASU 2020-04 Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848) Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. ASU 2020-04 provides optional guidance for a limited period of time in order to ease potential issues relating to accounting for or recognizing the effects of reference rate reform on financial reporting. As an emerging growth company, we intend to adopt the new standard as of October 1, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
The Company periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued. Although some of these accounting standards may be applicable to the Company, the Company has not identified any other new standards that it believes merit further discussion, and the Company expects that none would have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.
3. Acquisitions
On February 13, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of all the issued and outstanding equity of Nu U Nutrition Limited (Nu U) for $11,371, of which $10,478 was paid in cash at the closing date with an additional $776 paid in cash during the year ended September 30, 2020. The remaining $117 is expected to be paid prior to the second anniversary of the acquisition. Nu U sells nutritional supplements on ecommerce websites in Europe and the United States, and enhances the Companys product offerings.
This acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the aggregate purchase price was assigned to the assets acquired based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The excess of aggregate purchase price over the fair values of the assets acquired was classified as goodwill (Note 8). The goodwill relates to expected synergies from combining operations, cost savings, and certain intangible assets not allowed to be recognized per authoritative literature. The Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows presented herein include the activities of this acquired business from its date of acquisition.
F-16
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
The following reflects the final allocation of the aggregate purchase price for the Nu U acquisition to the aggregate assets acquired:
Net assets acquired |
||||
Accounts receivable |
$ | 381 | ||
Inventories |
2,573 | |||
Goodwill |
4,675 | |||
Trademarks and tradenames |
1,605 | |||
Customer relationships |
3,532 | |||
Noncompete agreements |
424 | |||
Accounts payable |
(1,355 | ) | ||
Accrued expenses |
(156 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
(308 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
$ | 11,371 | |||
|
|
The Nu U acquired finite-lived intangibles related to trademarks and tradenames totaling $1,605, customer relationships totaling $3,532, and noncompete agreements totaling $424. The estimated fair values of the trademarks and tradenames were determined using an income approach, the relief from royalty method, which estimates discounted cash flows over the estimated life of the trademarks and tradenames. The estimated fair values of the customer relationships and noncompete agreements were determined using the with or without method, which estimates the fair values of the intangibles by calculating the difference between two discounted cash flow models: one that represents estimated discounted cash flows from continued business with the customer relationship and noncompete agreements in place, and the other which estimates the discounted cash flows from continued business without the customer relationships and noncompete agreements in place. The useful lives of the acquired trademarks and tradenames, customer relationships, and noncompete agreements are 5 years, 4 years, and 3 years respectively. Goodwill totaling $4,675 is being amortized over 15 years for tax purposes.
The results of operations of Nu U have been included in the Companys consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. For the period from the acquisition date to September 30, 2019, Nu U contributed $13,443 to the Companys consolidated net sales. For the year ended September 30, 2020, Nu U contributed $30,471 to the Companys consolidated net sales. Due to the integration of operations post acquisition, presenting the operating losses that Nu U contributed to the Companys consolidated operating loss since the acquisition date is impracticable.
The following unaudited pro forma financial information combines the results of operations for Nu U and the Company as if the closing of the acquisition had occurred on October 1, 2018, after giving effect to certain purchase accounting adjustments. These purchase accounting adjustments include amortization of acquired intangible assets.
The unaudited pro forma results do not reflect any cost saving synergies from operating efficiencies or the effect of the incremental costs incurred from integrating these companies. Accordingly, these unaudited pro forma results are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations of the combined company would have
F-17
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
been if the acquisitions had occurred October 1, 2018, nor are they indicative of future results of operations:
Years Ended
September 30, |
||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Net Sales |
$ | 319,310 | $ | 283,523 | ||||
Net Loss |
$ | (32,651 | ) | $ | (4,393 | ) |
4. Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for discounts and doubtful accounts, consist of the following:
As of September 30, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Accounts receivable |
$ | 34,386 | $ | 33,891 | ||||
Less allowances |
(5,857 | ) | (1,928 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
$ | 28,529 | $ | 31,963 | |||||
|
|
|
|
The changes in the Companys allowance for discounts and doubtful accounts were as follows:
As of September 30, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Beginning balance |
$ | 1,928 | $ | 1,282 | ||||
Provision for allowance |
22,004 | 12,161 | ||||||
Write-offs and adjustments |
(18,075 | ) | (11,515 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
$ | 5,857 | $ | 1,928 | |||||
|
|
|
|
5. Inventories
Inventories are comprised of the following:
As of September 30, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Raw materials |
$ | 38,845 | $ | 31,280 | ||||
Work-in-process |
9,510 | 12,038 | ||||||
Finished goods |
33,051 | 30,151 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
$ | 81,406 | $ | 73,469 | |||||
|
|
|
|
6. Assets Held for Sale
In August 2018, the Company announced its intention to sell its manufacturing facilities in Tampa, Florida and Tulsa, Oklahoma and relocate these operations to its Ogden, Utah location. The Company also had properties located in Bowling Green, Florida, San Clemente, California, Shelburne,
F-18
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
Massachusetts and Mountain Green, Utah available for sale as well as retail stores and other related retail facilities. As of September 30, 2020 the Company has sold all previously held for sale assets except for the manufacturing facility in Tulsa, Oklahoma. At September 30, 2020, the Company also held for sale an office building in Park City, Utah. The assets associated with these properties have been classified as held for sale and presented separately in the consolidated financial statements ended September 30, 2020, and were sold subsequent to year-end. For the year ended September 30, 2020, the fair market value less selling costs of the held for sale assets were less than the net carrying value of the relevant assets and accordingly an impairment charge of $873 was recognized. No impairment charge was recorded for the year ended September 30, 2019. During the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company received proceeds of $6,928 and recognized a pre-tax loss of $436 from assets held for sale. Assets held for sale were $7,481 and $2,613, for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and were comprised of property, plant and equipment.
7. Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, are comprised of the following:
Estimated
Useful Life in Years |
As of September 30, | |||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||
Land |
| $ | 3,852 | $ | 5,180 | |||||||
Buildings |
30 | 53,701 | 57,588 | |||||||||
Leasehold improvements |
1-3 | 2,312 | 1,635 | |||||||||
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
1-10 | 48,352 | 41,095 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
108,217 | 105,498 | |||||||||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(30,437 | ) | (21,563 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
$ | 77,780 | $ | 83,935 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment to be disposed of are included in Assets held for sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, and accordingly, are not included in this table. During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company recorded a gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment of $375, while during the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company recorded a loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment of $142, within (gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment on the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.
At September 30, 2020, the Company had equipment under capital leases totaling $813 with accumulated depreciation and amortization of $133. At September 30, 2019 the Company had no equipment under capital leases. Substantially all property, plant and equipment of the Company collateralized its debt obligations (Note 10).
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment totaled $9,822 and $10,430 for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and is included in cost of sales for depreciation and amortization expense related to manufacturing assets, and selling, general and administrative expense for non-manufacturing assets.
F-19
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:
Gross
Carrying Amount |
||||
Balance as of September 30, 2018 |
$ | 148,187 | ||
Goodwill attributable to fiscal 2019 acquisition |
4,675 | |||
Currency translation adjustment |
(349 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance as of September 30, 2019 |
152,513 | |||
Currency translation adjustment |
373 | |||
|
|
|||
Balance as of September 30, 2020 |
$ | 152,886 | ||
|
|
The Company reviews goodwill for impairment on a reporting unit basis on July 1 of each year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable.
The Company performed qualitative assessments as of July 1, 2020 and 2019, and determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the respective carrying value. Subsequent to July 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020, the Company did not identify any changes in circumstances that would indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. Significant adverse changes in future periods could negatively affect the Companys key assumptions and may result in future goodwill impairment charges which could be material.
The carrying amounts of identifiable intangible assets at September 30, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:
September 30, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization
Period (Years) |
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization(1) |
Net Carrying
Amount |
|||||||||||||
Customer Relationships |
4-17 | $ | 125,758 | $ | (23,764 | ) | $ | 101,994 | ||||||||
Trademarks/Trade names |
2-10 | 47,030 | (21,035 | ) | 25,995 | |||||||||||
Noncompete agreements |
3 | 426 | (230 | ) | 196 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 173,214 | $ | (45,029 | ) | $ | 128,185 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2019 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization
Period (Years) |
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization(1) |
Net Carrying
Amount |
|||||||||||||
Customer Relationships |
4-17 | $ | 125,709 | $ | (15,677 | ) | $ | 110,032 | ||||||||
Trademarks/Trade names |
2-10 | 47,001 | (14,199 | ) | 32,803 | |||||||||||
Noncompete agreements |
3 | 421 | (88 | ) | 333 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 173,132 | $ | (29,964 | ) | $ | 143,168 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
(1) |
Amounts include the impact of foreign currency translation adjustments. |
Aggregate amortization expense related to intangible assets totaled $15,050 and $14,686 for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets as of September 30, 2020 is as follows:
Estimated
Amortization Expense |
||||
Year Ending September 30, |
||||
2021 |
$ | 14,445 | ||
2022 |
13,502 | |||
2023 |
11,596 | |||
2024 |
10,200 | |||
2025 |
10,024 | |||
Thereafter |
68,418 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 128,185 | |||
|
|
9. Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses are comprised of the following:
Year ended
September 30, |
||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Employee payroll, taxes, benefits and other compensation |
$ | 5,857 | $ | 2,511 | ||||
Contingent consideration |
117 | 893 | ||||||
Other accrued |
2,032 | 1,795 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
$ | 8,006 | $ | 5,199 | |||||
|
|
|
|
10. Debt
At September 30, 2018, the Companys debt consisted of (i) a first lien senior secured term facility of $229,425 and a $20,000 senior secured revolving facility, and (ii) a second lien senior secured term facility for $95,000. The first lien term loan, revolving facility and second lien term loan were scheduled to mature on August 23, 2023, 2022 and 2024, respectively.
On December 28, 2018, the Company amended its first lien credit agreement to provide an incremental term loan in the principal amount of $19,000, the proceeds of which were used by the Company to finance the acquisition of all the issued and outstanding equity interest of Nu U. This amendment was an increase to the term loans outstanding under the first lien credit agreement. No changes were made to the maturity date under this amendment. The Company paid financing fees of $483 related to amendment of which $184 are being expensed over the term of amendment using the effective interest method and $299 was expensed and is included in interest expense for the period ended September 30, 2019.
F-21
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
Long-term debt, net is comprised of the following as of September 30, 2019:
Principal
Outstanding |
Unamortized
Deferred Financing Fees |
Net Balance
Outstanding |
||||||||||
First Lien Term Loan |
$ | 244,219 | $ | (4,600 | ) | $ | 239,619 | |||||
Second Lien Term Loan |
95,000 | (3,098 | ) | 91,902 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total Term Loans |
339,219 | (7,698 | ) | 331,521 | ||||||||
Less Current Portion of First Lien Term Loans |
(2,486 | ) | | (2,486 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 336,733 | $ | (7,698 | ) | $ | 329,035 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under the first lien senior secured term, senior secured revolving facility, and second lien senior secured loan were collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company. The Company was required to make quarterly principal payments of $621 under the First Lien Amended Credit Agreement. Beginning with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2018 and for each fiscal year ending thereafter, the Company may be required to make additional mandatory payments of the First Lien Term Loan with certain excess cash flow amounts (as set forth in the First Lien Amended Credit Agreement), with customary exceptions. No payment was required to be made during the year ended September 30, 2019 for excess cash flow . At the Companys election, borrowings bear interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus a variable margin or at a Base Rate plus a variable margin. At September 30, 2019, the variable margin rates under the First Lien Amended Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Credit Agreement were 3.25% and 8.75%, respectively. At September 30, 2019, the interest rates under the First Lien Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Credit Agreement were 5.29% and 10.79%, respectively, and the weighted-average all-in interest rate for all outstanding borrowings was 6.83%. The Company is also required to pay a variable quarterly fee on the unused balance under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility. At September 30, 2019, the applicable rate was 0.50%. Accrued interest was $65 as of September 30, 2019 and is payable based on elected intervals of one, two or three months.
On September 30, 2020, the Company refinanced its debt by entering into a new credit agreement (the New Credit Agreement). The New Credit Agreement consists of (i) a $347,500 senior secured term loan, (ii) a $52,500 senior secured delayed draw term loan and (iii) a $25,000 senior secured revolving facility. The maturity date on the term loan and the delayed draw term loan is September 30, 2026 The maturity date on the revolving facility is September 30, 2025. The term loan on the New Credit Agreement was used to fully repay the prior first lien term loan and the second lien term loan. The Company recognized a loss on the debt extinguishment of $9,439. As part of this refinance, deferred financing fees of $6,108 related to the prior debt were expensed and are included in interest expense for the year ended September 30, 2020. The Company paid financing fees of $11,059 related to the New Credit Agreement of which $7,728 are being expensed over the term of New Credit Agreement using the effective interest method for the term loan and using the straight-line method for the revolving facility and $3,331 was expensed and is included in interest expense for the year ended September 30, 2020.
F-22
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
Debt is comprised of the following as of September 30, 2020:
Principal
Outstanding |
Unamortized
Deferred Financing Fees |
Net Balance
Outstanding |
||||||||||
Term Loan |
$ | 347,500 | $ | (7,269 | ) | $ | 340,231 | |||||
Less Current Portion of Term Loan |
(6,516 | ) | | (6,516 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 340,984 | $ | (7,269 | ) | $ | 333,715 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following summarizes future minimum principal payments required under the Companys New Credit Agreement as of September 30, 2020:
Term Loan | ||||
2021 |
$ | 6,516 | ||
2022 |
8,688 | |||
2023 |
8,688 | |||
2024 |
8,688 | |||
2025 |
8,688 | |||
Thereafter |
306,232 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 347,500 | |||
|
|
Borrowings under the New Credit Agreement are collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company. Beginning March 31, 2021, the Company is required to make quarterly principal payments of $2,172 under the New Credit Agreement. Beginning with the year ending September 30, 2021 and for each fiscal year ending thereafter, the Company may be required to make additional mandatory payments of the term loan with certain excess cash flow amounts (as set forth in the New Credit Agreement), with customary exceptions. At the Companys election, borrowings bear interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus a variable margin or at a Base Rate plus a variable margin. At September 30, 2020, the variable margin rate under the New Credit Agreement was 8.00%. The Company is also required to pay a quarterly fee on the unused balance of the revolving facility of 0.50% and a quarterly fee on the undrawn balance on the delayed draw term loan of 1.00%. Accrued interest was $79 as of September 30, 2020 and is payable based on elected intervals of one, two or three months.
The New Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants, including restrictions on incurring other indebtedness and requirements that the Company maintain certain financial ratios. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with the restrictive covenants. Upon the occurrence of a default, the lender has various remedies or rights, which may include proceeding against the collateral or requiring the Company to repay all amounts outstanding under the New Credit Agreement.
11. Fair Value Measurements
We categorize assets and liabilities measured at fair value into three levels based upon the assumptions (inputs) used to price the assets or liabilities. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure
F-23
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
of fair value, whereas Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1 Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3 Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entitys own assumptions.
The Company believes that the fair values of financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt, net approximate their respective carrying values at September 30, 2020 and 2019. The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values based on their short-term nature. The carrying value of our long-term debt, net approximates its fair values because borrowings under the Companys long-term debt arrangements bear interest at the variable rates described in Note 10. The fair value of the long-term debt, net, was determined using inputs that are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
12. Income Taxes
Consolidated loss before provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019:
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
U.S. |
$ | (39,166 | ) | $ | (6,546 | ) | ||
Foreign |
(782 | ) | (1,801 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total loss before income taxes |
$ | (39,948 | ) | $ | (8,347 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
The (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of the following:
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Current |
||||||||
Federal |
$ | 2,133 | $ | 580 | ||||
State |
202 | 285 | ||||||
Foreign |
35 | (300 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
2,370 | 565 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred |
||||||||
Federal |
(7,621 | ) | (3,073 | ) | ||||
State |
(2,046 | ) | (971 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
(9,667 | ) | (4,044 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
$ | (7,297 | ) | $ | (3,479 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
F-24
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
The differences between income taxes at the statutory federal income tax rate and income taxes reported in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss are as follows:
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Federal tax at statutory rate |
$ | (8,389 | ) | $ | (1,765 | ) | ||
State taxes, net of federal benefit |
(2,238 | ) | (446 | ) | ||||
Nondeductible expenses |
3,259 | (8 | ) | |||||
Change in tax rates |
206 | (684 | ) | |||||
Credit for increasing research activities |
(309 | ) | (309 | ) | ||||
Other |
174 | (267 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
$ | (7,297 | ) | $ | (3,479 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
A summary of the composition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities is as follows:
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Deferred income tax assets (liabilities), net |
||||||||
Accounts receivable reserves |
$ | 1,542 | $ | 491 | ||||
Inventory valuation adjustments |
886 | 697 | ||||||
Accrued liabilities |
4,656 | 7 | ||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
(2,932 | ) | (3,059 | ) | ||||
Intangible assets |
(27,621 | ) | (29,541 | ) | ||||
Section 163(j) interest limitation carryforwards |
4,509 | 2,912 | ||||||
Unrealized losses |
77 | 112 | ||||||
Domestic net operating loss carryforwards |
451 | 403 | ||||||
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards |
1,558 | 1,969 | ||||||
Tax credit carryforwards |
588 | 467 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
(16,286 | ) | (25,542 | ) | |||||
Less: Valuation allowance |
(1,558 | ) | (1,969 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
$ | (17,844 | ) | $ | (27,511 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $7,183 and $8,547, respectively. If not used, loss carryforwards of $1,874 will expire between 2020 and 2039 while $5,309 do not expire.
Changes in the Companys valuation allowance for deferred tax assets were as follows:
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Valuation allowance balance beginning of fiscal year |
$ | 1,969 | $ | 2,117 | ||||
Other decreases |
(411 | ) | (148 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Valuation allowance balance end of fiscal year |
$ | 1,558 | 1,969 | |||||
|
|
|
|
The valuation allowance relates to net operating losses in certain foreign jurisdictions where, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that the tax benefit of the net operating losses will not be realized. The valuation allowance decreased by $411 during fiscal year
F-25
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
2020 and $148 during fiscal year 2019. The decrease primarily relates to foreign net operating losses expiring unused.
As of September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no federal net operating loss carryforwards.
Uncertain tax positions are recorded when it is more likely than not that a given tax position would not be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. As of September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no uncertain tax positions that required recognition or disclosure in its Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss.
The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction, various U.S. state jurisdictions and certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations for fiscal years before 2017. The Company is no longer subject to examination in any U.S. state jurisdiction or foreign jurisdiction for fiscal years prior to 2015.
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (TCJA) was enacted in the U.S. which significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax structure. The primary revisions impacting the Company relate to lowering the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, limitations on the deductibility of interest, and the immediate expensing of certain tangible property.
On March 27, 2020 the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was enacted in the U.S. to assist businesses impacted by the economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. The primary provision impacting the Company relates to increased deductibility of interest pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 163 (j) from 30% of adjusted taxable income to 50% of adjusted taxable income. The Company has reflected the recent tax reform changes from TCJA and the CARES Act in the financial statements.
13. Capital Stock
Stockholder Litigation
On August 23, 2017, Nutrition Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, merged with the Company pursuant to the Merger Agreement dated as of May 21, 2017. Under the terms and subject to the conditions of the Merger Agreement, holders of Nutraceuticals common stock at the effective time of the merger were entitled to receive $41.80 per share, without interest. At the time of the merger, stockholders holding 1,271,746 shares of Nutraceutical common stock dissented from the $41.80 per share offer price and filed suit in the Delaware Court of Chancery demanding that the court determine the fair value of their shares. During the year ended September 30, 2018, certain stockholders withdrew their assertion of appraisal rights in exchange for a payment totaling $11,057. As of September 30, 2019, a liability of $48,748 was recorded to account for the remaining stockholder litigation shares plus interest of $3,444.
For the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company recognized $32,441 in legal settlement expenses comprised of $17,500 in association with the Weiss, et al. vs. Michael Burke, et al. litigation, $11,000 in association with the appraisal to settle the Brookdale International Partners, LP, et al. vs. Nutraceutical International Corporation litigation that was stipulated to settle on October 29, 2020, and an additional $3,941 in legal fees. See below for further details on the two cases. For the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company recognized $511 in legal settlement expenses related to legal fees incurred.
F-26
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
Brookdale International Partners, LP, et al. vs. Nutraceutical International Corporation
During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company settled the appraisal demands of a number of the stockholders by paying a total of $10,350. On October 29, 2020, the Company settled the appraisal demands of the remaining stockholders by paying $52,265 plus an additional $1,000 to be paid on or before April 16, 2021. As of September 30, 2020, a liability of $33,855 was recorded to account for the remaining shares settled on October 29, 2020 plus interest of $8,226 and a premium of $11,000.
Weiss, et al. vs. Michael Burke
On May 13, 2020, the Company received a notice of a separate lawsuit brought by a former public stockholder of the Company against the former public Directors of the Company (Former Directors) and HGGC, alleging that the Former Directors aided by HGGC breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the Companys sale to HGGC in 2017. The Company has an obligation to indemnify the Former Directors and HGGC for any losses arising out of that litigation. On April 15, 2021, the parties to that lawsuit and the Company stipulated to settle the lawsuit for $17,500, subject to the approval of the court. The Company has expensed and accrued $17,500 on the consolidated balance sheets related to this pending lawsuit. Another lawsuit was filed on May 28, 2020, also alleging that the Former Directors breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the Companys sale to HGGC in 2017. This lawsuit was voluntarily dismissed on June 16, 2020.
Management Incentive Units
Norway Topco has issued grants of Class B and Class C incentive units (collectively Incentive Units) to select employees and management of the Company, and the related expense is pushed down to the Company. Each unit represents a fractional part of the limited partner interest. During the year ended September 30, 2019, Norway Topco, reserved an additional 1,507,781 Class B Units bringing the total Class B Units reserved for issuances to existing or new employees, officers, directors, consultants or other service providers of the partnership or any of its subsidiaries to 12,258,829. In July 2019, it was determined that no additional grants of Class B Units would be made. During the year ended September 30, 2020, Norway Topco reserved 20,819,940 Class C Units for issuances to existing or new employees, officers, directors, consultants or other service providers of the partnership or any of its subsidiaries.
The Class B incentive units vest over five years with 20% vesting no later than one year after the date of grant (Initial Vesting Date) with the remaining units vesting an additional 10% on the last day of each of the eight consecutive six-month periods following the Initial Vesting Date. Upon the occurrence of a change of control, all units that have not yet vested shall become fully vested. Vested units will receive distributions in the event that certain defined performance thresholds are met.
The Class C incentive units vest over five years with 20% vesting no later than one year after the date of grant (Initial Vesting Date) with the remaining units vesting an additional 10% on the last day of each of the eight consecutive six-month periods following the Initial Vesting Date. Upon the occurrence of a change of control, all units that have not yet vested shall become fully vested.
F-27
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
The Company values the Incentive Units with the assistance of third-party valuation experts at the respective date of the grant. These third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.
The assumptions underlying our valuations represent managements best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our equity-based compensation expense could be materially different. Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock. The fair value of the units was estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing model.
The following table reflects Class B Unit activity for the period:
Number of B
Units Available to Issue |
Number of B
Units Outstanding |
Weighted-
Average Grant Price |
||||||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2018 |
305,504 | 10,445,544 | $ | 0.2529 | ||||||||
Class B Units reserved |
1,507,781 | | 0.1051 | |||||||||
Units granted |
(2,579,462 | ) | 2,579,462 | 0.1051 | ||||||||
Units forfeited |
766,177 | (766,177 | ) | 0.2529 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2019 |
| 12,258,829 | $ | 0.2218 | ||||||||
Units forfeited |
| (1,906,468 | ) | 0.2162 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2020 |
| 10,352,361 | $ | 0.2228 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the issued and outstanding units as of September 30, 2020 was $2,307. The weighted average remaining contractual life for units outstanding as of September 30, 2020 was 2 years. The company recorded $443 and $500 in compensation expense for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The following table lists the inputs to models used to calculate the fair value of the Class B Units as of the grant date for the year ended September 30, 2019:
Black-Scholes
Option Pricing Model |
||||
Fair value of Units |
$ | 0.2218 | ||
Exercise price |
0.2218 | |||
Expected term (years) |
2 | |||
Expected volatility |
67.00 | % | ||
Risk-free interest rate |
1.63 | % |
F-28
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
The grant date fair value of all Incentive Units is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The pricing model requires assumptions, which include the expected life of the Incentive Units, the risk-free interest rate, the expected dividend yield and expected volatility of our units over the expected life, which significantly impacts the assumed fair value.
The expected term of the Incentive Units is based on our estimated time of a change in control at the grant date. Given there is no active external or internal market for the units at the date of the grant, a peer group of companies was used to calculate volatility. The risk-free interest rate was based on the rate of treasury securities with the same term at the time of the grant date. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had $965 of future period compensation-based expense related to the units. Additionally, vested Class B Unit holders at the time of the minority stake transaction received $4,231 as a distribution from Norway Topco, LP, in accordance with the Companys governing documents. This was a distribution to the unit holders in their capacity as equity owners and did not result in any incremental compensation expense for the Company.
The following table reflects Class C Unit activity for the period:
Number of C
Units Available to Issue |
Number of C
Units Outstanding |
Weighted-
Average Grant Price |
||||||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2019 |
| | $ | | ||||||||
Class C Units reserved |
20,819,940 | | 0.3172 | |||||||||
Units granted |
(17,591,115 | ) | 17,591,115 | 0.3172 | ||||||||
Units forfeited |
1,314,259 | (1,314,259 | ) | 0.3172 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2020 |
4,543,084 | 16,276,856 | $ | 0.3172 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of these units was determined at the respective date of grant. The fair value of the issued and outstanding units as of September 30, 2020 was $5,162. The weighted average remaining contractual life for units outstanding as of September 30, 2020 was 4 years. The company recorded $499 in compensation expense for the year ended September 30, 2020.
The following table lists the inputs to models used to calculate the fair value of the Class C Units for the period ended September 30, 2020:
Black-Scholes
Option Pricing Model |
||||
Fair value of Units |
$ | 0.3172 | ||
Exercise price |
0.3172 | |||
Expected term (years) |
4 | |||
Expected volatility |
71.00 | % | ||
Risk-free interest rate |
0.24 | % |
The grant date fair value of all Incentive Units is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The pricing model requires assumptions, which include the expected life of the Incentive Units, the risk-free interest rate, the expected dividend yield and expected volatility of our units over the expected life, which significantly impacts the assumed fair value.
F-29
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
The expected term of the Incentive Units is based on our estimated time of a change in control at the grant date. Given there is no active external or internal market for the units at the date of the grant, a peer group of companies was used to calculate volatility. The risk-free interest rate was based on the rate of treasury securities with the same term at the time of the grant date. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had $4,663 of future period compensation-based expense related to the units. No income tax benefit was recognized for this compensation expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, as the Company does not anticipate realizing any such benefit in the future.
Minority Stake
On July 19, 2019, Snapdragon Capital Partners LLC and The Maze Group LLC purchased a minority stake in Norway Topco, LP. As part of the minority interest transaction, the Company provided a net distribution of $2,788 to Norway Topco, LP for transaction costs.
14. Employee Benefit Plans
The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution profit sharing plan that covers substantially all employees. Under the plan, employees may contribute up to 75% of their compensation subject to certain exceptions and limitations. In addition, employees who meet certain age requirements may contribute additional amounts permitted by law under the plan. The Company makes matching contributions to the plan up to the first 4% of employee contributions and is permitted to make discretionary contributions under the plan. The amounts contributed to the plan by the Company were $1,044 and $944 for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
15. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company is involved in various legal matters arising in the normal course of business. We accrue anticipated costs of settlement, damages, losses for such legal matters and, under certain conditions, costs of defense, to the extent specific losses are probable and reasonably estimable, in accordance with ASC Topic 450. Otherwise, we expense these costs as incurred. If the estimate of a probable loss is a range and no amount within the range is more likely than any other amount, we accrue the minimum amount of the range. Litigation and product liability matters are inherently uncertain, and the outcomes of individual matters are difficult to predict and quantify. As such, significant judgment is required in determining our legal and product liability accruals. At September 30, 2020, a liability of $875 was recorded for individual regulatory and legal matters in which the Company is presently involved. In the opinion of management, the individual regulatory and legal matters in which the Company is presently involved are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, the aggregate liability of the Company arising from regulatory and legal proceedings related to future matters could have a material effect on the Companys financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Our estimates related to our legal and product liability accruals may change as additional information becomes available to us, including information related to the nature or existence of claims against us, trial court or appellate proceedings, and mediation, arbitration or settlement proceedings.
The Company leases office, storage and warehouse space as well as apartments, vehicles, and other equipment under noncancelable operating leases, the last of which expires during fiscal year
F-30
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
2028; however, the Company has negotiated extension options in many cases. These operating leases require the Company to pay all taxes, insurance and maintenance.
The following summarizes future minimum lease payments required under the Companys significant noncancelable operating leases as of September 30, 2020:
Years Ending September 30, |
Minimum
Lease Payments |
|||
2021 |
$ | 1,598 | ||
2022 |
1,144 | |||
2023 |
1,093 | |||
2024 |
1,233 | |||
2025 |
1,270 | |||
Thereafter |
4,170 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 10,508 | |||
|
|
Total rent expense incurred by the Company was $1,007 and $1,157 for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company entered into a capital lease for certain manufacturing equipment. This capital lease expires during fiscal year 2022.
The following summarizes future minimum lease payments required under the Companys capital lease as of September 30, 2020:
Years Ending September 30, |
Minimum
Lease Payments |
|||
2021 |
$ | 226 | ||
2022 |
262 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 488 | |||
|
|
Total payments for capital lease obligations paid by the Company was $213 for the year ended September 30, 2020. The Company made no capital leases payments for the year ended September 30, 2019.
16. Subsequent Events
On October 29, 2020, a number of stockholders from the August 23, 2017 merger withdrew their assertion of appraisal rights and received a payment totaling $52,265 plus an additional $1,000 to be paid on or before April 16, 2021. To facilitate the payment of this liability, on October 28, 2020, the Company borrowed the $52,500 available under the delayed draw term loan (Notes 10 and 13). The $52,500 delayed draw term loan will be combined together with the $347,500 term loan for a total term loan of $400,000. With this additional borrowing, the Companys required quarterly principal payments under the New Credit Agreement will be $2,500 beginning March 31, 2021.
F-31
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands of dollars)
In April 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with Norway Topco to receive a capital contribution from HGGC of $17,500 to be used to settle the stockholder litigation complaint filed against the Company on May 13, 2020. The contribution will be effectuated by a cash transfer and corresponding book entry in the Companys capital account. HGGC received no additional shares of capital stock in consideration for its capital contribution.
On February 19, 2021, and April 1, 2021, the Company sold the office building in Park City, Utah and the manufacturing facility in Tulsa, Oklahoma, for $4,628 and $1,860, net of fees, respectively.
The Company evaluated subsequent events through April 19, 2021, the date the financial statements were available to be issued, and determined there were no additional items that required further disclosure or recognition.
F-32
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars) |
March 31,
2021 |
September 30,
2020 |
||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||
Cash |
$ | 8,783 | $ | 20,799 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $4,006 and $5,857 at March 31, 2021 and September 30, 2020, respectively |
39,578 | 28,529 | ||||||
Inventories |
79,188 | 81,406 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
5,956 | 5,497 | ||||||
Assets held for sale |
1,860 | 7,481 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current assets |
135,365 | 143,712 | ||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $35,038 and $30,437 at March 31, 2021 and September 30, 2020, respectively |
76,131 | 77,780 | ||||||
Goodwill |
153,175 | 152,886 | ||||||
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization |
121,165 | 128,185 | ||||||
Other noncurrent assets |
1,873 | 1,760 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 487,709 | $ | 504,323 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities and Members Equity |
||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 23,905 | $ | 27,855 | ||||
Accrued expenses |
7,357 | 8,006 | ||||||
Current portion of long-term debt |
10,000 | 6,516 | ||||||
Stockholder litigation |
18,537 | 70,581 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current liabilities |
59,799 | 112,958 | ||||||
Long-term debt, net |
380,630 | 333,715 | ||||||
Other long-term liabilities |
124 | 262 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
14,018 | 17,844 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
454,571 | 464,779 | ||||||
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7 and 11) |
||||||||
Members equity |
||||||||
Members equity |
101,290 | 100,541 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(69,621 | ) | (60,785 | ) | ||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
1,469 | (212 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total members equity |
33,138 | 39,544 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and members equity |
$ | 487,709 | $ | 504,323 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-33
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars) |
Six months ended March 31, | |||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
Net sales |
$ | 178,557 | $ | 154,094 | ||||
Cost of sales |
88,574 | 72,862 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Gross profit |
89,983 | 81,232 | ||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||
Distribution expense |
17,458 | 14,933 | ||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
54,152 | 45,320 | ||||||
Legal settlement |
4,701 | 999 | ||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
7,312 | 7,556 | ||||||
Losses (gains) on disposals of property, plant and equipment |
298 | (106 | ) | |||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
515 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total operating expenses |
84,436 | 68,702 | ||||||
Income from operations |
5,547 | 12,530 | ||||||
Interest expense |
16,822 | 13,992 | ||||||
Other income, net |
(189 | ) | (114 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total interest and other expense, net |
16,633 | 13,878 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Loss before provision for income taxes |
(11,086 | ) | (1,348 | ) | ||||
(Benefit) for income taxes |
(2,250 | ) | (358 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net loss |
(8,836 | ) | (990 | ) | ||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax |
1,681 | (321 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Comprehensive loss |
$ | (7,155 | ) | $ | (1,311 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-34
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Members Equity (unaudited)
For the Six Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||
Other |
Total Members |
|||||||||||||||
Members | Accumulated |
Comprehensive
Income |
||||||||||||||
(in thousands of dollars) |
Equity | Deficit | (Loss) | Equity | ||||||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2020 |
$ | 100,541 | $ | (60,785 | ) | $ | (212 | ) | $ | 39,544 | ||||||
Other comprehensive income |
| | 1,681 | 1,681 | ||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
749 | | | 749 | ||||||||||||
Net loss |
| (8,836 | ) | | (8,836 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance at March 31, 2021 |
$ | 101,290 | $ | (69,621 | ) | $ | 1,469 | $ | 33,138 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2019 |
$ | 99,599 | $ | (28,134 | ) | $ | (944 | ) | $ | 70,521 | ||||||
Other comprehensive loss |
| | (321 | ) | (321 | ) | ||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
295 | | | 295 | ||||||||||||
Net loss |
| (990 | ) | | (990 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance at March 31, 2020 |
$ | 99,894 | $ | (29,124 | ) | $ | (1,265 | ) | $ | 69,505 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-35
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars) |
Six months ended March 31, | |||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (8,836 | ) | $ | (990 | ) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
12,655 | 12,182 | ||||||
Amortization of deferred financing fees |
628 | 864 | ||||||
Losses (gains) on disposals of property, plant and equipment |
298 | (106 | ) | |||||
Impairment of held for sale assets |
515 | | ||||||
Stock based compensation |
749 | 295 | ||||||
Bad debt expense |
133 | 95 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
(3,826 | ) | (1,504 | ) | ||||
Changes in assets and liabilities |
||||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
(10,886 | ) | (6,065 | ) | ||||
Inventories |
2,745 | 6,297 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
(458 | ) | 904 | |||||
Other non current assets |
(203 | ) | 316 | |||||
Accounts payable |
(3,911 | ) | (1,020 | ) | ||||
Accrued expenses |
(647 | ) | 1,356 | |||||
Stockholder litigation |
221 | 1,631 | ||||||
Other long-term liabilities |
(6 | ) | 480 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
(10,829 | ) | 14,735 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
||||||||
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment |
4,862 | 154 | ||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
(3,788 | ) | (6,081 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities |
1,074 | (5,927 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash flows from financing activities |
||||||||
Proceeds from long-term debt |
52,500 | | ||||||
Proceeds from revolving line of credit |
| 10,000 | ||||||
Payment on long-term debt |
(2,500 | ) | (1,243 | ) | ||||
Payment of financing fees |
(141 | ) | | |||||
Payments on capital lease obligation |
(132 | ) | (139 | ) | ||||
Payment for stockholders litigation |
(52,265 | ) | | |||||
Payment of contingent consideration |
| (776 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
(2,538 | ) | 7,842 | |||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
277 | (321 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net (decrease) increase in cash |
(12,016 | ) | 16,329 | |||||
Cash |
||||||||
Beginning of period or year |
20,799 | 6,763 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
End of period or year |
$ | 8,783 | $ | 23,092 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |
||||||||
Cash paid for interest |
$ | 16,058 | $ | 11,361 | ||||
Cash paid for income taxes |
$ | 26 | $ | 112 | ||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment in accounts payable |
$ | 343 | $ | 700 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-36
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars)
1. Description of Business
Nutrition Topco, LLC and its subsidiaries (the Company) is an integrated manufacturer, marketer, distributor and retailer of high-quality branded nutritional supplements and other natural products sold primarily to and through (i) health and natural food stores, (ii) distributors, (iii) food, drug and mass (FDM) retailers and (iv) e-commerce. Internationally, the Company markets and distributes branded nutritional supplements and other natural products to and through health and natural product distributors and retailers. The Companys core business strategy is to operate businesses in the natural products industry that manufacture, market and distribute branded nutritional supplements and other natural products.
The Company manufactures and sells nutritional supplements and other natural products under numerous brands, including Solaray®, KAL®, Zhou Nutrition®, Heritage Store®, Zand® and Dynamic Health®.
The Company is a single member limited liability company, wholly-owned by Norway Topco, L.P (Norway Topco).
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The Companys significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included in the Companys audited financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2020. There have been no significant changes to these policies that have had a material impact on the Companys condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes for the six months ended March 31, 2021. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Companys audited financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2020. Operating results for the six months ended March 31, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending September 30, 2021.
In the opinion of the Company, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of its financial position as of March 31, 2021, and its results of operations for the six months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020, and cash flows for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. The condensed balance sheet at September 30, 2020 was derived from audited annual financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP.
Principles of Consolidation
The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses
F-37
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars)
during the reported periods. Significant estimates include values and lives assigned to acquired intangible assets, reserves for customer returns and allowances, uncollectible accounts receivable, valuation adjustments for slow-moving, obsolete and/or damaged inventory, valuation and recoverability of long-lived assets, valuation of stock-based compensation, estimated legal settlements and estimated recoverability of deferred income taxes. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Fair Value Measurements
We categorize assets and liabilities measured at fair value into three levels based upon the assumptions (inputs) used to price the assets or liabilities. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment.
The Company believes that the fair values of financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt, net approximate their respective carrying values at March 31, 2021 and September 30, 2020. The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values based on their short-term nature. The carrying value of our long-term debt, net approximates its fair values because borrowings under the Companys long-term debt arrangements bear interest at the variable rates described in Note 7. The fair value of the long-term debt, net, was determined using inputs that are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
Segment Information
The Companys chief operating decision maker (CODM) is the chief executive officer, who reviews the Companys financial performance on a consolidated basis, for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources. The Company operates the business as one operating segment and therefore the Company has one reportable segment.
Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share are not presented in the accompanying financial statements as the Company is a single member limited liability company.
Major Customers and Concentration of Risk
The Company had one major customer that accounted for 12.9% of sales for the six months ended March 31, 2021. The loss of a major customer could adversely affect operating results and the Companys financial condition. There was no concentration risk as of September 30, 2020.
New Accounting Standards
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance in this ASU supersedes the leasing guidance in Topic 840, Leases. Under the new guidance, lessees are required to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. As an emerging growth company, we intend to adopt the new standard on October 1, 2022. However, if we lose our emerging growth company status prior to our intended adoption date, we may
F-38
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars)
be required to adopt the new standard in the year we lose such status. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, which is included in ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows. This guidance amends ASC 230 to add or clarify guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows. The cash flow issues identified in the guidance are debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon bonds, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate owned life insurance policies, distributions received from the equity method investees and beneficial interest in securitization transactions. The Company adopted the standard as of October 1, 2020, noting no material impact to the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued authoritative guidance, which is included in ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires an entity to utilize a new impairment model known as the current expected credit loss (CECL) model to estimate its lifetime expected credit loss and record an allowance that, when deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. The CECL model is expected to result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-13 also requires new disclosures for financial assets measured at amortized cost, loans and available-for-sale debt securities. As an emerging growth company, we intend to adopt the new standard as of October 1, 2023. However, if the Company loses our emerging growth company status prior to our intended adoption date, we may be required to adopt the new standard in the year we lose such status. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued authoritative guidance, which is included in ASU 2019-12 Income Taxes (Topic 740) Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This ASU eliminates some exceptions to the general approach in ASC Topic 740 and allows for a more consistent application of the guidance by clarifying certain aspects of the existing guidance. As an emerging growth company, we intend to adopt the new standard as of October 1, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements
In March 2020, the FASB issued authoritative guidance, which is included in ASU 2020-04 Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848) Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. ASU 2020-04 provides optional guidance for a limited period of time in order to ease potential issues relating to accounting for or recognizing the effects of reference rate reform on financial reporting. As an emerging growth company, we intend to adopt the new standard as of October 1, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
The Company periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued. Although some of these accounting standards may be applicable to the Company, the Company has not identified any other new standards that it believes merit further discussion, and the Company expects that none would have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.
F-39
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars)
3. Revenue Recognition
The Company applies ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606) and follows a five-step model to determine the appropriate amount of revenue recognized in accordance with ASC 606.
The Company provides assurance-type warranties for products with agreed-upon specifications and are free from material defects. For a limited duration following initial sale, the Company offers its customers the right to return defective products for a full refund, or for a replacement of defective products. The Company records a refund liability based on anticipated sales returns. Sales returns are estimated based on sales terms, historical experience, and trend analysis. The refund liability is remeasured for changes in the estimate at each reporting date with a corresponding adjustment to net sales within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss. As of March 31, 2021 and September 30, 2020, the refund liability was $341 and $311, respectively.
The following is a disaggregation of revenue by channel, which the Company believes best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of its revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Net sales by channel are as follows:
Six Months Ended
March 31, |
||||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
Natural and Specialty Retail |
$ | 59,302 | $ | 60,160 | ||||
Online |
82,130 | 67,025 | ||||||
International Retail |
23,416 | 16,101 | ||||||
FDM |
5,614 | 6,106 | ||||||
Other |
8,095 | 4,702 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total net sales |
$ | 178,557 | $ | 154,094 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The Company sells its products under a number of brands. The Company summarizes its brands into two categories: Core Brands and Other Brands. Core Brands include Solaray, KAL, Zhou, Zand Immunity, Nu U, Heritage Store, and Life Flo. Other Brands include all other brands sold by us.
Net sales by brand category are as follows:
Six Months Ended
March 31, |
||||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
Core Brands |
$ | 143,013 | $ | 118,655 | ||||
Other Brands |
35,544 | 35,439 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total net sales |
$ | 178,557 | $ | 154,094 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-40
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars)
4. Inventories
Inventories are comprised of the following:
As of March 31,
2021 |
As of September 30,
2020 |
|||||||
Raw materials |
$ | 34,521 | $ | 38,845 | ||||
Work-in-process |
12,381 | 9,510 | ||||||
Finished goods |
32,286 | 33,051 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
$ | 79,188 | $ | 81,406 | |||||
|
|
|
|
5. Assets Held for Sale
As of September 30, 2020, the Companys manufacturing plant in Tulsa, Oklahoma and an office building in Park City, are classified as held for sale.
On February 19, 2021, the Company sold the office building in Park City, Utah for $4,828, net of fees. As part of the sale, the Company recognized a loss of $298 during the six months ended March 31, 2021. The Company recognized an impairment of $515 during the six months ended March 31, 2021, related to the Companys manufacturing plant in Tulsa, Oklahoma which as of March 31, 2021 was classified as held for sale.
6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the six-month period ending March 31, 2021, was as follows:
Gross
Carrying Amount |
||||
Balance as of September 30, 2020 |
$ | 152,886 | ||
Currency translation adjustment |
289 | |||
|
|
|||
Balance as of March 31, 2021 |
$ | 153,175 | ||
|
|
The Company reviews goodwill for impairment on a reporting unit basis on July 1 of each year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. Subsequent to July 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021, the Company did not identify any changes in circumstances that would indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable.
F-41
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars)
The carrying amounts of identifiable intangible assets at March 31, 2021 and September, 30 2020, were as follows:
March 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization
Period (Years) |
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization(1) |
Net Carrying
Amount |
|||||||||||||
Customer Relationships |
4-17 | $ | 125,984 | $(27,895 | ) | $ | 98,089 | |||||||||
Trademarks/Trade names |
2-10 | 47,194 | (24,255 | ) | 22,939 | |||||||||||
Noncompete agreements |
3 | 454 | (317 | ) | 137 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 173,632 | $(52,467 | ) | $ | 121,165 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization
Period (Years) |
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization(1) |
Net Carrying
Amount |
|||||||||||||
Customer Relationships |
4-17 | $ | 125,758 | $(23,764 | ) | $ | 101,994 | |||||||||
Trademarks/Trade names |
2-10 | 47,030 | (21,035 | ) | 25,995 | |||||||||||
Noncompete agreements |
3 | 426 | (230 | ) | 196 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 173,214 | $(45,029 | ) | $ | 128,185 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Amounts include the impact of foreign currency translation adjustments. |
Aggregate amortization expense related to intangible assets totaled $7,312 and $7,556 for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets as of March 31, 2021 is as follows:
Estimated
Amortization Expense |
||||
2021 |
$ | 7,180 | ||
2022 |
13,573 | |||
2023 |
12,038 | |||
2024 |
10,360 | |||
2025 |
10,024 | |||
Thereafter |
67,990 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 121,165 | |||
|
|
7. Debt
On October 28, 2020, the Company borrowed the $52,500 available under the delayed draw term loan. The $52,500 delayed draw term loan will be combined with the $347,500 term loan for a total term loan of $400,000. With this additional borrowing, the Companys required quarterly principal payment under the new credit agreement (New Credit Agreement) is $2,500 beginning March 31, 2021.
F-42
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars)
The New Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants, including restrictions on incurring other indebtedness and requirements that the Company maintain certain financial ratios. As of March 31, 2021, and September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with the restrictive covenants. Upon the occurrence of a default, the lender has various remedies or rights, which may include proceeding against the collateral or requiring the Company to repay all amounts outstanding under the New Credit Agreement.
Long-term debt, net is comprised of the following as of March 31, 2021:
Principal
Outstanding |
Unamortized
Deferred Financing Fees |
Net Balance
Outstanding |
||||||||||
Term Loan |
$ | 397,500 | $ | (6,870 | ) | $ | 390,630 | |||||
Less Current Portion of Term Loan |
(10,000 | ) | | (10,000 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 387,500 | $ | (6,870 | ) | $ | 380,630 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
On September 30, 2020, the Company refinanced its debt by entering into the New Credit Agreement. The New Credit Agreement consists of (i) a $347,500 senior secured term loan, (ii) a $52,500 senior secured delayed draw term loan and (iii) a $25,000 senior secured revolving facility. The maturity date on the term loan and the delayed draw term loan is September 30, 2026 and the maturity date on the revolving facility is September 30, 2025. For the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company expensed $628 and $864 of debt issuance costs. Debt is comprised of the following as of September 30, 2020:
Principal
Outstanding |
Unamortized
Deferred Financing Fees |
Net Balance
Outstanding |
||||||||||
Term Loan |
$ | 347,500 | $ | (7,269 | ) | $ | 340,231 | |||||
Less Current Portion of Term Loan |
(6,516 | ) | | (6,516 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 340,984 | $ | (7,269 | ) | $ | 333,715 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under the New Credit Agreement are collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company. Beginning with the year ending September 30, 2021 and for each fiscal year ending thereafter, the Company may be required to make additional mandatory payments of the term loan with certain excess cash flow amounts (as set forth in the New Credit Agreement), with customary exceptions. At the Companys election, borrowings bear interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus a variable margin or at a Base Rate plus a variable margin. At March 31, 2021, and September 30, 2020, the variable margin rate under the New Credit Agreement was 8.00%. The Company is also required to pay a quarterly fee on the unused balance of the revolving facility of 0.50% and a quarterly fee on the undrawn balance on the delayed draw term loan of 1.00%. Accrued interest was $0 and $79 as of March 31, 2021, and September 30, 2020, respectively, and is payable based on elected intervals of one, two or three months.
F-43
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars)
The following summarizes future minimum principal payments required under the Companys New Credit Agreement as of March 31, 2021:
Term Loan | ||||
2021 |
$ | 5,000 | ||
2022 |
10,000 | |||
2023 |
10,000 | |||
2024 |
10,000 | |||
2025 |
10,000 | |||
Thereafter |
352,500 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 397,500 | |||
|
|
8. Income Taxes
The income tax rate for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 was 20.3% and 26.6%, respectively. The effective income tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to state taxes, certain non-deductible expenses, and research tax credits in the U.S. As of March 31, 2021, the Company had no uncertain tax positions. The Company is subject to taxation and files income tax returns in certain foreign, U.S. and state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations for fiscal years before 2017. The Company is no longer subject to examination in any U.S. state jurisdiction or foreign jurisdiction for fiscal years prior to 2015. The Company maintains a full valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets related to foreign losses.
9. Capital Stock
Stockholder Litigation
As of September 30, 2020, the Company had accrued a liability related to the appraisal demands of stockholders of $33,855 plus interest of $8,226 and a premium of $11,000. On October 29, 2020, the Company settled this litigation by paying $52,265 plus an additional $1,000 to be paid on or before April 16, 2021.
On May 13, 2020, the Company received a notice of a separate lawsuit brought by a former public stockholder of the Company against the former public Directors of the Company and HGGC, alleging that the former Directors aided by HGGC breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the Companys sale to HGGC in 2017. The Company has an obligation to indemnify those former Directors and HGGC for any losses arising out of that litigation. On April 15, 2021, the parties to that lawsuit and the Company stipulated to settle the lawsuit for $17,500, subject to the approval of the court. The Company has expensed and accrued $17,500 on the consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2020 related to this pending lawsuit.
Management Incentive Units
Norway Topco has issued grants of Class B and Class C incentive units (collectively Incentive Units) to select employees and management of the Company, and the related expense is pushed down to the Company. Each unit represents a fractional part of the limited partner interest.
F-44
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars)
The following table reflects Class B Unit activity for the period (information not in thousands):
Number of B
Units Available to Issue |
Number of B
Units Outstanding |
Weighted-
Average Grant Price |
||||||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2020 |
| 10,352,361 | $ | 0.2228 | ||||||||
Units forfeited |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of March 31, 2021 |
| 10,352,361 | $ | 0.2228 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2019 |
| 12,258,829 | $ | 0.2218 | ||||||||
Units forfeited |
| (1,148,575 | ) | 0.2334 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of March 31, 2020 |
| 11,110,254 | $ | 0.2206 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the issued and outstanding units as of March 31, 2021 and 2020 was $2,307 and $2,451, respectively. The weighted average remaining contractual life for units outstanding as of March 31, 2021 was 2 years. The company recorded $226 and $241 in compensation expense for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
As of March 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $674 and $1,142 of future period compensation based expense related to the units respectively. No income tax benefit was recognized for this compensation expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, as the Company does not anticipate realizing any such benefit in the future.
The following table reflects Class C Unit activity for the period (information not in thousands):
Number of C
Units Available to Issue |
Number of C
Units Outstanding |
Weighted-
Average Grant Price |
||||||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2020 |
4,543,084 | 16,276,856 | $ | 0.3172 | ||||||||
Units granted |
(236,827 | ) | 236,827 | 0.3172 | ||||||||
Units forfeited |
242,032 | (242,032 | ) | 0.3172 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of March 31, 2021 |
4,548,289 | 16,271,651 | $ | 0.3172 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2019 |
| | $ | | ||||||||
Class C Units reserved |
20,819,940 | | 0.3172 | |||||||||
Units granted |
(8,327,976 | ) | 8,327,976 | 0.3172 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of March 31, 2020 |
12,491,964 | 8,327,976 | $ | 0.3172 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the issued and outstanding units as of March 31, 2021 and 2020 was $5,161 and $2,642 respectively. The weighted average remaining contractual life for units outstanding as of March 31, 2021 was 4 years. The company recorded $523 and $54 in compensation expense for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
As of March 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $3,994 and $532 of future period compensation-based expense related to the units, respectively. No income tax benefit was recognized
F-45
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars)
for this compensation expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, as the Company does not anticipate realizing any such benefit in the future.
10. Employee Benefit Plans
The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution profit sharing plan that covers substantially all employees. Under the plan, employees may contribute up to 75% of their compensation subject to certain exceptions and limitations. In addition, employees who meet certain age requirements may contribute additional amounts permitted by law under the plan. The Company makes matching contributions to the plan up to the first 4% of employee contributions and is permitted to make discretionary contributions under the plan. The amounts contributed to the plan by the Company were $610 and $503 for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
11. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company is involved in various legal matters arising in the normal course of business. As of March 31, 2021 and September 30, 2020, a liability of $875 was recorded for individual regulatory and legal matters in which the Company is presently involved. In the opinion of management, the individual regulatory and legal matters in which the Company is presently involved are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, the aggregate liability of the Company arising from regulatory and legal proceedings related to future matters could have a material effect on the Companys financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company leases office, storage and warehouse space as well as apartments, vehicles, and other equipment under noncancelable operating leases, the last of which expires during fiscal year 2028; however, the Company has negotiated extension options in many cases. These operating leases require the Company to pay all taxes, insurance and maintenance.
The following summarizes future minimum lease payments required under the Companys significant noncancelable operating leases as of March 31, 2021:
Minimum
Lease Payments |
||||
2021 |
$ | 1,050 | ||
2022 |
1,694 | |||
2023 |
1,420 | |||
2024 |
1,364 | |||
2025 |
1,355 | |||
Thereafter |
4,070 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 10,953 | |||
|
|
Total rent expense incurred by the Company was $1,009 and $379 for the six months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
F-46
Nutrition Topco, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)
(in thousands of dollars)
12. Subsequent Events
In April 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with Norway Topco to receive a capital contribution from HGGC of $17,500 to be used to settle the stockholder litigation complaint filed against the Company on May 13, 2020. The contribution will be effectuated by a cash transfer and adjustment to the Companys capital account. HGGC received no additional shares of capital stock or ownership interest in consideration for its capital contribution.
On April 1, 2021, the Company sold the manufacturing facility in Tulsa, Oklahoma, for $1,860, net of fees.
The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure in the condensed consolidated financial statements through June 7, 2021, the date the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued and there were no other subsequent events that required further discussion or recognition in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-47
The Better Being Co.
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Credit Suisse
Jefferies
Deutsche Bank Securities
Piper Sandler
Guggenheim Securities
Raymond James
Through and including , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. |
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution. |
The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE fee.
SEC registration fee |
$ | * | ||
FINRA filing fee |
* | |||
NYSE listing fee |
* | |||
Printing expenses |
* | |||
Legal fees and expenses |
* | |||
Accounting fees and expenses |
* | |||
Transfer agent fees and registrar fees |
* | |||
Miscellaneous expenses |
* | |||
|
|
|||
Total expenses |
$ | * | ||
|
|
Item 14. |
Indemnification of Directors and Officers. |
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.
Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporations best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporations best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.
II-1
Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.
Our bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.
Upon completion, of this offering we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.
The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
We will maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers. The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters party thereto against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.
Item 15. |
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. |
We have not sold any securities, registered or otherwise, within the past three years.
Item 16. |
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules. |
(i) Exhibits
II-2
Exhibit
|
Description |
|
10.2+* | Form of Nutrition Topco 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan | |
10.3+* | Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement. | |
10.4+* | Form of Restricted Stock Agreement. | |
10.5+* | Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement. | |
10.6+* | Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement. | |
10.7+* | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. | |
10.8+ | Form of Indemnification Agreement | |
10.9 | Form of Director Nomination Agreement | |
10.10+ | Employment Agreement, dated January 8, 2020, by and between Nutraceutical International Corporation and Monty Sharma | |
10.11+ | Offer Letter, dated July 31, 2019, by and between Nutraceutical International Corporation and Ankit Dhawan | |
10.12+ | Offer Letter, dated February 25, 2020, by and between Nutraceutical International Corporation and Bob Gandert | |
21.1* | List of subsidiaries of Nutrition Topco, LLC | |
23.2 | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. | |
24.1 | Powers of attorney (included on signature page). |
* |
Indicates to be filed by amendment. |
+ |
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
(ii) Financial statement schedules
No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes.
Item 17. |
Undertakings. |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-3
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective;
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Salt Lake City, State of Utah, on July 6, 2021.
The Better Being Co. | ||
By: | /s/ Monty Sharma | |
Name: | Monty Sharma | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned directors and officers of The Better Being Co. hereby appoint each of Monty Sharma, Ankit Dhawan and Jeff Burchfield, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-1 (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933) and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||
/s/ Monty Sharma Monty Sharma |
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) | July 6, 2021 | ||
/s/ Ankit Dhawan Ankit Dhawan |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | July 6, 2021 | ||
/s/ Steven Leistner Steven Leistner |
Director | July 6, 2021 | ||
/s/ Les Brown Les Brown |
Director | July 6, 2021 | ||
/s/ Bill Conrad Bill Conrad |
Director | July 6, 2021 | ||
/s/ Mark Grabowski Mark Grabowski |
Director | July 6, 2021 |
II-5
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||
/s/ Zack Werner Zack Werner |
Director | July 6, 2021 | ||
/s/ Brenda Morris Brenda Morris |
Director | July 6, 2021 |
II-6
Exhibit 3.1
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
THE BETTER BEING CO.
ARTICLE ONE
The name of the corporation is The Better Being Co. (the Corporation).
ARTICLE TWO
The address of the Corporations registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE THREE
The nature and purpose of the business of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (DGCL).
ARTICLE FOUR
Section 1. Authorized Shares. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 550,000,000 shares, consisting of:
1. 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the Preferred Stock); and
2. 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the Common Stock).
The Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall have the designations, rights, powers and preferences and the qualifications, restrictions and limitations thereof, if any, set forth below.
Section 2. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the Board of Directors) is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide, by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and with respect to each series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (if any), designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, of the shares of each such series, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers (including voting powers), preferences, and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the approval of the Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.
1
Section 3. Common Stock.
(a) Voting Rights. Except as otherwise required by the DGCL or as provided by or pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate:
(i) Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder.
(ii) Except as otherwise required in this Certificate or by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are generally entitled to vote (and, if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with such holders of Preferred Stock).
(iii) The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights.
(iv) The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock voting together as a single class irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
(b) Dividends. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends in cash, stock or property of the Corporation, such dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.
(c) Liquidation, Dissolution, etc. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation as required by law and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder.
(d) No Preemptive or Subscription Rights. No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.
2
ARTICLE FIVE
Section 1. Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
Section 2. Number of Directors; Quorum. Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances or otherwise, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided, however, that a quorum shall never be less than one-third the total number of directors, provided, further, that for so long as each of HGGC and M&S (as defined in the Bylaws) hold director nomination rights pursuant to the terms of that certain Director Nomination Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof (as amended and/or restated or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the Director Nomination Agreement), by and among the Corporation and the investors named therein, at least one director appointed by each of HGGC and M&S will be required to be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors for a quorum to be present.
Section 3. Classes of Directors. The directors of the Corporation, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III.
Section 4. Election and Term of Office. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares cast; provided that, whenever the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation are entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate (including, but not limited to, any duly authorized certificate of designation), such directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by such holders. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the IPO Date), the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders after the IPO Date. For the purposes hereof, the Board of Directors may assign directors already in office to Class I, Class II and Class III, in accordance with the terms of the Director Nomination Agreement. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date, directors elected to replace those of a class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting after their election and until their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders for the year in which such directors term expires and a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Nothing in this Certificate shall preclude a director from serving consecutive terms. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation (as amended and/or restated, the Bylaws) shall so provide.
Section 5. Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and except as otherwise set forth in the Director Nomination Agreement, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause may be filled only by
3
resolution of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when the Principal Stockholder and/or its Affiliated Companies beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on our Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on our Board may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders). A director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy shall serve for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. A director elected or appointed to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been elected or appointed and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
Section 6. Removal and Resignation of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, (i) prior to the Trigger Date (as defined below), directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class (Voting Stock), and (ii) on and after the Trigger Date, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662⁄3%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, at a meeting of the Corporations stockholders called for that purpose. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Trigger Date means the first date on which the Principal Stockholder and its Affiliated Companies cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least forty percent (40%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. Principal Stockholder means Norway Topco, LP. Affiliated Companies means (a) in respect of the Principal Stockholder, any entity that Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Principal Stockholder (other than the Corporation and any entity that is Controlled by the Corporation) and any investment funds managed by the Principal Stockholder or any of its affiliates, including HGGC and M&S, and (b) in respect of the Corporation, any entity Controlled by the Corporation. Control is defined in ARTICLE NINE.
Section 7. Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the provisions of this ARTICLE FIVE, whenever the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately or together by series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorship shall be subject to the rights of such series of Preferred Stock. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such directors successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such
4
directors right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.
Section 8. Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws; however, at any time when the Principal Stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 5% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such advance notice procedure will not apply to the Principal Stockholder.
Section 9. Chair of the Board. So long as the Principal Stockholder and/or its Affiliated Companies beneficially owns in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 30% or more of the Voting Stock, a Chair or Co-Chairs of the Board of Directors may be elected only by a majority of the directors nominated or designated for nomination by the Principal Stockholder, and by no other persons.
ARTICLE SIX
Section 1. Limitation of Liability.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.
(b) Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any act, omission or other matter occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.
ARTICLE SEVEN
Section 1. Action by Written Consent. Prior to the first date (the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date) on which the Principal Stockholder and its Affiliated Companies cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the Voting Stock, any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Corporations stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of the Corporations stock entitled to vote thereon
5
were present and voted. From and after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Corporations stockholders may be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the Corporations stockholders and the power of stockholders to consent in writing without a meeting is specifically denied; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided in the resolutions creating such series of Preferred Stock.
Section 2. Special Meetings of Stockholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only (i) by or at the direction of the Chair of the Board (or, whenever there are Co-Chairs of the Board, by or at the director of both Co-Chairs acting together) or the Board of Directors pursuant to a written resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies, or (ii) prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, by any Chair of the Board of Directors at the written request of the Principal Stockholder owning (directly or indirectly) a majority of the shares of Voting Stock then owned in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) by the Principal Stockholder. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.
ARTICLE EIGHT
Section 1. Certain Acknowledgments. In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain of the directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees of the Principal Stockholder or its Affiliated Companies may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation and (ii) the Principal Stockholder and its Affiliated Companies engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) that the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies may engage in material business transactions with the Principal Stockholder and its Affiliated Companies, and that the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom, the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT are set forth to regulate and define to the fullest extent permitted by law the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve the Principal Stockholder and/or its Affiliated Companies and/or their respective directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Corporation (collectively, the Exempted Persons), and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith.
Section 2. Competition and Corporate Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, none of the Exempted Persons shall have any fiduciary duty to refrain from (i) engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies or (ii) otherwise competing with the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies, and no Exempted Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of any such activities of the Principal Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies or such Exempted Person. To the fullest extent permitted
6
by applicable law, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its Affiliated Companies, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Exempted Persons, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and each Exempted Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation, any of its Affiliated Companies or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation solely, by reason of the fact that the Principal Stockholder, one of its Affiliated Companies or any such Exempted Person pursues or acquires such business opportunity, sells, assigns, transfers or directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2, the Corporation does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to any Exempted Person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and not in any other capacity.
Section 3. Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporations business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.
Section 4. Amendment of this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained in this Certificate, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, and in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this ARTICLE EIGHT; provided however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE EIGHT nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate inconsistent with this ARTICLE EIGHT shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Exempted Person for or with respect to any activities or opportunities which such Exempted Person becomes aware prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.
Section 5. Deemed Notice. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT.
7
ARTICLE NINE
Section 1. Section 203 of the DGCL. The Corporation expressly elects not to be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.
Section 2. Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Certificate to the contrary, the Corporation shall not engage in any Business Combination (as defined hereinafter) at any point in time at which the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), with any Interested Stockholder (as defined hereinafter) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, unless:
(a) prior to such time the Board of Directors approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder;
(b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, such stockholder owned at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Voting Stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the Voting Stock outstanding (but not the outstanding Voting Stock owned by such Interested Stockholder) those shares owned (i) by Persons (as defined hereinafter) who are directors and also officers of the Corporation and (ii) employee stock plans of the Corporation in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
(c) at or subsequent to such time the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662⁄3%) of the outstanding Voting Stock which is not owned by such Interested Stockholder.
Section 3. Exceptions to Prohibition on Interested Stockholder Transactions. The restrictions contained in this ARTICLE NINE shall not apply if:
(a) a stockholder becomes an Interested Stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an Interested Stockholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three- year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an Interested Stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or
(b) the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE; (ii) is with or by a Person who either was not an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Stockholder with the approval of the Board of Directors; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any Person becoming an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the
8
preceding sentence are limited to (x) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to Section 251(f) of the DGCL, no vote of the stockholders of the Corporation is required); (y) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock (as defined hereinafter) of the Corporation; or (z) a proposed tender or exchange offer for fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation. The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days notice to all Interested Stockholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (x) or (y) of the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE.
Section 4. Definitions. As used in this ARTICLE NINE and, solely with respect to the term Control, as also used in ARTICLE FIVE, Section 6, only, and unless otherwise provided by the express terms of this ARTICLE NINE, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth in this Section 4:
(a) Affiliate means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person;
(b) Associate, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such Person is a director, officer or general partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of any class of Voting Stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a twenty percent (20%) beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such Person;
(c) Business Combination means:
(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (A) the Interested Stockholder, or (B) any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 2 of this ARTICLE NINE is not applicable to the surviving entity;
(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock of the Corporation;
9
(iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any Stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the Interested Stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to an exchange of LLC Units into Common Stock, to the extent provided in the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement, (C) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (D) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of Stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the Interested Stockholder became such; (E) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase Stock made on the same terms to all holders of such Stock; or (F) any issuance or transfer of Stock by the Corporation; provided however, that in no case under items (D)-(F) of this Section 4(c)(iii) of ARTICLE NINE shall there be an increase in the Interested Stockholders proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the Voting Stock of the Corporation;
(iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the Stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the Interested Stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of Stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Stockholder; or
(v) any receipt by the Interested Stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in Sections 4(c)(i)-(iv) of ARTICLE NINE) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation;
(d) Control, including the terms controlling, controlled by and under common control with, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise. A Person who is the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity,
10
in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary; notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such Person holds Voting Stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this ARTICLE NINE, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, as such Rule is in effect as of the date of this Certificate) have control of such entity;
(e) Interested Stockholder means any Person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and was the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such Person is an Interested Stockholder, and the affiliates and associates of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this ARTICLE NINE to the contrary, the term Interested Stockholder shall not include: (x) the Principal Stockholder or any of its Affiliated Companies, or any other Person with whom any of the foregoing are acting as a group or in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of shares of Stock of the Corporation, (y) any Person who would otherwise be an Interested Stockholder either in connection with or because of a transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation (in one transaction or a series of transactions) by the Principal Stockholder or any of its affiliates or associates; provided, however, that such Person was not an Interested Stockholder prior to such transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition; or (z) any Person whose ownership of shares in excess of the fifteen percent (15%) limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation, provided that, for purposes of this clause (z) only, such Person shall be an Interested Stockholder if thereafter such Person acquires additional shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further action by the Corporation not caused, directly or indirectly, by such Person;
(f) Owner, including the terms own and owned, when used with respect to any Stock, means a Person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns such Stock, directly or indirectly; or has (A) the right to acquire such Stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of Stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Persons Affiliates or Associates until such tendered Stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such Stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of any Stock because of such Persons right to vote such Stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such Stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons; or (C) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in (B) of this Section 4(f) of ARTICLE NINE), or disposing of such
11
Stock with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such Stock; provided, that, for the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, the Voting Stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include Stock deemed to be owned by the Person through application of this definition of owned but shall not include any other unissued Stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;
(g) Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity;
(h) Stock means, with respect to any corporation, any capital stock of such corporation and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest of such entity; and
(i) Voting Stock means, with respect to any corporation, Stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of Voting Stock shall refer to such percentage of the votes of such Voting Stock.
ARTICLE TEN
Section 1. Amendments to the Bylaws. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, prior to the first date (the Amendment Trigger Date) on which the Principal Stockholder and its Affiliated Companies cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 50% of the Voting Stock, the Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board of Directors or (ii) the stockholders with, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any resolution setting forth the terms of any series of Preferred Stock) and any other vote otherwise required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. On and after the Amendment Trigger Date, the Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board of Directors or (ii) the stockholders with, in addition to the vote of any holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any resolution setting forth the terms of any series of Preferred Stock) and any other vote otherwise required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662⁄3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.
Section 2. Amendments to this Certificate. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, and in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock required by law, and except as otherwise provided in Section 4 of ARTICLE EIGHT, this Certificate or otherwise, no provision of ARTICLE FIVE, ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE SEVEN, ARTICLE NINE, ARTICLE TEN or ARTICLE ELEVEN of this Certificate may be altered, amended or repealed in any
12
respect, nor may any provision of this Certificate or the Bylaws inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless (i) prior to the Amendment Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) from and after the Amendment Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662⁄3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.
ARTICLE ELEVEN
Section 1. Exclusive Forum. (a) Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporations stockholders, or a claim of aiding and abetting any such breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or the Bylaws (as either may be amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time) or (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (as either may be amended), (v) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine; or (vi) any action asserting an internal corporate claim as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision shall not apply to any action or proceeding asserting a claim under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act of 1934. (b) Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933 against the Corporation or any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation.
Section 2. Notice. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock) shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN.
ARTICLE TWELVE
Section 1. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
* * * * *
13
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Better Being Co. has caused this Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this [] day of [], 2021.
THE BETTER BEING CO. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Monty Sharma | |||
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
Signature Page to Certificate of Incorporation of The Better Being Co.
Exhibit 3.2
BYLAWS
OF
THE BETTER BEING CO.
A Delaware corporation
(Adopted as of [], 20[])
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. Offices. The Better Being Co. (the Corporation) may have an office or offices other than its registered office at such place or places, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the Board of Directors or Board) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be as stated in the Corporations certificate of incorporation as then in effect (the Certificate of Incorporation).
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors may designate a place, if any, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of stockholders.
Section 2. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such date and time as is specified by resolution of the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting, stockholders shall elect directors to succeed those whose terms expire at such annual meeting and transact such other business as properly may be brought before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 11 of this ARTICLE II of these Bylaws (these Bylaws). The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.
Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.
Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date, and time of the meeting of the stockholders, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders not physically present may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the
meeting is called, shall be given, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL)) or the Certificate of Incorporation.
(a) Form of Notice. All such notices shall be delivered in writing or in any other manner permitted by the DGCL. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If delivered by courier service, notice shall be deemed given at the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholders address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If given by electronic mail, notice shall be deemed given when directed to such stockholders electronic mail address unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail or such notice is prohibited by the DGCL. Notice to stockholders may also be given by other forms of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder. If given by facsimile telecommunication, such notice shall be deemed given when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice by facsimile. If given by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, such notice shall be deemed given upon the later of (x) such posting and (y) the giving of such separate notice. If notice is given by any other form of electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent of the Corporation or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
(b) Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the stockholder entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission given by the stockholder entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a stockholder of the Corporation at a meeting of such stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not further participate in the meeting.
(c) Notice by Electronic Transmission. Notwithstanding Section 4(a) of this ARTICLE II, a notice may not be given by electronic transmission from and after the time: (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation; and (ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice. However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. For purposes of these Bylaws, except as otherwise limited by applicable law, the term electronic transmission means any form of communication not directly involving
2
the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such recipient through an automated process. A notice by electronic mail must include a prominent legend that the communication is an important notice regarding the Corporation. A notice by electronic mail will include any files attached thereto and any information hyperlinked to a website if such electronic mail includes the contact information of an officer or agent of the corporation who is available to assist with accessing such files or information.
Section 5. List of Stockholders. The Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder. Nothing contained in this section shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the list shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
Section 6. Quorum. The holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present, the chair or chairs of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the voting power present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place from time to time until a quorum shall be present in person or represented by proxy. When a specified item of business requires a vote by a class or series (if the Corporation shall then have outstanding shares of more than one class or series) voting as a separate class or series, the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding stock of such class or series shall constitute a quorum (as to such class or series) for the transaction of such item of business. A quorum once established at a meeting shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.
3
Section 7. Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place. When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise required by law, shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.
Section 8. Vote Required. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, when a quorum has been established, all matters other than the election of directors shall be determined by the affirmative vote of the majority of voting power of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter, unless by express provisions of the DGCL or other an applicable law, the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporations securities are listed, any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a minimum or different vote is required, in which case such minimum or different vote shall be the required vote for such matter. Except as otherwise provide in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast.
Section 9. Voting Rights. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.
Section 10. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.
4
Section 11. Advance Notice of Stockholder Business and Director Nominations.
(a) Business at Annual Meetings of Stockholders.
(i) Only such business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II) shall be conducted at an annual meeting of the stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting (A) as specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II, on the record date for determination of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, and at the time of the annual meeting, (2) at the time of the meeting, is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (C) of this Section 11(a)(i) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose such business (other than business included in the Corporations proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) or business brought by Norway Topco, LP (the Principal Stockholder) and any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with the Principal Stockholder (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment vehicles or funds managed or controlled, directly or indirectly, by or otherwise affiliated with HGGC (as defined below) or M&S (as defined below) (the Principal Stockholder Affiliates) at any time prior to the Advance Notice Trigger Date, (as defined below)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.
(ii) For any business (other than (A) nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II or (B) business brought by any of HGGC, LLC, HGGC Fund III GP, Ltd., HGGC Fund III, LP, and HGC Fund III-A, LP (collectively, HGGC), and Maze Consulting, LLC and Snapdragon Capital Partners, LLC (collectively, M&S) and the Principal Stockholder Affiliates at any time, with respect to the Principal Stockholder, prior to the date when the Principal Stockholder ceases to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 5% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the Advance Notice Trigger Date), to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II to the Secretary; any such proposed business must be a proper matter for stockholder action and the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II) required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholders notice for such business (other than such a notice by the Principal Stockholder prior to the Advance Notice Trigger Date, which may be delivered at
5
any time prior to the mailing of the definitive proxy statement pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act related to the next annual meeting of stockholders) must be delivered by hand and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting of stockholders (which date of the preceding years annual meeting shall, for purposes of the Corporations first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [], 20[]); provided, however, that if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year (other than for purposes of the Corporations first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded), such stockholders notice must be delivered by the later of (A) the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) of the date of the annual meeting is first made by the Corporation or (B) the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholders notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day only if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day).
(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholders notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:
(A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting (including the specific text of any resolutions or actions proposed for consideration and if such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the specific language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting,
(B) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business, as they appear on the Corporations books, the name and address (if different from the Corporations books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person,
(C) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person, a description of any Derivative Positions (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and to the extent to which a Hedging Transaction (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person,
6
(D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder, any Stockholder Associated Person or such other person or entity in such business,
(E) a representation that such stockholder is a stockholder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting,
(F) any other information related to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents (even if a solicitation is not involved) by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder, and
(G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to the holders of at least the percentage of the Corporations outstanding capital stock required to approve the proposal or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of the proposal (such representation, a Solicitation Statement).
In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II.
(iv) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II) shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II.
(b) Nominations at Annual Meetings of Stockholders.
(i) Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.
7
(ii) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof or (B) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II on the record date for determination of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, and at the time of the annual meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (B) of this Section 11(b)(ii) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder at an annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in Section 11(b)(iii) of this ARTICLE II to the Secretary and the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Nomination Solicitation Statement required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholders notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors (other than such a notice by the Principal Stockholder prior to the Advance Notice Trigger Date, which may be delivered at any time up to thirty-five (35) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders) must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting of stockholders (which date of the preceding years annual meeting shall, for purposes of the Corporations first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [], 20[]); provided, however, that if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year (other than for purposes of the Corporations first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded), such stockholders notice must be delivered by the later of the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made by the Corporation and the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholders notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise on the next succeeding day). For the avoidance of doubt, a stockholder shall not be entitled to make additional or substitute nominations following the expiration of the time periods set forth in these Bylaws.
8
(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholders notice to the Secretary shall set forth:
(A) as to each person that the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (2) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (3) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly owned beneficially or of record by the person, (4) the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or is otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder (including such persons written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee of the stockholder, if applicable, and to serving as a director if elected),
(B) as to the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporations books, the name and address (if different from the Corporations books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person,
(C) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporations securities, a description of any Derivative Positions directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and the extent to which a Hedging Transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person,
(D) a description of all arrangements or understandings (including financial transactions and direct or indirect compensation) between or among such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and each proposed nominee and any other person or entity (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder,
(E) a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice,
(F) any other information relating to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder, and
9
(G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to the holders of a sufficient number of the Corporations outstanding shares reasonably believed by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, as the case may be, to elect each proposed nominee or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of the nomination (such representation, a Nomination Solicitation Statement).
In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II and shall comply with Section 11(f) of this ARTICLE II.
(iv) Notwithstanding anything in Section 11(b)(ii) of this ARTICLE II to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under paragraph 11(b)(ii) of this ARTICLE II and there is no Public Announcement naming the nominees for additional directorships at least ten (10) days prior to the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 11(b)(ii), a stockholders notice required by Section 11(b)(ii) of this ARTICLE II shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the Close of Business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such annual meeting.
(c) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting. Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the notice of meeting only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, any duly authorized committee thereof, or stockholders (if stockholders are permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to Section 2 of ARTICLE EIGHT of the Certificate of Incorporation) or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors or stockholders (if stockholders are permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to Section 2 of ARTICLE EIGHT of the Certificate of Incorporation) has determined that directors are to be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) was a stockholder
10
of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II and at the time of the special meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) complies with the notice procedures provided for in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) of this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder at a special meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholders notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors (other than such a notice by the Principal Stockholder prior to the Advance Notice Trigger Date, as applicable, which may be delivered at any time up to the later of (i) thirty-five (35) days prior to the special meeting of stockholders and (ii) the tenth day following the day on which a Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the Close of Business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which a Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholders notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise on the next succeeding day). To be in proper written form, such stockholders notice shall set forth all of the information required by, and otherwise be in compliance with, Section 11(b)(iii) of this ARTICLE II. In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II and shall comply with Section 11(f) of this ARTICLE II. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such special meeting.
(d) Update and Supplement of Stockholders Notice. Any stockholder who submits a notice of proposal for business or nomination for election pursuant to this Section 11 of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting of stockholders and as of the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to such meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the Close of Business on the fifth Business Day after the record date for the meeting of stockholders (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the Close of Business on the eighth Business Day prior to the date for the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) Business Days prior to the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof).
11
(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II, the term:
(i) Business Day shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in Folsom, CA or New York, NY are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close;
(ii) Close of Business shall mean 5:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, and if an applicable deadline falls on the Close of Business on a day that is not a Business Day, then the applicable deadline shall be deemed to be the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(iii) Derivative Positions means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any derivative positions including, without limitation, any short position, profits interest, option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise and any performance-related fees to which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled based, directly or indirectly, on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of capital stock of the Corporation;
(iv) Hedging Transaction means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any hedging or other transaction (such as borrowed or loaned shares) or series of transactions, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding, the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power or economic or pecuniary interest of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporations securities;
(v) Public Announcement means disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and
(vi) Stockholder Associated Person of any stockholder means (A) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (B) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder or (C) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.
12
(f) Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement. To be qualified to be a nominee for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in the case of a person nominated by a stockholder in accordance with Sections 11(b) or 11(c) of this ARTICLE II, in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under such sections) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such) that such person (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a Voting Commitment) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such persons ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such persons fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein and (iii) would be in compliance, and if elected as a director of the Corporation will comply, with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.
(g) Update and Supplement of Nominee Information. The Corporation may also, as a condition to any such nomination or business being deemed properly brought before an annual meeting, require any Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee to deliver to the Secretary, within five Business Days of any such request, such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Corporation, including such other information as may be reasonably required by the Board, in its sole discretion, to determine (A) the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation, (B) whether such nominee qualifies as an independent director or audit committee financial expert under applicable law, Securities and Exchange Commission and stock exchange rules or regulation, or any publicly disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Corporation and (C) such other information that the Board of Directors determines, in its sole discretion, could be material to a reasonable stockholders understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.
(h) Authority of Chair; General Provisions. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chair or chairs of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether any nomination or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or brought in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws (including whether the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made or solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholders nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholders representation as required by Section 11(a)(iii)(G) or Section 11(b)(iii)(G), as applicable, of these Bylaws) and, if any nomination or
13
other business is not made or brought in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such nomination or proposal of other business be disregarded and not acted upon. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 11, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.
(i) Compliance with Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these Bylaws, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these Bylaws; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to any nomination or other business to be considered pursuant to Section 11 of this ARTICLE II.
(j) Effect on Other Rights. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to (A) affect any rights of the stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporations proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, (B) confer upon any stockholder a right to have a nominee or any proposed business included in the Corporations proxy statement, except as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, (C) affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or (D) limit the exercise, the method or timing of the exercise of, the rights of any person granted by the Corporation to nominate directors (including pursuant to that Director Nomination Agreement, dated as of on or about [], 20[] (as amended and/or restated or supplemented from time to time, the Director Nomination Agreement), by and among the Corporation and the investors named therein), which rights may be exercised without compliance with the provisions of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II.
Section 12. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is
14
first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting in conformity herewith; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12 at the adjourned meeting.
Section 13. Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting. So long as stockholders of the Corporation have the right to act by written consent in accordance with Section 1 of ARTICLE SEVEN of the Certificate of Incorporation, the following provisions shall apply:
(a) Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting as may be permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take action by written consent shall, by written notice delivered to the Secretary at the Corporations principal place of business during regular business hours, request that the Board of Directors fix a record date, which notice shall include the text of any proposed resolutions. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 13(a) of this ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day only if received prior to the close of business on such day (and otherwise shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day). The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such written notice is properly delivered to and deemed received by the Secretary, adopt a resolution fixing the record date (unless a record date has previously been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 13(a)). If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 13(a) or otherwise within ten (10) days of receipt of a valid request by a stockholder, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required pursuant to applicable law, shall be the first date after the expiration of such ten (10) day time period on which a signed consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation pursuant to Section 13(b); provided, however, that if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting shall in such an event be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
(b) Generally. No consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take such action are delivered to the Corporation, in the manner required by this Section 13, within sixty (60) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days of the first date on which a consent is delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by applicable law. The validity of any consent
15
executed by a proxy for a stockholder pursuant to an electronic transmission transmitted to such proxy holder by or upon the authorization of the stockholder shall be determined by or at the direction of the Secretary. A written record of the information upon which the person making such determination relied shall be made and kept in the records of the proceedings of the stockholders. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of stockholders. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous consent shall be given by the Corporation (at its expense) to those stockholders who have not consented and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.
Section 14. Conduct of Meetings.
(a) Generally. Subject to the next sentence, meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chair of the Board, if any, or in the Chairs absence or disability, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officers absence or disability, by the President, or in the Presidents absence or disability, by a Vice President (in the order as determined by the Board of Directors), or in the absence or disability of the foregoing persons by a chair designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence or disability of such person, by a chair chosen at the meeting. At any time when there are Co-Chairs of the Board, meetings of stockholders shall be presided over jointly by the Co-Chairs, provided, however, if there is only one Co-Chair present at the meeting, the meeting shall be presided over by the Co-Chair that is present. For purposes of this Section 14, whenever the Co-Chairs are jointly presiding over the meeting, all decisions and actions of the chair shall require the approval of both Co-Chairs. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretarys absence or disability the chair of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
(b) Rules, Regulations and Procedures. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chair of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chair, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chair of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chair of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; and (vi) restrictions on the use of mobile phones, audio or video recording devices and similar devices at the meeting.. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chair of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance
16
with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The chair of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted. The chair of the meeting shall have the power, right and authority, for any or no reason, to convene, recess and/or adjourn any meeting of stockholders.
(c) Inspectors of Elections. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chair of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspectors duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspectors ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.
Section 15. Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:
(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and
(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication,
provided that
(c) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;
(d) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and
(e) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.
17
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1. General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
Section 2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders. In the event that the annual meeting of stockholders takes place telephonically or through any other means by which the stockholders do not convene in any one location, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal offices of the Corporation immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders.
Section 3. Regular Meetings and Special Meetings. Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called (i) by the Chair(s) of the Board, if any, (ii) by the Secretary upon the written request of a majority of the directors then in office or (iii) if the Board of Directors then includes a director nominated or designated for nomination by the Principal Stockholder (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), by any director nominated or designated for nomination by the Principal Stockholder, and in each case shall be held at the place, if any, on the date and at the time as he, she or they shall fix consistent with the notice requirements of Section 4 of this Article III. Any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting of the Board of Directors.
Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these Bylaws. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of each regular and annual meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice is required, shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 4. Such notice shall be state the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given to each director at least (a) twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if by telephone or by being personally delivered or sent by overnight courier, telecopy, electronic transmission, email or similar means or (b) five (5) days before the meeting if delivered by mail to the directors residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, electronic transmission, email or similar means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
Section 5. Waiver of Notice. Any director may waive notice of any meeting of directors by a writing signed by the director or by electronic transmission. Any member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not further participate in the meeting. Such member shall be
18
conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.
Section 6. Chair of the Board, Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment. So long as the Principal Stockholder beneficially owns in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 30% or more of the Voting Stock, the Chair or Chairs of the Board of Directors shall be selected solely as provided in Article Five, Section 9 of the Certificate of Incorporation. At all other times the Board of Directors may select one or more Chairs of the Board from among its members. Any Chair of the Board must be a director and may be an officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the position of Chair of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and Board of Directors at which he or she is present and have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If a Chair of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chair of the Board) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of the directors present at the meeting to so preside. Whenever there are Co-Chairs of the Board each Co-Chair shall have the same concurrent powers and, except as provided in these Bylaws (including, without limitation, Section 14 of Article II of these Bylaws), all duties and roles assigned to the chair in these Bylaws may be exercised by either Co-Chair, independently of the other Co-Chair. Except where these Bylaws require both Co-Chairs to approve a decision or action before it can be taken, in the event of disagreement among the Co-Chairs with respect to any particular matter, the Board of Directors shall determine the manner in which such disagreement shall be resolved. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided, however, that as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, a quorum shall never be less than one-third the total number of directors, provided, further, that for so long as HGGC and M&S collectively own at least 40% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation or either HGGC or M&S individually owns at least 20% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation, a quorum will be determined as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Unless by express provision of an applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a different vote is required, the vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
19
Section 7. Committees.
(a) The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, and any committees required by the rules and regulations of such exchange as any securities of the Corporation are listed and subject to the terms and conditions of the Director Nomination AGreement. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided by the DGCL and in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors upon request.
(b) Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. All matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that members alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.
Section 8. Action by Written Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After the action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee in the same paper form or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.
Section 9. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees, reimbursement of expenses and equity compensation, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity, including for attendance of meetings of the Board of Directors or participation on any committees. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Section 10. Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such members duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporations officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other persons professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
20
Section 11. Telephonic and Other Meetings. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 1. Number and Election. Subject to the authority of Chief Executive Officer to appoint officers as set forth in Section 11 of this ARTICLE IV, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.
Section 2. Term of Office. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.
Section 3. Removal. Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed with or without cause by the Board of Directors, a duly authorized committee thereof or by such officers as may be designated by a resolution of the Board of Directors, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 11 of this ARTICLE IV may also be removed by the Chief Executive Officer in his or her sole discretion.
Section 4. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 11 of this ARTICLE IV.
Section 5. Compensation. Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Corporation.
Section 6. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of the Chair(s) of the Board, or if a Chair of the Board shall not have been elected, preside at each meeting of (a) the Board of Directors if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and (b) the stockholders. Subject to the powers of the Board of Directors and the Chair(s) of the Board, the
21
Chief Executive Officer shall be in general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall be its chief policy making officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws. The Chief Executive Officer is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. Whenever the President is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the President.
Section 7. The President. The President of the Corporation shall, subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, the Chair(s) of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees. The President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The President shall, in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all of the restrictions of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chair(s) of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors or as may be provided in these Bylaws or otherwise are incident to the position of President.
Section 8. Vice Presidents. The Vice President, or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents, in the order determined by the Board of Directors or the Chair of the Board, shall, perform such duties and have such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe or which otherwise are incident to the position of Vice President. The Vice Presidents may also be designated as Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents, as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 9. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors (other than executive sessions thereof) and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose or shall ensure that his or her designee attends each such meeting to act in such capacity. Under the Board of Directors supervision, the Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these Bylaws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chair(s) of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe or which otherwise are incident to the position of Secretary; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, any of the assistant secretaries, shall in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chair(s) of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or Secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.
22
Section 10. The Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation as shall be necessary or desirable in accordance with applicable law or generally accepted accounting principles; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Chair(s) of the Board or the Board of Directors; shall receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever; shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meeting or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of the financial condition and operations of the Corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chair(s) of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe or which otherwise are incident to the position of Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer, if any, shall in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer, subject to the power of the board of directors. The Treasurer, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may, from time to time, prescribe.
Section 11. Appointed Officers. In addition to officers designated by the Board in accordance with this ARTICLE IV, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the authority to appoint other officers below the level of Board-appointed Vice President as the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem expedient and may designate for such officers titles that appropriately reflect their positions and responsibilities. Such appointed officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the senior officer to whom they report, consistent with corporate policies. An appointed officer shall serve until the earlier of such officers resignation or such officers removal by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors at any time, either with or without cause.
Section 12. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents. Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.
Section 13. Officers Bonds or Other Security. If required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.
Section 14. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.
23
ARTICLE V
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
Section 1. Form. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. If shares are represented by certificates, the certificates shall be in such form as required by applicable law and as determined by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall certify the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by two authorized officers of the Corporation including, but not limited to, the Chair(s) of the Board (if an officer), the President, a Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary and an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been issued by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation at the date of issue. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The Board of Directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the Corporation. The Corporation, or its designated transfer agent or other agent, shall keep a book or set of books to be known as the stock transfer books of the Corporation, containing the name of each holder of record, together with such holders address and the number and class or series of shares held by such holder and the date of issue. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to each holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred, certificates representing the shares owned by such holder, and shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holders attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation or its designated transfer agent or other agent of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates and record the transaction on its books. When shares are not represented by certificates, shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holders attorney duly authorized in writing, with such evidence of the authenticity of such transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps, and within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, the Corporation shall, if required by applicable law, send the holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred a written statement of the information required by applicable law. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or any other instrument, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.
24
Section 2. Lost Certificates. The Corporation may issue or direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct, sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.
Section 3. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner, except as otherwise required by applicable law. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by applicable law.
Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Purposes Other Than Stockholder Meetings or Actions by Written Consent. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action (other than stockholder meetings and stockholder written consents which are expressly governed by Sections 12 and 13 of ARTICLE II hereof), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
ARTICLE VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. Dividends. Subject to and in accordance with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and any certificate of designation relating to any series of preferred stock, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared and paid by the Board of Directors, in accordance with applicable law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporations capital stock, subject to the provisions of applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which they were created.
25
Section 2. Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.
Section 3. Contracts. In addition to the powers otherwise granted to officers pursuant to ARTICLE IV hereof, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
Section 4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Section 5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the words Corporate Seal, Delaware. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no seal shall be required by virtue of this Section.
Section 6. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation. Voting securities in any other corporation or entity held by the Corporation shall be voted by the Chair(s) of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer, unless the Board of Directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.
Section 7. Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws and subject to applicable law, facsimile and other forms of electronic signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used.
Section 8. Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.
Section 9. Inconsistent Provisions. The provisions of these Bylaws are intended to be read consistently with the provisions of the Director Nomination Agreement. In the event that any provision (or part thereof) of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Director Nomination Agreement, the applicable provision (or part thereof) of these Bylaws shall be deemed to have been revised to conform to the inconsistent provision of the Director Nomination Agreement, which shall be incorporated herein by reference so as to eliminate any such inconsistency.
26
ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 1. Right to Indemnification and Advancement. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including involvement, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a proceeding), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an indemnitee), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (ERISA) and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitees heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in this Section 2 of this ARTICLE VII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advance of expenses (as defined below), the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred herein, an indemnitee shall also have the right, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an advance of expenses); provided, however, that if and to the extent that the DGCL requires, an advance of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (an undertaking), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a final adjudication) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 1 or otherwise. The Corporation may also, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification and advancement to employees and agents of the Corporation. Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the Chair(s) of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary and Treasurer of the Corporation appointed pursuant to ARTICLE IV, and to any Vice President, Assistant Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or other officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors pursuant to ARTICLE IV of these By-laws, and any reference to an officer of any other enterprise shall be deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such other entity pursuant to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or equivalent organizational documents of such other enterprise. The fact that any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other enterprise has been given or has used the title of Vice President or any other title that could be
27
construed to suggest or imply that such person is or may be an officer of the Corporation or of such other enterprise shall not result in such person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, an officer of the Corporation or of such other enterprise for purposes of this ARTICLE VII unless such persons appointment to such office was approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to ARTICLE VII.
Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification. Any claim for indemnification or advance of expenses by an indemnitee under this Section 2 of ARTICLE VII shall be made promptly, and in any event within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the director or officer has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), upon the written request of the indemnitee. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advance of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the indemnitee has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this ARTICLE VII shall be enforceable by the indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such persons costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of expenses where the undertaking required pursuant to Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proof shall be on the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, a committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
Section 3. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.
Section 4. Service for Subsidiaries. Any person serving as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned by the Corporation (a subsidiary for purposes of this ARTICLE VII) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.
28
Section 5. Reliance. Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights contained in this ARTICLE VII in entering into or continuing such service. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this ARTICLE VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.
Section 6. Non-Exclusivity of Rights; Continuation of Rights of Indemnification. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the Certificate of Incorporation or under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. All rights to indemnification under this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this ARTICLE VII is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE VII or repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such repeal or modification.
Section 7. Merger or Consolidation. For purposes of this ARTICLE VII, references to the Corporation shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this ARTICLE VII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
Section 8. Savings Clause. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if this ARTICLE VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each person entitled to indemnification under Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII as to all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification and advancement of expenses is available to such person pursuant to this ARTICLE VII to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this ARTICLE VII that shall not have been invalidated.
29
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
These Bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new Bylaws adopted only in accordance with Section 1 of ARTICLE TEN of the Certificate of Incorporation.
* * * * *
30
Exhibit 4.1
THE BETTER BEING CO.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made as of [], 2021 among The Better Being Co., a Delaware corporation (the Company), Norway Topco, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (Norway Topco), and each Person who executes a Joinder as an Other Investor (collectively, the Other Investors). Except as otherwise specified herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A attached hereto.
In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
Section 1 Demand Registrations.
(a) Requests for Registration. At any time and from time to time, the Majority Holders may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement (Long-Form Registrations) or on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement (Short-Form Registrations), if available (any such requested registration, a Demand Registration). The Majority Holders may request that any Demand Registration be made pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a Shelf Registration) and (if the Company is a WKSI at the time any such request is submitted to the Company or will become one by the time of the filing of such Shelf Registration) that such Shelf Registration be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement). Each request for a Demand Registration must specify the approximate number or dollar value of Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the requesting Holders and (if known) the intended method of distribution. The Majority Holders will be entitled to request an unlimited number of Demand Registrations for which the Company will pay all Registration Expenses, whether or not any such registration is consummated.
(b) Notice to Other Holders. Within four (4) Business Days after receipt of any such request, the Company will give written notice of the Demand Registration to all other Holders and, subject to the terms of Section 1(e), will include in such Demand Registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Companys notice; provided that, with the written consent of the Majority Holders, the Company may, or at the written request of the Majority Holders, the Company shall, instead provide notice of the Demand Registration to all other Holders within three (3) Business Days following the non-confidential filing of the registration statement with respect to the Demand Registration so long as such registration statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement.
(c) Form of Registrations. All Long-Form Registrations will be underwritten registrations unless otherwise approved by the Majority Holders. Demand Registrations will be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form unless otherwise requested by the Majority Holders.
(d) Shelf Registrations.
(i) For so long as a registration statement for a Shelf Registration (a Shelf Registration Statement) is and remains effective, the Majority Holders will have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an offering (including an underwritten offering) Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement (Shelf Registrable Securities). If
the Majority Holders desire to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to an underwritten offering, then the Majority Holders may deliver to the Company a written notice (a Shelf Offering Notice) specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that the Majority Holders desire to sell pursuant to such underwritten offering (the Shelf Offering). As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice, the Company will give written notice of such Shelf Offering Notice to all other Holders of Shelf Registrable Securities that have been identified as selling stockholders in such Shelf Registration Statement and are otherwise permitted to sell in such Shelf Offering, which such notice shall request that each such Holder specify, within seven (7) days after the Companys receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice, the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities such Holder desires to be disposed of in such Shelf Offering. The Company, subject to Section 1(e) and Section 7, will include in such Shelf Offering all Shelf Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received timely written requests for inclusion. The Company will, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within fourteen (14) days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice), but subject to Section 1(e), use its best efforts to consummate such Shelf Offering.
(ii) If the Majority Holders desire to engage in an underwritten block trade or bought deal pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement) (each, an Underwritten Block Trade), then notwithstanding the time periods set forth in Section 1(d)(i), the Majority Holders may notify the Company of the Underwritten Block Trade not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the day such offering is first anticipated to commence. If requested by the Majority Holders, the Company will promptly notify other Holders of such Underwritten Block Trade and such notified Holders (each, a Potential Participant) may elect whether or not to participate no later than the next Business Day (i.e. one (1) Business Day prior to the day such offering is to commence) (unless a longer period is agreed to by the Majority Holders), and the Company will as expeditiously as possible use its best efforts to facilitate such Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as two (2) Business Days after the date it commences); provided further that, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1(d)(i), no Holder (other than Holders of Investor Registrable Securities) will be permitted to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade without the written consent of the Majority Holders. Any Potential Participants request to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade shall be binding on the Potential Participant.
(iii) All determinations as to whether to complete any Shelf Offering and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Shelf Offering contemplated by this Section 1(d) shall be determined by the Majority Holders, and the Company shall use its best efforts to cause any Shelf Offering to occur in accordance with such determinations as promptly as practicable.
(iv) The Company will, at the request of the Majority Holders, file any prospectus supplement or any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by the Majority Holders to effect such Shelf Offering.
(e) Priority on Demand Registrations and Shelf Offerings. The Company will not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders. If a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and (if permitted hereunder) other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities (if any), which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, then the Company will include in such offering (prior to the inclusion of any securities which are
-2-
not Registrable Securities); (i) first, the number of Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, to Norway Topco; and (ii) second, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by Other Investors which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective other Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such other Holder.
(f) Restrictions on Demand Registration and Shelf Offerings.
(i) The Company may postpone, for up to 60 days (or with the consent of the Majority Holders, a longer period) from the date of the request (the Suspension Period), the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration or suspend the use of a prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement (and therefore suspend sales of the Shelf Registrable Securities) by providing written notice to the Holders if the following conditions are met: (A) the Company determines that the offer or sale of Registrable Securities would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any Subsidiary to engage in any material acquisition of assets or stock (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any material merger, consolidation, tender offer, recapitalization, reorganization, financing or other transaction involving the Company and (B) upon advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement would require disclosure of material non-public information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and either (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Companys ability to consummate such transaction, or (z) such transaction renders the Company unable to comply with SEC requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the registration statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the registration statement on a post effective basis, as applicable. The Company may delay or suspend the effectiveness of a Demand Registration or Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 1(f)(i) only once in any twelve (12)-month period (for avoidance of doubt, in addition to the Companys rights and obligations under Section 4(a)(vi)) unless additional delays or suspensions are approved by the Majority Holders.
(ii) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement as set forth in Section 1(f)(i) above or pursuant to Section 4(a)(vi) (a Suspension Event), the Company will give a notice to the Holders whose Registrable Securities are registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (a Suspension Notice) to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities and such notice must state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension will continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing. Each Holder agrees not to effect any sales of its Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice. A Holder may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an End of Suspension Notice) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice will be given by the Company to the Holders promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event (and in any event during the permitted Suspension Period).
(g) Selection of Underwriters. The Majority Holders shall select the legal counsel to the Company, the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer any underwritten offering in connection with any Demand Registration or Shelf Offering.
-3-
(h) Other Registration Rights. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company will not grant to any Person(s) the right to request the Company or any Subsidiary to register any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders.
(i) Revocation of Demand Notice or Shelf Offering Notice. At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to a Demand Registration or the pricing of any offering relating to a Shelf Offering Notice, the Majority Holders who initiated such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering may revoke or withdraw such notice of a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering Notice on behalf of all Holders participating in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering without liability to such Holders (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the other Participating Majority Holders), in each case by providing written notice to the Company.
(j) Confidentiality. Each Holder agrees to treat as confidential the receipt of any notice hereunder (including notice of a Demand Registration, a Shelf Offering Notice and a Suspension Notice) and the information contained therein, and not to disclose or use the information contained in any such notice (or the existence thereof) without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally (other than as a result of disclosure by such Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement).
Section 2 Piggyback Registrations.
(a) Right to Piggyback. Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (including primary and secondary registrations, and other than pursuant to an Excluded Registration) (a Piggyback Registration), the Company will give prompt written notice (and in any event within three (3) Business Days after the public filing of the registration statement relating to the Piggyback Registration) to all Holders of its intention to effect such Piggyback Registration and, subject to the terms of Section 2(b) and Section 2(c), will include in such Piggyback Registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after delivery of the Companys notice. Any Participating Majority Holder may withdraw its request for inclusion at any time prior to executing the underwriting agreement, or if none, prior to the applicable registration statement becoming effective.
(b) Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the Participating Majority Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Majority Holder, (iii) third, any other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holder which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder and (iv) fourth, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.
-4-
(c) Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Companys equity securities (other than pursuant to Section 1 hereof), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders initially requesting such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, (ii) second, the Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the Participating Majority Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Majority Holder, (iii) third, any other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holder which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder and (iv) fourth, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.
(d) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company will have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2, whether or not any holder of Registrable Securities has elected to include securities in such registration.
(e) Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, the Majority Holders shall select the legal counsel for the Company, the investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering.
Section 3 Stockholder Lock-Up Agreements and Company Holdback Agreement.
(a) Stockholder Lock-up Agreements. In connection with any underwritten Public Offering, each Holder will enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the underwriter(s) managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Majority Holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Holder hereby agrees that in connection with the initial Public Offering and in connection with any Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten Public Offering, not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company (including equity securities of the Company that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such Holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC) (collectively, Securities), or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities (collectively, Other Securities), (ii) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (i) above, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities or Other Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities or Other Securities, in cash or otherwise (each of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, a Sale Transaction), or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any Sale Transaction, commencing on the date on which the Company gives notice to the Holders that a preliminary prospectus has been circulated for such underwritten Public Offering or the pricing of such offering and continuing to the date that is (x) 180 days following the date of the final prospectus for such underwritten Public Offering in the case of the initial Public Offering or (y) 90 days following the date of the final prospectus in the case of any other such underwritten Public Offering (each such period, or such shorter period as agreed to by the managing underwriters, a Holdback Period), in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Majority Holders. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to any Securities or Other Securities subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 3(a) until the end of such Holdback Period.
-5-
(b) Company Holdback Agreement. The Company (i) will not file any registration statement for a Public Offering or cause any such registration statement to become effective, or effect any public sale or distribution of its Securities or Other Securities during any Holdback Period (other than as part of such underwritten Public Offering, or a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form which is (x) then in effect or (y) shall become effective upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Other Securities) and (ii) will cause each holder of Securities and Other Securities (including each of its directors and executive officers) to agree not to effect any Sale Transaction during any Holdback Period, except as part of such underwritten registration (if otherwise permitted), unless approved in writing by the Majority Holders and the underwriters managing the Public Offering and to enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the underwriter(s) managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Majority Holders.
Section 4 Registration Procedures.
(a) Company Obligations. Whenever the Holders have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement or have initiated a Shelf Offering, the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible:
(i) prepare and file with (or submit confidentially to) the SEC a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, all in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (provided that before filing or confidentially submitting a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to the counsel selected by the Majority Holders covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed or submitted, which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such counsel);
(ii) notify each Holder of (A) the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (B) the receipt by the Company or its counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (C) the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder;
(iii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but not in any event before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten Public Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;
-6-
(iv) furnish, without charge, to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder and each underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) (in each case including all exhibits and documents incorporated by reference therein), each amendment and supplement thereto, each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller or underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable laws of each such registration statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto, and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) or Free Writing Prospectus by each such seller of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);
(v) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph, (B) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (C) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction);
(vi) notify in writing each seller of such Registrable Securities (A) promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (B) promptly after receipt thereof, of any request by the SEC for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (C) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event or of any information or circumstances as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, subject to Section 1(f), if required by applicable law or to the extent requested by the Majority Holders, the Company will use its best efforts to promptly prepare and file a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company in any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct;
(vii) (A) use best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on a securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market markers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with FINRA, and (B) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements;
(viii) use best efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;
-7-
(ix) enter into and perform such customary agreements (including, as applicable, underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the Majority Holders or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, making available the executive officers of the Company and participating in road shows, investor presentations, marketing events and other selling efforts and effecting a stock or unit split or combination, recapitalization or reorganization);
(x) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition or sale pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company as will be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Companys officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement and the disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant thereto;
(xi) take all actions to ensure that any Free-Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(xii) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Companys first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;
(xiii) permit any Holder which, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to allow such Holder to provide language for insertion therein, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included;
(xiv) use best efforts to (A) make Short-Form Registration available for the sale of Registrable Securities and (B) prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Common Equity included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction use, and in the event any such order is issued, best efforts to obtain promptly the withdrawal of such order;
(xv) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;
-8-
(xvi) cooperate with the Holders covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the registration statement, or the removal of any restrictive legends associated with any account at which such securities are held, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter, or agent, if any, or such Holders may request;
(xvii) if requested by any managing underwriter, include in any prospectus or prospectus supplement updated financial or business information for the Companys most recent period or current quarterly period (including estimated results or ranges of results) if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of the managing underwriter;
(xviii) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable;
(xix) (A) cooperate with each Holder covered by the registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with the preparation and filing of applications, notices, registrations and responses to requests for additional information with FINRA, the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq or any other national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Equity are or are to be listed, and (B) to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the managing underwriter;
(xx) in the case of any underwritten offering, use its best efforts to obtain, and deliver to the underwriter(s), in the manner and to the extent provided for in the applicable underwriting agreement, one or more cold comfort letters from the Companys independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters;
(xxi) use its best efforts to provide (A) a legal opinion of the Companys outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement addressed to the Company, (B) on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the closing date of the applicable sale, (1) one or more legal opinions of the Companys outside counsel, dated such date, in form and substance as customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities and (2) one or more negative assurances letters of the Companys outside counsel, dated such date, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities, in each case, addressed to the underwriters, if any, or, if requested, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities and (3) customary certificates executed by authorized officers of the Company as may be requested by any Holder or any underwriter of such Registrable Securities;
-9-
(xxii) if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering any Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective;
(xxiii) if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold;
(xxiv) if the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year, refile a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities, and, if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, use its best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective; and
(xxv) if requested by any Participating Majority Holder, cooperate with such Participating Majority Holder and with the managing underwriter or agent, if any, on reasonable notice to facilitate any Charitable Gifting Event and to prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to permit any such recipient Charitable Organization to sell in the underwritten offering if it so elects.
(b) Officer Obligations. Each Holder that is an officer of the Company agrees that if and for so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, he or she will participate fully in the sale process in a manner customary for persons in like positions and consistent with his or her other duties with the Company, including the preparation of the registration statement and the preparation and presentation of any road shows.
(c) Automatic Shelf Registration Statements. If the Company files any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, and the Majority Holders do not request that their Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that, at the request of the Majority Holders, it will include in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B in order to ensure that the Majority Holders may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment. If the Company has filed any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company shall, at the request of the Majority Holders, file any post-effective amendments necessary to include therein all disclosure and language necessary to ensure that the holders of Registrable Securities may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement.
(d) Additional Information. The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing, as a condition to such sellers participation in such registration.
(e) In-Kind Distributions. If Norway Topco (and/or any of its Affiliates) seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of their Registrable Securities to their respective direct or indirect equityholders, the Company will, subject to any applicable lock-ups, work with the foregoing Persons to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested and consistent with the Companys obligations under the Securities Act.
-10-
(f) Suspended Distributions. Each Person participating in a registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(a)(vi), such Person will immediately discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Persons receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 4(a)(vi), subject to the Companys compliance with its obligations under Section 4(a)(vi).
(g) Other. To the extent that any of the Participating Majority Holders is or may be deemed to be an underwriter of Registrable Securities pursuant to any SEC comments or policies, the Company agrees that (i) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in Section 6 shall be applicable to the benefit of such Participating Majority Holder in their role as an underwriter or deemed underwriter in addition to their capacity as a holder and (ii) such Participating Majority Holder shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which they would normally conduct in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including without limitation receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters addressed to such Participating Majority Holder.
Section 5 Registration Expenses.
Except as expressly provided herein, all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company or Norway Topco in connection with the performance of or compliance with this Agreement and/or in connection with any Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering, whether or not the same shall become effective, shall be paid by the Company, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or blue sky laws, (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company or other depositary and of printing prospectuses and Company Free Writing Prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which similar securities of the Company are then listed (or on which exchange the Registrable Securities are proposed to be listed in the case of the initial Public Offering), (vii) all applicable rating agency fees with respect to the Registrable Securities, (viii) all fees and disbursements of legal counsel for the Company, (ix) all reasonable fees and disbursements of one legal counsel for selling Holders selected by the Majority Holders (which may be the same counsel as selected for the Company) together with any necessary local counsel as may be required by the Majority Holders, (x) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (xi) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company or the Majority Holders in connection with any Registration (xii) all of the Companys internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and (xiii) all expenses related to the road-show for any underwritten offering, including all travel, meals and lodging. All such expenses are referred to herein as Registration Expenses. The Company shall not be required to pay, and each Person that sells securities pursuant to a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration hereunder will bear and pay, all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the Registrable Securities sold for such Persons account and all transfer taxes (if any) attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.
-11-
Section 6 Indemnification and Contribution.
(a) By the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law and without limitation as to time, each Holder, such Holders officers, directors, employees, agents, fiduciaries, stockholders, managers, partners, members, Affiliates, direct and indirect equityholders, consultants and representatives, and any successors and assigns thereof, and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) (the Indemnified Parties) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses (including with respect to actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) (collectively, Losses) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon or related to any of the following (each, a Violation) by the Company: (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication (in this Section 6, collectively called an application) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the blue sky or securities laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any Violation or alleged Violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance. In addition, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses result from, arise out of, are based upon, or relate to an untrue statement, or omission, made in such registration statement, any such prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Party expressly for use therein or by such Indemnified Partys failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such Indemnified Party with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Indemnified Parties or as otherwise agreed to in the underwriting agreement executed in connection with such underwritten offering. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.
(b) By Holders. In connection with any registration statement in which a Holder is participating, each such Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, will indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any Losses resulting from (as determined by a final and appealable judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction) any untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided that the obligation to indemnify will be individual, not joint and several, for each Holder and will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.
-12-
(c) Claim Procedure. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice will impair any Persons right to indemnification hereunder only to the extent such failure has prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified partys reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicted indemnified parties will have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the majority of the conflicted indemnified parties involved in the indemnification and approved by the Majority Holders, at the expense of the indemnifying party.
(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to, or is insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any Loss referred to herein, then such indemnifying party will contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Loss, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Loss as well as any other relevant equitable considerations or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) of this Section 6(d) is not permitted by applicable law, then in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative fault but also the relative benefit of the Company on the one hand and of the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other in connection with the statement or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution will be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party will be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue (or, as applicable alleged) untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if the contribution pursuant to this Section 6(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account such equitable considerations. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to herein will be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject hereof. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
(e) Release. No indemnifying party will, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.
-13-
(f) Non-exclusive Remedy; Survival. The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement will be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract (and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be considered the indemnitors of first resort in all such circumstances to which this Section 6 applies) and will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of Registrable Securities and the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
Section 7 Cooperation with Underwritten Offerings. No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Persons securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or green shoe option requested by the underwriters; provided that no Holder will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such Holder has requested to include in such registration) and (ii) completes, executes and delivers all questionnaires, powers of attorney, stock powers, custody agreements, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents and agreements required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements or as may be reasonably requested by the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s). To the extent that any such agreement is entered into pursuant to, and consistent with, Section 3, Section 4 and/or this Section 7, the respective rights and obligations created under such agreement will supersede the respective rights and obligations of the Holders, the Company and the underwriters created thereby with respect to such registration.
Section 8 Subsidiary Public Offering.
(a) Subsidiary Public Offering. If, after an initial Public Offering of the common equity securities of one of its Subsidiaries, the Company distributes securities of such Subsidiary to its equityholders, then the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement will apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Subsidiary, and the Company will cause such Subsidiary to comply with such Subsidiarys obligations under this Agreement as if it were the Company hereunder.
Section 9 Joinder; Additional Parties; Transfer of Registrable Securities.
(a) Joinder. The Company may from time to time (with the prior written consent of the Majority Holders) permit any Person who acquires Common Equity (or rights to acquire Common Equity) to become a party to this Agreement and to be entitled to and be bound by all of the rights and obligations as a Holder by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Person in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (a Joinder). Upon the execution and delivery of a Joinder by such Person, the Common Equity held by such Person shall become the category of Registrable Securities (i.e. Investor Registrable Securities or Other Investor Registrable Securities), and such Person shall be deemed the category of Holder (i.e. Norway Topco or Other Investor), in each case as set forth on the signature page to such Joinder.
(b) Restrictions on Transfers. Prior to transferring any Registrable Securities to any Person (including, without limitation, by operation of law), the transferring Holder must first obtain the prior written consent of the Majority Holders, and if so obtained, cause the prospective transferee to execute and deliver to the Company a Joinder, except that such consent and Joinder shall not be required in the case of (i) a transfer to the Company, (ii) a transfer by Norway Topco to its partners or members, (iii) a Public Offering, (iv) a sale pursuant to Rule 144 after the completion of the initial Public Offering and/or (v) a transfer in connection with a Sale of the Company. Any transfer or attempted transfer of Registrable Securities in violation of any provision of this Agreement will be void, and the Company will not record such transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Registrable Securities as the owner thereof for any purpose (but the Company will be entitled to enforce against such Person the obligations hereunder).
-14-
(c) Legend. Each certificate (if any) evidencing any Registrable Securities and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the transfer of any Registrable Securities (unless such Registrable Securities would no longer be Registrable Securities after such transfer) will be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF _________ __, 2021 AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE COMPANY) AND CERTAIN OF THE COMPANYS EQUITYHOLDERS, AS AMENDED. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.
The Company will imprint such legend on certificates evidencing Registrable Securities outstanding prior to the date hereof. The legend set forth above will be removed from the certificates evidencing any securities that have ceased to be Registrable Securities.
Section 10 General Provisions.
(a) Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and the Majority Holders who are then Holders; provided that no such amendment, modification or waiver that would treat a specific Holder or group of Holders of Registrable Securities (i.e., Majority Holders or Other Investors) in a manner materially and adversely different than any other Holder or group of Holders will be effective against such Holder or group of Holders without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities that are held by the group of Holders that is materially and adversely affected thereby. The failure or delay of any Person to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and will not affect the right of such Person thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. A waiver or consent to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of his, her or its obligations under this Agreement will not be deemed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person under this Agreement.
(b) Remedies. The parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that a breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable harm and money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing hereunder, any party will be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.
(c) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or regulation in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
-15-
(d) Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.
(e) Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and permitted assigns and the Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns (whether so expressed or not).
(f) Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication to be given under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; but if not, then on the next Business Day (provided that any such notice under this clause (ii) will not be effective unless within one Business Day after the notice is sent, a copy of such notice is sent to the recipient by first-class mail, return receipt requested, or reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid)), (iii) one Business Day after it is sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) three Business Days after it is mailed to the recipient by first class mail, return receipt requested. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Company at the address specified on the signature page hereto or any Joinder and to any holder, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any party may change such partys address for receipt of notice by giving prior written notice of the change to the sending party as provided herein. The Companys address is:
The Better Being Co.
222 Main Street, Suite 1600
Salt Lake City, Utah 84101
Attention: General Counsel
E-mail: JBurchfield@nutracorp.com
With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
300 N. LaSalle
Chicago, Illinois 60654
Attn: Robert Hayward, P.C.
Robert Goedert, P.C.
Alexander M. Schwartz
Facsimile: 312-862-2200
or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
(g) Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is not a Business Day, the time period will automatically be extended to the Business Day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.
(h) Governing Law. The corporate law of the State of Delaware will govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its equityholders. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.
-16-
(i) MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
(j) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTYS RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.
(k) No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and each Holder agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement, will be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Holder or any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever will attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Holder or any current or future member of any Holder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any Holder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.
(l) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word including in this Agreement will be by way of example rather than by limitation.
(m) No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.
-17-
(n) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signature of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.
(o) Electronic Delivery. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent executed and delivered by means of a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of such signed writing using a facsimile machine or electronic mail will be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and will be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto will re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument will raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.
(p) Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Holder agrees to execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
(q) Dividends, Recapitalizations, Etc. If at any time or from time to time there is any change in the capital structure of the Company by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment will be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby will continue.
(r) No Third-Party Beneficiaries. No term or provision of this Agreement is intended to be, or shall be, for the benefit of any Person not a party hereto, and no such other Person shall have any right or cause of action hereunder, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.
(s) Current Public Information. At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company will file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and will take such further action as the Majority Holders may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Holders to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144.
* * * * *
-18-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.
THE BETTER BEING CO. | ||
By: |
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
NORWAY TOPCO, LP |
By: |
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address: [●] |
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
EXHIBIT A
DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below.
Affiliate of any Person means any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person and, in the case of an individual, also includes any member of such individuals Family Group; provided that the Company and its Subsidiaries will not be deemed to be Affiliates of any holder of Registrable Securities. As used in this definition, control (including, with its correlative meanings, controlling, controlled by and under common control with) will mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).
Agreement has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).
Business Day means a day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banks in New York City are authorized or requested by law to close.
Charitable Gifting Event means any transfer by Norway Topco, or any subsequent transfer by such holders members, partners or other employees, in connection with a bona fide gift to any Charitable Organization on the date of, but prior to, the execution of the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any underwritten offering.
Charitable Organization means a charitable organization as described by Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect from time to time.
Common Equity means the Companys common stock, par value $0.001 per share
Company has the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall include its successor(s).
Demand Registrations has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).
End of Suspension Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Excluded Registration means any registration (i) pursuant to a Demand Registration (which is addressed in Section 1(a)), or (ii) in connection with registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 promulgated by the SEC or any successor or similar forms.
Family Group means with respect to any individual, such individuals current or former spouse, their respective parents, descendants of such parents (whether natural or adopted) and the spouses of such descendants, any trust, limited partnership, corporation or limited liability company established solely for the benefit of such individual or such individuals current or former spouse, their respective parents, descendants of such parents (whether natural or adopted) or the spouses of such descendants.
FINRA means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
A-1
Free Writing Prospectus means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.
Holdback Period has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
Holder means a holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement (including by way of Joinder).
Indemnified Parties has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
Investor Registrable Securities means (i) any Common Equity held (directly or indirectly) by Norway Topco or any of its Affiliates, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.
Joinder has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).
Long-Form Registrations has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).
Losses has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).
Majority Holders means the holders of a majority of all Investor Registrable Securities.
Norway Topco has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Other Investor Registrable Securities means (i) any Common Equity held (directly or indirectly) by any Other Investors or any of their Affiliates, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.
Other Investors has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Participating Majority Holders means any Majority Holder(s) participating in the request for a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering, Piggyback Registration or Underwritten Block Trade.
Person means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
Piggyback Registrations has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).
Public Offering means any sale or distribution by the Company, one of its Subsidiaries and/or Holders to the public of Common Equity or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Equity pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act.
Qualified Independent Underwriter has the meaning set forth by FINRA in Section 5121(f)(12), or any successor provision thereto.
Registrable Securities means Investor Registrable Securities and Other Investor Registrable Securities. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been (a) sold or distributed pursuant to a Public Offering, (b) sold in
A-2
compliance with Rule 144 following the consummation of the initial Public Offering, (c) distributed to the direct or indirect partners or members of Norway Topco or (d) repurchased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities, and the Registrable Securities will be deemed to be in existence, whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person will be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Registrable Securities hereunder (it being understood that a holder of Registrable Securities may only request that Registrable Securities in the form of Common Equity be registered pursuant to this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the consummation of an initial Public Offering, any Registrable Securities held by any Person (other than Norway Topco or its Affiliates) that may be sold under Rule 144(b)(1)(i) without limitation under any of the other requirements of Rule 144 will be deemed not to be Registrable Securities.
Registration Expenses has the meaning set forth in Section 5.
Rule 144, Rule 158, Rule 405 and Rule 415 mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) by the SEC, as the same will be amended from time to time, or any successor rule then in force.
Sale of the Company means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Person(s) or a group of related Persons (other than Norway Topco and/or its Affiliates) in the aggregate acquires: (i) Common Equity of the Company entitled to vote (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect directors with a majority of the voting power of the Companys board of directors (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Companys Common Equity) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Companys and its Subsidiaries assets determined on a consolidated basis; provided that a Public Offering will not constitute a Sale of the Company.
Sale Transaction has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
SEC means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securities has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Shelf Offering has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).
Shelf Offering Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).
Shelf Registrable Securities has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).
Shelf Registration has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).
Shelf Registration Statement has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d).
Short-Form Registrations has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).
A-3
Subsidiary means, with respect to the Company, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons will be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons will be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or will be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.
Suspension Event has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).
Suspension Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).
Suspension Period has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(i).
Violation has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
WKSI means a well-known seasoned issuer as defined under Rule 405.
A-4
EXHIBIT B
The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of [], 2021 (as amended, modified and waived from time to time, the Registration Agreement), among The Better Being Co., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and the other persons named as parties therein (including pursuant to other Joinders). Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning set forth in the Registration Agreement.
By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the provisions of, the Registration Agreement as a Holder in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Agreement, and the undersigned will be deemed for all purposes to be a Holder, an Other Investor thereunder and the undersigneds ____ shares of Common Equity will be deemed for all purposes to be Other Investor Registrable Securities under the Registration Agreement.
Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder as of the ___ day of ____________, 20___.
Signature | ||
Print Name | ||
Address: | ||
Agreed and Accepted as of
________________, 20___:
THE BETTER BEING CO. | ||
By: | ||
Its: |
B -1
Exhibit 10.1
Execution Version
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of September 30, 2020, among
NUTRACEUTICAL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION,
as Borrower,
NUTRITION PARENT, LLC,
as Holdings,
THE GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,
and
OWL ROCK CAPITAL ADVISORS LLC and ANTARES CAPITAL LP,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
ARTICLE I |
|
|||||
DEFINITIONS |
|
|||||
Section 1.01 |
Defined Terms | 1 | ||||
Section 1.02 |
Classification of Loans and Borrowings | 73 | ||||
Section 1.03 |
Terms Generally | 74 | ||||
Section 1.04 |
Accounting Terms; GAAP; Tax Laws | 74 | ||||
Section 1.05 |
Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities | 76 | ||||
Section 1.06 |
Limited Condition Transaction | 76 | ||||
Section 1.07 |
Times of Day | 77 | ||||
Section 1.08 |
Deliveries | 77 | ||||
Section 1.09 |
Schedules and Exhibits | 77 | ||||
Section 1.10 |
Currency Generally | 77 | ||||
Section 1.11 |
Basket Amounts and Application of Multiple Relevant Provisions | 78 | ||||
Section 1.12 |
Letter of Credit Amounts | 78 | ||||
Section 1.13 |
Divisions. | 78 | ||||
ARTICLE II |
|
|||||
THE CREDITS |
|
|||||
Section 2.01 |
Commitments | 79 | ||||
Section 2.02 |
Loans | 79 | ||||
Section 2.03 |
Borrowing Procedure | 81 | ||||
Section 2.04 |
Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans | 82 | ||||
Section 2.05 |
Fees | 83 | ||||
Section 2.06 |
Interest on Loans | 84 | ||||
Section 2.07 |
Termination and Reduction of Commitments | 85 | ||||
Section 2.08 |
Interest Elections | 86 | ||||
Section 2.09 |
Amortization of Term Loan Borrowings | 87 | ||||
Section 2.10 |
Optional and Mandatory Prepayments of Loans | 87 | ||||
Section 2.11 |
Alternate Rate of Interest | 94 | ||||
Section 2.12 |
Yield Protection | 95 | ||||
Section 2.13 |
Funding Losses | 97 | ||||
Section 2.14 |
Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs | 97 | ||||
Section 2.15 |
Taxes | 100 | ||||
Section 2.16 |
Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders | 104 | ||||
Section 2.17 |
Swing Line Loans | 105 | ||||
Section 2.18 |
Letters of Credit | 107 | ||||
Section 2.19 |
Defaulting Lenders | 117 | ||||
Section 2.20 |
Increase in Commitments | 120 | ||||
Section 2.21 |
Extension Amendments | 124 | ||||
Section 2.22 |
Refinancing Facilities | 127 | ||||
Section 2.23 |
Permitted Debt Exchanges | 128 |
Section 2.24 |
Designation of Borrowers | 131 | ||||
Section 2.25 |
Borrower Representative; Joint and Several Liability | 132 | ||||
Section 2.26 |
Illegality | 132 | ||||
ARTICLE III | ||||||
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
|
|||||
Section 3.01 |
Organization; Powers | 133 | ||||
Section 3.02 |
Authorization; Enforceability | 133 | ||||
Section 3.03 |
No Conflicts | 133 | ||||
Section 3.04 |
Financial Statements | 134 | ||||
Section 3.05 |
Properties | 134 | ||||
Section 3.06 |
Intellectual Property | 134 | ||||
Section 3.07 |
Equity Interests and Restricted Subsidiaries | 135 | ||||
Section 3.08 |
Litigation | 135 | ||||
Section 3.09 |
Federal Reserve Regulations | 135 | ||||
Section 3.10 |
Investment Company Act | 135 | ||||
Section 3.11 |
Use of Proceeds | 135 | ||||
Section 3.12 |
Taxes | 136 | ||||
Section 3.13 |
No Material Misstatements | 136 | ||||
Section 3.14 |
Labor Matters | 137 | ||||
Section 3.15 |
Solvency | 137 | ||||
Section 3.16 |
Employee Benefit Plans | 137 | ||||
Section 3.17 |
Environmental Matters | 138 | ||||
Section 3.18 |
Security Documents | 138 | ||||
Section 3.19 |
Anti-Terrorism Law | 139 | ||||
Section 3.20 |
OFAC | 139 | ||||
Section 3.21 |
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act | 140 | ||||
Section 3.22 |
Compliance with Law | 140 | ||||
ARTICLE IV | ||||||
CONDITIONS |
|
|||||
Section 4.01 |
Conditions to Initial Credit Extension | 140 | ||||
Section 4.02 |
Conditions to Certain Credit Extensions | 143 | ||||
ARTICLE V |
|
|||||
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
|
|||||
Section 5.01 |
Financial Statements, Reports, etc | 144 | ||||
Section 5.02 |
Litigation and Other Notices | 146 | ||||
Section 5.03 |
Existence; Properties | 146 | ||||
Section 5.04 |
Insurance | 147 | ||||
Section 5.05 |
Taxes | 147 | ||||
Section 5.06 |
Employee Benefits | 147 | ||||
Section 5.07 |
Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections | 148 | ||||
Section 5.08 |
Use of Proceeds | 149 |
ii
Section 5.09 |
Compliance with Environmental Laws; Environmental Reports | 149 | ||||
Section 5.10 |
Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors | 149 | ||||
Section 5.11 |
Security Interests; Further Assurances | 151 | ||||
Section 5.12 |
[Reserved.] | 151 | ||||
Section 5.13 |
Compliance with Law | 152 | ||||
Section 5.14 |
Anti-Terrorism Law; Anti-Money Laundering; Foreign Corrupt Practices Act | 152 | ||||
Section 5.15 |
Post-Closing Deliveries | 152 | ||||
ARTICLE VI |
|
|||||
NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
|
|||||
Section 6.01 |
Indebtedness | 153 | ||||
Section 6.02 |
Liens | 157 | ||||
Section 6.03 |
Investments, Loans and Advances | 161 | ||||
Section 6.04 |
Mergers and Consolidations | 165 | ||||
Section 6.05 |
Asset Sales | 165 | ||||
Section 6.06 |
Dividends | 168 | ||||
Section 6.07 |
Transactions with Affiliates | 171 | ||||
Section 6.08 |
Total Leverage Ratio | 172 | ||||
Section 6.09 |
Prepayments of Certain Indebtedness; Modifications of Organizational Documents and Other Documents, etc. | 173 | ||||
Section 6.10 |
Holding Company Status | 174 | ||||
Section 6.11 |
No Further Negative Pledge; Subsidiary Distributions | 175 | ||||
Section 6.12 |
Nature of Business | 176 | ||||
Section 6.13 |
Fiscal Year | 176 | ||||
ARTICLE VII |
|
|||||
GUARANTEE |
|
|||||
Section 7.01 |
The Guarantee | 176 | ||||
Section 7.02 |
Obligations Unconditional | 177 | ||||
Section 7.03 |
Reinstatement | 178 | ||||
Section 7.04 |
Subrogation; Subordination | 179 | ||||
Section 7.05 |
Remedies | 179 | ||||
Section 7.06 |
Instrument for the Payment of Money | 179 | ||||
Section 7.07 |
Continuing Guarantee | 179 | ||||
Section 7.08 |
General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations | 180 | ||||
Section 7.09 |
Release of Guarantors | 180 | ||||
Section 7.10 |
Right of Contribution | 180 | ||||
ARTICLE VIII |
|
|||||
EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
|
|||||
Section 8.01 |
Events of Default | 181 | ||||
Section 8.02 |
Application of Proceeds | 184 | ||||
Section 8.03 |
Equity Cure | 185 |
iii
ARTICLE IX |
|
|||||
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT |
|
|||||
Section 9.01 |
Appointment and Authority | 187 | ||||
Section 9.02 |
Rights as a Lender | 188 | ||||
Section 9.03 |
Exculpatory Provisions | 188 | ||||
Section 9.04 |
Reliance by Administrative Agent | 189 | ||||
Section 9.05 |
Delegation of Duties | 189 | ||||
Section 9.06 |
Resignation of Administrative Agent | 190 | ||||
Section 9.07 |
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders | 191 | ||||
Section 9.08 |
No Other Duties, Etc | 192 | ||||
Section 9.09 |
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding | 192 | ||||
Section 9.10 |
Collateral and Guarantee Matters | 193 | ||||
Section 9.11 |
Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements | 195 | ||||
Section 9.12 |
Withholding Tax | 195 | ||||
Section 9.13 |
Certain ERISA Matters | 196 | ||||
ARTICLE X |
|
|||||
MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|||||
Section 10.01 |
Notices | 197 | ||||
Section 10.02 |
Waivers; Amendment | 200 | ||||
Section 10.03 |
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver | 206 | ||||
Section 10.04 |
Successors and Assigns | 209 | ||||
Section 10.05 |
Survival of Agreement | 217 | ||||
Section 10.06 |
Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness | 217 | ||||
Section 10.07 |
Severability | 217 | ||||
Section 10.08 |
Right of Setoff | 217 | ||||
Section 10.09 |
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process | 218 | ||||
Section 10.10 |
Waiver of Jury Trial | 219 | ||||
Section 10.11 |
Headings | 219 | ||||
Section 10.12 |
Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality | 219 | ||||
Section 10.13 |
USA PATRIOT Act Notice | 220 | ||||
Section 10.14 |
Interest Rate Limitation | 220 | ||||
Section 10.15 |
Obligations Absolute | 221 | ||||
Section 10.16 |
No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility | 221 | ||||
Section 10.17 |
Intercreditor Agreement | 222 | ||||
Section 10.18 |
Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions | 222 | ||||
Section 10.19 |
Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents | 223 | ||||
Section 10.20 |
Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs | 223 |
iv
ANNEXES
Annex A | Commitments | |
SCHEDULES | ||
Schedule 3.03 | Governmental Approvals; Compliance with Laws | |
Schedule 3.07 | Subsidiaries | |
Schedule 3.08 | Litigation | |
Schedule 5.15 | Post-Closing Deliveries | |
Schedule 6.01(b) | Existing Indebtedness | |
Schedule 6.02(c) | Existing Liens | |
Schedule 6.03(b) | Existing Investments | |
Schedule 6.07 | Transactions with Affiliates | |
Schedule 6.11 | Burdensome Agreements | |
EXHIBITS | ||
Exhibit A | Form of Administrative Questionnaire | |
Exhibit B | Form of Assignment and Assumption | |
Exhibit C-1 | Form of Borrowing Request | |
Exhibit C-2 | Form of Prepayment Notice | |
Exhibit D | Form of Compliance Certificate | |
Exhibit E | Form of Interest Election Request | |
Exhibit F | Form of Joinder Agreement | |
Exhibit G | Form of LC Request | |
Exhibit H-1 | Form of Term Loan Note | |
Exhibit H-2 | Form of Revolving Note | |
Exhibit H-3 | Form of Swing Line Note | |
Exhibit I | Form of First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement Exhibit J Form of Letter of Credit Report | |
Exhibit K | Form of Non-Bank Certificate | |
Exhibit L | Form of Solvency Certificate | |
Exhibit M | Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement Term Sheet |
v
CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this Agreement), dated as of September 30, 2020, is made among Nutraceutical International Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Initial Borrower or the Company and, together with any Additional Borrower (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given to it in Article I), the Borrowers and each individually a Borrower), Nutrition Parent, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Holdings), as a Guarantor, each of the other Guarantors party hereto upon becoming a party hereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party hereto, Owl Rock Capital Corporation (in its individual capacity, ORCC), as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the Administrative Agent), as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the Collateral Agent), and as swing line lender (in such capacity, the Swing Line Lender).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Initial Borrower intends to refinance the Existing Credit Facilities, to terminate all commitments thereunder and to terminate and release any and all security interests or guarantees in connection therewith (collectively, the Closing Date Refinancing).
WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, the Initial Borrower has requested that (a) the Term Loan Lenders extend credit in the form of Initial Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to $347,500,000 to fund the Closing Date Refinancing, (b) the Revolving Lenders extend Revolving Loans at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $25,000,000 (which shall include a Swing Line Loan sub-facility in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 and a letter of credit subfacility of up to $10,000,000) and (c) the Delayed Draw Term Loan Lenders extend credit in the form of Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments in an aggregate principal amount equal to $52,500,000.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Lenders are willing to (severally but not jointly) extend the credit described in the paragraph immediately above to the Borrowers and the Issuing Bank is willing to issue letters of credit for the account of the Borrowers on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:
ABR when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, is used when such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
ABR Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.
ABR Loan shall mean any ABR Term Loan or ABR Revolving Loan.
ABR Revolving Loan shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
ABR Term Loan shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
Additional Amount shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.15(a).
Additional Borrower shall mean any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia that becomes a Borrower after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.24.
Additional Guarantor shall mean any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.10.
Additional Lender shall mean each Eligible Assignee that becomes a Lender.
Adjusted LIBO Rate shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the greater of (i)(a) an interest rate per annum equal to the LIBO Rate for such Eurodollar Borrowing in effect for such Interest Period divided by (b) 1 minus the Statutory Reserves (if any) for such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period and (ii) 1.00%.
Adjustment Date shall mean the first Business Day of the first month following the date of delivery of the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) (with respect to the first three quarters of each fiscal year) and Section 5.01(a) (with respect to the fourth quarter of each fiscal year) and the accompanying Compliance Certificate with respect to such financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(c).
Administrative Agent shall have the meaning given to that term in the preamble hereto, and include each other person appointed as a successor pursuant to Article IX.
Administrative Agent Fee shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).
Administrative Questionnaire shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit A or in such other form as may be reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent.
Affected Financial Institution shall mean (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.
Affiliate shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified; provided, however, that neither any Lender nor any Agent (nor any of their Affiliates) shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries solely by virtue of its capacity as a Lender or Agent hereunder.
2
Affiliated Debt Fund shall mean a debt fund or other investment vehicle that is an Affiliate of the Sponsor and that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, notes, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course of its business and whose managers have fiduciary duties to the investors therein independent of or in addition to their duties to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates.
Agents shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; and Agent shall mean either of them.
Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto. Alternate Base Rate shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1.00%, and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate (taking into account the 1.00% floor therein) for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, as the case may be.
Antares shall mean, collectively, Antares Holdings LP, Antares Assetco LP and their respective Affiliates and Approved Funds.
Anti-Terrorism Laws shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.19.
Applicable Date of Determination shall mean, for purposes of determining Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness and Unrestricted Cash for purposes of calculating the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or the Total Leverage Ratio for purposes of determining whether an incurrence test has been satisfied, subject to Section 1.06, the date of the transaction subject to such incurrence test.
Applicable ECF Percentage shall mean, for any fiscal year of Holdings, (a) 50% if the Total Leverage Ratio (after giving effect to (i) any prepayments or buybacks described in Section 2.10(f)(B) and (ii) any such ECF Payment Amount assuming a 50% Applicable ECF Percentage) as of the last day of and for such fiscal year is greater than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00, (b) 25% if the Total Leverage Ratio (after giving effect to (i) any prepayments or buybacks described in Section 2.10(f)(B) and (ii) any such ECF Payment Amount assuming a 25% Applicable ECF Percentage) as of the last day of and for such fiscal year is greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 but less than 4.00 to 1.00 and (c) 0% if the Total Leverage Ratio (after giving effect to any prepayments or buybacks described in Section 2.10(f)(B)) as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 3.50 to 1.00. For the avoidance of doubt, if, after giving effect to the parenthetical phrases in any of the foregoing subclauses more than one of the preceding subclauses would be applicable, the subclause with the highest percentage shall apply.
3
Applicable Margin shall mean, at any date:
(a) in the case of Term Loans, a percentage per annum based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period equal to the rate set forth below under the caption Applicable Margin for ABR Loans or Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be; provided that until the first Adjustment Date following September 30, 2021, the Applicable Margin with respect to any Term Loan shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below in the applicable Category 1; and
(b) in the case of Revolving Loans, the LC Participation Fee and Swing Line Loans, a percentage per annum based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period equal to the rate set forth below under the caption Applicable Margin for ABR Loans or Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be; provided that until the first Adjustment Date following September 30, 2021, the Applicable Margin with respect to any Revolving Loan, the LC Participation Fee and any Swing Line Loan shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below in the applicable Category 1.
Total Leverage Ratio |
Applicable Margin
for ABR Loans and Swing Line Loans |
Applicable Margin
for Eurodollar Loans |
||||||
Category 1 |
||||||||
Greater than 6.00 to 1.00 |
6.00 | % | 7.00 | % | ||||
Category 2 |
||||||||
Less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00 and greater than 5.50 to 1.00 |
5.75 | % | 6.75 | % | ||||
Category 3 |
||||||||
Less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00 |
5.50 | % | 6.50 | % |
The Applicable Margin shall be adjusted quarterly on a prospective basis on each Adjustment Date based upon the Total Leverage Ratio in accordance with the table above; provided that if (i) financial statements are not delivered when required pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b) (with respect to the first three quarters of each fiscal year), as applicable, together with the accompanying Compliance Certificate required by Section 5.01(c), the Applicable Margin shall be the rate per annum set forth above in the applicable Category 1 from the date on which such financial statements and accompanying Compliance Certificate were due pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b), as applicable, and Section 5.01(c), until the date on which such applicable financial statements are delivered and (ii) an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g) or (h) has occurred and is continuing, the Applicable Margin shall be the rate per annum set forth above in the applicable Category 1 from the date on which such Event of Default occurred until the date (if any) on which such Event of Default is waived in accordance with the terms hereof.
4
At any time prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, if, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries or for any other reason, the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that (a) the Total Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Borrowers as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (b) a proper calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing or fees for such period, the Borrowers shall automatically and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, promptly on written demand by Administrative Agent, an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period; provided that no Event of Default under Section 8.01(b) shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to the applicable payment deficiency so long as the Borrowers pay the amount no later than the date of the next Interest Payment Date with respect to the Term Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Margin in respect of any Extended Loan shall be the applicable percentages per annum set forth in the relevant Extension Amendment.
Applicable Other Indebtedness shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(h).
Applicable Retained ECF Percentage shall mean, for any fiscal year of Holdings, (a) 50% if the Total Leverage Ratio (after giving effect to (i) any prepayments or buybacks described in Section 2.10(f)(B) and (ii) any such ECF Payment Amount assuming a 50% Applicable ECF Percentage) as of the last day of and for such fiscal year is greater than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00, (b) 75% if the Total Leverage Ratio (after giving effect to (i) any prepayments or buybacks described in Section 2.10(f)(B) and (ii) any such ECF Payment Amount assuming a 25% Applicable ECF Percentage) as of the last day of and for such fiscal year is greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 but less than 4.00 to 1.00 and (c) 100% if the Total Leverage Ratio (after giving effect to any prepayments or buybacks described in Section 2.10(f)(B)) as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 3.50 to 1.00. For the avoidance of doubt, if, after giving effect to the parenthetical phrases in any of the foregoing subclauses more than one of the preceding subclauses would be applicable, the subclause with the highest percentage shall apply.
Applicable Tax Laws shall mean the Code and any other applicable Requirements of Law relating to Taxes, as in effect from time to time.
Application shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.18(a). Approved Fund shall mean any Fund or managed account that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity, or an Affiliate of an entity, that administers, advises or manages a Lender.
Asset Sale shall mean (a) any conveyance, sale, transfer or other disposition of any property pursuant to Section 6.05(b), (f), (p), (s) or (t) and (b) any issuance or sale of any Equity Interest of any Group Member (other than the Equity Interests of Holdings, and other than to any Group Member (other than in the case of an issuance or sale of any Equity Interest of any Credit Party to any Group Member that is not a Credit Party)), and in any event Asset Sales shall exclude Casualty Events of any Group Member.
5
Asset Sale Threshold shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(c)(i).
Assignment and Assumption shall mean an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.04(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit B, or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by use of an electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.
Attributable Indebtedness shall mean, when used with respect to any Sale Leaseback Transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the Borrowers then-current weighted average cost of funds for borrowed money as at the time of determination, compounded on a semi-annual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale Leaseback Transaction.
Audited Financial Statements shall mean the audited balance sheets and related statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the two most recently completed fiscal years ended at least one hundred twenty days before the Closing Date.
Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.18(c)(ii).
Available Retained ECF Amount shall mean, at any date of determination, the Applicable Retained ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, determined on a cumulative basis for all fiscal years of Holdings (commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2021); provided that in no event shall the Available Retained ECF Amount be less than $0.
Bail-In Action shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.
Bail-In Legislation shall mean (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation, rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).
6
Bankruptcy Code shall mean the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as heretofore and hereafter amended, and codified as 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq. and the regulations issued thereunder.
Benchmark Replacement shall mean the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate (which may include Term SOFR) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest as a replacement to LIBOR for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities and (b) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided that, if the Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than 1.00%, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be 1.00% for the purposes of this Agreement.
Benchmark Replacement Adjustment shall mean, with respect to any replacement of LIBOR with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for each applicable Interest Period, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of LIBOR with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of LIBOR with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar - denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time.
Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes shall mean, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of Alternate Base Rate, the definition of Interest Period, timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters) that the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers reasonably decide may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of the Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers decide is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement).
Benchmark Replacement Date shall mean the earlier to occur of the following events with respect to LIBOR:
(1) |
in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of Benchmark Transition Event, the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of LIBOR permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide LIBOR; or |
7
(2) |
in the case of clause (3) of the definition of Benchmark Transition Event, the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein. |
Benchmark Transition Event shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to LIBOR:
(1) |
a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of LIBOR announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide LIBOR, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide LIBOR; |
(2) |
a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of LIBOR, the U.S. Federal Reserve System, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for LIBOR, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for LIBOR or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for LIBOR, which states that the administrator of LIBOR has ceased or will cease to provide LIBOR permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide LIBOR; or |
(3) |
a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of LIBOR announcing that LIBOR is no longer representative. |
Benchmark Transition Start Date shall mean (a) in the case of a Benchmark Transition Event, the earlier of (i) the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and (ii) if such Benchmark Transition Event is a public statement or publication of information of a prospective event, the 90th day prior to the expected date of such event as of such public statement or publication of information (or if the expected date of such prospective event is fewer than 90 days after such statement or publication, the date of such statement or publication) and (b) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the date specified by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, and, in each case, consented to by the Borrowers in writing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent (in the case of such notice by the Required Lenders) and the Lenders.
Benchmark Unavailability Period shall mean, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to LIBOR and solely to the extent that LIBOR has not been replaced with a Benchmark Replacement, the period (x) beginning at the time that such Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced LIBOR for all purposes hereunder in accordance with Section 2.11(b) and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced LIBOR for all purposes hereunder pursuant to Section 2.11(b).
Beneficial Ownership Certification shall mean a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.
Beneficial Ownership Regulation shall mean 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.
8
Benefit Plan shall mean any of (a) an employee benefit plan (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a plan as defined in Section 4975 of the Code that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42)) the assets of any such employee benefit plan or plan.
Board shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
Board of Directors shall mean, with respect to any person, (a) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such person, (b) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers, manager or managing member of such person, (c) in the case of any partnership, the general partner of such person and (d) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.
Bona Fide Debt Fund shall mean any debt Fund Affiliate of any Person described in clause (b) of the definition of Disqualified Institution that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, notes, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course of its business and whose managers have fiduciary duties to the investors therein independent of or in addition to their duties to such Person described in clause (b) of the definition of Disqualified Institution.
Borrowers shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto; provided that the term Borrowers shall include any Additional Borrower.
Borrowing shall mean (a) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect or (b) a Swing Line Loan.
Borrowing Request shall mean a written request by a Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1, or such other form (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system) as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of such Borrower.
Business Day shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Requirements of Law of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agents office set forth in Section 10.01 is located (as modified from time to time in accordance with Section 10.01) and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Loan, shall mean any such day that is also a day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
Capital Assets shall mean, with respect to any person, all equipment, rolling stock, aircraft, fixed assets and Real Property or improvements of such person, or replacements or substitutions therefor or additions thereto, that, in accordance with GAAP, have been or should be reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment on the balance sheet of such person.
9
Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of, without duplication, (a) all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) Capital Lease Obligations incurred by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period.
Capital Lease Obligations shall mean, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capital Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Capital Leases shall mean all leases that are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that the adoption or issuance of any accounting standards after September 30, 2019 will not cause any lease that was not or would not have been a Capital Lease prior to such adoption or issuance to be deemed a Capital Lease.
Cash Equivalents shall mean, as to any person, (a) securities issued, or directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured, by the United States or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition by such person; (b) securities issued, or directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured, by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such state is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition by such person; (c) time deposits and certificates of deposit of any Lender or any commercial bank having, or which is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia having, capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $500,000,000 and a rating of A (or such other similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition by such person, and securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of this clause (c); (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above, which repurchase obligations are secured by a valid perfected security interest in the underlying securities; (e) commercial paper issued by any person incorporated in the United States rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moodys, and in each case maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition by such person; (f) investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (e) above, or that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moodys and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $500,000,000; (g) demand deposit accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business; and (h)(i) investments of the type and (to the extent applicable) maturity described in clauses (a) through (g) above of (or maintained with) a comparable foreign obligor, which investments or obligors (or the parent thereof) have ratings
10
described in clause (c) or (e) above, if applicable, or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies or (ii) investments of the type and maturity (to the extent applicable) described in clauses (a) through (g) above of (or maintained with) a foreign obligor (or the parent thereof), which investments or obligors (or the parents thereof) are not rated as provided in such clauses or in subclause (i) of this clause (h) but which are, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrowers, comparable in investment quality to such investments and obligors (or the parents of such obligors).
Cash Management Agreement shall mean any agreement to provide to any Group Member any cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.
Cash Management Bank shall mean any Person that is a Lender, an Agent or a Lead Arranger (or an Affiliate of a Lender, an Agent or a Lead Arranger) and any person who was a Lender, an Agent or a Lead Arranger (or any Affiliate of a Lender, an Agent or a Lead Arranger) at the time it entered into a Cash Management Agreement, in each case, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement; provided that if such Person is (or was, at the time it entered into a Cash Management Agreement) an Affiliate of a Lender, an Agent or a Lead Arranger, such person shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a letter agreement pursuant to which such person (i) appoints the Collateral Agent as its agent under the applicable Loan Documents and (ii) agrees to be bound by the provisions of Sections 9.03, 10.03 and 10.09 as if it were a Lender.
Casualty Event shall mean any involuntary loss of title, any involuntary loss of, damage to or any destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking (including by any Governmental Authority) of, any property of any Group Member. Casualty Event shall include but not be limited to any taking of all or any part of any Real Property of any Person or any part thereof, in or by condemnation or other eminent domain proceedings pursuant to any Requirements of Law, or by reason of the temporary requisition of the use or occupancy of all or any part of any Real Property of any Person or any part thereof by any Governmental Authority, civil or military, or any settlement in lieu thereof.
Casualty Event Threshold shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(e)(i).
CFC shall mean a Foreign Subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.
CFC Holding Company shall mean any Subsidiary with no material assets other than (a) Equity Interests (including any debt instrument treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or (b) Equity Interests (including any debt instrument treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and debt instruments, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), of one or more (x) CFCs and (y) CFC Holding Companies.
A Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:
(a) prior to an IPO, Permitted Holders (collectively) shall fail to own (directly or indirectly), or to have the power to vote or direct the voting of, directly or indirectly, Voting Stock of Holdings representing more than 50% of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings;
11
(b) upon and following an IPO, the Permitted Holders (collectively) shall fail to own (directly or indirectly), or to have the power to vote or direct the voting of, directly or indirectly, Voting Stock of Holdings representing more than 35% of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings unless Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise, to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings;
(c) upon and following an IPO, any person or group (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause such person or group shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of Holdings representing more than the total Voting Stock of Holdings then held by the Permitted Holders (collectively);
(d) Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and Control, directly or indirectly, 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests in the Equity Interests of each Borrower; or
(e) a Change in Control (or equivalent term) as defined in the definitive debt documentation for any Indebtedness secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with or a junior basis to the Secured Obligations, Unsecured Indebtedness, Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt, Permitted Pari Passu Refinancing Debt, Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, Registered Equivalent Notes, Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt or Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing, shall occur; provided that, solely in the case of any Unsecured Indebtedness or any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Permitted Refinancing thereof, so long as the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness exceeds $7,500,000 in the aggregate.
For purposes of this definition, a person acquiring Voting Stock shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of such Voting Stock subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement, so long as such agreement contains a condition to the closing of the transactions contemplated thereunder that the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations, unasserted expense reimbursement obligations, obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements with respect to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made, and Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank) under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be paid in full in cash and terminated prior to (or contemporaneously with) the consummation of such transactions.
12
Change in Law shall mean (a) the adoption of, or taking effect of, any law, treaty, order, rule or regulation after the date hereof, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, rule or regulation or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date hereof or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date hereof; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a Change in Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
Charges shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.14.
Class subject to Section 2.21 and Section 2.22, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Term Loans or Swing Line Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, Initial Term Loan Commitment, Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment, other Term Loan Commitment or Swing Line Commitment, in each case, under this Agreement as originally in effect or pursuant to Section 2.20.
Closing Date shall mean the date of the initial Credit Extensions hereunder.
Closing Date Refinancing shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, unless otherwise specified.
Collateral shall mean, collectively, all of the Security Agreement Collateral and all other property of whatever kind and nature, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, subject or purported to be subject from time to time to a Lien under any Security Document.
Collateral Agent shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto, and include each other person appointed as a successor pursuant to Article IX.
Commercial Letter of Credit shall mean any documentary letter of credit or similar instrument providing for the payment of cash upon the honoring of a presentation thereunder.
Commitment shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lenders Revolving Commitment, Term Loan Commitment, Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment or Swing Line Commitment.
Commitment Fee shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a).
13
Commodity Exchange Act shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
Communications shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(d).
Compliance Certificate shall mean a certificate of a Financial Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
Consolidated Amortization Expense shall mean, for any period, the amortization expense of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and including, without limitation, amortization of goodwill, software and other intangible assets.
Consolidated Current Assets shall mean, as at any date of determination, the total assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current assets (excluding deferred tax assets without duplication of amounts otherwise added in calculating Excess Cash Flow) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, excluding cash and Cash Equivalents; provided that Consolidated Current Assets shall be calculated without giving effect to the impact of purchase accounting.
Consolidated Current Liabilities shall mean, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities (excluding deferred taxes and taxes payable, in each case, without duplication of amounts otherwise deducted in calculating Excess Cash Flow) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current liabilities (other than the current portion of any Indebtedness and other long term liabilities, and accrued interest thereon) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that Consolidated Current Liabilities shall be calculated without giving effect to the impact of purchase accounting.
Consolidated Depreciation Expense shall mean, for any period, the depreciation expense of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated EBITDA shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, adjusted by (x) adding thereto, in each case only to the extent (and in the same proportion) deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income (other than in respect of clauses (f), (o) and (r) below) and without duplication:
(a) Consolidated Interest Expense;
(b) Consolidated Amortization Expense;
(c) Consolidated Depreciation Expense;
(d) Consolidated Tax Expense;
(e) Consolidated Transaction Costs;
14
(f) (x) pro forma adjustments identified in the bank case projection model delivered to the Administrative Agent on September 9, 2020, and (y) run rate cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrowers as being projected to result from action either taken or expected to be taken in connection with, and within 18 months following, any acquisition (including the commencement of activities constituting a business) or material disposition (including the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting a business), in each case of business entities or of properties or assets constituting a division or line of business, and/or any other operational change (including, to the extent applicable, in connection with the Transactions or any restructuring) (which will be added to Consolidated EBITDA as so projected until fully realized and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such synergies, cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that the total amount added back pursuant to this clause (f), together with any such amounts added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to the definition of Pro Forma Basis, in any period shall not exceed 25% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated prior to giving effect thereto) for such period;
(g) any accruals, reserves, payments, fees, expenses (including rationalization, legal, tax, structuring and other costs and expenses), costs or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any consummated, anticipated, unsuccessful or attempted equity offering (including an IPO), issuance or repurchase, other Equity Issuance, incurrence by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness (including an amendment thereto or a refinancing thereof, whether or not successful, and any costs of surety bonds incurred in connection with successful or unsuccessful financing activities), Dividend (including the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to equityholders of such Person, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were equityholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Agreement), Investment, acquisition (including any Permitted Acquisition or other Investments) (including (x) bonuses paid to employees, severance and reorganization costs and expenses in connection with any Permitted Acquisition and other investments permitted hereunder, (y) fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the de-listing of public targets or compliance with public company requirements in connection any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment, and any Public Company Costs, and (z) to the extent arising in the context of take private Permitted Acquisitions or Investments, litigation expenses and settlement amounts), Asset Sale or other disposition, consolidations, restructurings, repayment of Indebtedness or recapitalization or the breakage of any hedging arrangement permitted hereunder or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder (including a refinancing thereof) (in each case, whether or not successful), including such fees, expenses, costs or charges related to (i) the offering, syndication, assignment and administration of the loans under the Loan Documents and any other credit facilities (including, and together with, fees, expenses, costs or charges of S&P and Moodys in order to comply with the terms of Section 5.12) and (ii) any refinancing, extension, waiver, forbearance, amendment or other modification of the Loan Documents and any other credit facilities (in each case, whether consummated, anticipated, unsuccessful, attempted or otherwise);
15
(h) (i) any non-cash charges, impairment charges (including bad debt expense), write-downs, write-offs (but excluding any write-offs or write-downs of accounts receivable and/or inventory), expenses, losses or items (including, without limitation, purchase accounting adjustments under ASC 805 or similar recapitalization accounting or acquisition accounting under GAAP or similar provisions under GAAP, or any amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including, without limitation, with respect to property and equipment, leases, software, goodwill, intangible assets and debt line items) (but excluding accounts receivable and inventory)) (including any (x) non-cash expense relating to the vesting of warrants, and (y) non-cash asset retirement costs), including any such charges, impairment charges, write-downs, write-offs, expenses, losses or items pushed down to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) net unrealized or realized exchange, translation or performance losses relating to foreign currency transactions and foreign exchange adjustments including, without limitation, losses and expenses in connection with, and currency and exchange rate fluctuations and losses or other obligations from, hedging activities or other derivative instruments, and (iii) cash charges resulting from the application of ASC 805 (including with respect to Earn-Outs incurred by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment (including any acquisition or other Investment consummated prior to the Closing Date) and paid or accrued during the applicable period);
(i) (i) the amount of expenses and indemnities paid or accrued to direct or indirect equity holders of Holdings (and their Affiliates) required to be paid pursuant to the Management Services Agreement to the extent such payments are permitted hereunder, and (ii) directors fees and expenses paid or accrued;
(j) charges, losses, expenses and payments that are covered by indemnification, reimbursement, guaranty, purchase price adjustment or other similar provisions by a third party in favor of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries in any agreement entered into by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such expenses and payments have been reimbursed pursuant to the applicable indemnity, guaranty or acquisition agreement in such period (or are reasonably expected to be so paid or reimbursed within one year after the end of such period to the extent not accrued) or an earlier period if not added back to Consolidated EBITDA in such earlier period; provided that (i) if such amount is not so reimbursed within such one year period, such expenses or losses shall be subtracted in the subsequent calculation period and (ii) if reimbursed or received in a subsequent period, such amount shall not be included or added back in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in such subsequent period;
(k) Insurance Loss Addbacks; provided that if such amount is both (i) added back to Consolidated EBITDA and (ii) not so reimbursed or received by the Borrowers or their Restricted Subsidiaries within such one year period applicable thereto, then such Insurance Loss Addback shall be subtracted in the subsequent Test Period; provided, further, if such amount is reimbursed or received in a subsequent period, such amount shall not be included or added back in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in such subsequent period;
(l) the aggregate amount of expenses or losses incurred by Holdings or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to business interruption to the extent (i) covered by insurance provided by an unaffiliated insurance company, (ii) not already included in Consolidated Net Income and (iii) either (y) actually reimbursed or otherwise paid to Holdings or such Restricted
16
Subsidiary or (z) reasonably expected to be received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in a subsequent calculation period and within one year of the date of the underlying loss (provided that, if such amount is both (I) added back to Consolidated EBITDA and (II) not so reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary within such one year period, then such expenses or losses shall be subtracted in the subsequent calculation period) (provided, further, if such amount is reimbursed or received in a subsequent period, such amount shall not be included or added back in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in such subsequent period);
(m) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses, losses or charges incurred;
(n) any costs, fees and expenses attributable to any restructuring, carve out, integration, implementation of new initiatives, business optimization activities, cost savings, cost rationalization programs, operating expense reductions, synergies and/or similar initiatives, retention, recruiting, relocation, signing bonuses, facility openings, pre-openings, closings, reconfigurations and/or consolidations, contract termination charges, stock option and other equity-based compensation expenses, accruals or reserves (including restructuring costs related to Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments permitted hereunder and adjustments to existing reserves), severance costs, indemnities and expenses, transaction fees and expenses, and management fees and expenses, including, without limitation, any one time expense relating to enhanced accounting function or other transaction costs, including those associated with becoming a standalone entity or a public company (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Public Company Costs);
(o) solely for purposes of determining compliance with Section 6.08 (and solely to the extent made in compliance with Section 8.03(a)), in respect of any period which includes a Cure Quarter, the Cure Amount in connection with an Equity Cure Contribution in respect of such Cure Quarter;
(p) (i) compensation expenses resulting from the repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its parent companies from employees, directors or consultants of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, (ii) non-cash costs and expenses relating to any equity-based compensation or equity-based incentive plan of Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) compensation payments resulting from payments to employees, directors or officers of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid in connection with Dividends that are otherwise permitted hereunder to the extent such payments are not made in lieu of, or a substitution for, ordinary salary or ordinary payroll payments;
(q) the unamortized fees, costs and expenses paid in cash in connection with the repayment of Indebtedness to persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(r) other adjustments that are (i) recommended (in reasonable detail) by any due diligence quality of earnings report made available to the Administrative Agent conducted by financial advisors (which financial advisors are (A) nationally recognized or (B) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood and agreed that any of the Big Four
17
accounting firms are acceptable)) and retained by a Credit Party and prepared in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or in connection with operational improvements; provided that (A) any such adjustments of the type set forth in clause (f) of this definition or the definition of Pro Forma Basis that are reflected in any such quality of earnings report shall be required to be added back under, and subject to the requirements set forth in, clause (f) of this definition or pursuant to the definition of Pro Forma Basis and (B) any such adjustments that are reflected in any such quality of earnings report must be of the type set forth in one of the other clauses of this definition or the definition of Pro Forma Basis (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any such adjustment recommended in any quality of earnings report that is not of the type which could be added back pursuant to any other clause of this definition shall not be permitted to be added back pursuant to this clause (r)), or (ii) determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC (or any successor agency);
(s) letter of credit fees;
(t) net realized losses from Hedging Agreements or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment;
(u) any net loss from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations (excluding held for sale discontinued operations until actually disposed of); and
(v) any net loss included in Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any joint venture;
and (y) subtracting therefrom, in each case only to the extent (and in the same proportion) added in determining such Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, the aggregate amount of (A) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business), (B) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, (C) any net realized income or gains from any obligations under any Hedging Agreement or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment, (D) any net gain from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations (excluding held for sale discontinued operations until actually disposed of), (E) the amount of any minority interest net income attributable to non-controlling interests in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any joint venture; and (F) net unrealized or realized exchange, translation or performance income or gains relating to foreign currency transactions and foreign exchange adjustments including, without limitation, income or gains in connection with, and currency and exchange rate fluctuations and income or gains from, hedging activities or other derivative instruments. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, the Borrowers shall not be permitted to add to Consolidated EBITDA (i) any lost revenues resulting from any event, occurrence, fact, condition or change directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the COVID-19 outbreak (including in respect of any supply chain, production, manufacturing or other disruptions) or (ii) any lost revenue, losses, expenses or charges directly or indirectly arising out of the reduction in production experienced by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries ERP go-live during the months of August and September 2020.
18
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, it is agreed that, for the purpose of calculating the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, and the Total Leverage Ratio for any period that includes the fiscal quarters ended on September 30, 2019, December 31, 2019, March 31, 2020, and June 30, 2020, Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to be $16,545,899, $16,193,559, $17,115,765 and $22,293,377, respectively, in each case, as adjusted on a Pro Forma Basis and to give effect to any adjustments in clauses (f) and (r) above that in each case may become applicable due to actions taken on or after the Closing Date, as applicable; it being agreed that for purposes of calculating any financial ratio or test in connection with a Subject Transaction, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated in a manner consistent with Consolidated EBITDA for each quarterly period set forth above and the adjustments set forth above in this definition. Other than for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis to give effect to any Subject Transaction as if it occurred on the first day of the reference period.
Consolidated Interest Expense shall mean, for any period, the total consolidated interest expense of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period with respect to Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus, without duplication:
(a) imputed interest on Capital Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;
(b) commissions, discounts and other fees, costs and charges owed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit, and bankers acceptance financings or receivables financings for such period;
(c) amortization of costs in connection with the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness, debt discount or premium and other financing fees and expenses incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;
(d) cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any person (other than Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with Indebtedness incurred by such plan or trust for such period;
(e) all interest paid or payable with respect to discontinued operations of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;
(f) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; and
(g) all interest on any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the type described in clauses (f) or (i) of the definition of Indebtedness for such period;
provided that (a) to the extent directly related to the Transactions, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium and other financing fees and expenses shall be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense and (b) Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated after giving effect to Hedging Agreements related to interest rates (including associated costs), but excluding unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Agreements related to interest rates.
19
Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis to give effect to any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred for ordinary course working capital needs under ordinary course revolving credit facilities) incurred, assumed or permanently repaid or prepaid or extinguished at any time on or after the first day of the Test Period and prior to the date of determination in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisitions, Asset Sales or other dispositions (other than any Asset Sales or other dispositions in the ordinary course of business), and discontinued division or line of business or operations as if such incurrence, assumption, repayment or extinguishing had been effected on the first day of such period in each case to the extent permitted by this Agreement.
Consolidated Net Income shall mean, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) attributable to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication:
(a) the net income (or loss) of any person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, except to the extent that cash in an amount equal to any such income has actually been received by Holdings or (subject to clause (b) below) any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period;
(b) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings during such period to the extent that the declaration or payment of Dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its Organizational Documents or any agreement (other than this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any refinancings thereof), instrument, or Requirements of Law applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its equity holders during such period (unless such restriction or limitation has been waived), except that Holdings equity in the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining Consolidated Net Income;
(c) any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realized during such period by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon any Asset Sale or other disposition by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business;
(d) any foreign currency translation gains or losses (including losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness);
(e) non-cash gains and losses resulting from any reappraisal, revaluation or write-up or write-down of assets (but excluding accounts receivable and inventory);
(f) unrealized gains and losses, and the impact of any revaluation, with respect to Hedging Obligations; and
20
(g) gains or losses due solely to the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles (effected either through cumulative effect adjustment or retroactive application, in each case, in accordance with GAAP) and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period.
Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, the Borrowers shall not be permitted to add to Consolidated Net Income (i) any lost revenues resulting from any event, occurrence, fact, condition or change directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the COVID-19 outbreak (including in respect of any supply chain, production, manufacturing or other disruptions) or (ii) any lost revenue, losses, expenses or charges directly or indirectly arising out of the reduction in production experienced by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries ERP go-live during the months of August and September 2020.
Consolidated Tax Expense shall mean, for any period, the tax expense (including, without limitation, federal, state, local, foreign, franchise, excise and foreign withholding and similar taxes) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any penalties and interest relating therefrom or arising from any tax examinations for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Total Assets shall mean, as of any date, the total property and assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP, as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable (on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to any Permitted Acquisitions or any Investments or dispositions permitted hereunder or by the other Loan Documents).
Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness shall mean, as of any date of determination, for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis, the sum of, without duplication, (a) the aggregate principal amount of all funded Indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) all Purchase Money Obligations, (c) the principal portion of Capital Lease Obligations and (d) Letters of Credit (to the extent of any unreimbursed amounts thereunder). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the following constitute Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness: (i) obligations under any derivative transaction or other Hedging Agreement, (ii) undrawn Letters of Credit, (iii) Earn-Outs to the extent not then due and payable and if not recognized as debt on the balance sheet in accordance with GAAP and (iv) leases that would be characterized as operating leases in accordance with GAAP as in effect on September 30, 2019.
Consolidated Transaction Costs shall mean the fees, premiums, costs, expenses, accruals and reserves (including legal, tax, structuring and other costs and expenses) incurred by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether before or after the Closing Date, in connection with the Transactions.
Contingent Obligation shall mean, as to any person, any obligation or agreement of such person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness, leases, Dividends or other obligations (primary obligations) of any other person (the primary obligor) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any such obligation or agreement of such person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation
21
or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor; (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation; (d) with respect to bankers acceptances, letters of credit and similar credit arrangements, until a reimbursement obligation arises (which reimbursement obligation shall constitute Indebtedness); or (e) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or any product warranties or other similar contingent obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, including indemnities. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made (or, if less, the maximum amount of such primary obligation for which such person may be liable, whether singly or jointly, pursuant to the terms of the instrument evidencing such Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such person in good faith.
Control shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms Controlling and Controlled shall have meanings correlative thereto.
Control Agreement shall mean, with respect to any deposit account, securities account, commodity account, securities entitlement or commodity contract, an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, among the Collateral Agent, the financial institution or other Person at which such account is maintained or with which such entitlement or contract is carried (if applicable, any holder of any other Lien, or any representative therefor) and the Credit Party maintaining such account or owning such entitlement or contract, effective to grant control (within the meaning of Articles 8 and 9 under the applicable UCC) over such account to the Collateral Agent (and, if applicable, such holder or representative).
Controlled Investment Affiliate shall mean, as to any person, any other person which directly or indirectly is in Control of, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such person and is organized by such person (or any person Controlling such person) primarily for making equity or debt investments in Holdings or its direct or indirect parent company or other portfolio companies of such person.
Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall mean (a) Permitted Pari Passu Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt, or (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt obtained pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans, Revolving Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans or Refinancing Revolving Loans hereunder (including any successive Credit Agreement
22
Refinancing Indebtedness) (Refinanced Debt); provided that (i) such extending, renewing or refinancing Indebtedness is in an original aggregate principal amount not greater than (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Refinanced Debt, plus (B) accrued and unpaid interest thereon, any fees, premiums, or accrued interest associated therewith, and fees, costs and expenses, commissions or underwriting discounts incurred in connection therewith in accordance with the terms and provisions applicable thereto, (ii) the terms applicable to such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness comply with the Required Debt Terms and (iii) such Refinanced Debt (other than unasserted contingent indemnification or reimbursement obligations and letters of credit that have been cash collateralized or backstopped in accordance with the terms thereof) shall be repaid, defeased or satisfied and discharged (and, in the case of revolving commitments, such commitments shall be permanently reduced), and (unless otherwise agreed by all Lenders holding such Refinanced Debt) all accrued interest, fees and premiums (if any) in connection therewith shall be paid in cash on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained.
Credit Extension shall mean, as the context may require, (i) the making of a Loan by a Lender or (ii) the issuance of any Letter of Credit, or the extension or renewal of any existing Letter of Credit, by the Issuing Bank.
Credit Parties shall mean the Borrowers and the Guarantors; and Credit Party shall mean any one of them.
Cumulative Amount shall mean, on any date of determination (the Reference Date), the sum of (without duplication):
(a) an amount equal to $15,000,000; plus
(b) the Available Retained ECF Amount; plus
(c) an amount determined on a cumulative basis equal to the Net Cash Proceeds received by Holdings (and contributed as common capital or Qualified Capital Stock to a Borrower) from Eligible Equity Issuances after the Closing Date, to the extent Not Otherwise Applied; plus
(d) the aggregate amount of Retained Declined Proceeds held by any Group Member during the period from the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date; plus
(e) to the extent not already included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the aggregate amount of all cash dividends and other cash distributions received by any Group Member from any joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the period from the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date solely to the extent the original Investment therein was made using the Cumulative Amount and solely up to the original amount of the Investment therein; plus
23
(f) to the extent not already included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the aggregate amount of all Net Cash Proceeds received by any Group Member in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of its ownership interest in any joint venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary during the period from the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date solely to the extent the original Investment therein was made using the Cumulative Amount and solely up to the original amount of the Investment therein; plus
(g) the aggregate amount of all Net Cash Proceeds received by any Group Member in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of its ownership interest in, or cash amounts of any returns, dividends, profits, distributions and similar amounts received on, any Investment (including in any Unrestricted Subsidiary or a joint venture) made pursuant to Section 6.03(x), up to the amount of the original Investment, during the period from the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date; plus
(h) in the event that the Borrowers re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date (which, for purposes hereof, shall be deemed to also include (A) the merger, consolidation, liquidation or similar amalgamation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary into any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is the surviving Person, and (B) the transfer of any assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the lower of (x) the fair market value (as determined in good faith by such Borrower) of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary or such transferred assets at the time of such re-designation and (y) the amount of the original Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case to the extent such Investment was made using the Cumulative Amount; minus
(i) (i) the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to Section 6.03(x) using the Cumulative Amount, (ii) the aggregate amount of Dividends made pursuant to Section 6.06(f) using the Cumulative Amount and (iii) the aggregate amount of prepayments of indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.09(a) using the Cumulative Amount, in each case during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date (without taking account of the intended usage of the Cumulative Amount on such Reference Date).
Cure Amount shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.03(a).
Cure Expiration Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.03(a).
Cure Quarter shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.03(a).
Debt Issuance shall mean the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness after the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 to the extent not Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness).
Debt Service shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Interest Expense for such period plus principal amortization (and other mandatory prepayments and repayments (whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise)) of all Indebtedness for such period (including, without limitation, the implied principal component of payments made in respect of Capital Lease Obligations).
24
Debtor Relief Law shall mean the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.
Declined Proceeds shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(i).
Default shall mean any event, occurrence or condition which is, or upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute, an Event of Default.
Default Excess shall mean, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the excess, if any, of such Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans of all Revolving Lenders (calculated as if all Defaulting Lenders (including such Defaulting Lender) had funded all of their respective defaulted Revolving Loans) over the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans of such Defaulting Lender.
Default Rate shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(c).
Defaulting Lender shall mean any Lender, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent in a manner consistent with similar determinations by the Administrative Agent in respect of other Lenders, that (a) has failed to fund any portion of its Loans or participations in Letters of Credit required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date on which such amount is required to be funded by it hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Borrowers in writing that such failure is the result of such Lenders reasonable and good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Lender and/or the Borrowers in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or under any Incremental Facility (unless such writing or public statement states that such position is based on such Lenders reasonable and good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within two Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Borrowers, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit, (d) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless such payment is the subject of a good faith dispute, or (e) in the case of a Lender that has a Commitment or LC Exposure outstanding at such time, shall have, or shall be the Subsidiary of any person that shall have, (i) taken any action or been the subject of any action or proceeding of a type described in Section 8.01(g) or Section 8.01(h) (or any comparable proceeding initiated by a regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or such person) or (ii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action. For the avoidance of doubt, a Lender shall not be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of (i) the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in such Lender or its parent by a Governmental Authority or (ii) such Lender becoming subject to an Undisclosed Administration.
25
Delayed Draw Term Loan shall mean a term loan made by the Lenders from time to time to any Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(c).
Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment shall mean, with respect to any Lender, its obligation to make its portion of the Delayed Draw Term Loans to the Borrowers in the amount set forth with respect to such Lender on Annex A and Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments means such commitments of all of the Lenders in the aggregate. The aggregate amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $52,500,000.
Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date shall mean the earliest of (i) December 30, 2021 and (ii) the date on which no portion of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment remains available, having either been drawn pursuant to Section 2.01(c) or reduced or terminated pursuant to Section 2.07 or Section 8.01.
Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender shall mean each Lender that has a Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment or that holds a Delayed Draw Term Loan.
Delayed Draw Ticking Fee shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(f).
Disqualified Capital Stock shall mean any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or any other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event or condition, would (i) mature or be mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Capital Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a customarily defined change of control or asset sale and only so long as any rights of the holders thereof after such change of control or asset sale shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Obligations (other than (i) contingent indemnification obligations and unasserted expense reimbursement obligations, (ii) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements with respect to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made and (iii) Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized in accordance with this Agreement or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank) and the termination of the Commitments), (ii) be redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Capital Stock), in whole or in part, (iii) provide for scheduled payments of dividends in cash or (iv) be or become convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Disqualified Capital Stock, in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of issuance.
Disqualified Institutions shall mean (a) those Persons that are competitors of Holdings and its Subsidiaries to the extent identified by the Borrowers or the Sponsor to the Administrative Agent by name in writing from time to time, (b) those banks, financial institutions and other Persons separately identified by name by the Borrowers or the Sponsor to the Lead Arrangers in writing on or before the Closing Date or (c) in the case of clause (a) or (b), any of their respective Affiliates (other than, in the case of clause (b), Bona Fide Debt Funds) that are
26
(x) clearly identifiable as Affiliates on the basis of their name or (y) identified by name by the Borrowers (or by the Sponsor, on the Borrowers behalf) to the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply retroactively to disqualify any parties that have previously acquired an assignment or participation interest in the Loans or Commitments to the extent such party was not a Disqualified Institution at the time of the applicable assignment or participation, as the case may be and (ii) Disqualified Institutions shall exclude any Person that the Borrowers or the Sponsor have designated as no longer being a Disqualified Institution by written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent from time to time. The list of Disqualified Institutions and any updates thereto shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that, any update shall not become effective until the second Business Day following the Administrative Agents receipt of such notice.
Dividend shall mean, with respect to any person, that such person has declared or paid a dividend or returned any equity capital to the holders of its Equity Interests or authorized or made any other distribution, payment or delivery of property (other than Qualified Capital Stock of such person) or cash to the holders of its Equity Interests as such, or redeemed, retired, purchased or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, for consideration any of its Equity Interests outstanding (or any options or warrants issued by such person with respect to its Equity Interests), or set aside or otherwise reserved, directly or indirectly, any funds for any of the foregoing purposes, or shall have permitted any of its Subsidiaries to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any of the outstanding Equity Interests of such person (or any options or warrants issued by such person with respect to its Equity Interests). For the avoidance of doubt, any distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to holders of Dissenting Company Shares on account of such Dissenting Company Shares shall be deemed to be a Dividend for all purposes under the Loan Documents.
Dollars, dollars or $ shall mean lawful money of the United States.
Domestic Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
Early Opt-in Election shall mean the occurrence of:
(1) |
(i) a determination by the Administrative Agent or (ii) a notification by the Required Lenders to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrowers) that the Required Lenders have determined that U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities being executed at such time, or that include language similar to that contained in Section 2.11(b), are being executed or amended, as applicable, to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace LIBOR, and |
(2) |
(i) the election by the Administrative Agent or (ii) the election by the Required Lenders to declare that an Early Opt-in Election has occurred and the provision, as applicable, by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Borrowers and the Lenders or by the Required Lenders of written notice of such election to the Administrative Agent. |
27
Earn-Outs shall mean, with respect to a Permitted Acquisition or any other acquisition of any assets or Property by any Group Member, that portion of the purchase consideration therefor and that portion of all other payments and liabilities (whether payable in cash or by exchange of Equity Interests or of any Property or otherwise), directly or indirectly, payable by any Group Member in exchange for, or as part of, or in connection with, such Permitted Acquisition or such other acquisition, as the case may be, that is deferred for payment to a future time after the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or such other acquisition, as the case may be, and includes any and all payments representing the purchase price and any assumptions of Indebtedness, Earn-Outs and other agreements to make any payment the amount of which is, or the terms of payment of which are, in any respect subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of any person or business.
ECF Payment Amount shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(f).
EEA Financial Institution shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
EEA Member Country shall mean any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
EEA Resolution Authority shall mean any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
Effective Yield shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) the higher of (A) the Adjusted LIBO Rate (or comparable rate under any other applicable facility) on such date for a deposit in dollars with a maturity of three months and (B) the Adjusted LIBO Rate (or comparable rate under any other applicable facility) floor, if any, with respect thereto as of such date, (ii) the interest rate margins as of such date (with such interest rate margin and interest spreads to be determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate (or comparable rate under any other applicable facility)) and (iii) the amount of original issue discount and/or upfront fees paid and payable (which shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of original issue discount) by the Borrowers to the Lenders in connection with the applicable facility (with original issue discount or upfront fees being equated to interest based on assumed four-year life to maturity (or, if less, the remaining life to maturity) and assuming that the applicable revolving commitments (including the initial Revolving Commitments, if applicable) were fully drawn) (it being understood that customary arrangement, commitment, structuring, underwriting, ticking, unused line and amendment fees paid or payable to any of the applicable arrangers (or their respective affiliates) in their respective capacities as such in connection with the applicable facility, as applicable, and any other fees that are not generally paid to all lenders (or their respective affiliates) ratably with respect to such loans or such facility and that are paid or payable in connection with such loans or such facility, shall be excluded).
28
Eligible Assignee shall mean (a) if the assignment does not include assignment of a Revolving Commitment, (i) any Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of any Lender, (iii) an Approved Fund, (iv) a Sponsor Investor to the extent permitted by Section 10.04(b)(v), (v) Affiliated Debt Funds, and (vi) any other person approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; it being understood that the Borrowers prohibiting assignments to Disqualified Institutions is reasonable) and (b) if the assignment includes the assignment of a Revolving Commitment, (i) any Revolving Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of any Revolving Lender, (iii) an Approved Fund with respect to a Revolving Lender and (iv) any other person approved by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and the Borrowers (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; it being understood that the Borrowers prohibiting assignments to Disqualified Institutions is reasonable); provided that, in the case of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), (1) no approval of the Borrowers (other than with respect to Disqualified Institutions) shall be required during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g) or (h), (2) to the extent the consent of the Borrowers is required for any assignment, such consent shall be deemed to have been given (except with respect to Disqualified Institutions) if the Borrowers have not responded within ten Business Days of a written request for such consent, (3) no approval of the Borrowers shall be required with respect to assignment of Term Loans to another Lender, an Affiliate of any Lender or an Approved Fund, (4) no approval of the Borrowers shall be required with respect to assignment of a Revolving Commitment to another Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of any Revolving Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Revolving Lender and (5) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Eligible Assignee shall not include at any time any Disqualified Institutions (unless consented to in writing by the Borrowers in their sole discretion), any Defaulting Lender, or any natural person.
Eligible Equity Issuance shall mean an issuance and sale of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings following the Closing Date (other than to the extent applied or to be applied as a Cure Amount) to the equity holders of Holdings.
Employee Benefit Plan shall mean each plan (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is maintained or contributed to by a Group Member or with respect to which a Group Member has any liability (including on account of an ERISA Affiliate).
Environment shall mean ambient air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water, navigable water and wetlands) and the land surface.
Environmental Claim shall mean any claim, notice, demand, order, action, suit or proceeding relating to any investigation, remediation, removal, cleanup, response, corrective action, penalties or other costs (including damages, natural resources damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief) resulting from, related to or arising out of (i) the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Material, (ii) any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Law, or (iii) any actual or alleged exposure to Hazardous Materials.
Environmental Law shall mean all applicable Requirements of Law relating to pollution or protection of the Environment, or to Hazardous Materials.
29
Environmental Permit shall mean any permit, license, approval, registration, consent or other authorization required by or from a Governmental Authority under Environmental Law.
Equity Cure Contribution shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.03(a).
Equity Funded Portion shall mean an amount equal to (i) the working capital or other purchase price adjustment with respect to any acquisition or investment times (ii) the percentage of the consideration for such acquisition or investment that is financed solely with the proceeds of equity issuances by and equity contributions to Holdings, but solely to the extent such equity issuance or equity contribution, as applicable, does not otherwise increase Indebtedness, Investment, Dividend or Restricted Debt Payment capacity hereunder, including, without limitation, pursuant to an increase in the Cumulative Amount or constitute an Equity Cure Contribution.
Equity Interest shall mean, with respect to any person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents, including membership interests (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting), of equity of such person, including warrants, options and other rights to purchase and including, if such person is a limited liability company, membership interests or if such person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, such partnership, whether outstanding on the date hereof or issued after the Closing Date; provided that Equity Interest shall not include at any time (i) debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity or (ii) earn-outs.
Equity Investors shall mean the Sponsor and its Controlled Investment Affiliates and limited partners.
Equity Issuance shall mean, without duplication, (a) any issuance or sale by Holdings of any Equity Interests in Holdings (including any Equity Interests issued upon the exercise of any warrant or option or equity-based derivative) or any warrants or options or equity- based derivatives to purchase Equity Interests of Holdings or (b) any contribution to the capital of Holdings.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
ERISA Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any person, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such person, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 412 of the Code, Section 414(m) or (o) of the Code.
ERISA Event shall mean (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived by regulation); (b) with respect to a Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 or 430 of the Code and Section 302 or 303 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (c) the failure to make by its due date a
30
required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (d) the determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in at risk status (as defined in Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA); (e) the incurrence by any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (f) the receipt by any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which would reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (g) the incurrence by any Group Member or ERISA Affiliate of liability resulting from the complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan; (h) the receipt by any Group Member or its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, insolvent (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) or in critical or endangered status, under Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA; (i) the withdrawal of any Group Member or ERISA Affiliate from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a substantial employer as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (j) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which would reasonably be expected to result in liability to any Group Member; or (k) a Foreign Benefit Event.
EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule shall mean the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.
Eurodollar Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Loans.
Eurodollar Loan shall mean any Eurodollar Revolving Loan or Eurodollar Term Loan.
Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Revolving Loans.
Eurodollar Revolving Loan shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
Eurodollar Term Loan shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
Event of Default shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.01.
Excess Amount shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(h).
Excess Cash Flow shall mean, for any Excess Cash Flow Period, Consolidated EBITDA for such Excess Cash Flow Period, minus, without duplication:
31
(a) Debt Service and other payments of Indebtedness (including, without limitation, related fees and expenses, to the extent paid in cash and to the extent such payments are permitted hereunder, but excluding (A) any required cash payments of principal with respect to the Loans under this Agreement (excluding amortization payments of Term Loans), and
(B) voluntary prepayments of Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(a)) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, to the extent made from sources other than the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness to the extent intended to be repaid from operating cash flow) or Equity Interests; provided that, in each case, payments of revolving Indebtedness shall not be deducted from Excess Cash Flow pursuant to this clause (a) unless accompanied by a permanent reduction in the relevant commitment;
(b) Capital Expenditures made from sources other than the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness to the extent intended to be repaid from operating cash flow) or Equity Interests (excluding Capital Expenditures made in such Excess Cash Flow Period and described in the second parenthetical of the following clause (c)) that are paid in cash;
(c) Capital Expenditures made in cash from sources other than the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness to the extent intended to be repaid from operating cash flow) or Equity Interests that Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall, during such Excess Cash Flow Period, become obligated to make but that are not made during such Excess Cash Flow Period (limited to those committed to be made within the next six months after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period);
(d) the aggregate amount of payments made in cash (and made from sources other than the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness to the extent intended to be repaid from operating cash flow) or Equity Interests) during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or committed to be paid in cash within the next six months after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period) (other than Capital Expenditures) and capitalized or otherwise not expensed in accordance with GAAP during such Excess Cash Flow Period;
(e) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Tax Expense (including any direct or indirect distributions for the payment of such Consolidated Tax Expense) paid or payable with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period and, if payable, for which reserves have been established to the extent required under GAAP;
(f) (x) the aggregate amount of consideration paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or committed to be paid in cash within the next six months after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period) with respect to Permitted Acquisitions or other Investments made from sources other than the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness to the extent intended to be repaid from operating cash flow) or Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any purchase price adjustments (including working capital adjustments), deferred purchase consideration, Earn-Out payments (and payments of seller notes), holdback amounts and indemnity payments with respect thereto) but excluding intercompany Investments and Investments in cash or Cash Equivalents, to the extent paid in cash and (y) to the extent not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, any amounts paid by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are reimbursable by the seller, or other unrelated third party, in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted under Section 6.03(a), (b), (i), (l), (m), (r), (t), (v), (w), (x) (to the extent made in reliance on clause (a) of the definition of Cumulative Amount), (y), (bb), (cc) or (ee);
32
(g) the absolute value of, if negative, (x) the amount of Net Working Capital at the end of the prior Excess Cash Flow Period (or the beginning of the Excess Cash Flow Period in the case of the first Excess Cash Flow Period) minus (y) the amount of Net Working Capital at the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period;
(h) the aggregate amount of cash items added back to Consolidated EBITDA in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such period to the extent paid in cash by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period;
(i) [reserved];
(j) the aggregate amount added back to Consolidated EBITDA in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such period pursuant to clauses (f) and (r) thereof (other than any such amounts that are non-cash add backs);
(k) any Insurance Loss Addback for such period;
(l) the aggregate amount of non-cash adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA for periods prior to the beginning of the current Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent paid in cash by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period;
(m) the aggregate amount of Dividends and other payments made from sources other than the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness to the extent intended to be repaid from operating cash flow) or Equity Interests permitted by Section 6.06 (other than clauses (a), (d), (e), (g), (i), (n) and (p) of Section 6.06) during such Excess Cash Flow Period (or committed to be paid in cash within the next six months after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period); and
(n) to the extent added to determine Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (j) or (l) of the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, such amounts with respect to which no cash payment to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries was received during such Excess Cash Flow Period;
provided that any amount deducted pursuant to any of the foregoing clauses that will be paid after the close of such Excess Cash Flow Period shall not be deducted again in a subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period; plus, without duplication:
(i) if positive, (x) the amount of Net Working Capital at the end of the prior Excess Cash Flow Period (or the beginning of the Excess Cash Flow Period in the case of the first Excess Cash Flow Period) minus (y) the amount of Net Working Capital at the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period;
(ii) cash items of income during such Excess Cash Flow Period not included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA;
33
(iii) any permitted Capital Expenditures referred to in clause (c) above or permitted payments in cash referred to above in clause (d), (f) or (m) that are committed to be made within the next six months after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period, to the extent not so made during such six month period;
(iv) any cash payment that was actually received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary during such Excess Cash Flow Period with respect to which a deduction was taken pursuant to clause (n) above during the previous Excess Cash Flow Period; and
(v) any reimbursement that was actually received in cash by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from a seller, or other unrelated third party, in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted under Section 6.03(a), (b), (i), (l), (m), (r), (t), (v), (w), (x) (to the extent made in reliance on clause (a) of the definition of Cumulative Amount), (y), (bb), (cc) or (ee) during such Excess Cash Flow Period with respect to which a deduction was taken pursuant to clause (f)(y) above during the previous Excess Cash Flow Period; and
(vi) the amount of Consolidated Tax Expense referred to in clause (e) above that is payable with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period but that were not actually paid.
For purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow for any Excess Cash Flow Period, for each Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition permitted hereunder consummated during such Excess Cash Flow Period, (x) the Consolidated EBITDA of a target of such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition shall be included in such calculation only from and after the date of the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition and (y) for the purposes of calculating Net Working Capital, the (A) total assets of a target of such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition (other than cash and Cash Equivalents), as calculated as at the date of consummation of the applicable Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition, which may properly be classified as current assets on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (assuming, for the purpose of this clause (A), that such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition has been consummated) and (B) the total liabilities of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as calculated as at the date of consummation of the applicable Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition, which may properly be classified as current liabilities (other than the current portion of any long term liabilities and accrued interest thereon) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (assuming, for the purpose of this clause (B), that such Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition has been consummated), shall, in the case of both immediately preceding clauses (A) and (B), be calculated as the difference between the Net Working Capital at the end of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period from the date of consummation of the Permitted Acquisition or other similar acquisition.
Excess Cash Flow Period shall mean each fiscal year of Holdings starting with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2021.
34
Excess Net Cash Proceeds shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(c)(i).
Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Excluded Equity Interests shall mean all Equity Interests (a) subject to any election of the Borrower pursuant to the definition of Excluded Subsidiary, (x) in excess of 65% of the Voting Stock issued by any CFC or CFC Holding Company (for the avoidance of doubt, the non-Voting Stock of any CFC or CFC Holding Company shall not constitute Excluded Equity Interests), in each case, owned directly by a Credit Party and (y) of any CFC or Excluded U.S. Subsidiary, in each case, not owned directly by a Credit Party, (b) in a joint venture which cannot be pledged without the consent of third parties, or the pledge of which is prohibited by the terms of, or would create a right of termination of one or more third parties under, any applicable Organizational Documents, joint venture agreement or shareholders agreement after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law, (c) in Persons other than Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that if any Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by Holdings, the Collateral Agents security interest in the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary that remain owned by the Credit Parties shall not be released unless either (x) it is no longer a direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or (y) after giving pro forma effect to such release and the consummation of the relevant transaction, the Borrowers are deemed to have made a new Investment in such Person (as if such Person was then newly acquired) and such Investment is permitted pursuant to this Agreement (it being understood, this proviso shall not limit the release of a security interest in any such Equity Interests that otherwise qualify as Excluded Equity Interests for reasons other than the applicable Restricted Subsidiary not being wholly owned), (d) in any Immaterial Subsidiary, Unrestricted Subsidiary, not-for-profit Subsidiary, captive insurance entity or special purpose entity, (e) with respect to which the cost of obtaining a security interest therein exceeds the practical benefit to the Lenders afforded thereby, as mutually and reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, (f) with respect to which a pledge therein is prohibited or restricted by applicable law (including any requirement to obtain the consent of any governmental authority (unless such consent has been obtained) or third party (by any agreement binding on such Equity Interests at the time of acquisition thereof (or on the Closing Date, as applicable) and not entered into in contemplation thereof (or in contemplation of the Transactions, as applicable) and unless such consent has been obtained)) or impossible or impracticable (as mutually and reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers) to obtain under applicable law and (g) with respect to which a pledge therein would result in adverse tax consequences that are not de minimis as reasonably determined by the Borrowers in consultation with (but without the consent of) the Administrative Agent; provided that in each case set forth above, such equity will immediately cease to constitute Excluded Equity Interests when the relevant property ceases to meet this definition and, with respect to any such equity, a security interest under any applicable Security Document shall attach immediately and automatically without further action.
Excluded Property shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.
35
Excluded Subsidiary shall mean (a) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided that if any Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by Holdings, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall not be released from its Guarantee unless either (x) it is no longer a direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or (y) after giving pro forma effect to such release and the consummation of the relevant transaction, the Borrowers are deemed to have made a new Investment in such Person (as if such Person was then newly acquired) and such Investment is permitted pursuant to this Agreement (it being understood that this proviso shall not limit the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor that otherwise qualifies as an Excluded Subsidiary for reasons other than not being wholly owned), (b) any CFC, (c) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (d) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (e) any not-for-profit Subsidiary, (f) any Excluded U.S. Subsidiary, (g) any captive insurance entity, (h) any special purpose entity, (i) any Subsidiary to the extent a Guarantee or other guarantee of the Obligations is prohibited or restricted by any contractual obligation as in existence on the Closing Date or at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (in each case, not entered into in contemplation hereof and for so long as such prohibition or restriction remains in effect) or by applicable Requirements of Law (including any requirement to obtain Governmental Authority or third party consent, license or authorization unless such consent, license or authorization has been obtained), (j) any Restricted Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment that has assumed secured Indebtedness not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment and any Restricted Subsidiary thereof that guarantees such secured Indebtedness, in each case, to the extent (but only for so long as) such secured Indebtedness prohibits such Restricted Subsidiary from becoming a Guarantor, (k) any Subsidiary to the extent the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers mutually and reasonably determine the cost and/or burden of obtaining a Guarantee outweigh the benefit thereof to the Lenders, and (l) any Subsidiary to the extent the Borrowers reasonably determine that a Guarantee by such Subsidiary would result in adverse tax consequences to the Borrowers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries that are not de minimis as reasonably determined by the Borrower in consultation with (but without the consent of) the Administrative Agent; provided that no Borrower shall be an Excluded Subsidiary; provided further that Borrowers may, in their sole discretion, designate any Subsidiary that otherwise qualifies as an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant to any one or more of clauses (a) through (l) above as not being an Excluded Subsidiary by written notice to the Administrative Agent (except that, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such designation shall only be effective with the consent of the Administrative Agent) and, following such designation, may (so long as at such time no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and such Subsidiary otherwise qualifies as an Excluded Subsidiary) re-designate such Subsidiary as an Excluded Subsidiary by written notice to the Administrative Agent, upon which re-designation such Subsidiary shall be automatically released from its Guarantee.
Excluded Swap Obligation shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest pursuant to the Security Documents to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or would otherwise have become illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantors failure for any reason to constitute an eligible contract participant as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest would otherwise have become effective with
36
respect to such related Swap Obligation but for such Guarantors failure to constitute an eligible contract participant at such time. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof).
Excluded Taxes shall mean, with respect to any Recipient, any of the following Taxes: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed by any jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) as a result of the Recipient being organized under the laws of or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) imposing such Tax or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment under a law in effect at the time (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrowers under Section 2.16) or (ii) such Lender designates a new lending office, except, in each case, to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts or indemnity payments with respect to such Tax pursuant to Section 2.15, (c) any Tax that is attributable to such Recipients failure to comply with Section 2.15(e), and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed under FATCA.
Excluded U.S. Subsidiary shall mean (a) any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of a CFC or a CFC Holding Company or (b) any CFC Holding Company; provided that no Borrower shall be an Excluded U.S. Subsidiary.
Executive Order shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.19.
Existing Credit Facilities shall mean the existing indebtedness and other obligations of the Company pursuant to (a) that certain First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of August 23, 2017, among the Borrowers, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Antares Capital LP, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other agents or parties named therein, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and (b) that certain Second Lien Credit Agreement dated as of August 23, 2017, among the Borrowers, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other agents or parties named therein, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Existing Lien shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02(c).
Existing Loans shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).
Existing Tranche shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).
37
Extended Loans shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).
Extended Tranche shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).
Extending Lender shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(b).
Extension Amendment shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(c).
Extension Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(d).
Extension Election shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(b).
Extension Request shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).
FATCA shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version thereof to the extent such version is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or other official governmental interpretations thereof, any intergovernmental agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or official practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement.
Federal Funds Rate shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it, which, in any event, shall not at any time be less than 0% for purposes of this Agreement.
Federal Reserve Bank of New Yorks Website shall mean the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.
Fee Letters shall mean (a) that certain Fee Letter dated as of the Closing Date by and among the Initial Borrower, the Agents and Owl Rock, (b) that certain Arrangement Fee Letter dated as of the Closing Date by and among the Initial Borrower and Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC and (c) that certain Fee Letter dated as of the Closing Date by and among the Initial Borrower, Antares Capital LP and Antares Holdings LP.
Fees shall mean the Commitment Fees, the Administrative Agent Fees, the LC Participation Fees, the Delayed Draw Ticking Fees, the Fronting Fees and all other fees set forth in Section 2.05.
38
FCPA shall mean the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Financial Covenant shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.03(a).
Financial Officer of any person shall mean the chief financial officer, chief executive officer, vice president of finance, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller, or, in each case, anyone acting in such capacity or any similar capacity.
Financial Statements shall mean, collectively, (a) the Audited Financial Statements and (b) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related unaudited statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter of Holdings ended after the date of the most recently delivered Audited Financial Statements and at least forty-five days prior to the Closing Date.
First Lien Leverage Ratio shall mean, at any date of determination, the ratio of (i)(x) Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by a Lien on the assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is pari passu with or senior to the Obligations, minus (y) Unrestricted Cash of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date (to the extent held in an account in which the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent has a first priority perfected Lien perfected by an executed Control Agreement, provided that, until the date that is 90 days following the Closing Date, all Unrestricted Cash may be netted), to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period then most recently ended.
First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall mean any intercreditor agreement executed in connection with any transaction requiring such agreement to be executed pursuant to the terms hereof, or otherwise required to be executed pursuant to the terms hereof, among the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and one or more Senior Representatives of Indebtedness secured on a junior basis to the Secured Obligations and acknowledged and agreed to by the Borrowers and the Guarantors, substantially in the form of Exhibit I (in each case, except to the extent otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent) and, in each case, on such other terms as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, renewed, replaced, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent.
Fixed Incremental Amount shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount.
Flood Insurance Laws shall mean, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.
39
Foreign Benefit Event shall mean, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence of any liability by any Group Member under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by any Group Member, or the imposition on any Group Member of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law.
Foreign Lender shall mean any Recipient that is not a United States person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
Foreign Pension Plan shall mean any defined benefit pension plan maintained or contributed to by any Group Member with respect to employees employed outside the United States.
Foreign Plan shall mean any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by any Group Member with respect to employees employed outside the United States.
Foreign Subsidiary shall mean a Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
Fronting Fee shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(d).
Fund shall mean any person that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.
GAAP shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, applied on a consistent basis.
Governmental Authority shall mean the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state, provincial, local or otherwise, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
Group Members shall mean Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries; and Group Member shall mean any one of them.
40
Guaranteed Obligations shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.
Guarantees shall mean the guarantees issued pursuant to Article VII by Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
Guarantors shall mean Holdings and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
Hazardous Materials shall mean the following: toxic or hazardous substances; hazardous wastes; polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) or any substance or compound containing PCBs; friable asbestos or friable asbestos-containing materials; radon or any other radioactive materials including any source, special nuclear or by-product material; petroleum, crude oil or any fraction thereof; and any other pollutant or contaminant subject to regulation under any Environmental Laws due to their dangerous or deleterious properties or characteristics.
Hedge Bank shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Secured Parties.
Hedging Agreement shall mean any swap, cap, collar, forward purchase or similar agreement or arrangement dealing with interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices, either generally or under specific contingencies.
Hedging Obligations shall mean obligations under or with respect to Hedging Agreements.
Holdings shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereof.
Immaterial Subsidiary shall mean any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrowers) that the Borrowers designate in writing to the Administrative Agent as an Immaterial Subsidiary; provided that, as of the date of the last financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b), neither (a) the Consolidated Total Assets attributable to all such Subsidiaries is in excess of 5% of Consolidated Total Assets as of such date nor (b) the total revenues attributable to all such Subsidiaries is in excess of 5% of total revenues of the Group Members on a consolidated basis as of such date; provided, further, that in each case, the Borrowers may designate and re-designate a Subsidiary as an Immaterial Subsidiary at any time, subject to the limitations and requirements set forth in this definition. If the Consolidated Total Assets or the total revenues, in each case, attributable to all Restricted Subsidiaries so designated by the Borrowers as Immaterial Subsidiaries shall at any time exceed the limits set forth in the preceding sentence, then starting with the largest Restricted Subsidiary (or in such other order as the Borrower may elect in its sole discretion), the number of Restricted Subsidiaries that are at such time designated as Immaterial Subsidiaries shall automatically be deemed to no longer be designated as Immaterial Subsidiaries until the threshold amounts in the preceding sentence are no longer exceeded (as reasonably determined by the Borrowers), with any Immaterial Subsidiaries at such time that are below such threshold amounts still being designated as (and remaining as) Immaterial Subsidiaries.
Increase Effective Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).
41
Increase Joinder shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(e).
Incremental Facilities shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).
Incremental Revolving Loan shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(d).
Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).
Incremental Revolving Loan Lender shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Revolving Loan.
Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).
Incremental Term Loan Lender shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.
Incremental Term Loans shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(c)(i).
Incurrence Ratio shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount.
Indebtedness of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such person for borrowed money or advances; (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; (c) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such person; (d) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services; (e) all Indebtedness of others (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, but limited to the lower of (x) fair market value of such property as determined by such person in good faith and (y) the amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien; (f) all Capital Lease Obligations, Purchase Money Obligations and synthetic lease obligations of such person to the extent classified as indebtedness under GAAP (for the avoidance of doubt, lease payments under any operating leases (other than Capital Leases recorded as capitalized leases in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date) shall not constitute Indebtedness); (g) all Hedging Obligations to the extent required to be reflected on the balance sheet of such person, (h) all Attributable Indebtedness of such person; (i) all obligations of such person for the reimbursement of any obligor in respect of letters of credit, letters of guaranty, bankers acceptances and similar credit transactions; and (j) all Contingent Obligations of such person in respect of Indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such person is a general partner) to the extent such person is liable therefor as a result of such persons ownership interest in or other relationship
42
with such entity, except (other than in the case of general partner liability) to the extent that terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such person is not liable therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else herein to the contrary, Indebtedness shall not include: (a) trade accounts payable, (b) accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (c) purchase price adjustments and Earn-Out obligations (until such obligations or adjustments become a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and solely if not paid after becoming due and payable), (d) royalty payments made in the ordinary course of business in respect of licenses (to the extent such licenses are not prohibited hereby), (e) any accruals for payroll and other non-interest bearing liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business, (f) deferred rent obligations, taxes and compensation, (g) customary payables with respect to money orders or wire transfers, (h) customary obligations under employment arrangements and (i) operating leases.
Indemnified Taxes shall mean (a) all Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party under any Loan Document other than Excluded Taxes and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.
Indemnitee shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.03(b).
Information shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.12.
Initial Borrower shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereof.
Initial Term Loan shall mean a Loan made by Lenders to a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) on the Closing Date.
Initial Term Loan Commitment shall mean, with respect to any Lender, its obligation to make its portion of Initial Term Loans to the Borrowers in the amount set forth with respect to such Lender on Annex A. The initial aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $347,500,000.
Insurance Loss Addback shall mean, with respect to any calculation period, the amount of any loss, costs or expenses incurred during such period for which there is insurance, indemnity or reimbursement coverage by a third party and for which a related insurance, indemnity or reimbursement recovery is not recorded in accordance with GAAP, but for which such insurance, indemnity or reimbursement recovery is reasonably expected to be received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from a third party in a subsequent calculation period and within one year of the date of the underlying loss.
Intellectual Property shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.
Intercompany Subordination Agreement shall mean an intercompany subordination agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers.
43
Intercreditor Agreement shall mean, as the context may require, the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and/or any Other Intercreditor Agreement.
Interest Election Request shall mean a written request by the Borrowers to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing or Term Loan Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08(b), substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system) as may be approved by the Administrative Agent, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of each Borrower.
Interest Payment Date shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including Swing Line Loans), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December to occur during any period in which such Loan is outstanding, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Loan with an Interest Period of more than three months duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months duration after the first day of such Interest Period, (c) with respect to any Revolving Loan or Swing Line Loan, the Revolving Maturity Date or such earlier date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated in accordance with the terms hereof, and (d) with respect to any Term Loan, the Term Loan Maturity Date.
Interest Period shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months (or, if agreed to by all relevant affected Lenders, twelve months or less than one month) thereafter, as the Borrowers may elect; provided that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period and (c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond (i) in the case of any Eurodollar Revolving Loan, the Revolving Maturity Date, and (ii) in the case of any Eurodollar Term Loan, the Term Loan Maturity Date. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.
Investments shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03.
IPO shall mean (i) the first underwritten public offering by Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent company) of Equity Interests in Holdings (or in its direct or indirect parent company, as the case may be) after the Closing Date pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act, (ii) a direct listing of Holdings capital stock on a national securities exchange under the Exchange Act or (iii) a merger involving a special purpose acquisition vehicle, pursuant to which the Holdings capital stock is exchanged for securities of a Person that is registered under the Exchange Act and which trades on a national securities exchange.
44
ISP shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the International Standby Practices 1998 published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
Issuing Bank shall mean, as the context may require, each of ORCC and Antares Capital LP (and any financial institution or other Person selected by ORCC or Antares Capital LP, as applicable, to issue Letters of Credit on its behalf) with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it and any other Lender or Lenders (including any Lender or Lenders that may become an Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.18(j) or (k) with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender); provided that no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue Commercial Letters of Credit without its consent and the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit issued by an Issuing Bank and then outstanding shall not exceed such Issuing Banks LC Commitment at such time. Any Issuing Bank may, at its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by one or more Affiliates of such Issuing Bank (and each such Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Issuing Bank for all purposes of the Loan Documents). In the event that there is more than one Issuing Bank at any time, references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to refer to the Issuing Bank in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all Issuing Banks, as the context requires. Each Issuing Bank may cause Letters of Credit to be issued by unaffiliated financial institutions and such Letters of Credit shall be treated as issued by such Issuing Bank for all purposes under the Loan Documents.
Joinder Agreement shall mean a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F, with such amendments as may be reasonably and mutually agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers.
Junior Secured Indebtedness shall mean senior Indebtedness of the Credit Parties for borrowed money that is secured on a junior basis to the Secured Obligations and subject to one or more Intercreditor Agreements.
Latest Maturity Date as of any date of determination, shall mean the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any Incremental Term Loan, any Incremental Revolving Loan, any Refinancing Term Loan or any Refinancing Revolving Loan.
LC Commitment shall mean the commitment of each Issuing Bank set forth on Annex A.
LC Disbursement shall mean a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a drawing under a Letter of Credit.
LC Exposure shall mean at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time (including, without limitation, any and all Letters of Credit for which documents have been presented that have not been honored or dishonored) plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of all Reimbursement Obligations outstanding at such time. The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall mean its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate LC Exposure at such time.
LC Extension shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.18(c).
45
LC Obligations shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all outstanding Reimbursement Obligations. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.12. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be outstanding in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
LC Participation Fee shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c).
LC Request shall mean a written application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the Issuing Bank in accordance with the terms of Section 2.18(b) and substantially in the form of Exhibit G, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the applicable Borrower.
LC Sublimit shall mean $10,000,000.
LCT Election shall mean the Borrowers election to test the permissibility of a Limited Condition Transaction in accordance with the methodology set forth in Section 1.06.
LCT Test Date shall have the meaning given to that term in Section 1.06.
Lead Arrangers shall mean Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC and Antares Capital LP, in their respective capacities as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners.
Leases shall mean any and all leases, subleases, tenancies, options, concession agreements, rental agreements, occupancy agreements, access agreements and any other agreements (including all amendments, extensions, replacements, renewals, modifications and/or guarantees thereof), whether or not of record and whether now in existence or hereafter entered into, affecting the use or occupancy of all or any portion of any Real Property.
Lenders shall mean (a) the financial institutions and other entities that have become a party hereto as lenders hereunder and (b) any financial institution or other entity that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than, in each case, any such financial institution or other entity that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term Lenders shall include the Swing Line Lender and an Issuing Bank.
Letter of Credit shall mean (i) any Standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) any Commercial Letter of Credit, in each case issued or to be issued by an Issuing Bank for the account of any Borrower or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to Section 2.18.
Letter of Credit Expiration Date shall mean the date which is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), or such later date to the extent such Letter of Credit has been cash collateralized in an amount equal to 103% of the LC Exposure or backstopped with another letter of credit for such period after the Revolving Maturity Date in a manner to be mutually and reasonably agreed between the applicable Issuing Bank and the applicable Borrower.
46
Letter of Credit Report shall mean a certificate substantially the form of Exhibit J or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
LIBO Rate shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or a comparable or successor rate, which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on such page (or any such successor or substitute page), the LIBO Rate shall be the average rate at which dollar deposits for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by three major banking institutions in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection herewith, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. If the LIBO Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement.
LIBOR shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of LIBO Rate.
Lien shall mean, with respect to any property, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, license, pledge, encumbrance, claim, charge, assignment for security, hypothecation, security interest or encumbrance of any kind or any arrangement to provide priority or preference, including any easement, right-of-way or other encumbrance on title to owned Real Property, in each of the foregoing cases whether voluntary or imposed by law; (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such property; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to be a Lien; and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.
Limited Condition Transaction shall mean (i) any Investment, or any acquisition of any assets, business or person, permitted hereunder (subject to Section 1.06) by Holdings or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including by way of merger or amalgamation, whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing, or (ii) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment.
47
Liquidity shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) Unrestricted Cash of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date and (b) the aggregate Revolving Commitments less the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders as of such date.
Loan Documents shall mean this Agreement, any amendments hereto, the Letters of Credit, the LC Requests, the Applications, any Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes (if any), the Security Documents, the Fee Letters (other than for purposes of Section 10.02) and intercreditor agreements and subordination agreements entered into pursuant to the terms hereof that any Credit Party is party to and any other document designated as such by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, in each case as amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented and/or modified from time to time.
Loans shall mean, as the context may require, a Revolving Loan, Term Loan or Swing Line Loan.
Management Equityholders shall mean any of (i) any current or former director, officer, employee or member of management of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company thereof who, on the Closing Date, is an equityholder in Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof, (ii) any trust, partnership, limited liability company, corporate body or other entity established by any such director, officer, employee, or member of management of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof or any Person described in the succeeding clauses (iii) and (iv), as applicable, to hold an investment in Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof in connection with such Persons estate or tax planning, (iii) any spouse, former spouse, parents or grandparents or any descendant (including adopted children and step-children) or spouse or former spouse of the foregoing, of any such director, officer, employee or member of management of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof, who is transferred Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof by any such director, officer, employee or member of management of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof, in connection with such Persons estate or tax planning, and (iv) any Person who acquires an investment in Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof by will or by the laws of intestate succession as a result of the death of any such director, officer, employee or member of management of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof.
Management Services Agreement shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Sponsor, the Initial Borrower and certain affiliates of the Borrowers from time to time party thereto, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented and/or modified from time to time in a manner that is not materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders.
Margin Stock shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.
Material Adverse Effect shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business or financial condition or results of operations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the material rights and remedies (taken as a whole) of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders under the Loan Documents (other than due to the action or inaction of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders) or (c) the ability of the Borrowers and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under the Loan Documents.
48
Material Property shall mean all Real Property owned in fee in the United States by any Credit Party, in each case, with a fair market value of $2,500,000 or more.
Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount shall mean:
(i) (A) an aggregate amount equal to $40,000,000, plus (B) the amount of any voluntary prepayments of any Loans, any Incremental Facility, any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt (in the case of any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, to the extent secured on a pari passu basis with, the Obligations) (in the case of any prepayment of Revolving Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent reduction in the relevant commitment) (it being understood that any such voluntary prepayment financed with the proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall not increase the calculation of the amount under this clause (i)(B)), in each case to the extent financed with sources other than the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness to the extent intended to be repaid from operating cash flow) of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (C) debt buybacks by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with Section 10.04(b)(viii), or any corresponding provision of any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt (in each case to the extent offered to all similarly-situated lenders or holders, as applicable, and, in the case of any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, to the extent secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations) (it being understood that (x) any such debt buybacks financed with the proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall not increase the calculation of the amount under this clause (i)(C) and (y) in the case of any such debt buyback that is consummated at a discount to par, the calculation of the amount under this clause (C) shall be limited to the actual cash expenditures in respect thereof), in each case to the extent financed with sources other than the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness to the extent intended to be repaid from operating cash flow) of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (D) payments required by Sections 2.16(b)(B) or 10.02(f)(i) (or any corresponding provision of any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt) (in each case solely to the extent such payment is made in retirement of the applicable Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, as applicable, and in the case of any payment of Revolving Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent reduction in the relevant commitment) (the amount pursuant to this clause (i), the Fixed Incremental Amount), plus
(ii) an unlimited amount so long as, on a Pro Forma Basis as of the Applicable Date of Determination and for the applicable Test Period, determined after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Incremental Facility or any such Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt and any Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition consummated in connection therewith, any Indebtedness repaid with the proceeds thereof and any Investment, disposition or debt incurrence in connection therewith and all other pro forma adjustments, the Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 5.50 to 1.00 (the
49
Incurrence Ratio); provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (v) the Borrowers may in their sole discretion elect to use this clause (ii) regardless of whether at such time the Borrowers have capacity under the Fixed Incremental Amount; (w) in the event that any Incremental Facilities or Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt is incurred in reliance on the Fixed Incremental Amount concurrently with, or in a series of related transactions with, the incurrence of any Incremental Facility or Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt pursuant to this clause (ii), the Borrowers may elect to use this clause (ii) prior to using the Fixed Incremental Amount (in which case, for the avoidance of doubt, the Incurrence Ratio shall first be calculated without giving effect to any loans or commitments incurred or to be so incurred using the Fixed Incremental Amount or any substantially concurrent drawing of Revolving Loans, as applicable, but giving full pro forma effect to the use of proceeds of all such loans and commitments and other related transactions) and if the Incurrence Ratio and the Fixed Incremental Amount are available and the Borrowers do not make an election, then the Borrowers will be deemed to have elected to use the Incurrence Ratio prior to using any amount available under the Fixed Incremental Amount, and thereafter, the incurrence portion of such loans or commitments to be incurred using the Fixed Incremental Amount shall be calculated; (x) for purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing Incurrence Ratio in this clause (ii), any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments (and any other unfunded commitments) shall be deemed to be drawn in full and the cash proceeds of any such Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments, Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt or any substantially concurrent drawing of Revolving Loans incurred at such time shall not be cash netted, but any use thereof to prepay Indebtedness shall be given pro forma effect; and (y) to the extent the proceeds of any Incremental Facility or Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt are intended to be applied to finance a Limited Condition Transaction, if the Borrowers have made an LCT Election with respect to such Limited Condition Transaction, Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness, Unrestricted Cash and Consolidated EBITDA, for purposes of determining compliance with the Incurrence Ratio, shall be determined instead, on a Pro Forma Basis, only (i) in the case of Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness and Unrestricted Cash, as of the date, and (ii) with respect to Consolidated EBITDA, for the Test Period most recently ended prior to the date, in each case on which the relevant agreement with respect to such Limited Condition Transaction is entered into as if the Limited Condition Transaction had occurred on such date. For the avoidance of doubt, any amounts incurred in reliance on the Fixed Incremental Amount as an Incremental Facility or Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt shall thereafter reduce the amount of Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt or Incremental Facilities that may be incurred in reliance thereon.
Maximum Rate shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.14.
Maximum Tender Condition shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(b).
Minimum Borrowing Amount shall mean
(a) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, $250,000;
50
(b) in the case of ABR Loans that are Term Loans, $250,000; and
(c) in the case of ABR Loans that are Revolving Loans, the lesser of $250,000 and the Revolving Commitment at such time.
Minimum Tender Condition shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(b).
MNPI shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(f).
Moodys shall mean Moodys Investors Service Inc.
Mortgage shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.10(c)(ii).
Multiemployer Plan shall mean a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) or Section 3(37) of ERISA which is subject to Title IV of ERISA (a) to which any Group Member is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or (b) with respect to which any Group Member has any liability (including on account of an ERISA Affiliate).
Net Cash Proceeds shall mean:
(a) with respect to any Asset Sale (other than any issuance or sale of Equity Interests), the proceeds thereof in the form of cash, cash equivalents (including Cash Equivalents) and marketable securities (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable, or by the sale, transfer or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in connection therewith or otherwise, but only as and when received) received by any Group Member, net of, without duplication, (i) fees and expenses (including brokers fees or commissions, discounts, legal, accounting and other professional and transactional fees, transfer and similar taxes and the Borrowers good faith estimate of taxes paid or payable in connection with such sale (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any payments or payable amount under tax sharing arrangements permitted under the Loan Documents (provided that, to the extent and at the time that any such taxes are no longer required to be paid or payable, such amounts then constitute Net Cash Proceeds))), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against (x) any liabilities under any indemnification obligations, earn-out obligations or purchase price adjustments associated with such Asset Sale or (y) any other liabilities retained or payable by any Group Member associated with the Properties sold in such Asset Sale (provided that, to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds), (iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien on the Properties sold in such Asset Sale (so long as such Lien was permitted to encumber such Properties under the Loan Documents at the time of such sale and was not a pari passu or junior Lien on Collateral) and which is repaid with such proceeds (other than any such Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such Properties) and (iv) the Borrowers good faith estimate of the amount of payments required to be made with respect to unassumed liabilities relating to the properties sold within 360 days of such Asset Sale (provided that to the extent such cash proceeds are not used to make payments in respect of such unassumed liabilities within 360 days after such Asset Sale, such cash proceeds shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds);
51
(b) with respect to any Casualty Event, the cash insurance proceeds, condemnation awards and other compensation received by, or on behalf of, any Group Member in respect thereof, net of all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the collection of such proceeds, awards or other compensation in respect of such Casualty Event (including, in respect of any such Casualty Event, transfer and similar taxes and the Borrowers good faith estimate of taxes paid or payable in connection with such Casualty Event (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any payments or payable amount under tax sharing arrangements permitted under the Loan Documents (provided that, to the extent and at the time that any such taxes are no longer required to be paid or payable, such amounts then constitute Net Cash Proceeds)));
(c) with respect to any issuance or sale of Equity Interests by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the cash proceeds thereof, net of Taxes, fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith; and
(d) with respect to any Debt Issuance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the cash proceeds thereof, net of Taxes, fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith.
Net Working Capital shall mean, at any time, Consolidated Current Assets at such time minus Consolidated Current Liabilities at such time.
Non-Consenting Lender shall mean any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.02 and (ii) has been approved by the Required Lenders (or the Required Revolving Lenders, as applicable) or more than 50% of the affected Lenders, as applicable.
Non-Extending Lender shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(e).
Not Otherwise Applied shall mean, with reference to any amount of proceeds of any transaction or event, that such amount (a) was not required to be applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.10, (b) was not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was contingent on receipt of such amount or utilization of such amount for a specified purpose, (c) in the case of Net Cash Proceeds from Eligible Equity Issuances or from Equity Cure Contributions, was not otherwise used for or in connection with (i) Investments made pursuant to Section 6.03(v) or (x), (ii) Dividends made pursuant to Section 6.06(f) or (i), (iii) prepayments of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.09(a)(A), (B) or (F), or (iv) the inclusion thereof as an Equity Cure Contribution in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of determining compliance with the Financial Covenant, pursuant to Section 8.03(a), and (d) was not previously applied to increase the Cumulative Amount pursuant to the definition thereof.
Notes shall mean any notes evidencing the Term Loans, Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans issued pursuant to this Agreement, if any, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1, H-2 or H-3, as applicable.
52
Notice of Intent to Cure shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.03(a).
Nutrition Acquisition shall mean the merger of Nutrition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity and direct Subsidiary of Holdings, on August 23, 2017 pursuant to the Nutrition Acquisition Agreement.
Nutrition Acquisition Agreement shall mean that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 21, 2017 (together with the exhibits, schedules and disclosure letters thereto, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in a manner not prohibited hereunder), by and among Holdings, Nutrition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the Company.
Obligations shall mean obligations of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of Reimbursement Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral with respect thereto and (iii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including fees and other monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Obligations shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations.
OFAC shall mean the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control.
Offer Process shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(b)(viii)(B).
ORCC shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.
Organizational Documents shall mean, with respect to any person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or similar documents) of such person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the certificate of formation and operating agreement (or similar documents) of such person, (iii) in the case of any limited partnership, the certificate of limited partnership and limited partnership agreement (or similar documents) of such person, (iv) in the case of any general partnership, the partnership agreement (or similar document) of such person and (v) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.
53
Other Connection Taxes means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
Other Intercreditor Agreement shall mean any intercreditor agreement executed in connection with any transaction requiring such agreement to be executed pursuant to the terms hereof, or otherwise required to be executed pursuant to the terms hereof, among the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and one or more other Senior Representatives of Indebtedness, or any other party, as the case may be, and acknowledged and agreed to by the Borrowers and the Guarantors, substantially on terms set forth on Exhibit M (in each case, except to the extent otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent) and, in each case, on such other terms as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, renewed, replaced, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent.
Other Taxes shall mean all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.16).
Owl Rock shall mean, collectively, ORCC, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and their respective Affiliates and Approved Funds.
Participant shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(d)(i). Participant Register shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(d)(iii).
Patriot Act shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.19.
PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.
Permitted Acquisition shall mean any transaction or series of related transactions by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for (a) the direct or indirect acquisition of all or substantially all of the property of any Person, or of any assets constituting a line of business, business unit, division or product line (including research and development and related assets in respect of any product) of any Person; (b) the acquisition (including by merger or consolidation) of the Equity Interests (other than director qualifying shares) of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after giving effect to such transaction; or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with any Person (so long as a Credit Party (including for the avoidance of doubt (except in the case of a merger, consolidation or other combination including a Borrower) any such Person that becomes a Credit Party upon the consummation of such merger, consolidation or other combination), to the extent such Credit Party is a party to such merger, consolidation or other combination, is the surviving entity); provided that each of the following conditions shall be met or waived by the Required Lenders:
54
(i) subject to Section 1.06 with respect to Limited Condition Transactions, no Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (d) (solely as a result of a failure to comply with Section 6.08), (g) or (h) has occurred and is continuing immediately before giving pro forma effect to such acquisition and immediately after giving effect to such acquisition;
(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with Section 6.12;
(iii) any such newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary or property shall, to the extent required by Section 5.10 or Section 5.11, as applicable, become a Credit Party and comply with the requirements of Section 5.10 or become part of the Collateral and be subject to the requirements of Section 5.11; and
(iv) the total cash consideration with respect to any such acquisition in which (x) any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary does not become a Credit Party and comply with the requirements of Section 5.10 and/or 5.11, as applicable or (y) such newly acquired property does not become part of the Collateral subject to the requirements of Section 5.11 shall not exceed, in the aggregate, an amount equal to the greater of (a) $18,000,000 and (b) 25% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the most recent Test Period.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the immediately preceding sentence, an acquisition which does not otherwise meet the requirements set forth above in the definition of Permitted Acquisition shall constitute a Permitted Acquisition if, and to the extent, the Required Lenders agree in writing, prior to the consummation thereof, that such acquisition shall constitute a Permitted Acquisition for purposes of this Agreement.
Permitted Debt Exchange shall have the meaning given to that term in Section 2.23(a).
Permitted Debt Exchange Notes shall have the meaning given to that term in Section 2.23(a).
Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall have the meaning given to that term in Section 2.23(a).
Permitted Holder means any of (i) the Sponsor, the Sponsors Affiliates (other than any portfolio company of the Sponsor) and the Management Equityholders and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members (provided, that the Sponsor, the Sponsors Affiliates and/or the Management Equityholders collectively comprise at least a majority in interest of such group); (ii) any direct or indirect parent of the Borrowers not formed in connection with, or in contemplation of, a transaction that, assuming such parent was not formed, after giving effect thereto would constitute a Change in Control; and (iii) any Person who is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, acting in such capacity.
55
Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt shall mean Indebtedness issued, incurred or otherwise obtained by the Borrowers (which may be guaranteed by any other Credit Party) in respect of one or more series of senior unsecured notes, senior notes secured on a basis pari passu with or junior to the Secured Obligations, or subordinated notes (in each case issued in a public offering or a Rule 144A or other private placement or a bridge financing in lieu of the foregoing so long as the long-term debt into which such bridge financing is to be converted satisfies the provisions of this definition (and any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor)), loans that are secured on a basis pari passu with or junior to the Secured Obligations or are unsecured, or secured or unsecured mezzanine Indebtedness, in each case that is or are issued or made in lieu of Incremental Facilities; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt at the time of issuance or incurrence shall not exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount at such time, (ii) the terms applicable to such Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt shall comply with the Required Debt Terms, (iii) if such Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt is in the form of loans or floating rate notes that are secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations, such Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be subject to Section 2.20(f) (solely to the extent Section 2.20(f) would be applicable to such Indebtedness assuming such Indebtedness were Incremental Term Loans secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations) and (iv) subject to Section 1.06, and (solely if such Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt is incurred in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction) unless (other than in the case of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g) or (h)) waived by the lenders in respect of such Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, no Event of Default (or, in the case of any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt the proceeds of which will be used for a Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment, no Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g) or (h)) shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such issuance or incurrence or immediately after giving effect thereto.
Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt shall mean secured Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any other Credit Party and guarantees with respect thereto by any Credit Party; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a junior basis to the Secured Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted Pari Passu Refinancing Debt, in each case pursuant to a First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans, Revolving Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, or Refinancing Revolving Loans, and (iii) a Senior Representative validly acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to a First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement. Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.
Permitted Liens shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02.
56
Permitted Pari Passu Refinancing Debt shall mean any secured Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any other Credit Party and guarantees with respect thereto by any Credit Party; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Secured Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans, Revolving Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, or Refinancing Revolving Loans, and (iii) a Senior Representative validly acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to an Other Intercreditor Agreement and any First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement. Permitted Pari Passu Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.
Permitted Refinancing shall mean, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other amounts paid, and fees, expenses, commissions, underwriting discounts and expenses incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension and, in the case of a refinancing of unutilized revolving commitments permitted under this Agreement prior to such refinancing, by an amount equal to such existing revolving commitment unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(e), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (c) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(e), at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations , such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms, taken as a whole, at least as favorable (as reasonably determined by the Borrowers) to the Lenders in all material respects as those contained in the documentation governing the subordination of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (e) neither Holdings nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be an obligor or guarantor of any such refinancings, replacements, refundings, renewals, replacements or extensions except to the extent that such Person was such an obligor or guarantor in respect of the applicable Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (f) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension shall not be secured by any Lien on any asset other than the assets that secured such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended and (g) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension shall not (if secured) have a higher Lien priority than such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended.
Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt shall mean unsecured Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any other Credit Party and guarantees with respect thereto by any Credit Party; provided that such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans, Revolving Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, or Refinancing Revolving Loans. Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.
57
Person or person shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Plan shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA which is maintained or contributed to by any Group Member or with respect to which any Group Member has any liability (including on account of an ERISA Affiliate).
Platform shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(e).
Prime Rate shall mean the rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the
Prime Rate in the United States or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the bank prime loan rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as determined by the Administrative Agent).
Private Side Communications shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(f).
Private Siders shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(f).
Pro Forma Basis shall mean, with respect to the calculation of all financial ratios and tests (including the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio and the amount of Consolidated Total Assets and Consolidated EBITDA) contained in this Agreement other than for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, in each case as of any date, that such calculation shall give pro forma effect to the Transactions and all Subject Transactions (and the application of the proceeds from any such asset sale or debt incurrence) that have occurred during the relevant testing period for which such financial test or ratio is being calculated and/or during the period immediately following such period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are attributable to the Transactions, the proposed Subject Transaction and/or all other Subject Transactions that have been consummated during the relevant period, including giving effect to those specified in accordance with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, in each case as certified on behalf of Holdings by a Financial Officer of Holdings, using, for purposes of determining such compliance with a financial test or ratio (including any incurrence test), the historical financial statements of all entities, divisions or lines or assets so acquired or sold and the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, calculated as if the Transactions or such Subject Transaction, and/or all other Subject Transactions that have been consummated during the relevant period, and any Indebtedness incurred or repaid in connection therewith, had been consummated (and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) and incurred or repaid at the beginning of such period, and Consolidated Total Assets shall be calculated after giving effect thereto.
58
Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to the Transactions or a Subject Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a Financial Officer of Holdings (as set forth in a certificate of such Financial Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent) (including adjustments for costs and charges arising out of the Transactions, the proposed Subject Transaction and/or all other Subject Transactions that have been consummated during the relevant period, and the run-rate cost savings and synergies resulting from the Transactions or such Subject Transaction(s) that have been or are reasonably anticipated to be realizable (run - rate means the full recurring benefit for a test period that is associated with any action taken or expected to be taken or for which a plan for realization has been established (including any savings expected to result from the elimination of a public targets compliance costs with public company requirements), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such test period from such actions), and any such adjustments included in the initial pro forma calculations shall continue to apply to subsequent calculations of such financial ratios or tests, including during any subsequent test periods in which the effects thereof are expected to be realizable); provided that (i) such amounts are factually supportable and reasonably identifiable and are projected by the Borrowers in good faith to be realizable within 18 months after the end of the test period in which the Transactions and/or the applicable Subject Transaction occurred, (ii) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA for such test period, (iii) the total amount back added in computing Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to this paragraph, when taken together with any such amounts added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (f) thereof, shall not exceed 25% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated prior to giving effect thereto) for such test period, and (iv) the provisions of this paragraph shall in no way limit the add-backs that may be made to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to the definition thereof.
If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the applicable date of determination for the event for which the calculation is made had been the applicable rate for the entire test period (taking into account any interest hedging arrangements applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a Financial Officer of Holdings to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate as the Borrowers may designate.
Pro Rata Percentage of any Revolving Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Lenders represented by such Lenders Revolving Commitment; provided that for purposes of Section 2.19(b), Pro Rata Percentage shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments (disregarding the Revolving Commitment of any Defaulting Lender to the extent its LC Exposure and Swing Line Exposure is reallocated to the non-Defaulting Lenders) represented by such Lenders Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Pro Rata Percentage shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, after giving effect to any assignments.
59
Projections shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.13(a).
Property or property shall mean any right, title or interest in or to property or assets of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible and including Equity Interests or other ownership interests of any person and whether now in existence or owned or hereafter entered into or acquired, including all Real Property.
PTE shall mean a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.
Public Company Costs shall mean any costs, fees and expenses associated with, in anticipation of, or in preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and costs, fees and expenses relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public), the rules of national securities exchanges for companies with listed equity or debt securities, directors or managers compensation, fees and expense reimbursements, charges relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders and debtholders, directors and officers insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees and listing fees.
Public Side Communications shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(f).
Public Siders shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(f). Purchase Money Obligation shall mean, for any Person, the obligations of such Person in respect of Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of any fixed or Capital Assets or the cost of installation, construction or improvement of any fixed or Capital Assets and any refinancing thereof; provided, however, that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred no later than 180 days after the acquisition, installation, construction, repair, replacement, exchange or improvement of such fixed or Capital Assets by such Person, (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness (excluding any costs, expenses and fees incurred in connection therewith) does not exceed 100% of the cost of such acquisition, installation, construction or improvement, as the case may be, and (iii) the Liens granted with respect thereto do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness (with respect to Capital Lease Obligations, the Liens granted with respect thereto do not at any time extend to or cover any assets other than the assets subject to such Capital Lease Obligations).
Qualified Capital Stock of any Person shall mean any Equity Interests of such person that are not Disqualified Capital Stock.
60
Qualified ECP Guarantor shall mean, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Guarantor that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an eligible contract participant under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an eligible contract participant at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Real Property shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.
Recipient shall mean any Agent, any Lender and any Issuing Bank, as applicable.
Refinanced Debt shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness.
Refinancing Amendment shall mean an amendment to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers executed by each of (a) the Borrowers, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Lender and Additional Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred pursuant thereto.
Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments shall mean one or more Tranches of revolving loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.
Refinancing Revolving Loans shall mean one or more Tranches of Revolving Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.
Refinancing Term Commitments shall mean one or more Tranches of Term Loan Commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.
Refinancing Term Loans shall mean one or more Tranches of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.
Register shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(c).
Registered Equivalent Notes shall mean, with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act of 1933, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantee obligations) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.
Regulation D shall mean Regulation D of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
Regulation S-X shall mean Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act.
61
Regulation T shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
Regulation U shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
Regulation X shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
Reimbursement Obligations shall mean the Borrowers obligations under Section 2.18(e) to reimburse LC Disbursements.
Rejection Notice shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(i).
Related Parties shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Persons Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors, attorneys and representatives of such Person and of such Persons Affiliates.
Release shall mean any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing of any Hazardous Material into the Environment.
Relevant Governmental Body shall mean the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.
Required Class Lenders shall mean (i) with respect to Term Loans, Lenders having more than 50% of all Term Loans outstanding; provided that (A) if Owl Rock holds more than 30% of all Term Loans outstanding, Required Class Lenders with respect to the Term Loans must include Owl Rock and (B) if Antares holds more than 30% of all Term Loans outstanding, Required Class Lenders with respect to the Term Loans must include Antares, (ii) with respect to Revolving Loans, the Required Revolving Lenders and (iii) with respect to any Class of Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments, the Required DDTL Lenders for such Class; provided that, the Loans and Commitments of any Defaulting Lender in such Class shall be disregarded in the determination of Required Class Lenders at any time; provided further that, for any Required Class Lenders vote, Affiliated Debt Funds may not, in the aggregate, account for more than 49.9% of the amounts included in determining whether the Required Class Lenders have consented to any amendment or waiver.
Required DDTL Lenders shall mean, at any time, Lenders having unused Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments of any Class representing more than 50% of the sum of all unused Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments of all the Lenders holding such Commitments at such time; provided that (i) if Owl Rock holds unused Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments of any Class representing more than 30% of the sum of all unused Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments of all the Lenders holding such Commitments at such time, Required DDTL Lenders with respect to such Class of Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments must include Owl Rock and (ii) if Antares holds unused Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments of any Class representing more than 30% of the sum of all unused Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments of
62
all the Lenders holding such Commitments at such time, Required DDTL Lenders with respect to such Class of Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments must include Antares; provided, further, that unused Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of Required DDTL Lenders at any time; provided further, that for any Required DDTL Lenders vote, Affiliated Debt Funds may not, in the aggregate, account for more than 49.9% of the amounts included in determining whether the Required DDTL Lenders have consented to any amendment or waiver.
Required Debt Terms shall mean in respect of any Indebtedness, the following requirements: (i) such Indebtedness (x) does not have a maturity date or (solely in the case of any such Indebtedness in the form of notes) have any mandatory prepayment or redemption features (other than customary asset sale events, insurance and condemnation proceeds events, change of control offers or events of default, AHYDO catch-up payments and (solely in the case of Indebtedness that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations) excess cash flow sweeps), in each case prior to the date that is (or, in the case of any Indebtedness that is secured on a junior basis to the Secured Obligations or is unsecured, prior to the date that is 91 days after the date that is) the then Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (y) does not have a shorter Weighted Average Life to Maturity than the Term Loans and in the case of any Indebtedness that is secured on a junior basis to the Secured Obligations or is unsecured, does not have any required payments of principal prior to the date that is 91 days after the then Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred; provided that the limitations in this clause (i) shall not apply to any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt consisting of a customary bridge facility so long as the long-term debt into which such customary bridge facility is to be converted satisfies the provisions of this clause, (ii) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Persons that are not Guarantors, (iii) if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral, a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness has become party to (A) a First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement if such Indebtedness is secured on a junior basis to the Secured Obligations or (B) both any First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement that is in effect and an Other Intercreditor Agreement if such Indebtedness is secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations, (iv) to the extent secured, any such Indebtedness is not secured by assets not constituting Collateral, (v) any such Indebtedness that is payment subordinated shall be subject to a subordination agreement on terms that are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, and (vi) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, interest rate margins, rate floors, discounts, premiums, fees, and prepayment or redemption terms and provisions which shall be determined by the Borrowers) are (A) reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the applicable Latest Maturity Date) or (B) not materially more restrictive to Holdings and its Subsidiaries (when taken as a whole) than the terms and conditions of this Agreement (when taken as a whole) (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the applicable Latest Maturity Date) (it being understood that (A) to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any such Indebtedness, the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness will be deemed not to be more restrictive than the terms and conditions of this Agreement if such financial maintenance covenant is also added for the benefit of this Agreement and (B) no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent for terms or conditions that are more restrictive than this Agreement if such terms are added to this Agreement); provided, further, that a certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material
63
terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrowers have determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition, shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees).
Required Lenders shall mean Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of all Loans outstanding, LC Exposure and unused Revolving Commitments and Term Loan Commitments; provided that (i) if Owl Rock holds more than 30% of the sum of all Loans outstanding, LC Exposure and unused Revolving Commitments and Term Loan Commitments, Required Lenders must include Owl Rock and (ii) if Antares holds more than 30% of the sum of all Loans outstanding, LC Exposure and unused Revolving Commitments and Term Loan Commitments, Required Lenders must include Antares; provided, further, that the Loans, LC Exposure and unused Commitments held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided, further, that for any Required Lenders vote, Affiliated Debt Funds may not, in the aggregate, account for more than 49.9% of the amounts included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any amendment or waiver.
Required Revolving Lenders shall mean Lenders having more than 50% of all Revolving Commitments or, after the Revolving Commitments have terminated, more than 50% of all Revolving Exposure; provided that (i) if Owl Rock holds more than 30% of all Revolving Commitments or, after the Revolving Commitments have terminated, more than 30% of all Revolving Exposure, Required Revolving Lenders must include Owl Rock and (ii) if Antares holds more than 30% of all Revolving Commitments or, after the Revolving Commitments have terminated, more than 30% of all Revolving Exposure, Required Revolving Lenders must include Antares; provided, further, that the Revolving Commitments or Revolving Exposure held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Required Revolving Lenders.
Requirements of Law shall mean, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local laws (including common law), judgments, decrees, statutes, treaties, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, or other requirements of, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
Resignation Effective Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.06(a).
Resolution Authority shall mean an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.
64
Responsible Officer of any person shall mean any executive officer (including, without limitation, the president, any vice president, secretary and assistant secretary), any authorized person or Financial Officer of such person and any other officer or similar official or authorized person thereof with responsibility for the administration of the obligations of such person in respect of this Agreement and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II, any other officer or employee of the applicable Credit Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent or any other officer or employee of the applicable Credit Party designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the applicable Credit Party and the Administrative Agent.
Restricted Debt Payment shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.09(a).
Restricted Subsidiary shall mean each Subsidiary of Holdings other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Retained Declined Proceeds shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(i).
Revolving Availability Period shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of (i) the Business Day immediately preceding the Revolving Maturity Date and (ii) the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.
Revolving Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Loans.
Revolving Commitment shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder up to the amount set forth with respect to such Lender on Annex A hereto or in an Increase Joinder, or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Revolving Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments or assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.16(b), Section 10.02(f) or Section 10.04. The initial aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Commitments as of the Closing Date is $25,000,000.
Revolving Commitment Increase shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20.
Revolving Exposure shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lenders LC Exposure, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lenders Swing Line Exposure.
Revolving Lender shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or that holds a Revolving Loan.
Revolving Loan shall mean a Loan made by Lenders to a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b), including, unless the context shall otherwise require, any Incremental Revolving Loans made pursuant to Section 2.20 after the Closing Date.
65
Revolving Maturity Date shall mean (x) with respect to any Revolving Commitments the maturity date of which has not been extended pursuant to Section 2.21, the date which is five years after the Closing Date or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day preceding such date and (y) with respect to any Extended Tranche of Revolving Commitments, the final maturity date specified in the applicable Extension Election accepted by the respective Lender or Lenders.
S&P shall mean Standard & Poors Ratings Service, a division of McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.
Sale Leaseback Transaction shall mean any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred; provided that (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom and (b) such Sale Leaseback Transaction is consummated within 180 days of the disposition of such property.
Sanctions shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.20.
SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
Secured Cash Management Agreement shall mean any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Cash Management Bank that is designated by Holdings as a Secured Cash Management Agreement.
Secured Hedging Agreement shall mean any Hedging Agreement that is entered into by and between any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank that is designated by Holdings as a Secured Hedging Agreement.
Secured Obligations shall mean (a) the Obligations and (b) the payment of all obligations of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties under each Secured Cash Management Agreement and Secured Hedging Agreement entered into with any counterparty that is a Secured Party; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Secured Obligations shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations.
Secured Parties shall mean, collectively, (i) the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Collateral Agent, (iii) each other Agent, (iv) the Lenders, (v) each Cash Management Bank, (vi) each counterparty to a Hedging Agreement that is a Lender, an Agent or a Lead Arranger (or an Affiliate of a Lender, an Agent or a Lead Arranger) and each other Person if, at the date of entering into such Hedging Agreement, such Person was a Lender, an Agent or a Lead Arranger (or an Affiliate of a Lender, an Agent or a Lead Arranger); provided that if such Person ceases to be a Lender, an Agent or a Lead Arranger, such Person delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter agreement to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which such Person (i) appoints the Collateral Agent as its agent under the applicable Loan Documents and (ii) agrees to be bound by the provisions of Sections 9.03, 10.03 and 10.09 as if it were a Lender (a Hedge Bank); and (vii) each Issuing Bank.
66
Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Security Agreement shall mean one or more security agreements by and among one or more of the Credit Parties and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to Liens granted on the Collateral thereunder as security for the Secured Obligations.
Security Agreement Collateral shall mean all property pledged or granted as collateral pursuant to a Security Agreement (a) on the Closing Date or (b) thereafter pursuant to Section 5.10 or Section 5.11 and in each case other than Excluded Property.
Security Documents shall mean the Security Agreements, the Control Agreements, the Mortgages (if any) and each other security document or pledge agreement delivered in accordance with applicable local or foreign law to grant a valid, perfected security interest in any property as collateral for the Secured Obligations, and any other document or instrument utilized to pledge or grant or purport to pledge or grant a security interest or lien on any property as collateral for the Secured Obligations.
Senior Representative shall mean, with respect to any series of Permitted Pari Passu Refinancing Debt, Permitted Debt Exchange Notes, Senior Secured Indebtedness, Junior Secured Indebtedness, Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt, Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, the trustee, the sole lender, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.
Senior Secured Indebtedness shall mean senior Indebtedness of the Credit Parties for borrowed money that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations (without regard to the control of remedies).
Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall mean, at any date of determination, the ratio of (i)(x) Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, other than Indebtedness that is unsecured, minus (y) Unrestricted Cash of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date (to the extent held in an account in which the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent has a first priority perfected Lien perfected by an executed Control Agreement, provided that, until the date that is 90 days following the Closing Date, all Unrestricted Cash may be netted), to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA of for the Test Period then most recently ended.
SOFR with respect to any day shall mean the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark, (or a successor administrator) on the Federal Reserve Bank of New Yorks Website.
Specified Existing Tranche shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).
67
Sponsor shall mean HGGC, LLC and its respective Controlled Investment Affiliates.
Sponsor Investor shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 10.04(b)(v).
Standby Letter of Credit shall mean any standby letter of credit or similar instrument providing for the payment of cash upon the honoring of a presentation thereunder.
Statutory Reserves shall mean for any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D by member banks of the United States Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion dollars against Eurocurrency liabilities (as such term is used in Regulation D). Eurodollar Borrowings shall be deemed to constitute Eurodollar liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D.
Subject Transaction shall mean any (a) disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of or all of the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or of any product line, business unit, line of business or division of any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries for which historical financial statements are available, in each case to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder, (b) Permitted Acquisition, (c) other Investment that is otherwise permitted hereunder, (d) designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or (e) proposed incurrence of Indebtedness or making of a Dividend or a Restricted Debt Payment in respect of which compliance with any financial ratio is by the terms of this Agreement required to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.
Subordinated Indebtedness shall mean Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of such Borrower and such Guarantor, as applicable; provided that such terms of subordination and the intercreditor documentation with respect thereto, are customary.
Subsidiary shall mean, with respect to any Person (the parent) at any date, (i) any person the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parents in the parents consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, (ii) any other corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the voting power of all Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors thereof are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent, (iii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or (b) the only general partners of which are the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent and (iv) any other Person that is otherwise Controlled by the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise specified, references to Subsidiary or Subsidiaries herein shall refer to Subsidiaries of Holdings.
68
Subsidiary Guarantor shall mean each Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrowers) that is, or becomes pursuant to Section 5.10, a party to this Agreement.
Support Letter shall mean that certain letter agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among HGGC Fund III, L.P., Nutraceutical Investco LP and Holdings, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented and/or modified from time to time.
Swap Obligation shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a swap within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Swing Line Commitment shall mean the commitment of the Swing Line Lender to make loans pursuant to Section 2.17, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07. The aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Commitment shall be $10,000,000 on the Closing Date, and the Swing Line Commitment shall in no event exceed the Revolving Commitment.
Swing Line Exposure shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Swing Line Loans. The Swing Line Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate Swing Line Exposure at such time.
Swing Line Lender shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.
Swing Line Loan shall mean any loan made by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.17.
Tax Return shall mean all returns, statements, declarations, filings, attachments and other documents or certifications required to be filed in respect of Taxes, including any amendments thereof.
Tax Withholdings shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.15(a).
Taxes shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholdings), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
Term Loan shall mean the Initial Term Loans and any Delayed Draw Term Loans and shall include, unless the context shall otherwise require, any Incremental Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.20 after the Closing Date.
Term Loan Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Term Loans.
Term Loan Commitment shall mean, with respect to any Lender, (a) its Initial Term Loan Commitment, (b) its Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment and (c) unless the context shall otherwise require, any Incremental Term Loan Commitments made pursuant to Section 2.20 after the Closing Date.
69
Term Loan Lender shall mean a Lender with a Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.
Term Loan Maturity Date shall mean (x) with respect to any Term Loans the maturity date of which has not been extended pursuant to Section 2.21, the date which is six years after the Closing Date or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day preceding such date, (y) with respect to any Incremental Term Loan, the final maturity date specified in the applicable documentation with respect to such Incremental Term Loan and (z) with respect to any Extended Tranche of Term Loans, the final maturity date specified in the applicable Extension Election accepted by the respective Lender or Lenders.
Term Loan Repayment Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.09.
Term SOFR shall mean the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.
Test Period shall mean, at any time, subject to Section 1.06, the four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings then last ended (in each case taken as one accounting period) for which financial statements have been or were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b).
Total Leverage Ratio shall mean, at any date of determination, the ratio of (i)(y) Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date minus (z) Unrestricted Cash of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date (to the extent held in an account in which the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent has a first priority perfected Lien perfected by an executed Control Agreement, provided that, until the date that is 90 days following the Closing Date, all Unrestricted Cash may be netted), to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period then most recently ended.
Tranche shall mean each tranche of Loans available hereunder. On the Closing Date there shall be two tranches, one comprised of Term Loans and one comprised of the Revolving Loans.
Transaction Documents shall mean the Loan Documents.
Transactions shall mean, collectively, the transactions to occur on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to the Loan Documents; the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the initial Borrowings hereunder; the Closing Date Refinancing; and the payment of all fees, costs and expenses to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date and owing in connection with the foregoing.
Transferred Guarantor shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.09.
70
Type when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, shall mean a reference to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.
UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time (except as otherwise specified) in any applicable state or jurisdiction.
UCP shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
UK Financial Institution shall mean any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.
UK Resolution Authority shall mean the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.
Undisclosed Administration shall mean in relation to a Lender or its direct or indirect parent company, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender or such parent company is subject to home jurisdiction supervision, in each case to the extent applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.
United States or U.S. shall mean the United States of America.
Unreimbursed Amount shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.18(d).
Unrestricted Cash shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount of (i) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held in accounts of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not held in an account pledged to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent) and (ii) cash and Cash Equivalents restricted in favor of lenders under credit facilities (which shall include any cash and Cash Equivalents securing other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on Collateral along with such credit facilities (provided that any such Liens are subordinated to or pari passu with the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent), including any Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 2.20, Section 2.21, Section 2.22 and Section 2.23 hereof)); provided, further, for the avoidance of doubt, the proceeds of an Equity Cure Contribution shall not be included in this definition of Unrestricted Cash as of the last day of the fiscal quarter with respect to which such Equity Cure Contribution was made for any calculation of the First Lien Leverage Ratio, Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or Total Leverage Ratio.
71
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall mean (a) any Subsidiary of Holdings that is formed or acquired after the Closing Date; provided that at such time (or promptly thereafter) the Borrowers designate such Subsidiary an Unrestricted Subsidiary in a notice to the Administrative Agent, (b) any Restricted Subsidiary subsequently designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Borrowers in a written notice to the Administrative Agent, and (c) each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that in the case of clauses (a) and (b) above, (x) such designation shall be deemed to be an Investment on the date of such designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the investment therein and such designation shall be permitted only to the extent permitted under Section 6.03 on the date of such designation, (y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or exist or would immediately result from such designation after giving pro forma effect thereto (including to the re-designation of Indebtedness and Liens on the assets of such Subsidiary as Indebtedness and Liens on assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary), and (z) immediately after giving effect to any such designation, on a Pro Forma Basis (including, for the avoidance of doubt, giving pro forma effect to the re-designation of Indebtedness and Liens on the assets of such Subsidiary as Indebtedness and Liens on assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary), the Total Leverage Ratio (determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the Applicable Date of Determination and for the applicable Test Period) shall not exceed 5.00 to 1.00. The Borrowers may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (which shall constitute a reduction in any outstanding Investment), and thereafter, such Subsidiary shall no longer constitute an Unrestricted Subsidiary, but only if (a) no Event of Default would immediately result from such re-designation (including the re-designation of Indebtedness and Liens on the assets of such Subsidiary as Indebtedness and Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary) and (b) immediately after giving effect to any such redesignation (including the re-designation of Indebtedness and Liens on the assets of such Subsidiary as Indebtedness and Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary and the deemed return on any Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (y)), the Total Leverage Ratio (determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the Applicable Date of Determination and for the applicable Test Period) shall not exceed 5.00:1.00. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (x) the incurrence by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Restricted Subsidiary outstanding at such time (after giving effect to, and taking into account, any payoff or termination of Indebtedness or any release or termination of Liens, in each case, occurring in connection or substantially concurrently therewith) and (y) constitute a return on any Investment by the Borrowers in such Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such prior designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. As of the Closing Date, none of the Subsidiaries of Holdings is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and in no event shall any Borrower become an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in no event shall any Restricted Subsidiary be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it owns or licenses any rights to any intellectual property that is material to the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, nor shall any Unrestricted Subsidiary own or license any rights to any intellectual property that is material to the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement shall mean the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.
Unsecured Indebtedness shall mean unsecured Indebtedness of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money.
72
Voting Stock shall mean, with respect to any person, any class or classes of Equity Interests pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors of such person.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof (without giving effect to any prepayments of principal), by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness; provided that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock that is being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, the effects of any prepayments or amortization made on such Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock prior to the date of the applicable modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension shall be disregarded.
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall mean a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings which is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings, a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall mean, as to any Person, (a) any corporation 100% of whose capital stock (other than directors qualifying shares or other nominal issuance in order to comply with local laws) is at the time owned by such Person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and (b) any partnership, association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity in which such Person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person have a 100% equity interest at such time.
Write-Down and Conversion Powers shall mean, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.
Yield shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(f).
Yield Differential shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(f).
Section 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a Revolving Loan) or by Type (e.g., a Eurodollar Loan) or by Class and Type (e.g., a Eurodollar Revolving Loan). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a Revolving Borrowing, Borrowing of Term Loans) or by Type (e.g., a Eurodollar Borrowing) or by Class and Type (e.g., a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing).
73
Section 1.03 Terms Generally.
(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. The word will shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word shall. Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any Loan Document, agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (ii) any reference herein to any person shall be construed to include such persons successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignments set forth herein), (iii) the words herein, hereof and hereunder, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (v) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, (vi) the words asset and property shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights, and (vii) all references to the knowledge of any Group Member or facts known by any Group Member shall mean actual knowledge of any Responsible Officer of such Person. Any Responsible Officer executing any Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, so executes or certifies in his/her capacity as a Responsible Officer on behalf of the applicable Credit Party and not in any individual capacity.
(b) The term enforceability and its derivatives when used to describe the enforceability of an agreement shall mean that such agreement is enforceable except as enforceability may be limited by any Debtor Relief Law and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
(c) Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the UCC shall be construed and defined as set forth in the UCC unless otherwise defined herein; provided that to the extent that the UCC is used to define any term herein and such term is defined differently in different Articles of the UCC, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the UCC shall govern.
Section 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP; Tax Laws. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all financial statements to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time and all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with GAAP, as in effect on the date hereof. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial
74
ratio set forth in any Loan Document, and the Borrowers or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to approval by the Required Lenders and the Borrowers); provided that, until so amended, such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP immediately prior to such change therein, and the Borrowers shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders within five days after delivery of each certificate or financial report required hereunder that is affected thereby a written statement of a Financial Officer of Holdings setting forth in reasonable detail the differences (including any differences that would affect any calculations relating to the Financial Covenant as set forth in Section 6.08) that would have resulted if such financial statements had been prepared without giving effect to such change. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including negative covenants, financials covenants and component definitions, GAAP will be deemed to treat operating leases and Capital Leases in a manner consistent with their treatment under GAAP as in effect on the September 30, 2019, notwithstanding any modifications or interpretive changes thereto that may occur thereafter. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (i) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 or FASB ASC 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at fair value, as defined therein and (ii) the financial ratios and related definitions set forth in the Loan Documents shall be computed to exclude the application of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, 150 or 123(R) (to the extent that the pronouncements in Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) result in recording an equity award as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the circumstance where, but for the application of the pronouncements, such award would have been classified as equity).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all financial ratios and tests (including the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio and the amount of Consolidated Total Assets and Consolidated EBITDA) contained in this Agreement other than for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow that are calculated with respect to any Test Period during which any Subject Transaction occurs shall be calculated with respect to such Test Period and such Subject Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis. Further, if since the beginning of any such Test Period and on or prior to the date of any required calculation of any financial ratio or test (x) any Subject Transaction shall have occurred or (y) any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have consummated any Subject Transaction, then, in each case, any applicable financial ratio or test shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for such Test Period as if such Subject Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that solely for purposes of calculating quarterly compliance with Section 6.08, the date of the required calculation shall be the last day of the Test Period, and no Subject Transaction occurring thereafter shall be taken into account).
75
Other than as provided in Section 1.06 below, for purposes of determining the permissibility of any action, change, transaction or event that by the terms of the Loan Documents requires a calculation of any financial ratio or test (including the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio and the amount of Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Total Assets), such financial ratio or test shall be calculated at the time such action is taken, such change is made, such transaction is consummated or such event occurs, as the case may be, and no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of a change in such financial ratio or test occurring after the time such action is taken, such change is made, such transaction is consummated or such event occurs, as the case may be.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent compliance with a financial ratio or test is calculated prior to the date financial statements are first delivered under Section 5.01(a) or (b), such calculation shall use the latest financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 3.04(a).
Section 1.05 Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities. Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that it was represented by counsel in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, that it and its counsel reviewed and participated in the preparation and negotiation hereof and thereof and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation hereof or thereof.
Section 1.06 Limited Condition Transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of (i) measuring the relevant ratios (including the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, and the Total Leverage Ratio (including, without limitation, for purposes of determining pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenant as a condition to effecting any such transaction but not for determining actual compliance with the Financial Covenant)) and baskets (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Total Assets) with respect to the incurrence of any Indebtedness (including any Incremental Facilities and Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt but excluding Revolving Loans) or Liens or the making of any Permitted Acquisitions or other similar Investments, Dividends, Restricted Debt Payments, Asset Sales or other sales or dispositions of assets or fundamental changes or the designation of any Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, or (ii) determining compliance with representations and warranties or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default (other than for purposes of Section 4.02 with respect to Borrowings of Revolving Loans), in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, if the Borrowers have made an LCT Election with respect to such Limited Condition Transaction, the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder (including, in the case of calculating Consolidated EBITDA, the reference date for determining which Test Period shall be the most recently ended Test Period for purposes of making such calculation) shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (the LCT Test Date), and if, after giving pro forma effect to such Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith as if they had occurred (with respect to income statement items) at the beginning of, or (with respect to balance sheet items) on the last day of, the most recent Test Period ending prior to the LCT Test Date, the Borrowers could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, basket, representation and warranty, or Event of Default blocker such ratio, basket, or representation and warranty or Event of Default blocker shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrowers have made an LCT
76
Election and any of the ratios, baskets, Default or Event of Default blockers or representations and warranties for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would thereafter have failed to have been satisfied as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA, Unrestricted Cash, Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness or Consolidated Total Assets or otherwise, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, ratios or representations and warranties will not be deemed to have failed to have been satisfied as a result of such fluctuations or otherwise. If the Borrowers have made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio or basket on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or (ii) the date that the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires, or the date for redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment specified in an irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction expires or passes, in each case without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio (other than the Financial Covenant under Section 6.08) or basket (x) shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated and (y) with respect to Dividends and Restricted Debt Payments only (and only until such time as the applicable Limited Condition Transaction has been consummated or the definitive documentation for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated), also on a standalone basis without giving effect to such Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions in connection therewith.
Section 1.07 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City time.
Section 1.08 Deliveries. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, whenever any document, agreement or other item is required by any Loan Document to be delivered or completed on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.
Section 1.09 Schedules and Exhibits. All of the schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.
Section 1.10 Currency Generally. For purposes of determining compliance with Section 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.04, 6.05, 6.06, 6.07 or 6.09, with respect to any Indebtedness, Liens, Investments, liquidations, dissolutions, mergers, consolidations, Asset Sales or other dispositions , Dividends, affiliate transactions or Restricted Debt Payments in a currency other than Dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of currency exchange occurring after the time Holdings or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries is contractually obligated to incur, enter into, make or acquire such Indebtedness, Liens, Investments, liquidations, dissolutions, mergers, consolidations, Asset Sales or other dispositions, Dividends, affiliate transactions or Restricted Debt Payments (so long as, at the time of entering into the contract to incur, enter into, make or acquire such Indebtedness, Liens, Investments, liquidations , dissolutions, mergers, consolidations, Asset Sales or other dispositions, Dividends, affiliate transactions or Restricted Debt Payments, such transaction was permitted hereunder) and once contractually obligated to be incurred, entered into, made or acquired, the amount of such Indebtedness, Liens, Investments, liquidations, dissolutions, mergers, consolidations, Asset Sales or other dispositions, Dividends, affiliate transactions or Restricted Debt Payments, shall be always deemed to be at the Dollar amount on such date, regardless of later changes in currency exchange rates.
77
Section 1.11 Basket Amounts and Application of Multiple Relevant Provisions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (a) unless specifically stated otherwise herein, any carve-out, basket, exclusion or exception to any affirmative, negative or other covenant in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents may be used together by any Credit Party and its Subsidiaries without limitation for any purpose not prohibited hereby, and (b) any action or event permitted by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such action or event but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of the Loan Documents that does not require compliance with a financial ratio or test (including a test based on the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio and/or the Total Leverage Ratio) (any such amounts, the Fixed Amounts) substantially concurrently with any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of the Loan Documents that requires compliance with a financial ratio or test (including a test based on the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio and/or the Total Leverage Ratio) (any such amounts, the Incurrence- Based Amounts), it is understood and agreed that (a) the Fixed Amounts shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to the Incurrence-Based Amounts, and (b) except as provided in clause (a), pro forma effect shall be given to the entire transaction.
Section 1.12 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any LC Request or other letter of credit application related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such times.
Section 1.13 Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdictions laws):
(a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and
(b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.
78
ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS
Section 2.01 Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly:
(a) Initial Term Loans. To make an Initial Term Loan to the Initial Borrower on the Closing Date in the principal amount of its Initial Term Loan Commitment;
(b) Revolving Loans. To make Revolving Loans to the Borrowers at any time and from time to time on or after the Closing Date until the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in such Lenders Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lenders Revolving Commitment; provided that no more than $5,000,000 of Revolving Loans may be drawn on the Closing Date; and
(c) Delayed Draw Term Loans. To make Delayed Draw Term Loans to the Borrowers at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date until the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in the Delayed Draw Term Loans made by such Lender exceeding such Lenders Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment. Upon the funding of any Delayed Draw Term Loans, and at the election of the Administrative Agent, such Delayed Draw Term Loans may have the same terms as, and may be fungible with and part of the same Class and Tranche as, the Initial Term Loans. The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement that are reasonably necessary to reflect the funding of any Delayed Draw Term Loans as the same Class and Tranche as the Initial Term Loans or a separate Class or Tranche (including, without limitation, such actions as are necessary to maintain the fungibility of any Delayed Draw Term Loans with any Class and Tranche of then-outstanding Term Loans, to ensure that Delayed Draw Term Loans are included in each Borrowing of then-outstanding Term Loans of any Class and Tranche on a pro rata basis, and to ratably increase each scheduled amortization payment under Section 2.09 after the funding of any Delayed Draw Term Loans to include any Delayed Draw Term Loans that are of the same Class and Tranche as any then-outstanding Term Loans or as a separate Class or Tranche), notwithstanding any provisions in Section 10.02 to the contrary.
Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed. Within the limits set forth in clause (b) above and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.
Section 2.02 Loans.
(a) Each Loan (other than Swing Line Loans) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the applicable Lenders ratably in accordance with their applicable Commitments; provided that the failure of any Lender to make its Loan shall not in itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender). Except for Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.18(e)(ii)
79
and Swing Line Loans, (x) ABR Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments and (y) the Eurodollar Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments.
(b) Subject to Sections 2.11 and 2.12, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrowers may request pursuant to Section 2.03. Each Lender may at its option make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any day, but at no time shall there be outstanding more than, in the case of Loans maintained as Eurodollar Loans, ten Borrowings of such Loans in the aggregate. For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.
(c) Except with respect to Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.18(e)(ii), Swing Line Loans and Loans made on the Closing Date, each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 1:00 p.m. New York City time, and upon receipt of all funds the Administrative Agent shall promptly credit the amounts so received to an account as directed by the Borrowers in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders. The Swing Line Lender shall make each Swing Line Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time in the manner specified in Section 2.17(b).
(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date (in the case of any Eurodollar Borrowing), and at least two hours prior to the time (in the case of any ABR Borrowing), of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lenders portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent at the time of such Borrowing in accordance with clause (c) above, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, each of such Lender and each Borrower severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lenders Loan as part of such Borrowing for the purposes of this Agreement, and the Borrowers obligation to repay the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount pursuant to this Section 2.02(d) shall cease.
80
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable.
Section 2.03 Borrowing Procedure. To request a Revolving Borrowing or Term Loan Borrowing, the Borrowers shall deliver, by hand delivery or facsimile or other electronic transmission if arrangements for doing so have been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent, a duly completed and executed Borrowing Request to the Administrative Agent, (i) for any Term Loan Borrowing or Delayed Draw Term Loan Borrowing, not later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time (or such later time on such Business Day as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing (or, in the case of a Term Loan Borrowing to be made on the Closing Date, not later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing), and (ii) for any Revolving Borrowing, (x) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time (or such later time on such Business Day as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (y) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time (or such later time as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), one Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:
(a) whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Borrowing of Revolving Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans or Term Loans;
(b) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;
(c) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;
(d) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;
(e) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term Interest Period;
(f) the location and number of the account to which funds are to be disbursed; and
(g) with respect to each Credit Extension made on or after the Closing Date, that the conditions set forth in Section 4.02(b), Section 4.02(c) and Section 4.02(d) will be satisfied or waived as of the date the requested Borrowing is made.
81
If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of one months duration. If the Borrowers request a Eurodollar Borrowing but fail to specify an Interest Period, the Borrowers will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one months duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lenders Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.
Section 2.04 Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans.
(a) Promise to Repay. The Borrowers unconditionally promise to pay to the Administrative Agent (i) for the account of each Term Loan Lender, the principal amount of each Term Loan of such Term Loan Lender as provided in Section 2.09, (ii) for the account of each Revolving Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Revolving Lender on the Revolving Maturity Date, and (iii) for the account of the Swing Line Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Loan on the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the date ten Business Days after such Swing Line Loan is made.
(b) Lender and Administrative Agent Records. Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type and Class thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto; (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder; and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lenders share thereof. The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to this paragraph shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms. In the event of any conflict between the records maintained by any Lender and the records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
(c) Promissory Notes. Any Lender by written notice to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) may request that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrowers shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender or its registered assigns in the form of Exhibit H-1, H-2 or H-3, as the case may be. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 10.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein or its registered assigns.
82
Section 2.05 Fees.
(a) Commitment Fee. The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender (subject to Section 2.19, in the case of a Defaulting Lender) a commitment fee (a Commitment Fee) equal to 0.50% per annum on the actual daily unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of such Revolving Lender during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date on which such Revolving Commitment terminates. Accrued Commitment Fees shall be payable in arrears (A) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and (B) on the date on which such Commitment terminates. Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing Commitment Fees with respect to Revolving Commitments, a Revolving Commitment of a Revolving Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Revolving Lender; provided that for the purpose of calculations and payments pursuant to this Section 2.05, the Revolving Commitment of each Defaulting Lender shall be deemed equal to $0.
(b) Administrative Agent Fees. The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the administrative fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Initial Borrower and the Administrative Agent in the applicable Fee Letter (the Administrative Agent Fee).
(c) LC Participation Fees. The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee (LC Participation Fee), in Dollars, with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at a rate equal to the Applicable Margin from time to time for LC Participation Fees on the actual daily amount of such Lenders LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Reimbursement Obligations) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lenders Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure. Accrued LC Participation Fees shall be payable in Dollars in arrears (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and (ii) on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate (or, if later, when all Letters of Credit have been terminated). Any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable promptly on written demand. All LC Participation Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.12.
(d) Fronting Fees. The Borrowers agree to pay to the applicable Issuing Bank a fronting fee (Fronting Fee) in Dollars, which shall accrue at a percentage per annum charged by the applicable Issuing Bank on the actual daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Reimbursement Obligations) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as such Issuing Banks reasonable customary fees, in Dollars, with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Accrued Fronting Fees shall be payable in Dollars in arrears (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and (ii) on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate (or, if later, when all Letters
83
of Credit of such Issuing Bank have been terminated). Any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable promptly on written demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within ten Business Days after written demand therefor. All Fronting Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.12.
(e) Fee Letters. Without duplication of any other fees set forth in this Section 2.05, the Borrowers agree to pay the fees set forth in each Fee Letter at the times and in the manner set forth therein.
(f) Delayed Draw Ticking Fees. The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender a fee (the Delayed Draw Ticking Fee ) equal to 1.00% per annum on the actual daily unused amount of Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment of each such Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the applicable Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date. Accrued Delayed Draw Ticking Fees shall be payable in arrears (A) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and (B) on the applicable Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date. Delayed Draw Ticking Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
(g) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the applicable Lenders, except that the Borrowers shall pay the Fronting Fees directly to the Issuing Bank. Once paid when due and payable, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.
Section 2.06 Interest on Loans.
(a) ABR Loans. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(c), the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing, including each Swing Line Loan, shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.
(b) Eurodollar Loans. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(c), the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.
(c) Default Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the existence of an Event of Default under Sections 8.01(a), (b), (g) or (h), the overdue Obligations shall bear interest, at a per annum rate equal to (i) in the case of principal on any Loan, 2.00% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in Section 2.06(a) and Section 2.06(b) or (ii) in the case of any other such Obligations, 2.00% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in Section 2.06(a) (in either case, the Default Rate).
84
(d) Interest Payment Dates. Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to Section 2.06(c) shall be payable on written demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan without a permanent reduction in Revolving Commitments or Swing Line Commitments), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.
(e) Interest Calculation. All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Prime Rate in clause (a) of the definition of Alternate Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and such determination shall be deemed presumptively correct absent manifest error.
Section 2.07 Termination and Reduction of Commitments.
(a) Termination of Commitments. The Initial Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time (or such later time as may be reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent), on the Closing Date. The Revolving Commitments, the Swing Line Commitments and the LC Commitment shall automatically terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date. The Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate on the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date.
(b) Optional Terminations and Reductions. At its option, the Borrowers may at any time terminate, or from time to time, without premium or penalty (except as provided in Section 2.10(j) and Section 2.13), permanently reduce, the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $250,000 and (ii) the Revolving Commitments shall not be terminated or reduced if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the aggregate amount of Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments.
(c) Borrower Notice. The Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing in substantially the form attached as Exhibit C-2, of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under Section 2.07(b) by 12:00 p.m. New York City time at least one Business Day (or, in the case of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans, three Business Days) (or in each case such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrowers may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of any other credit facilities or the closing of any securities offering, or the occurrence of any other event specified therein, in which
85
case such notice may be revoked by the Borrowers (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. With respect to the effectiveness of any such other credit facilities or the closing of any such securities offering, the Borrowers may extend the date of termination at any time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.
Section 2.08 Interest Elections.
(a) Generally. Each Revolving Borrowing and Term Loan Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrowers may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrowers may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section 2.08 shall not apply to Swing Line Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.
(b) Interest Election Notice. To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrowers shall deliver, by hand delivery or facsimile or other electronic transmission if arrangements for doing so have been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent, a duly completed and executed Interest Election Request to the Administrative Agent not later than the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrowers were requesting a Revolving Borrowing or Term Loan Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable. Each Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:
(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, or if outstanding Borrowings are being combined, allocation to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below, as applicable, shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);
(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and
(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term Interest Period.
86
If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one months duration.
Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lenders portion of each resulting Borrowing.
(c) Automatic Conversion. If an Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing is not timely delivered prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid or prepaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of one months duration. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require, by notice to the Borrowers, that (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing, and (ii) unless repaid or prepaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.
Section 2.09 Amortization of Term Loan Borrowings. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Term Loan Lenders, on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the last Business Day of March 2021 (each such date, a Term Loan Repayment Date), an amount equal to five eighths of one percent (0.625%) of the original principal amount of such Term Loans made on the Closing Date, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 2.10(h), as reduced by the principal amount of such Term Loans contributed or assigned to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 10.04(b)(vi) or (viii), as adjusted in connection with the making of any Delayed Draw Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(c) and as adjusted in connection with the making of any Incremental Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.20 hereof, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment. To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans shall be due and payable by the Borrowers on the Term Loan Maturity Date.
Section 2.10 Optional and Mandatory Prepayments of Loans.
(a) Optional Prepayments. The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay Revolving Loans and Term Loans, without premium or penalty (except as and to the extent provided in Section 2.10(j) or Section 2.13), subject to the requirements of this Section 2.10; provided that (i) each prepayment of Eurodollar Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $250,000 or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding and (ii) each prepayment of ABR Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $250,000 or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding.
87
(b) Revolving Loan Prepayments.
(i) In the event of the termination of all of the Revolving Commitments in accordance with the terms hereof, the Borrowers shall, on the date of such termination, repay or prepay all of its outstanding Revolving Borrowings and Swing Line Loans and, at the Borrowers option, either replace or backstop, to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank, all outstanding Letters of Credit or cash collateralize all outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i).
(ii) In the event of any partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments in accordance with the terms hereof, then (x) at or prior to the effective date of such reduction, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Revolving Lenders of the sum of the Revolving Exposures after giving effect thereto and (y) if the sum of the Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments after giving effect to such reduction, then the Borrowers shall, on the date of such reduction, first, repay or prepay Swing Line Loans, second, repay or prepay Revolving Borrowings and third, at the Borrowers option, either replace or backstop, to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank, outstanding Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i), in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.
(iii) In the event that the sum of all Lenders Revolving Exposures exceeds the Revolving Commitments then in effect, the Borrowers shall, without notice or demand, immediately first, repay or prepay Swing Line Loans, second, repay or prepay Revolving Borrowings, and third, at the Borrowers option, either replace or backstop outstanding Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i), in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.
(iv) In the event that at any time the aggregate LC Exposure exceeds the LC Sublimit then in effect, the Borrowers shall, without notice or demand, immediately, at the Borrowers option, either replace or backstop outstanding Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i), in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.
(c) Asset Sales. Not later than ten Business Days following the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale by any Group Member (other than any issuance or sale of Equity Interests to or from Holdings, a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor), the Borrowers shall apply an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to make prepayments in accordance with Section 2.10(h) and Section 2.10(i); provided that:
(i) no such prepayment shall be required under this clause (c) (A) with respect to any disposition of property which constitutes a Casualty Event or (B) to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sales or series of related Asset Sales do not result in more than $1,500,000 per Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales or an aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds of more than $3,000,000 in any twelve month period (the Asset Sale Threshold and the Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the Asset Sale Threshold, the Excess Net Cash Proceeds);
88
(ii) such proceeds with respect to any such Asset Sale shall not be required to be so applied on such date to the extent that such Excess Net Cash Proceeds are expected to be reinvested in assets used or useful in the business of any Group Member (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, Investment or Capital Expenditure) or to be contractually committed to be so reinvested, within 18 months (or within 24 months following receipt thereof if a contractual commitment to reinvest is entered into within 18 months following receipt thereof) following the date of such Asset Sale; and
(iii) if all or any portion of such Excess Net Cash Proceeds that are the subject to clause (ii) immediately above is neither reinvested nor contractually committed to be so reinvested within such 18 month period (and actually reinvested within 24 months of the receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds related thereto), such unused portion shall be applied within five Business Days after the last day of such period as a mandatory prepayment as provided in this Section 2.10(c).
(d) Debt Issuance. Not later than one Business Day following the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds of any Debt Issuance by any Group Member (or concurrently with the receipt thereof in the case of a Debt Issuance pursuant to Section 2.22), the Borrowers shall make prepayments in accordance with Section 2.10(h) and (i) in an aggregate principal amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds.
(e) Casualty Events. Not later than ten Business Days following the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from a Casualty Event by any Group Member, the Borrowers shall apply an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to make prepayments in accordance with Section 2.10(h) and (i); provided that:
(i) such Net Cash Proceeds shall not be required to be so applied on such date to the extent that (A) such Net Cash Proceeds are less than $1,500,000 per Casualty Event or the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds are less than $3,000,000 in any twelve month period (the Casualty Event Threshold), or (B) in the event that such Net Cash Proceeds exceed the Casualty Event Threshold, the Borrowers shall have notified the Administrative Agent on or prior to such date stating that such proceeds in excess of the Casualty Event Threshold are expected to be (x) used to repair, replace or restore any Property in respect of which such Net Cash Proceeds were paid or to reinvest in other fixed or Capital Assets or assets that are otherwise used or useful in the business of the Group Members (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, Investment or Capital Expenditure), or (y) contractually committed to be so reinvested, in each case, no later than 18 months (or within 24 months following receipt thereof if such contractual commitment to reinvest has been entered into within 18 months following receipt thereof) following the date of receipt of such proceeds; and
(ii) if all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds is contractually committed within such 18 month period to be so reinvested within such 24 month period but is not actually reinvested within 24 months of the receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds related thereto, such unused portion shall be applied within ten Business Days after the last day of such period as a mandatory prepayment as provided in this Section 2.10(e).
89
(f) Excess Cash Flow. No later than ten Business Days after the date on which the financial statements with respect to each fiscal year of Holdings ending on or after September 30, 2021 in which an Excess Cash Flow Period occurs are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), the Borrowers shall make prepayments of Terms Loans in accordance with Section 2.10(h) and (i) in an aggregate amount equal to (A) the Applicable ECF Percentage of the amount equal to Excess Cash Flow for the Excess Cash Flow Period then ended, minus (B) at the option of the Borrowers, the aggregate principal amount of (x) any Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, Revolving Loans or Incremental Revolving Loans, in each case secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations (or, in each case, any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof or Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor, in each case, to the extent secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations), in each case prepaid pursuant to Section 2.10(a) or pursuant to the corresponding provisions of the documentation governing any such Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof or Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (in the case of any prepayment of Revolving Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent reduction in the Revolving Commitment), during the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrowers and without duplication, after such Excess Cash Flow Period and prior to such calculation) and (y) the amount actually paid in cash pursuant to any Offer Process made in accordance with Section 10.04(b)(viii) of this Agreement (to the extent offered to all Lenders of the applicable Class) or the corresponding provisions of the documentation governing any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations (or, in each case, any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or Permitted Debt Exchange Notes offered in exchange therefor, in each case, to the extent secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations) (in each case to the extent such assignment was offered to all lenders or holders of the applicable class thereof) during the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period (or, at the option of the Borrowers, and without duplication, after such Excess Cash Flow Period and prior to such calculation), and in the case of all such prepayments or buybacks, to the extent that such prepayments or buybacks were financed with sources other than the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness to the extent intended to be repaid from operating cash flow) or Equity Interests of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries (such payment, the ECF Payment Amount).
(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, mandatory prepayments made pursuant to clauses (c), (e) and (f) above by or with respect to Foreign Subsidiaries shall be limited to the extent that the Borrowers reasonably determine that such prepayment or the obligation to make such prepayment could reasonably be expected to result in adverse tax consequences that are not de minimis (including the imposition of any withholding tax) related to the repatriation of funds or would be prohibited, restricted or delayed by applicable law. All prepayments and obligations to make prepayments referred to in clauses (c), (e) and (f) above are subject to permissibility under (in the case of any such payments made by or with respect to Foreign Subsidiaries) local law (e.g., financial assistance, corporate benefit, thin capitalization, capital maintenance, and similar legal principles, restrictions on upstreaming of cash intra-group, and the fiduciary and statutory duties of the directors of the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries), under any applicable Organizational Documents (including as a result of minority ownership, but other than with respect to any immaterial restrictions therein), and under any other material agreements to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is party (so long as any such prohibition is not created in contemplation of such mandatory prepayment requirement). Further, with respect to mandatory prepayments made pursuant to clauses (c), (e) and (f) above by or with respect to Foreign Subsidiaries there will be
90
no requirement to make any prepayment where by doing so Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates and/or their equity partners could reasonably be expected to suffer adverse tax consequences that are not de minimis (including the imposition of any withholding tax) as a result of upstreaming cash to make such prepayments (including the imposition of withholding taxes). The non-application of any such prepayment amounts as a result of the foregoing provisions will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default, and such amounts shall be available for working capital purposes of Holdings and the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries as long as not required to be prepaid in accordance with the following provisions. The Borrowers will undertake to use commercially reasonable efforts for a period of no greater than one year to overcome or eliminate any such restriction and/or minimize any such costs of prepayment (subject to the considerations above and as determined in the Borrowers reasonable business judgment) to make the relevant payment. If at any time within one year of a mandatory prepayment pursuant to clauses (c), (e) or (f) being forgiven due to such restrictions, such restrictions are removed, any relevant proceeds will at the end of the then current interest period be applied in prepayment in accordance with Section 2.10(h). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any prepayments made after application of the above provision shall be net of any costs, expenses or taxes (calculated as the amount of taxes that would be payable or reserved against if such amounts were actually repatriated, whether or not they are repatriated) incurred by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its affiliates or equity partners and arising as a result of compliance with the preceding sentence, and Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to make, directly or indirectly, a dividend or distribution to its affiliates in an amount sufficient to cover such tax liability, costs or expenses. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 2.10(g) shall require the Credit Parties to cause any amounts to be actually repatriated to the United States in contravention of the principles set forth in this Section 2.10(g) (whether or not such amounts are used in or excluded from the determination of the amount of any mandatory prepayments hereunder).
(h) Application of Prepayments. Prior to any optional or mandatory prepayment hereunder, the Borrowers shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10(i), subject to the provisions of this Section 2.10(h). Any prepayments pursuant to Section 2.10(c), (d), (e) and (f) shall be applied pro rata amongst each Tranche of outstanding Term Loans (other than in the case of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, which shall be applied to the applicable Tranche of Refinanced Debt) and, within each Tranche, first, to accrued interest and fees with respect to Term Loans being prepaid and second, to reduce remaining scheduled payments required under Section 2.09 (or any equivalent provision applicable to any Tranche of Term Loans extended hereunder after the Closing Date) as directed by the Borrowers (or, in the case of no direction, in direct order of maturity). Any prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(a) shall be applied as directed by the Borrowers (or, in the case of no direction, in direct order of maturity).
Amounts to be applied pursuant to Section 2.10(h) to the prepayment of Loans shall be applied, as applicable, first to reduce outstanding ABR Loans. Any amounts remaining after each such application shall be applied to prepay Eurodollar Loans, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the amount of any prepayment of Loans required under this Section 2.10 shall be in excess of the amount of the ABR Loans at the time outstanding (an Excess Amount), only the portion of the amount of such prepayment as is equal to the amount of such outstanding ABR
91
Loans shall be immediately prepaid and, at the election of the Borrowers, the Excess Amount shall be either (A) deposited in an escrow account and applied to the prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on the last day of the then next-expiring Interest Period for Eurodollar Loans; provided that (i) interest in respect of such Excess Amount shall continue to accrue thereon at the rate provided hereunder for the Loans which such Excess Amount is intended to repay until such Excess Amount shall have been used in full to repay such Loans and (ii) at any time while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, and upon written direction from the Required Lenders shall, apply any or all proceeds then on deposit to the payment of such Loans in an amount equal to such Excess Amount or (B) prepaid immediately, together with any amounts owing to the Lenders under Section 2.13.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to any prepayment under Section 2.10(c), (e) or (f), the Borrowers may use a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds to prepay or repurchase Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Pari Passu Refinancing Indebtedness and any other senior Indebtedness in each case secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Liens securing the Obligations (the Applicable Other Indebtedness) to the extent required pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Applicable Other Indebtedness, in which case, the amount of the prepayment required to be offered with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to Section 2.10(c), (e) or (f) shall be deemed to be the amount equal to the product of (x) the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans required to be prepaid pursuant to Section 2.10(c), (e) or (f) and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Applicable Other Indebtedness and the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans required to be prepaid pursuant to Section 2.10(c), (e) or (f).
(i) Notice of Prepayment. The Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender) by written notice in substantially the form attached as Exhibit C-2 of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment (or such later time as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day (or, in the case of a mandatory prepayment required to be made pursuant to clauses (c), (d) (other than mandatory prepayments with the proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness), (e) and/or (f) of this Section 2.10, three Business Days) before the date of prepayment (or such later time as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), and (iii) in the case of prepayment of Swing Line Loans, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of prepayment (or such later time as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion). Each such notice shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of an optional prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10(a) delivered by the Borrowers may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of any such other credit facilities or the closing of any such securities offering, or the occurrence of any other event specified therein, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrowers (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. With respect to the effectiveness of any such other credit facilities or the closing of any such securities offering, the Borrowers may extend the date of the optional prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10(a) at any time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Each such notice shall specify the
92
Borrowing to be repaid, the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swing Line Loans), the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of a Credit Extension of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing and otherwise in accordance with this Section 2.10. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.06. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Lender may reject all or a portion of its pro rata share of any mandatory prepayment (such declined amounts, the Declined Proceeds) of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (c), (d) (other than mandatory prepayments with the proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness), (e) and (f) of this Section 2.10 by providing written notice (each, a Rejection Notice) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers no later than 3:00 pm one Business Day prior to such prepayment. Each Rejection Notice from a given Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory prepayment of Term Loans to be rejected by such Lender. If a Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Term Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory repayment of Term Loans. Any Declined Proceeds shall be retained by the Borrowers (any amounts so retained by the Borrowers, Retained Declined Proceeds).
(j) Loan Call Protection. In the event that all or any portion of the Term Loans are (i) voluntarily prepaid, (ii) mandatorily prepaid pursuant to Section 2.10(d) hereof, (iii) accelerated pursuant to Section 8.01, including an acceleration as a result of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.01(f) or (g), or (iv) repriced (pursuant to any amendment, waiver or consent), including any mandatory assignments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.16(b), in each case, prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, a prepayment premium shall be payable in connection with such prepayment, replacement, conversion or amendment in an amount equal to (A) 3.00% of the aggregate principal amount prepaid, replaced, converted or amended if such prepayment, replacement, conversion or amendment occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, (B) 2.00% of the aggregate principal amount prepaid, replaced, converted or amended if such prepayment, replacement, conversion or amendment occurs on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, (C) 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount prepaid, replaced, converted or amended if such prepayment, replacement, conversion or amendment occurs on or after the second anniversary of the Closing Date but prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, and (D) 0.00% of the aggregate principal amount prepaid, replaced, converted or amended if such prepayment, replacement, conversion or amendment occurs on or after the third anniversary of the Closing Date; provided that the foregoing prepayment premium shall not apply to prepayments of up to $150,000,000 of Term Loans that are made concurrently upon an IPO with the proceeds of such IPO.
93
Section 2.11 Alternate Rate of Interest.
(a) If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:
(i) the Administrative Agent determines in good faith and in its reasonable discretion (which determination shall be deemed presumptively correct absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period;
(ii) the Administrative Agent determines in good faith and in its reasonable discretion or is advised in writing by the Required Lenders (which determination shall be deemed presumptively correct absent manifest error) that dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Loan; or
(iii) the Administrative Agent determines in good faith and in its reasonable discretion or is advised in writing by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;
then the Administrative Agent shall give written notice thereof to the Borrowers and the Lenders as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist (which notice shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent promptly after such situation ceases to exist), (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided that the Borrowers may revoke any such Borrowing Request (without penalty) prior to such Borrowing upon written notice to the Administrative Agent.
(b) Effect of Benchmark Transition Event.
(i) Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers may amend this Agreement to replace LIBOR with a Benchmark Replacement. Any such amendment with respect to a Benchmark Transition Event will become effective at 5:00 p.m. on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Administrative Agent has posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and the Borrowers so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such amendment from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. Any such amendment with respect to an Early Opt-in Election will become effective on the date that Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders accept such amendment. No replacement of LIBOR with a Benchmark Replacement pursuant to this Section 2.11(b) will occur prior to the applicable Benchmark Transition Start Date. The parties will jointly use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy any applicable Internal Revenue Service guidance so that any replacement of LIBOR will not be treated as a deemed exchange under Section 1001 of the Code or modification under Section 1.1001-3 of the Treasury Regulations (including, but not limited to, substituting LIBOR for a qualified rate, as defined in Proposed Section 1.1001-6 of the Treasury Regulations).
94
(ii) Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement.
(iii) Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date and Benchmark Transition Start Date, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes and (iv) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.11(b), including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party hereto, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 2.11(b).
(iv) Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon the Borrowers receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrowers may revoke any request for a Eurodollar Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Borrowers will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to ABR Loans. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period, the component of the Alternate Base Rate based upon LIBOR will not be used in any determination of the Alternate Base Rate.
Section 2.12 Yield Protection.
(a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in, by any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank;
(ii) subject the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank to any Tax of any kind whatsoever (except for Indemnified Taxes indemnified under Section 2.15 and any Excluded Tax) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Administrative Agent or Lender or the Issuing Bank in respect thereof; or
95
(iii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan or any other Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Lenders or the Issuing Banks holding company, if any, of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then, upon written request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, the Borrowers will pay to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b) Capital Requirements. If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines (in good faith, in its reasonable discretion) that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the Issuing Bank or any lending office of such Lender or such Lenders or the Issuing Banks holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lenders or the Issuing Banks capital or on the capital of such Lenders or the Issuing Banks holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lenders or the Issuing Banks holding company, if any, would have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lenders or the Issuing Banks policies and the policies of such Lenders or the Issuing Banks holding company, if any, with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lenders or the Issuing Banks holding company, if any, for any such reduction suffered.
(c) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in clause (a) or (b) of this Section 2.12, and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount owed and the basis for the claim shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be deemed presumptively correct absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten Business Days after receipt thereof.
96
(d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lenders or the Issuing Banks right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.12 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrowers of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions pursuant to the certificate to be delivered in clause (c) above and of such Lenders or the Issuing Banks intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
Section 2.13 Funding Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrowers shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan; or
(b) any failure by the Borrowers (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan (other than an ABR Loan) on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrowers including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.
For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrowers to the Lenders under this Section 2.13, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Loan made by it at the LIBO Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Loan was in fact so funded.
Section 2.14 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs.
(a) Payments Generally. The Borrowers shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or Reimbursement Obligations, or of amounts payable under Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.15 or 10.03, or otherwise) on or before the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, free and clear of, and without condition or deduction for, recoupment or setoff. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agents account except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.15 and 10.03 shall be made directly to the persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, unless specified otherwise, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day,
97
and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments under each Loan Document shall be made in Dollars. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any other provision of any Loan Document to the contrary, no payment received directly or indirectly from any Credit Party that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor shall be applied directly or indirectly by the Administrative Agent or otherwise to the payment of any Excluded Swap Obligations.
(b) Pro Rata Treatment.
(i) Other than as permitted by Section 2.20, Section 2.21, Section 2.22, Section 2.23, Section 2.16(b), Section 10.02(f) and Section 10.04, and subject to the express provisions of this Agreement which require, or permit, differing payments to be made to non-Defaulting Lenders as opposed to Defaulting Lenders, each payment by the Borrowers of interest in respect of the Loans shall be applied to the amounts of such obligations owing to the Lenders pro rata according to the respective amounts then due and owing to the Lenders.
(ii) Other than as permitted by Section 2.20, Section 2.21, Section 2.22, Section 2.23, Section 2.16(b), Section 10.02(f) and Section 10.04, and subject to the express provisions of this Agreement which require, or permit, differing payments to be made to non-Defaulting Lenders as opposed to Defaulting Lenders, (A) each payment by the Borrowers on account of principal of the Term Loans shall be allocated among the Term Loan Lenders pro rata based on the principal amount of the Term Loans held by the Term Loan Lenders; (B) each payment by the Borrowers on account of principal of the Revolving Borrowings shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders; and (C) each permanent reduction in Revolving Commitments shall be pro rata according to the respective Revolving Commitments then held by the Revolving Lenders.
(c) Insufficient Funds. If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, Reimbursement Obligations, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, toward payment of principal and Reimbursement Obligations then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and Reimbursement Obligations then due to such parties. It is understood that the foregoing does not apply to any adequate protection payments under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding, and that the Administrative Agent may, subject to any applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar orders, distribute any adequate protection payments it receives on behalf of the Lenders to the Lenders in its sole discretion (i.e., whether to pay the earliest accrued interest, all accrued interest on a pro rata basis or otherwise).
98
(d) Sharing of Setoff. Subject to the terms of any Intercreditor Agreement, if any Lender (and/or the Issuing Bank, which shall be deemed a Lender for purposes of this Section 2.14(d)) shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other Obligations resulting in such Lenders receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other Obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them; provided that:
(i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
(ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment (x) made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to any Group Member (as to which the provisions of this Section 2.14 shall apply).
Each Credit Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Requirements of Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Credit Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Credit Party in the amount of such participation. If under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or any similar law any Secured Party receives a secured claim in lieu of a setoff or counterclaim to which this Section 2.14(d) applies, such Secured Party shall, to the extent practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent with the rights to which the Secured Party is entitled under this Section 2.14(d) to share in the benefits of the recovery of such secured claim.
(e) Borrower Default. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrowers prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
99
(f) Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.03(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 10.03(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loans, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.03(c).
Section 2.15 Taxes.
(a) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Credit Parties hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction, deduction or withholding for any Taxes (Tax Withholdings), except as required by applicable law; provided that if any Taxes are required by any applicable Requirements of Law to be withheld or deducted in respect of any such payments by any applicable withholding agent (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent), then (i) in the case of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the relevant Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all such Tax Withholdings have been made (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.15), each Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such Tax Withholdings been made (including such Tax Withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.15) (such additional sums being the Additional Amount), (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall make such Tax Withholdings, and (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount of the Tax Withholdings to the relevant Governmental Authority.
(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers. Without duplication of and without limiting the provisions of clause (a) above, the Borrowers shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of any Other Taxes.
(c) Indemnification by the Borrowers. Without duplication of any obligation pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) above, the Credit Parties shall indemnify and hold harmless (on a joint and several basis) each Recipient, within ten days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.15) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld and deducted from a payment to such Recipient, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrowers by a Recipient (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Recipient, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Credit Party pursuant to this Section 2.15 to a Governmental Authority, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the Tax Return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
100
(e) Status of Lenders.
(i) Each Recipient shall deliver to the Borrowers and to the Administrative Agent, whenever reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and duly executed documentation prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, (x) to determine whether or not any payments made under any Loan Document are subject to Tax Withholdings, (y) to determine, if applicable, the required rate of Tax Withholdings , and (z) to establish such Recipients entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, Tax Withholdings, in respect of any payments to be made to such Recipient by any Credit Party pursuant to any Loan Document or otherwise establish such Recipients status for withholding Tax purposes in an applicable jurisdiction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation and information (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.15(e)(ii)(A)(1)-(4), Section 2.15(e)(ii)(B) and Section 2.15(e)(ii)(C) below) shall not be required if in the Recipients reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Recipient to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Recipient.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:
(A) each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Recipient under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent) whichever of the following is applicable:
(1) properly completed and duly executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor form) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,
(2) properly completed and duly executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor form),
(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1 and (y) properly completed and duly executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor form),
101
(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender granting a participation), properly completed and duly executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-2 or Exhibit K-3, Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable (provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-4 may be provided by such Foreign Lender on behalf of such direct or indirect partners), or
(5) any other form prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law to permit the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to determine any withholding or deduction required to be made;
(B) each Recipient that is not a Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent two properly completed and duly executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor or other applicable form) certifying that such Recipient is exempt from United States federal backup withholding;
(C) if a payment made to a Recipient under any Loan Document would be subject to United States federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Recipient were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Recipient shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Recipient has complied with such Recipients obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount (if any) to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (C), FATCA shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement;
(D) notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.15(e), a Recipient shall not be required to deliver any documentation or information that such Recipient is not legally eligible to deliver; and
(E) each such Recipient shall, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Recipient of any form or certificate, whenever a lapse in time or change in such Recipients circumstances renders such form or certificate (including any specific form or certificate required in this Section 2.15(e)) so delivered obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any material respect, promptly (i) update such form or certificate or (ii) notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.
102
(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Credit Parties or on account of which the Borrowers have paid Additional Amounts pursuant to this Section 2.15, it shall pay to the Credit Parties an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or Additional Amounts paid, by the Borrowers under this Section with respect to the Indemnified Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of any Taxes thereon and of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrowers, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay any such amount paid over to the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent or such Lender (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (f), in no event will the Administrative Agent or a Lender be required to pay any amount to the Borrowers pursuant to this clause (f), the payment of which would place the Administrative Agent or a Lender, as applicable, in a less favorable net after-Tax position than it would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification (or the payment of Additional Amounts) and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or imposed and the indemnification payments (or Additional Amounts) with respect to such Tax had never been paid. Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Recipient to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor obligate any Recipient to claim any tax refund or to make available its Tax Returns or disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any Recipient to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled. Unless required by Requirements of Law, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender, as the case may be.
(g) Survival. The obligations of the parties under this Section 2.15 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document. For purposes of this Section 2.15, any payments by the Administrative Agent to a Lender of any amounts received by the Administrative Agent from any Credit Party on behalf of such Lender shall be treated as a payment from such Credit Party to such Lender.
(h) For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of this Section 2.15, the term Lender shall include the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Bank.
103
Section 2.16 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12 or requires the Borrowers to pay any Additional Amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority (other than with respect to Other Taxes) for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15, or if any event gives rise to the operation of Section 2.26, then, in each such case, such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrowers) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates or to file any certificate or document reasonably required by the Borrowers, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment or filing (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.15, or avoid the consequences of the event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.26, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of such costs and expenses submitted by such Lender to the Borrowers shall be deemed presumptively correct absent manifest error.
(b) Replacement of Lenders. If (v) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12, (w) any Lender is affected in the manner described in Section 2.26 and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken, (x) the Borrowers are required to pay any Additional Amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority (other than with respect to Other Taxes) for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15, and such Lender declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 2.16(a), or (y) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort and option, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, (A) require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment) or (B) pay off in full all of the Loans and any other Obligations owed to such Lender; provided that:
(i) unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 10.04(b), if any,
(ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts (including any amount pursuant to Section 2.10(j)) payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Sections 2.13 and 2.15, assuming for this purpose (in the case of a Lender being replaced pursuant to Sections 2.12 or 2.15) that the Loans of such Lender were being prepaid) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts);
(iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.12 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.15, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and
104
(iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Requirements of Law.
Each Lender agrees that, if the Borrowers elect to replace such Lender in accordance with this Section 2.16(b), it shall promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption to evidence the assignment and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any Note (if Notes have been issued in respect of such Lenders Loans) subject to such Assignment and Assumption; provided that the failure of any such Lender to execute an Assignment and Assumption shall not render such assignment invalid and such assignment shall be in full force and effect and shall be recorded in the Register.
Section 2.17 Swing Line Loans.
(a) Swing Line Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Lenders set forth in this Section 2.17, agrees to make Swing Line Loans to the Borrowers from time to time on any Business Day during the Revolving Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (and upon each such Borrowing of Swing Line Loans, the Borrowers shall be deemed to represent and warrant that such Borrowing will not result in) (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swing Line Loans exceeding the Swing Line Commitment, or (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Exposures exceeding the total Revolving Commitments; provided that the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to make a Swing Line Loan to refinance, in whole or in part, an outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow Swing Line Loans. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby does, irrevocably and unconditionally agree to purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Revolving Lenders Pro Rata Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.
(b) Swing Line Loans. To request a Swing Line Loan, the Borrowers shall deliver, by hand delivery or facsimile transmission (or transmit by other electronic transmission if arrangements for doing so have been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent), a duly completed and executed Borrowing Request to the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time (or such later time as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), on the Business Day of a proposed Swing Line Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and the amount of the requested Swing Line Loan. Each Swing Line Loan shall be an ABR Loan. The Swing Line Lender shall make each Swing Line Loan available to any Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of such Borrower with the Swing Line Lender, if any, or otherwise to an account as directed by such Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request (or, in the case of a Swing Line Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.18(e), by remittance to the Issuing Bank). The Swing Line Lender shall endeavor to fund each Swing Line Loan by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, and will fund such
105
Swing Line Loan by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swing Line Loan. The Borrowers shall not request a Swing Line Loan if at the time of or immediately after giving effect to the Credit Extension contemplated by such request a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would immediately thereafter result therefrom. Swing Line Loans shall be made in minimum amounts of $50,000 and integral multiples of $50,000 above such amount.
(c) Prepayment. The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to repay, without prepayment or penalty, any Swing Line Loan, in whole or in part, upon giving written notice (or notice by electronic transmission if arrangements for doing so have been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent) from the Borrowers to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent before 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the proposed date of repayment.
(d) Participations. The Swing Line Lender may at any time in its sole discretion, by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day following such notice, require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swing Line Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lenders Pro Rata Percentage of such Swing Line Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swing Line Lender, such Lenders Pro Rata Percentage of such Swing Line Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default or a reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(c) with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.02 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and upon receipt of all funds, the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swing Line Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders; provided that the Revolving Lender who is the Swing Line Lender shall be deemed to have funded its Pro Rata Percentage automatically without further funding. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers of any participations in any Swing Line Loan acquired by the Revolving Lenders pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swing Line Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swing Line Lender. Any amounts received by the Swing Line Lender from the Borrowers (or other party on behalf of the Borrowers) in respect of a Swing Line Loan after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent. Any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph, as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swing Line Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrowers of any default in the payment thereof.
106
(e) Resignation or Removal of the Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender may resign as Swing Line Lender hereunder at any time upon at least thirty days prior written notice to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers. Following such notice of resignation from the Swing Line Lender, the Swing Line Lender may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrowers (with the Borrowers agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), the Administrative Agent and the successor Swing Line Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Swing Line Lender. At the time any such resignation or replacement shall become effective, the Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees and interest accrued for the account of the replaced Swing Line Lender. From and after the effective date of any such resignation or replacement, (i) the successor Swing Line Lender shall have all rights and obligations of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement with respect to Swing Line Loans to be made by it thereafter and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term Swing Line Lender shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Swing Line Lenders, or to such successor and all previous Swing Line Lenders, as the context shall require. After the resignation or replacement of the Swing Line Lender hereunder, the replaced Swing Line Lender shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it prior to such resignation or replacement, but shall not be required to make additional Swing Line Loans.
(f) Payments of Principal and Interest. Subject to Section 2.17(d), the Borrowers shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.
(g) Provisions Related to Extended Tranches of Revolving Commitments. If the maturity date shall have occurred in respect of any tranche of Revolving Commitments at a time when another tranche or tranches of Revolving Commitments is or are in effect with a longer maturity date, then on the earliest occurring maturity date all then outstanding Swing Line Loans shall be repaid in full on such date (and there shall be no adjustment to the participations in such Swing Line Loans as a result of the occurrence of such maturity date); provided that if on the occurrence of such earliest maturity date (after giving effect to any repayments of Swing Line Loans and Revolving Loans and any reallocation of participations as contemplated in Section 2.18(p)), there shall exist sufficient unutilized non-terminating Revolving Commitments so that the respective outstanding Swing Line Loans could be incurred pursuant to the Revolving Commitments which will remain in effect after the occurrence of such maturity date, then there shall be an automatic adjustment on such date of the participations in such Swing Line Loans and the same shall be deemed to have been incurred solely pursuant to the relevant non-terminating Revolving Commitments, and such Swing Line Loans shall not be so required to be repaid in full on such earliest maturity date.
Section 2.18 Letters of Credit.
(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers may request the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank agrees from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the date that is thirty days prior to the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars for the account of any Borrower or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower in a form reasonably acceptable to the
107
Borrowers (with the Borrowers agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, or to amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, at any time and from time to time prior to the Letter of Credit Expiration Date (provided that the applicable Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and be jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Borrower) upon delivery to the relevant Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (at least three Business Days in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) of an LC Request requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the requested date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day) and, as applicable, specifying the date of amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire, whether such Letter of Credit is to be a Standby Letter of Credit or a Commercial Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit, as applicable. No Issuing Bank shall have any obligation to issue, and the Borrowers shall not request the issuance of, any Letter of Credit at any time if after giving effect to such issuance (x) the LC Exposure would exceed the LC Sublimit, (y) the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank and then outstanding would exceed the LC Commitment of such Issuing Bank at such time or (z) the total Revolving Exposure would exceed the total Revolving Commitments. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrowers also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Banks standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit (the Application); provided that in the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrowers to, or entered into by the Borrowers with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.
(b) Request for Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions and Notices. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit, the Borrowers shall deliver by hand, or telecopier (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank), an LC Request to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the tenth Business Day preceding the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (or such later date and time as is acceptable to the Issuing Bank).
A request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit shall specify, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank:
(i) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day) and whether such Letter of Credit is to be a Standby Letter of Credit or a Commercial Letter of Credit;
(ii) the stated or face amount thereof;
(iii) the expiry date thereof (which shall not be later than the close of business on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date or as otherwise extended pursuant to an LC Extension);
108
(iv) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof;
(v) whether the Letter of Credit is to be issued for any Borrowers own account, or the account of one of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that the applicable Borrower shall be the applicant, and therefore jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries);
(vi) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in connection with any drawing thereunder;
(vii) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in connection with any drawing thereunder; and
(viii) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require.
A request for an amendment, renewal or extension of any outstanding Letter of Credit shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank:
(i) the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended;
(ii) the proposed date of amendment, renewal or extension thereof (which shall be a Business Day);
(iii) the nature of the proposed amendment, renewal or extension; and
(iv) such other matters as the Issuing Bank reasonably may require.
A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and, upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit, the Borrowers shall be deemed to represent and warrant that) after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed the LC Sublimit, (ii) the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank does not exceed the LC Commitment of such Issuing Bank and (iii) the conditions set forth in Article IV in respect of such issuance, renewal or extension shall have been satisfied, provided, however that an Issuing Bank may permit renewal of an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 2.18(c)(ii) below. Unless the Issuing Bank shall agree otherwise, no Letter of Credit shall be in an initial amount less than $100,000, in the case of a Commercial Letter of Credit, or $100,000 (or such lesser amount as approved by the Issuing Bank), in the case of a Standby Letter of Credit.
Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit or amendment, renewal, extension or modification of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (and in the case of an issuance of a new Letter of Credit, or an increase or decrease in the stated amount of an existing Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender, thereof), which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment, renewal, extension or modification to a Letter of Credit (and in the case of an issuance of a new Letter of Credit, or an increase or decrease in the stated amount of an existing Letter of Credit, the notice to each Revolving Lender shall include a copy of such Letter of Credit and the amount of each such Revolving Lenders respective participation in such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.18(d)).
109
(c) Expiration Date.
(i) Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (x) the date which is one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (y) the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, the Issuing Bank, in its sole discretion, may agree to extend such Letter of Credit beyond the Letter of Credit Expiration Date (an LC Extension) upon the Borrowers either (i) providing the Issuing Bank funds equal to 103% of the LC Exposure with respect to such Letter of Credit for deposit in a cash collateral account which cash collateral account will be held by the Issuing Bank as a pledged cash collateral account, and the Borrowers hereby grant to the Collateral Agent a security interest in all cash and credit support now or hereafter deposited to any such collateral account, and applied to reimbursement of all drafts submitted under such outstanding Letter of Credit, or (ii) delivering to the Issuing Bank one or more letters of credit for the benefit of the Issuing Bank, issued by a bank reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, unless the applicable Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof at least thirty days (or such longer period as may be specified in such Letter of Credit) prior to the then applicable expiration date that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed.
(ii) If any Borrower so requests in any LC Request for a Standby Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Standby Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the Issuing Bank to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day in each such twelve month period to be agreed upon at the time such Standby Letter of Credit is issued. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, unless otherwise directed by the Issuing Bank, the Borrowers shall not be required to make a specific request to the Issuing Bank for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Issuing Bank to permit the renewal of such Standby Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the earlier of (i) one year from the date of such renewal and (ii) the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless otherwise extended pursuant to an LC Extension; provided that the Issuing Bank shall not permit any such renewal if (x) the Issuing Bank has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Standby Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.18(m) or otherwise), or (y) it has received notice on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the date which has been agreed upon pursuant to the proviso of the first sentence of this paragraph, from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrowers that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 are not then satisfied.
110
(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires and is deemed to have purchased from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Lenders Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit in Dollars. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing (regardless of whether the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall have been satisfied), each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lenders Pro Rata Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrowers on the date due as provided in Section 2.18(e) (the Unreimbursed Amount), or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrowers for any reason. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default, or any of the circumstances set forth in Section 2.18(f) or reduction or termination of the Commitments, or expiration, termination or cash collateralization of any Letter of Credit and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
(e) Reimbursement.
(i) If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in Dollars, the Borrowers shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Issuing Bank an amount equal to such LC Disbursement in Dollars not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrowers receive notice of such LC Disbursement; provided that the Borrowers may, subject to the conditions to Borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed with ABR Revolving Loans in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrowers obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Loans.
(ii) If the Borrowers fail to make such payment when due, the Issuing Bank shall notify the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrowers in respect thereof and such Revolving Lenders Pro Rata Percentage thereof. Each Revolving Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day, an amount equal to such Revolving Lenders Pro Rata Percentage of the unreimbursed LC Disbursement in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(c) with respect to Revolving Loans made by such Revolving Lender, and the Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. Any amounts received by the Issuing Bank from the Borrowers pursuant to the above paragraph prior to, concurrently with or after any Revolving Lender makes any payment pursuant to the preceding sentence will be promptly remitted by the Issuing Bank to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made such payments.
111
(iii) If any Revolving Lender shall not have made its Pro Rata Percentage of such LC Disbursement available as provided above, each of such Revolving Lender (if such amount is ultimately paid by such Revolving Lender) and the Borrowers (if such amount is not ultimately paid by such Revolving Lender) agree to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with the foregoing to but excluding the date such amount is paid, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at (i) in the case of the Borrowers, the rate per annum set forth in clause (h) below and (ii) in the case of such Lender, at a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules or practices on interbank compensation.
(f) Obligations Absolute. The Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers and the Revolving Lenders as provided in Section 2.18(d) and (e) shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid and performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein or herein; (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit being proved to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that fails to comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.18(f), constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder; (v) the fact that a Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or (vi) any material adverse change in the business, property, results of operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries. None of the Agents, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or any of their Affiliates shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrowers to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law) suffered by the Borrowers that are caused by the Issuing Banks failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction (that is not subject to appeal)), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its
112
reasonable discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.
(g) Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly give written notice to the Administrative Agent of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly give the Borrowers written notice of such demand for payment upon receiving such notice from the Issuing Bank; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrowers of their Reimbursement Obligation to the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement (other than with respect to the timing of such Reimbursement Obligation set forth in Section 2.18(e)).
(h) Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrowers shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest payable on demand, for each day from and including the date on which the Borrowers receive notice that such LC Disbursement has been made to but excluding the date that the Borrowers reimburse such LC Disbursement, at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin for a period of three Business Days from the date on which the Borrowers receive notice of such LC Disbursement, and at the rate per annum determined pursuant to Section 2.06(c) thereafter. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 2.18(e) to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.
(i) Cash Collateralization. If (1) any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrowers receive notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, (2) as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any LC Obligation for any reason remains outstanding (other than any LC Obligation that is backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank) or (3) there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, the Borrowers shall immediately (and in the case of clause (3), upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent and solely to the extent of the LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender) deposit on terms and in accounts satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, in the name of the Collateral Agent and for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders, an amount in cash equal to 103% of the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrowers described in Section 8.01(g) or (h). Funds so deposited shall be applied by the Collateral Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of outstanding Reimbursement Obligations or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Lenders with
113
LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other Obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement. If the Borrowers are required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the existence of an Event of Default, such amount plus any accrued interest or realized profits with respect to such amounts (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrowers within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.
(j) Additional Issuing Banks. The Borrowers may, at any time and from time to time, designate one or more additional Revolving Lenders (subject to the consent of each such Revolving Lender in its sole discretion) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to act as an issuing bank with respect to Letters of Credit under the terms of this Agreement. Any Revolving Lender designated as an issuing bank with respect to Letters of Credit pursuant to this clause (j) shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under the Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by it, and all references in the Loan Documents to the term Issuing Bank shall, with respect to such Letters of Credit, be deemed to refer to such Revolving Lender in its capacity as the Issuing Bank, as the context shall require. If at any time there is more than one Issuing Bank hereunder, the Borrowers may, in their discretion and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, select which Issuing Bank to request to issue any particular Letter of Credit.
(k) Resignation or Removal of the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may resign as Issuing Bank hereunder at any time upon at least thirty days prior written notice to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers. The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by the Borrowers. The Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent and then the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank or any such additional Issuing Bank. At the time any such resignation or replacement shall become effective, the Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.05(d). From and after the effective date of any such resignation or replacement, as applicable, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued by it thereafter and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term Issuing Bank shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
(l) Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the Issuing Bank shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term Administrative Agent as used in Article IX included the Issuing Bank with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may, but shall not be obligated to, send a Letter of Credit or conduct any communication to or from the beneficiary via a Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication message or overnight courier, or any other commercially reasonable means of communicating with a beneficiary.
114
(m) Other. The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
(i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Requirements of Law applicable to the Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date, for which the Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder, and which the Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it; or
(ii) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of general application of the Issuing Bank now or hereafter applicable.
The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Bank and the applicable Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit and (ii) the rules of the UCP shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuing Bank shall not be responsible to the Borrowers for, and the Issuing Banks rights and remedies against the Borrowers shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of the Issuing Bank required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where the Issuing Bank or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and TradeInternational Financial Services Association (BAFT-IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.
(n) Letters of Credit Issued for Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of the Borrowers. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a Guarantor hereunder, such Borrower and each other applicant under such Letter of Credit shall be obligated to reimburse the Issuing Bank hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of a Borrower inures to the benefit of such Borrower, and that the Borrowers business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of any such Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Borrower.
115
(o) Issuing Bank Reports to the Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank shall, in addition to its notification obligations set forth elsewhere in this Section, provide the Administrative Agent a Letter of Credit Report, as set forth below:
(i) reasonably prior to the time that the Issuing Bank issues, amends, renews, increases or extends a Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance, amendment, renewal, increase or extension and the stated amount of the applicable Letters of Credit after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and whether the amounts thereof shall have changed);
(ii) on each Business Day on which the Issuing Bank makes a payment pursuant to a Letter of Credit, the date and amount of such payment;
(iii) on any Business Day on which the Borrower fails to reimburse a payment made pursuant to a Letter of Credit required to be reimbursed to the Issuing Bank on such day, the date of such failure and the amount of such payment;
(iv) on any other Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank; and
(v) for so long as any Letter of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank is outstanding, the Issuing Bank shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (A) on the last Business Day of each calendar month, (B) at all other times a Letter of Credit Report is required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, and (C) on each date that (1) a Credit Extension as described in clause (ii) of the definition thereof by the Issuing Bank occurs or (2) there is any expiration, cancellation and/or disbursement, in each case, with respect to any such Letter of Credit, a Letter of Credit Report appropriately completed with the information for every outstanding Letter of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank.
(p) Provisions Related to Extended Tranches of Revolving Commitments. If the maturity date in respect of any tranche of Revolving Commitments occurs prior to the expiration of any Letter of Credit, then (i) if one or more other tranches of Revolving Commitments in respect of which the maturity date shall not have occurred are then in effect, (x) the outstanding Swing Line Loans and Revolving Loans shall be repaid pursuant to Section 2.10(b)(ii) on such maturity date to the extent and in an amount sufficient to permit the reallocation of the LC Exposure relating to the outstanding Letters of Credit contemplated by clause (y) below and (y) such Letters of Credit shall automatically be deemed to have been issued (including for purposes of the obligations of the Revolving Lenders to purchase participations therein and to make payments in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.18(d)) under (and ratably participated in by Revolving Lenders pursuant to) the Revolving Commitments in respect of such non-terminating tranches up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Commitments in respect of such non-terminating tranches at such time (it being understood that (1) the participations therein of Revolving Lenders under the maturing tranche shall be correspondingly released and (2) no partial face amount of any Letter of Credit may be so reallocated) and (ii) to the extent not reallocated pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (i),
116
but without limiting the obligations with respect thereto, the Borrowers shall provide the Issuing Bank with either (x) funds equal to 103% of the LC Exposure with respect to each such Letter of Credit for deposit in a cash collateral account which cash collateral account will be held by the Issuing Bank as a pledged cash collateral account (and the Borrowers hereby grant to the Collateral Agent a security interest in all cash and credit support now or hereafter deposited to any such collateral account, and applied to reimbursement of all drafts submitted under any such Letter of Credit) or (y) one or more letters of credit, issued by a bank reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank with aggregate face amounts equal to 103% of the LC Exposure with respect to each such Letter of Credit, each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, which may be drawn by the Issuing Bank to satisfy any obligations of the Borrowers in respect of such Letter of Credit. If, for any reason, such cash collateral or backstop letters of credit are not provided or the reallocation does not occur, the Revolving Lenders under the maturing tranche shall continue to be responsible for their participating interests in the Letters of Credit; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon any subsequent repayment of the Revolving Loans, the reallocation set forth in clause (i) shall automatically and concurrently occur to the extent of such repayment (it being understood that no partial face amount of any Letter of Credit may be so reallocated). Except to the extent of reallocations of participations pursuant to clause (i) of the second preceding sentence, the occurrence of a maturity date with respect to a given tranche of Revolving Commitments shall have no effect upon (and shall not diminish) the percentage participations of the Revolving Lenders in any Letter of Credit issued before such maturity date. Commencing with the maturity date of any tranche of Revolving Commitments, the LC Sublimit under any tranche of Revolving Commitments that has not so then matured shall be in an amount equal to the amount prior to such maturity multiplied by the percentage of Revolving Commitments prior to such maturity that did not so mature or such other amount as may be agreed between such Revolving Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrowers; provided that in no event shall such sublimit be less than the sum of (x) the LC Exposure with respect to the Revolving Lenders under such extended tranche immediately prior to such maturity date and (y) the face amount of the Letters of Credit reallocated to such tranche of Revolving Commitments pursuant to clause (i) of the second preceding sentence above (assuming Swing Line Loans and Revolving Loans are repaid in accordance with clause (i)(x)).
Section 2.19 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:
(a) the Commitment Fee and Delayed Draw Ticking Fees shall cease to accrue on the Commitment of such Lender so long as it is a Defaulting Lender (except to the extent it is payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to clause (b)(v) below) and such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any Commitment Fee pursuant to Section 2.05(a);
117
(b) if any Swing Line Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:
(i) all or any part of such Defaulting Lenders participation in Swing Line Exposure and LC Exposure shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Percentages, but only to the extent that (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Exposure of any non- Defaulting Lender to exceed such non-Defaulting Lenders Revolving Commitment and (z) to the extent requested in writing by the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall confirm that the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation and if the Borrowers cannot confirm such conditions have been satisfied (which shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default) and such conditions have not otherwise been waived by the Required Revolving Lenders, then clause (ii) below shall apply;
(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent, (a) prepay such Swing Line Exposure of such Defaulting Lender and (b) cash collateralize such Defaulting Lenders LC Exposure (in each case after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;
(iii) if any portion of such Defaulting Lenders LC Exposure is cash collateralized pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrowers shall not be required to pay the LC Participation Fee with respect to such portion of such Defaulting Lenders LC Exposure so long as it is cash collateralized;
(iv) if any portion of such Defaulting Lenders LC Exposure is reallocated to the non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to clause (i) above, then the LC Participation Fee with respect to such portion shall be allocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages;
(v) if any portion of such Defaulting Lenders LC Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.19(b), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder, the Commitment Fee that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lenders Revolving Commitment that was utilized by such LC Exposure) and the LC Participation Fee payable with respect to such Defaulting Lenders LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until such LC Exposure is cash collateralized and/or reallocated;
(vi) so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateralized in accordance with this Section 2.19(b), and participations in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swing Line Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Percentages (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein); and
118
(vii) any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.14(d) but excluding Section 2.16(b)) may, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account and, subject to any applicable Requirements of Law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i) first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii) second, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender hereunder, (iii) third, to the funding of any Loan or the funding or cash collateralization of any participation in any Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (iv) fourth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (v) fifth, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender or the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender or any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lenders breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (vi) sixth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is (x) a prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans or Reimbursement Obligations in respect of LC Disbursements which a Defaulting Lender has funded in respect of its participation obligations and (y) made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to prepay the Loans of, and Reimbursement Obligations owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of any Loans, or Reimbursement Obligations owed to, any Defaulting Lender.
(c) such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender, and the amount of such Defaulting Lenders Revolving Commitment and Revolving Loans and/or Term Loan Commitments and Term Loans and/or Swing Line Commitments and Swing Line Loans shall be excluded, for purposes of voting, and the calculation of voting, on any matters (including the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Loan Documents, except as otherwise set forth in Section 10.02(b).
(d) to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, until such time as the Default Excess with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero, (A) any voluntary prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(a) shall, if the Borrowers so direct at the time of making such voluntary prepayment, be applied to the Loans of other Lenders in accordance with Section 2.10(a) as if such Defaulting Lender had no Loans outstanding and the Revolving Exposure of such Defaulting Lender were zero, and (B) any portion of any mandatory prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.10 that would be applied to the Loans of any Defaulting Lender if such Defaulting Lender had funded all of its defaulted Revolving Loans shall, if the Borrowers so direct at the time of making such mandatory prepayment, be (i) applied to the Loans of other Lenders (but not to the Loans of such Defaulting Lender) in accordance with Section 2.10 as if such Defaulting Lender had no Loans outstanding and the Revolving Exposure of such Defaulting Lender were zero or (ii) retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest-bearing account.
119
(e) Subject to Section 10.18, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such non-Defaulting Lenders increased exposure following such reallocation.
In the event that the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and the Borrowers each agree in writing (provided that the Borrowers agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld) that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swing Line Exposure and the LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lenders Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (except for Swing Line Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Pro Rata Percentage. The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.19 are in addition to other rights and remedies that the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, and the non-Defaulting Lenders may have against such Defaulting Lender. The operation of this Section 2.19 shall not be construed to relieve or excuse the performance by such Defaulting Lender or any other Lender of its duties and obligations hereunder. Any failure by a Defaulting Lender to fund amounts that it was obligated to fund hereunder shall constitute a material breach by such Defaulting Lender of this Agreement and shall entitle the Borrowers, at their option, to arrange for a substitute Lender to replace such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.16(b). The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 2.19 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions hereof or otherwise.
Section 2.20 Increase in Commitments.
(a) Borrower Request. The Borrowers may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of one or more new Term Loan Commitments under a new term facility or under the existing term facility or any increase under an existing tranche of Term Loans (each, an Incremental Term Loan Commitment) and/or any increase in Revolving Commitments under the then existing revolving facility (an Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment and together with any Incremental Term Loan Commitment, the Incremental Facilities), in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount (the date of establishment of any such Incremental Facility, an Increase Effective Date ); provided that after giving effect to any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments shall not exceed $40,000,000. Any existing Lender approached to provide all or a portion of such Incremental Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide such Incremental Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment, and, to the extent any such Incremental Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are not provided by existing Lenders, each Lender providing such commitments shall otherwise constitute an Eligible Assignee hereunder; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent shall have consented to such Eligible Assignee providing such Incremental Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment, as applicable, if such consent would be required under Section 10.04 for an assignment of such type of Loans or Commitments, as applicable, to such Eligible Assignee and (ii) any Incremental Facilities to be provided by Sponsor Investors shall be subject to the terms of Section 10.04(b) as if such
120
Incremental Facilities were being assigned to such Sponsor Investor; provided further that the Borrowers shall offer the opportunity to participate in any Incremental Facility first to the existing Lenders on a pro rata basis with respect to their Commitments and Loans outstanding at such time and, to the extent that such existing Lenders have not agreed to provide such Incremental Facilities within ten business days after receiving such offer from the Borrowers on the terms specified by the Borrowers or any arranger of such Incremental Facilities, the Borrowers may then offer such opportunity to other Persons (which may include existing Lenders).
(b) Conditions. Such Incremental Term Loan Commitments and Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments shall become effective as of such Increase Effective Date; provided that:
(i) subject to Section 1.06, and (solely in the case of any Incremental Facility (other than any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment) incurred in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction) unless (other than in the case of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g) or (h)) waived by the lenders in respect of such Incremental Facility, no Event of Default (or, in the case of an Incremental Facility (other than an Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment) the proceeds of which will be used for a Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment, no Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g) or (h)) shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of funding or immediately after giving effect thereto; provided that any Limited Condition Transaction remains subject to the terms of Section 1.06 hereof;
(ii) the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Loans may be used for working capital needs and other general corporate purposes (including Capital Expenditures, acquisitions and other Investments, working capital and/or purchase price adjustments, Dividends, Restricted Debt Payments and related fees and expenses) and for any other purpose not prohibited by the Loan Documents;
(iii) the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary amendments to the Loan Documents or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Incremental Term Loan Lender or Incremental Revolving Loan Lender in connection with any such transaction;
(iv) any such Incremental Term Loans shall be in an aggregate amount of at least $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 above such amount (except, in each case, such minimum amount and integral multiples amount shall not apply when the Borrowers use all of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments available at such time);
(v) any Incremental Facilities may be (A) secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans, (B) secured on a junior basis to the Term Loans, or (C) unsecured and, in the case of clauses (B) and (C), shall be established as a separate facility from the then existing Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable; provided that any such separate facility (x) does not mature (and does not require any mandatory redemptions, sinking funds or similar payments or offers to purchase (excluding customary asset sale and change of control provisions and similar provisions and, if applicable, AHYDO catch-
121
up payments)) on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date of, or have a shorter Weighted Average Life to Maturity than, any existing Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable, and (y) to the extent secured, shall be subject to intercreditor terms reasonably agreed among the agent under such facility, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent. No Incremental Facility shall be secured by a Lien on any assets of the Borrowers or any Guarantor not constituting Collateral or guaranteed by any person other than the Guarantors; and
(vi) subject (other than in the case of any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment) to customary SunGard limitations (to the extent agreed to by the lenders providing the applicable Incremental Facility and to the extent the proceeds of the applicable Incremental Facility are being used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment), each of the representations and warranties made by any Credit Party set forth in Article III hereof or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such credit extension with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date.
(c) Terms of New Term Loans and Commitments. The terms and provisions of Loans made pursuant to such Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be subject to Section 2.20(f) and as follows:
(i) the terms and provisions of Loans made pursuant to Incremental Term Loan Commitments (Incremental Term Loans) shall be, except as otherwise set forth herein (including Section 2.20(f)), on terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrowers and the lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans; provided that, to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with the existing Term Loans (but excluding any terms applicable only after the applicable Term Loan Maturity Date), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the applicable Term Loan Maturity Date) (it being understood that no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent for any terms or conditions if the Lenders under the Term Loans existing on the date of incurrence of such Incremental Term Loans receive the benefit of such terms or conditions through their addition to the Loan Documents);
(ii) the maturity date of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date applicable to the Term Loans and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans; provided that the limitations in this clause (ii) shall not apply to any customary bridge facility so long as the long-term debt into which such customary bridge facility is to be converted satisfies the provisions of this clause; and
122
(iii) any Incremental Term Loans that are pari passu in right of payment and security with the Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis in any voluntary prepayment or any mandatory prepayment (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) of Term Loans hereunder.
(d) Terms of New Revolving Loans and Commitments. Any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments (i) shall provide for repayments of Incremental Revolving Loans on a pro rata basis with the Revolving Commitments, and (ii) shall have the same terms as the Revolving Commitments; provided that each of the applicable Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have assigned to each Lender with Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments, and each such Lender shall be deemed to have purchased from each of the applicable Revolving Lenders, at the principal amount thereof (together with accrued interest), such interests in the applicable Revolving Loans outstanding on the effective date of such increase as shall be necessary in order that, immediately after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Revolving Loans will be held by existing applicable Revolving Lenders and Incremental Revolving Loan Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments to the Revolving Commitments; provided, further, the Administrative Agents, the Issuing Banks and the Swing Line Lenders consent shall be required to each Person providing any portion of an Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment to the same extent, and in the same manner, as if such Person had taken assignment of Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 10.04. Each Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Commitment and each Loan made thereunder (an Incremental Revolving Loan) shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Loan.
(e) Joinder. Such Incremental Term Loan Commitments and Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments shall be effected by a joinder agreement (the Increase Joinder) executed by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and each lender making such Incremental Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of them. The Increase Joinder may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (i) as may be necessary or appropriate (which may be in the form of an amendment and restatement of this Agreement) (including with respect to pro rata payments, repayments, borrowings and commitment reductions of Revolving Commitments (and Revolving Loans thereunder) and Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments (and loans thereunder)), in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.20 and (ii) so long as such amendments are not adverse to the Lenders, such other changes as may be necessary, as reasonably determined by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, to maintain the fungibility of any Incremental Term Loans with any Tranche of then-outstanding Term Loans. This Section 2.20(e) shall supersede any provisions in Section 10.02 to the contrary.
(f) Yield. If the initial Yield (as defined below) on any Incremental Term Loans that are secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations, exceeds the then applicable Yield on the Term Loans by more than 50 basis points (the amount of such excess above 50 basis points being referred to herein as the Yield Differential), then the Applicable Margin then in effect for such tranche of Term Loans shall automatically be increased by the Yield Differential. Yield shall mean, with respect to any credit facility, the then effective yield on such facility consistent with generally accepted financial practice, it being understood that
123
(x) customary arrangement, commitment, structuring, underwriting, ticking, unused line and amendment fees paid or payable to the arrangers (or their Affiliates) in their respective capacities as such in connection with the applicable facility and any other fees that are not generally payable to all lenders (or their Affiliates) ratably with respect to any such facility and that are paid or payable in connection with such facility shall be excluded, (y) original issue discount and upfront fees paid or payable to the lenders thereunder shall be included (with original issue discount and upfront fees being equated to interest based on assumed four-year life to maturity (or, if less, the remaining life to maturity) without any present value discount) and (z) to the extent that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a three month interest period on the closing date of any such Incremental Term Loan Commitment (A) is less than 1.0%, the amount of such difference shall be deemed added to the interest margin for the applicable existing Term Loans, solely for the purpose of determining whether an increase in the interest rate margins for the applicable existing Term Loans shall be required and (B) is less than the interest rate floor, if any, applicable to any such Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the amount of such difference shall be deemed added to the interest rate margins for the Loans under such Incremental Term Loan Commitment.
(g) Equal and Ratable Benefit. Subject to Section 2.20(b)(v), the Loans and Commitments established pursuant to this Section 2.20 shall constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Borrowers and the other Credit Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien and security interests granted by the Security Documents continue to be perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such Class of Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loans or any such Incremental Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments.
Section 2.21 Extension Amendments.
(a) The Borrowers may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion, including one or more Tranches of the Loans (including any Extended Loans), in each case existing at the time of such request (each, an Existing Tranche and the Loans of any such Tranche, the Existing Loans) be converted to extend the termination date thereof and the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any such Existing Tranche (any such Existing Tranche which has been so extended, an Extended Tranche and the Loans of such Tranche, the Extended Loans) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.21. In order to establish any Extended Tranche, the Borrowers shall provide a written notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall notify each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing Tranche) (an Extension Request) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Tranche to be established, which terms (other than as provided in clause (C) below) shall be (taken as a whole) substantially similar to, or (taken as a whole) no more favorable (as reasonably determined by the Borrowers) to the Lenders providing the Loans that are being extended or replaced (in each case, other than terms applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date of the Existing Loans) to those applicable to the Existing Tranche from which they are to be extended (the Specified Existing Tranche ), except (w) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Tranches may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Specified Existing Tranche, (x)(A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Tranche may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Specified Existing Tranche, (B) the prepayment
124
terms may be different and/or (C) additional pricing and fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Tranche in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A), (y) the commitment fee, if any, with respect to the Extended Tranche may be higher or lower than the commitment fee, if any, for the Specified Existing Tranche and (z) the provisions for optional and mandatory prepayments may provide for such payments to be directed first to the Specified Existing Tranche prior to being applied to the Extended Tranche, in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.21 or otherwise, (1) such Extended Tranche shall not be, (y) in the case of any Extended Tranche relating to Term Loans, in an amount less than $5,000,000 and (z) in the case of any Extended Tranche relating to Revolving Loans hereunder, in an amount less than $1,000,000, (2) no Extended Tranche shall be secured by or receive the benefit of any collateral, credit support or security that does not secure or support the Existing Tranches, (3) the mandatory prepayment or the commitment reduction of any of Loans or Commitments under the Extended Tranches shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other outstanding Loans or Commitments respectively; provided that Extended Loans may, if the Extending Lenders making such Extended Loans so agree, participate on a less than pro rata basis in any mandatory prepayment or commitment reductions hereunder, (4) the final maturity of any Extended Tranche shall not be earlier than, and if such Extended Tranche is a term facility, shall not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than, the applicable Specified Existing Tranche, (5) each Lender in the Specified Existing Tranche shall be permitted to participate in the Extended Tranche in accordance with its pro rata share of the Specified Existing Tranche and (6) assignments and participations of Extended Tranches shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Loans and Commitments hereunder as set forth in Section 10.04. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Existing Loans or, if applicable, commitments of any Existing Tranche converted into an Extended Tranche pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Tranche shall constitute a separate Tranche of Loans (and, if applicable, commitments) from the Specified Existing Tranches, from any other Existing Tranches, and from any other Extended Tranches so established on such date.
(b) The Borrowers shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) prior to the date on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Tranche or Existing Tranches are requested to respond. Any Lender (an Extending Lender) wishing to have all or a portion of its Specified Existing Tranche converted into an Extended Tranche shall notify the Administrative Agent (an Extension Election) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Specified Existing Tranche that it elects to convert into an Extended Tranche. In the event that the aggregate amount of the Specified Existing Tranche subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Tranches requested pursuant to the Extension Request, the Specified Existing Tranches subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Tranches on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Specified Existing Tranches included in each such Extension Election.
(c) Extended Tranches shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an Extension Amendment) to this Agreement (which may include amendments to provisions related to maturity, interest margins, fees or prepayments and which, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the penultimate sentence of this Section 2.21(c) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 10.02, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the
125
Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Tranches established thereby) executed by the Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent, and the Extending Lenders. It is understood and agreed that each Lender has consented for all purposes requiring its consent, and shall at the effective time thereof be deemed to consent to each amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents authorized by this Section 2.21 and the arrangements described above in connection therewith. This Section 2.21(c) shall supersede any provisions in Section 10.02 to the contrary.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (A) on any date on which any Existing Tranche is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with clause (a) above (an Extension Date ), in the case of the Specified Existing Tranche of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Tranche shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Tranche so converted by such Lender into an Extended Tranche or Extended Tranches on such date, and such Extended Tranche or Extended Tranches shall be established as a separate Tranche or Tranches from the Specified Existing Tranche and from any other Existing Tranches and any other Extended Tranches so established on such date, and (B) if, on any Extension Date, any Revolving Loans of any Extending Lender are outstanding under the applicable Specified Existing Tranches, such loans (and any related participations) shall be deemed to be allocated as Extended Loans (and related participations) and Existing Loans (and related participations) in the same proportion as such Extending Lenders applicable Specified Existing Tranches to the applicable Extended Tranches so converted by such Lender on such date.
(e) If, in connection with any proposed Extension Amendment, any Lender declines to consent to the applicable extension on the terms and by the deadline set forth in the applicable Extension Request (each such Lender, a Non-Extending Lender) then the Borrowers may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Extending Lender, (A) replace such Non-Extending Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 10.04 (with the assignment fee, if any, and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrowers in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrowers to obtain a replacement Lender; provided, further, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to provide Loans and/or a commitment on the terms set forth in such Extension Amendment; and provided, further, that all Obligations of the Borrowers owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full at par to such Non-Extending Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Assumption by the assignee Lender (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts) or (B) prepay the Loans and all other Obligations owing to and, at the Borrowers option, if applicable, terminate the Commitments of such Non-Extending Lender, in whole or in part, subject to breakage costs, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 2.21, if the Non-Extending Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Assumption and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Assumption and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all Obligations of the Borrowers owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full in cash to such Non-Extending Lender by the assignee Lender (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all
126
other amounts), then such Non-Extending Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrowers shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Assumption and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Extending Lender. This Section 2.21(e) shall supersede any provisions in Section 10.02 to the contrary.
Section 2.22 Refinancing Facilities.
(a) At any time after the Closing Date, the Borrowers may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Lender (to the extent agreed to by such Lender or Additional Lender in its sole discretion), Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans or Revolving Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which will be deemed to include any then outstanding Incremental Term Loans under any Incremental Term Loan Commitments or any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments then outstanding under this Agreement) or any then outstanding Refinancing Term Loans in the form of Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments or any then outstanding Refinancing Revolving Loans in the form of Refinancing Revolving Loans or Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments, in each case, pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, together with any applicable Intercreditor Agreement or other customary subordination agreement; provided that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (i) will, to the extent secured on a pari passu basis in right of security with the other Loans and Commitments hereunder, rank pari passu or junior in right of payment and of security with the other Loans and Commitments hereunder and, to the extent secured on a junior basis to the Loans and Commitments hereunder, rank junior in right of security and pari passu or junior in right of payment with the other Loans and Commitments hereunder (but for the avoidance of doubt, such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness may be unsecured), (ii) will, to the extent permitted by the definition of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, have such pricing, interest rate margins, rate floors, discounts, fees, premiums and prepayment or redemption provisions and terms as may be agreed by the Borrowers and the Lenders thereof and (iii) will, to the extent in the form of Refinancing Revolving Loans or Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments, participate in the payment, borrowing, participation and commitment reduction provisions herein on a pro rata basis with any then outstanding Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments, except that the Borrowers shall be permitted to permanently repay and terminate commitments of any such Class on a better than a pro rata basis as compared to any other Class with a later maturity date than such Class. The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of board resolutions, officers certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments subject thereto as Refinancing Term Loans, Refinancing Revolving Loans, Refinancing Term Loan Commitments or Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments, as applicable) and any Indebtedness being replaced or refinanced with such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed permanently reduced and satisfied in all respects. Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, to effect the provisions of this Section.
127
(b) This Section 2.22 shall supersede any provisions in Section 10.02 to the contrary.
Section 2.23 Permitted Debt Exchanges.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer) made from time to time by the Borrowers to all Lenders (other than, with respect to any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer that constitutes an offering of securities, any Lender that, if requested by the Borrowers, is unable to certify that it is (i) a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (ii) an institutional accredited investor (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) or (iii) not a U.S. person (as defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act)) with outstanding Term Loans of a particular Class, the Borrowers may from time to time consummate one or more exchanges of such Term Loans for Indebtedness (in the form of senior secured, senior unsecured, senior subordinated, or subordinated notes or loans) (such Indebtedness, Permitted Debt Exchange Notes and each such exchange, a Permitted Debt Exchange), so long as the following conditions are satisfied:
(i) each such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made on a pro rata basis to the applicable Term Loan Lenders (other than, with respect to any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer that constitutes an offering of securities, any Lender that, if requested by the Borrowers, is unable to certify that it is (i) a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (ii) an institutional accredited investor (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) or (iii) not a U.S. person (as defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act)) of each applicable Class based on their respective aggregate principal amounts of outstanding Term Loans under each such Class;
(ii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans so refinanced, except by an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and any fees, expenses, commissions, underwriting discounts and premiums payable in connection with such Permitted Debt Exchange;
(iii) (x) the sole borrowers in respect of such Indebtedness shall be the Borrowers and (y) no Person shall be a guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness unless such Person is a Guarantor which shall have previously or substantially concurrently Guaranteed the Obligations;
(iv) (x) other terms and conditions of such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes otherwise comply with the Required Debt Terms and (y) the Permitted Debt Exchange Notes shall not have a higher Lien priority than the facility that is being refinanced by the issuance of any such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes;
128
(v) the prepayment terms of such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes are no more favorable (as reasonably determined by the Borrowers) to the purchasers or holders of such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes than to the Lenders under this Agreement;
(vi) subject to Section 1.06, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of funding or immediately after giving effect to such Permitted Debt Exchange;
(vii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Term Loans exchanged under each applicable Class by the Borrowers pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Borrowers on date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to the Borrowers for immediate cancellation), and accrued and unpaid interest on such Term Loans shall be paid to the exchanging Lenders on the date of consummation of such Permitted Debt Exchange, or, if agreed to by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, the next scheduled Interest Payment Date with respect to such Term Loans (with such interest accruing until the date of consummation of such Permitted Debt Exchange);
(viii) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) of a given Class tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount thereof of the applicable Class actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of such Class offered to be exchanged by the Borrowers pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Borrowers shall exchange Term Loans under the relevant Class tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, or, if such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall have been made with respect to multiple Classes without specifying a maximum aggregate principal amount offered to be exchanged for each Class, and the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Classes tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount thereof actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of all relevant Classes offered to be exchanged by the Borrowers pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Borrowers shall exchange Term Loans across all Classes subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered;
(ix) all documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation with the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent;
129
(x) any applicable Minimum Tender Condition or Maximum Tender Condition, as the case may be, shall be satisfied or waived by the Borrowers; and
(xi) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Loans or Commitments exchanged pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer.
(b) With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.23, such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $5,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans; provided that subject to the foregoing the Borrowers may at their election specify (A) as a condition (a Minimum Tender Condition) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrowers discretion) of Term Loans of any or all applicable Classes be tendered and/or (B) as a condition (a Maximum Tender Condition) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that no more than a maximum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrowers discretion) of Term Loans of any or all applicable Classes will be accepted for exchange. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that the provisions of Section 2.07 and Section 2.10 do not apply to the Permitted Debt Exchange and the other transactions contemplated by this Section 2.23 and hereby agree not to assert any Default or Event of Default in connection with the implementation of any such Permitted Debt Exchange or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.23.
(c) In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the Borrowers shall provide the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.23; provided that the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than five Business Days following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made. The Borrowers shall provide the final results of such Permitted Debt Exchange to the Administrative Agent no later than three Business Days prior to the proposed date of effectiveness for such Permitted Debt Exchange (or such shorter period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such results.
(d) The Borrowers shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agree to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (i) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with the Borrowers compliance with such laws in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange and (ii) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable insider trading laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Exchange Act.
130
Section 2.24 Designation of Borrowers. (a) The Borrowers may from time to time designate one or more Additional Borrowers for purposes of this Agreement (which such designated Additional Borrowers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), by delivering to the Administrative Agent:
(i) written notice of election to become an Additional Borrower (an Election to Participate) duly executed on behalf of such Restricted Subsidiary and the Borrowers five Business Days prior to the proposed effectiveness of such election,
(ii) all documentation and other information with respect to such Subsidiary (including any requisite Beneficial Ownership Certification) required by regulatory authorities under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, no later than five Business Days prior to the date of such notice (or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent);
(iii) (A) all documents, updated schedules, instruments, certificates and agreements, and all other actions and information, then required by or in respect of such Additional Borrower by Section 5.10 or by the Security Agreement (without giving effect to any grace periods for delivery of such items, the updating of such information or the taking of such actions), (B) a legal opinion of counsel to the Additional Borrower relating to such Additional Borrower, in form and substance consistent with that delivered in respect of the initial Borrowers on the Closing Date, and (C) a customary secretarys certificate attaching such documents as were delivered by the original Borrowers on the Closing Date;
(iv) documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which (i) each then-existing Borrower unconditionally Guarantees the Borrowings of the Additional Borrower on terms substantially consistent with the Guarantors Guarantee of the initial Borrowers obligations hereunder and (ii) each Additional Borrower unconditionally Guarantees the Borrowings of each then-existing Borrower on terms substantially consistent with the Guarantors Guarantee of the initial Borrowers obligations hereunder;
(v) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower Representative stating that, as of the date the Additional Borrower joins this Agreement as such, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
(vi) promissory notes in respect of such Additional Borrower in favor of any Lender requesting such promissory notes, in form and substance consistent with the Notes set forth in Exhibit H-1, Exhibit H-2 and Exhibit H-3 (modified to reflect such Additional Borrower); and
(vii) a customary joinder agreement whereby the Additional Borrower becomes party hereto as a Borrower and appoints Borrower Representative as a Borrower Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
131
(b) After such deliveries, the appointment of the Additional Borrower shall be effective upon the effectiveness of an amendment to this Agreement and any applicable Loan Document necessary (in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent) to give effect to the appointment of such Additional Borrower (in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), including amendments to disambiguate certain uses of the word Borrower and related terms hereunder.
Section 2.25 Borrower Representative; Joint and Several Liability. The Company hereby (i) is designated and appointed by each other Borrower as its representative and agent on its behalf (in such capacity, the Borrower Representative) and (ii) accepts such appointment as the Borrower Representative, in each case, for the purposes of making Borrowing Requests, delivering certificates, giving instructions with respect to the disbursement of the proceeds of the Loans, selecting interest rate options, giving and receiving all other notices and consents hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents and taking all other actions (including in respect of compliance with covenants, but without relieving any other Borrower of its joint and several obligations to pay and perform the Obligations) on behalf of any Borrower or the Borrowers under the Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender may regard any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document from the Borrower Representative as a notice or communication from all Borrowers. Each representation, warranty, covenant, agreement and undertaking made on behalf of a Borrower by the Borrower Representative shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made by such Borrower and shall be binding upon and enforceable against such Borrower to the same extent as if the same had been made directly by such Borrower. All Obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be the joint and several Obligations of each such Borrower.
Section 2.26 Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Requirements of Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its lending office to perform any of its obligations hereunder or make, maintain or fund or charge interest with respect to any Credit Extension or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the LIBO Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrowers through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to issue, make, maintain, fund or charge interest with respect to any such Credit Extension or continue Eurodollar Loans or to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining ABR Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, the interest rate on such ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Loans of such Lender to ABR Loans (the interest rate on which ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the LIBO Rate, the
132
Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Alternate Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the LIBO Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Each Credit Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders on the Closing Date and on each other date set forth in Section 4.02 (in the case of such other date, to the extent set forth in Section 4.02) that (it being understood that for purposes of this Article III, Credit Parties and Group Member shall exclude Holdings for purposes of Sections 3.05, 3.07, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16 and 3.17 ):
Section 3.01 Organization; Powers. Each Credit Party (a) is duly incorporated or organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own and lease its property, in each case except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) is qualified and in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable in the applicable jurisdiction) to do business in every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except in such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability. The Loan Documents to be entered into by each Credit Party are within such Credit Partys powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Credit Party. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Credit Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Credit Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
Section 3.03 No Conflicts. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.03, the execution, delivery and performance by the Credit Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are a party and the Credit Extensions contemplated by the Loan Documents (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) filings necessary to perfect Liens created by the Loan Documents and (iii) consents, approvals, registrations, filings, permits or actions the failure to obtain or perform which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not violate or require consent not obtained under the Organizational Documents of any Group Member, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture or other material agreement or instrument binding upon any Group Member or any of their assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment, repurchase or redemption
133
to be made by any Group Member, or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation thereunder, except, individually or in the aggregate, as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) will not violate any Requirements of Law except, individually or in the aggregate, as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.04 Financial Statements.
(a) Historical Financial Statements. On the Closing Date, the Borrowers shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and made available to the Lenders the Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and the results of operations and cash flows of the applicable entities to which they relate as of the dates and for the periods to which they relate. All financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods to which they relate, except as indicated in any notes thereto and, in the case of any such unaudited financial statements, the absence of footnote disclosures and audit adjustments.
(b) Absence of Material Adverse Effect. Since September 30, 2019, there has been no event, change, circumstance or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Restatements. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby acknowledge and agree that Holdings and its Subsidiaries may be required to restate historical financial statements as the result of the implementation of changes in GAAP, or the respective interpretation thereof, and that such restatements will not result in a Default or Event of Default under the Loan Documents.
Section 3.05 Properties. Each Group Member (i) has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its Property (other than Intellectual Property, which is subject to Section 3.06 and not this Section 3.05) material to its business, except to the extent of any irregularities or deficiencies that would not be reasonably expected to, result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) owns its Collateral and any Material Property, if any, in each case, free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens and any Liens and privileges arising mandatorily by Law, and in each case, except where the failure to have such title or other interest could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.06 Intellectual Property. Each Credit Party owns, or is licensed (or authorized) to use, all Intellectual Property material to the conduct of its business as currently conducted, except to the extent of any failure to own or license any Intellectual Property that would not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of each Credit Party, the operation of such Credit Partys business and the use of Intellectual Property owned by such Credit Party or licensed by such Credit Party do not infringe, misappropriate, dilute or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any person, except to the extent such violations , either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
134
Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any Intellectual Property owned by a Credit Party is pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened in writing against any Credit Party or Subsidiary, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrowers have taken (and caused its Subsidiaries to take) all commercially reasonable steps to maintain, enforce and protect the material owned Intellectual Property of the Credit Parties and maintain the Credit Parties rights in any material licensed Intellectual Property, except to the extent of any failure to take such steps that would not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.07 Equity Interests and Restricted Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date, neither the Borrowers nor any other Credit Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed on Schedule 3.07, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable (other than Equity Interests consisting of limited liability company interests or partnership interests which, pursuant to the relevant organizational or formation documents, cannot be fully paid and nonassessable) and, on the Closing Date, all Equity Interests owned directly or indirectly by Holdings or any other Credit Party are owned free and clear of all Liens except (i) those created under the Security Documents, and (ii) those Liens permitted under Section 6.02. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 3.07 sets forth (a) the name and jurisdiction of organization or incorporation of each Subsidiary, (b) the ownership interest of Holdings, the Borrowers and any of their respective Subsidiaries in each of their respective Subsidiaries, including the percentage of such ownership by class (if applicable) and (c) all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and similar rights with respect to the equity of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries.
Section 3.08 Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.08, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened in writing against or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary or against any of their properties or revenues that either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected, if adversely determined, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.09 Federal Reserve Regulations. No Credit Party is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U or Regulation X.
Section 3.10 Investment Company Act. No Credit Party is an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Section 3.11 Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers will (or will direct a Credit Party to) use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans on the Closing Date, directly or indirectly through one or more related transactions, to finance (i) the Closing Date Refinancing, (ii) the other Transactions, (iii) the payment of related fees, costs and expenses (including any upfront fees and original issue discount) related to the foregoing transactions, and (iv) working capital and general corporate purposes. The Borrowers will (or will direct a Credit Party to) use the proceeds of the Delayed Draw Term Loans solely to fund payments in respect of shareholder litigation arising
135
from the Nutrition Acquisition. The Borrowers will (or will direct a Credit Party to) use the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans on and after the Closing Date for working capital and general corporate purposes (including to effect Permitted Acquisitions, Investments, working capital and/or purchase price adjustments, Capital Expenditures, Dividends, Restricted Debt Payments, and any other transaction not prohibited under this Agreement, and, in each case, any related fees and expenses). Proceeds of the Incremental Facilities may be used for working capital purposes and general corporate purposes, including, without limitation, to finance Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments (including refinancing the existing Indebtedness of the acquired businesses), working capital and/or purchase price adjustments, Capital Expenditures, Dividends and Restricted Debt Payments permitted hereunder, for any other purposes not prohibited by this Agreement, and to pay related fees, costs and expenses in connection with any such transactions.
Section 3.12 Taxes. Each Group Member has (a) timely filed or caused to be timely filed all federal Tax Returns and all material state, local and foreign Tax Returns required to have been filed by it, and (b) duly and timely paid or remitted or caused to be duly and timely paid or remitted all Taxes due and payable or remittable by it and all assessments received by it, except (i) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Group Member has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP, or (ii) Taxes which would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Group Member is unaware of any proposed or pending Tax assessments, deficiencies or audits that would be reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.13 No Material Misstatements.
(a) No written information, report, financial statement, certificate, Borrowing Request, LC Request, exhibit or schedule (in each case other than forecasts, projections and other forward looking statements (collectively, Projections) and information of a general economic or industry nature) furnished by or on behalf of any Group Member to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto, taken as a whole and when furnished, contained or contains any material misstatement of fact or omitted or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were or are made, not materially misleading when taken as a whole as of the date such information, report, financial statement, certificate, Borrowing Request, LC Request, exhibit or schedule is dated or certified.
(b) With respect to any Projections delivered pursuant to the terms hereof, each Group Member represents only that on the date of delivery thereof it acted in good faith and utilized assumptions believed by it to be reasonable when made in light of the then current circumstances (it being understood that Projections are predictions as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts and are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which are beyond the control of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries, and that no assurance or guarantee can be given that any Projections will be realized, that actual results may differ and such differences may be material).
136
(c) As of the Closing Date, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification with respect to any Beneficial Owner (as defined in the Beneficial Ownership Regulation) of each Borrower is true and correct to the best of the Borrowers knowledge.
Section 3.14 Labor Matters. (i) There are no strikes, lockouts, or slowdowns against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened in writing, and (ii) the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Group Member is bound, other than to the extent that any of the foregoing matters in preceding clauses (i) and (ii), individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.15 Solvency. On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, (a) have property with a fair value greater than the total amount of their debts and liabilities, contingent, subordinated or otherwise, (b) have assets with present fair saleable value not less than the amount that will be required to pay their liability on their debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) will be able generally to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent and otherwise, as they become absolute and matured and (d) are not engaged in business or transactions, and are not about to engage in business or transactions, for which their property would constitute an unreasonably small amount of capital. For the purposes hereof, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
Section 3.16 Employee Benefit Plans.
With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, each Group Member is in compliance in all respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or the imposition of a Lien on any of the property of any Group Member. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for financial reporting purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the property of all such underfunded Plans by an amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Using actuarial assumptions and computation methods consistent with Section 4211 of ERISA, the aggregate liabilities of each Group Member or its ERISA Affiliates to all Multiemployer Plans in the event of a complete withdrawal therefrom, as of the close of the most recent fiscal year of each such Multiemployer Plan, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. As of the date hereof, no Group Member has been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is insolvent (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA), and no such Multiemployer Plan is reasonably expected by any Group Member to be insolvent.
137
Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Foreign Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable Requirements of Law and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities and (ii) no Group Member has incurred any obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Plan which is funded, determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of the respective Group Member on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not exceed the current value of the property of such Foreign Plan by an amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and for each Foreign Plan which is not funded, the obligations of such Foreign Plan are properly accrued in accordance with GAAP in all material respects.
Section 3.17 Environmental Matters.
(a) Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect:
(i) The Group Members and their businesses, operations and Real Property are in compliance with all Environmental Laws;
(ii) The Group Members have obtained all Environmental Permits required for the conduct of their businesses and operations, and the ownership, operation and use of their Real Property;
(iii) There has been no Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Material caused by the Group Members, or to the knowledge of the Group Members by any other person, at any Real Property presently, or to the knowledge of the Group Members, formerly owned, leased or operated by the Group Members;
(iv) There is no Environmental Claim pending or, to the knowledge of the Group Members, threatened against the Group Members; and
(v) No Lien has been recorded, or to the knowledge of any Group Member, threatened under any Environmental Law with respect to any Real Property currently owned, operated or leased by the Group Members.
(b) This Section 3.17 contains the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of the Group Members with respect to any matters arising under Environmental Laws or relating to Environmental Claims or Hazardous Materials.
Section 3.18 Security Documents. Subject to Section 4.01(k), each Security Document delivered pursuant to Article IV, Section 5.10, and Section 5.11 will, upon execution and delivery thereof, be effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, all of the Credit Parties right, title and interest in and to the Collateral thereunder under applicable U.S. state and federal law, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity and capital maintenance rules and (i) when appropriate filings
138
or recordings are made in the appropriate offices as may be required under applicable Requirements of Law (to the extent required hereunder and thereunder), and (ii) upon the taking of possession, control or other action by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession, control or other action (which possession, control or other action shall be given to the Collateral Agent or taken by the Collateral Agent to the extent required by any Security Document), the Liens in favor of Collateral Agent will, to the extent required by the Loan Documents (including the Security Documents) constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the Credit Parties in such Collateral, in each case under applicable U.S. state and federal law, subject to no Liens other than the applicable Permitted Liens.
Section 3.19 Anti-Terrorism Law. No Credit Party is in material violation of any applicable Requirements of Law relating to terrorism or money laundering (Anti-Terrorism Laws), including Executive Order No. 13224, effective September 24, 2001 (the Executive Order), and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001 (the Patriot Act). The use of proceeds of the Loans will not violate the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. §§ 1-44, as amended) or any applicable foreign asset control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R. Subtitle B, Chapter V).
Section 3.20 OFAC. None of Holdings, the Borrowers, any Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, any director, officer, employee, or agent of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary is the subject or target of any applicable U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State or any similar applicable laws or regulations enacted by Canada, the European Union or the United Kingdom (collectively, Sanctions). The Borrowers shall not use the proceeds of the Loans, directly or, to the Borrowers knowledge, indirectly, for the purpose of financing activities of or with any Person that is the subject or target of any applicable Sanctions, or in any country that, at the time of such financing is, or whose government is, the subject or target of any comprehensive Sanctions, or in any other manner that would result in a violation of applicable Sanctions by any Person that is a party to this Agreement, except to the extent licensed by OFAC or otherwise authorized under U.S. law. Additionally, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Holdings and the Borrowers each confirm that they will not, and they will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the each of their Subsidiaries to not, directly purchase investments from, directly sell investments to or directly incur any indebtedness for borrowed money in favor of any Person whom Holdings, the Borrowers or any of each of their Subsidiaries know (after reasonable inquiry) (i) appears on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of OFAC in the United States Department of the Treasury, or (ii) is a Person with which a transaction is prohibited by applicable federal law including but not limited to the PATRIOT Act. Additionally, Holdings and the Borrowers will comply, and will use commercially reasonable efforts so as to try to facilitate compliance by each of their Subsidiaries, with such laws in all material respects. For purposes of the foregoing, Holdings, the Borrowers or any of each of their Subsidiarys reasonable reliance on a representation or warranty made by a counterparty at or prior to the time of an Investment shall constitute reasonable inquiry.
139
Section 3.21 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. None of Holdings, the Borrowers, any Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, any director, officer, employee or agent acting on behalf of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA or any other applicable anti-corruption law. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used directly or, to the Borrowers knowledge, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or any other Person acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the FCPA or any other applicable anti-corruption law.
Section 3.22 Compliance with Law. Each of Holdings, each Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance with all Requirements of Law and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such Requirements of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS
Section 4.01 Conditions to Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of each Lender and, if applicable, the Issuing Bank, to fund the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date requested to be made by the Borrowers shall be subject to the prior or concurrent satisfaction or waiver (by the Lead Arranger) of only the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4.01 (the making of such initial Credit Extensions by a Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent):
(a) Loan Documents. There shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent from each Credit Party an executed counterpart of each of the Loan Documents to which each is a party to be entered into on the Closing Date.
(b) Corporate Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received:
(i) a certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary (or equivalent officer) on behalf of each Credit Party dated the Closing Date, certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of each Organizational Document of such Credit Party and, with respect to the articles or certificate of incorporation or organization (or similar document) certified (to the extent applicable) as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Credit Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such person is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, the Borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect as of the date of such certificate, and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer or authorized person executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Credit Party (together with a certificate of another officer or authorized person as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the officer or authorized person executing the certificate in this clause (i));
140
(ii) to the extent available, a certificate as to the good standing of each Credit Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State (or other applicable Governmental Authority) of its jurisdiction of organization; and
(iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.01(e), 4.01(i) and 4.01(j).
(c) Opinion of Counsel. The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, a customary opinion of counsel from Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel for the Credit Parties, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender).
(d) Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate in the form of Exhibit L dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief financial officer (or other officer with reasonably equivalent duties) of Holdings.
(e) No Material Adverse Effect. Since September 30, 2019, there has been no event, change, circumstance or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(f) Fees. The Lead Arrangers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable to them by the Borrowers on or prior to the Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including the legal fees and expenses of Latham & Watkins LLP, special counsel to the Agents) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrowers under this Agreement; provided that, in the case of fees, costs and expenses, an invoice for all such fees, costs and expenses shall be received by the Borrowers at least one Business Day prior to the Closing Date for payment to be required as a condition to the Closing Date.
(g) Patriot Act and Beneficial Ownership Regulation. So long as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger at least ten Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger shall have received, at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, a duly executed IRS Form W-9 (or other applicable tax form) and all documentation and other information with respect to the Credit Parties that is required by regulatory authorities under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act. No later than three days prior to the Closing Date, if any Borrower qualifies as a legal entity customer under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, then such Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certification regarding individual beneficial ownership in relation to such Borrower to the extent required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.
(h) Support Letter. The Administrative Agent shall have received a fully-executed copy of the Support Letter (including all amendments thereto, if any), which is in full force and effect.
141
(i) No Default. At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the initial Credit Extension on the Closing Date, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date.
(j) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by any Credit Party set forth in Article III hereof or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date.
(k) Creation and Perfection of Security Interests. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.01 but subject to Section 5.15, with respect to the Secured Obligations, all actions necessary to establish that the Collateral Agent will have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral under the Loan Documents shall have been taken, in each case, to the extent such Collateral (including the creation or perfection of any security interest) is required to be provided on the Closing Date.
(l) Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.03 for any Loans to be made on the Closing Date or, in the case of the issuance of a Letter of Credit on the Closing Date, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received an LC Request as required by Section 2.18(b) or, in the case of the Borrowing of a Swing Line Loan made on the Closing Date, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.17(b).
(m) Financial Statements. The Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers shall have received the Financial Statements.
(n) Closing Date Refinancing. The Closing Date Refinancing shall have occurred and all security and guarantees of the Existing Credit Facilities shall be released and discharged with the initial Credit Extension.
In determining the satisfaction of the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, to the extent any item is required to be satisfactory to any Lender, such item shall be deemed satisfactory to each Lender which has not notified the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the occurrence of the Closing Date that the respective item or matter does not meet its satisfaction. Upon the Administrative Agents good faith determination that the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 have been met (after giving effect to the preceding sentence), then the Closing Date shall have been deemed to have occurred, regardless of any subsequent determination that one or more of the conditions thereto had not been met.
142
Without limiting the generality of Section 9.03(a)(iii), for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required hereunder or thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
Section 4.02 Conditions to Certain Credit Extensions. After the Closing Date, the obligation of each Lender and each Issuing Bank to make any Credit Extension with respect to any Delayed Draw Term Loan or Revolving Loan under Section 2.03, Swing Line Loan under Section 2.17 or Letter of Credit under Section 2.18 shall be subject to the satisfaction, or waiver, of each of the conditions precedent set forth below.
(a) Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.03) if Loans are being requested or, in the case of the issuance, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received an LC Request as required by Section 2.18(b) or, in the case of the Borrowing of a Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.17(b).
(b) No Default. At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Credit Extension, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date.
(c) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by any Credit Party set forth in Article III hereof or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date.
(d) Total Leverage Ratio (Delayed Draw Term Loans). Solely in the case of a Credit Extension in the form of a Delayed Draw Term Loan, the Total Leverage Ratio (determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the Applicable Date of Determination and for the applicable Test Period), determined after giving effect to the incurrence of such Delayed Draw Term Loan (excluding the cash proceeds thereof for purposes of cash netting), the use of proceeds thereof and all other pro forma adjustments in connection with the foregoing, shall not exceed 5.75 to 1.00.
Each of the delivery of a Borrowing Request or an LC Request and the acceptance by the Borrowers of the proceeds of such Credit Extension shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrowers and each other Credit Party that on the date of such Credit Extension (both immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such Credit Extension) the conditions contained in this Article IV have been satisfied or waived.
143
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
The Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors (and Holdings with respect to Sections 5.01, 5.02, 5.03, 5.05, 5.06, 5.07, 5.10, 5.11, 5.13, and 5.14) warrant, covenant and agree with each Lender that at all times after the Closing Date, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations and unasserted expense reimbursement obligations) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full (except to the extent cash collateralized in accordance with this Agreement or to the extent backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank), the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors (and Holdings, with respect to Sections 5.01, 5.02, 5.03, 5.05, 5.06, 5.07, 5.10, 5.11, 5.13, and 5.14) will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to:
Section 5.01 Financial Statements, Reports, etc. Furnish to the Administrative Agent for distribution to each Lender:
(a) Annual Reports. Within one hundred twenty days after the last day of each fiscal year of Holdings (commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2020), a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the fiscal year then ended and the consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, and accompanying notes thereto, each in reasonable detail showing in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, audited and accompanied in the case of the consolidated financial statements by an opinion of (i) an independent public accounting firm of recognized national standing selected by the Borrowers or (ii) any other accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which opinion shall be unqualified as to scope, subject to the proviso below) to the effect that the consolidated financial statements have been prepared and present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the consolidated financial condition of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year; provided that such financial statements shall not contain a going concern qualification or statement, except to the extent that such a going concern qualification or statement relates to (A) the report and opinion accompanying the financial statements for the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the stated final maturity date of the Loans and which qualification or statement is solely a consequence of such impending stated final maturity date within the twelve months immediately following the date of such report and opinion or (B) any potential inability to satisfy the Financial Covenant on a future date or in a future period;
(b) Quarterly Reports. Within forty-five days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Holdings, a copy of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of such fiscal quarter and the unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended, each in reasonable detail and showing in comparative form the figures for the corresponding date and period in the previous fiscal year of Holdings, prepared by Holdings in accordance with GAAP (subject to the absence of footnote disclosures and year-end audit adjustments) and certified on behalf of Holdings by a Financial Officer as prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to the absence of footnote disclosures and year-end audit adjustments) and fairly reflecting the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in all material respects; in each case, such financial statements shall be accompanied by a customary management discussion and analysis (in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) of the financial performance of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
144
(c) Financial Officers Certificate. Concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 5.01(a) or (b), a Compliance Certificate (i) certifying on behalf of Holdings that, to its knowledge, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or, if such known Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto; provided that, if such Compliance Certificate demonstrates that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing due to a failure to comply with any covenant under Section 6.08 that has not been cured prior to such time, the Borrowers may deliver, to the extent and within the time period permitted by Section 8.03, prior to, after or together with such Compliance Certificate, a Notice of Intent to Cure such Event of Default, (ii) setting forth the computation of the Financial Covenant and, (iii) setting forth, in the case of each Compliance Certificate delivered concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 5.01(a) above, the Borrowers calculation of Excess Cash Flow starting with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2021; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no Compliance Certificate shall bring down any representations and warranties made herein or in any other Loan Document;
(d) Budgets. Prior to the consummation of an IPO, commencing with the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2020, concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 5.01(a) with respect to the most recently ended fiscal year, an annual budget (on a quarterly basis) in form customarily prepared with regard to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries by Holdings; and
(e) Other Information. Promptly, from time to time, and upon the reasonable written request of the Administrative Agent, such other reasonably requested information of the Group Members regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition (including information required under the Patriot Act or Beneficial Ownership Regulation); provided that nothing in this Section 5.01(e) shall require any Group Member to take any action that would violate any third party customary confidentiality agreement (other than any such confidentiality agreement entered into in contemplation of this Agreement) with any Person that is not an Affiliate (and, in all events, so long as such confidentiality agreement does not relate to information regarding the financial affairs of any Group Member or the compliance with the terms of any Loan Document) or waive any attorney-client or similar privilege.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) through Section 5.01(e) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such documents are sent via e-mail to the Administrative Agent for posting on the Borrowers behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, established on its behalf by the Administrative Agent and to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access or the date on which the Borrowers have posted such documents on their own website to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access and notified the Administrative Agent of such posting. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, at the reasonable written request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall thereafter promptly be required to provide paper copies of any documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section
145
5.01. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents. If the delivery of any of the foregoing documents required under this Section 5.01 shall fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such deliverable shall be due on the next succeeding Business Day.
Section 5.02 Litigation and Other Notices. Furnish to the Administrative Agent written notice of the following promptly (and, in any event, within five Business Days or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) of a Responsible Officer of any Borrower obtaining actual knowledge thereof:
(a) any Default or Event of Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;
(b) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that could, when taken either alone or together with all such other ERISA Events, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(d) any development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.03 Existence; Properties.
(a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence, except as otherwise permitted under Sections 6.04 or 6.05 or, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary, where the failure to perform such obligations could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, authorizations and Intellectual Property which are necessary and material to the conduct of its business (except where the failure to do so could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect); and comply with all applicable Requirements of Law and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or to its business or property, except to the extent failure to comply therewith, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Except if the failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its properties and equipment material to the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted.
146
Section 5.04 Insurance.
(a) Keep its insurable property adequately insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers; maintain such other insurance, in each case, to such extent and against such risks as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. Any such insurance (excluding business interruption insurance) maintained in the United States shall name the Collateral Agent as mortgagee, additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, in a manner reasonably acceptable the Collateral Agent, subject to Section 5.15.
(b) From and after ninety days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree), the Credit Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such insurance with respect to the Credit Parties and property constituting Collateral to provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least thirty days after receipt by the Collateral Agent of written notice thereof (or if such cancellation is by reason of nonpayment of premium, at least ten days prior written notice) (unless it is such insurers policy not to provide such a statement).
(c) If at any time the buildings and other improvements (as described in the applicable Mortgage) on a Material Property that is encumbered by a Mortgage required by this Agreement are located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a special flood hazard area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then, solely to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law, the Borrowers shall, or shall cause the applicable Credit Party, to maintain, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
Section 5.05 Taxes. Pay and discharge promptly when due all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent, or in default; provided that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such Tax so long as (x) the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the applicable Group Member shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP or (y) the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.06 Employee Benefits.
(a) With respect to any Employee Benefit Plan or Foreign Plan, comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and applicable foreign law except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and
147
(b) furnish to the Administrative Agent (x) as soon as possible after, and in any event within ten days (or such later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after any Responsible Officer of any Group Member knows that any ERISA Event or any failures to meet funding or other applicable legal requirements with respect to Foreign Plans has occurred that, alone or together with any other ERISA Event or such noncompliance event with respect to Foreign Plans, would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Group Members which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or the imposition of a Lien on any property of any Credit Party, a statement of a Financial Officer of each Borrower setting forth details as to such ERISA Event or such noncompliance event with respect to Foreign Plans and the action, if any, that the Group Members propose to take with respect thereto, (y) upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent, copies of (i) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by any Group Members or any ERISA Affiliate with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Plan or Foreign Plan; (ii) the most recent actuarial valuation report for each Plan; (iii) all notices received by any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor or any Governmental Authority concerning an ERISA Event or such noncompliance event with respect to Foreign Plans; and (iv) such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Plan or Foreign Plan as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request and (z) promptly following any request therefor, copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k) of ERISA that any Group Member has received with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(1) of ERISA that any Group Member has received with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if any Group Member has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan or from an ERISA Affiliate, upon the Administrative Agents reasonable request, the applicable Group Member shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator, sponsor or ERISA Affiliate and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof.
Section 5.07 Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections . Maintain proper books of record and account in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and a system of accounting that enables Holdings to produce financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Each Group Member will permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent to visit during its regular business hours and with reasonable advance written notice thereof and inspect the financial records and the property of such Group Member at reasonable times up to one time per calendar year (but without frequency limit during the continuance of an Event of Default) and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent to discuss the affairs, finances, accounts and condition of any Group Member with the officers and employees thereof and advisors therefor (including independent accountants); provided that the Administrative Agent shall give any Group Member an opportunity for its representatives to participate in any such discussions; provided, further, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, the Borrowers shall not bear the cost of more than one such inspection per calendar year by the Administrative Agent and Lenders (or their respective representatives). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.07, no Group Member will be required to disclose or permit the inspection or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (i) that constitutes confidential Intellectual Property, including trade secrets or other confidential proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Requirements of Law or any binding agreement (not entered into in contemplation hereof), or (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.
148
Section 5.08 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans only for the purposes set forth in Section 3.11.
Section 5.09 Compliance with Environmental Laws; Environmental Reports.
(a) Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) comply with all Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits applicable to its operations and Real Property; (ii) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits applicable to its operations and owned Real Property and, to the extent the Group Members are required to obtain such Environmental Permits under the applicable lease, leased Real Property; and (iii) comply with all lawful orders of a Governmental Authority required of the Group Members by, and in accordance with, Environmental Laws; provided that no Group Member shall be required to comply with such orders to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings.
(b) If an Event of Default caused by reason of a breach of Section 3.17 or 5.09(a) shall have occurred and be continuing for more than 30 days without the Group Members commencing activities reasonably likely to cure such Event of Default in accordance with Environmental Laws, at the written request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, which written request will describe the nature and subject of the Event of Default, the Borrowers shall provide to the Administrative Agent within 60 days after such request (or by such later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), at the expense of the Borrower, an environmental assessment report regarding the matters which are the subject of such Event of Default; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, under no other circumstances shall any environmental assessment report (or any other environmental report) be required under any Loan Document.
Section 5.10 Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors.
(a) Subject to the terms of the Security Documents and Section 5.15, with respect to any personal property acquired after the Closing Date by any Credit Party that constitutes Collateral under any of the Security Documents or is intended to be subject to the Liens created by any Security Document but is not so subject to a Lien thereunder, but in any event subject to the terms, conditions and limitations thereunder, within sixty days after the acquisition thereof, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may approve in each case in its sole discretion, (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent such amendments or supplements to the relevant Security Documents or such other New York law governed documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall reasonably deem necessary to grant to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties, a Lien under applicable U.S. state and federal law on such Collateral subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens, and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary to cause such Lien to be duly perfected to the extent required by such Security Document in accordance with all applicable U.S. state and federal law, including the filing of financing statements in such U.S. jurisdictions as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. The Borrowers and the other Credit Parties shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent (or its non-fiduciary agent or designee pursuant to any Intercreditor Agreement) such New York law governed documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall reasonably require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of the Security Documents on such after-acquired Collateral.
149
(b) Subject to the terms of the Security Documents and Section 5.15, upon the formation or acquisition of, or the re-designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as, a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date (other than a merger Subsidiary formed in connection with a Permitted Acquisition so long as such merger Subsidiary is merged out of existence pursuant to such Permitted Acquisition, or otherwise merged out of existence or dissolved, within sixty days of its formation (or such later date as permitted by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion)) or upon any Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary (as reasonably determined by the Borrower), within sixty days after such formation, acquisition, designation or cessation, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may approve in its reasonable discretion, the Borrowers shall:
(i) deliver to the Collateral Agent the certificates, if any, representing all of the Equity Interests of such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that constitute Collateral (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Excluded Equity Interests) and that are certificated securities (as defined in Article 8 of the UCC), together with undated Equity Interest powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of the holder(s) of such Equity Interests, and all intercompany notes owing from such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to any Credit Party required to be delivered pursuant to the Security Agreement or other applicable Security Document and not previously so delivered, together with instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of such Credit Party or Additional Guarantor, as applicable; and
(ii) cause any such new Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (except Excluded Subsidiaries), (A) to execute a Joinder Agreement or such comparable documentation to become a Subsidiary Guarantor or, to the extent the Borrowers elect to join such Subsidiary as a co-borrower, in compliance with Section 2.24 hereof, and a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement, substantially in the form annexed thereto, (B) to take all actions reasonably necessary to cause the Lien created on the Collateral (which shall exclude Excluded Property and be subject to the limitations set forth herein and the applicable Security Documents) by the applicable Security Documents to be duly perfected under U.S. federal and applicable state law to the extent required by such agreements in accordance with all applicable U.S. Requirements of Law, including the filing of financing statements in such U.S. jurisdictions as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent; provided that, (y) no pledge of Excluded Equity Interests shall be required, and (z) no perfection actions by control (except with respect to Equity Interests and certain debt instruments), leasehold mortgages, landlord waivers or collateral access agreements shall be required to be entered into and (C) to the extent such new Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary owns any Material Property, cause the requirements set forth in Section 5.10(c) to be satisfied.
150
(c) Upon the acquisition of any new Material Property:
(i) within thirty Business Days after such acquisition (as such period may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), the applicable Credit Party shall furnish to the Collateral Agent a description of such Material Property in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent; and
(ii) within ninety days after such acquisition (as such period may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), the applicable Credit Party shall grant to the Collateral Agent a security interest in such Material Property and deliver a mortgage, deed of trust or deed to secure debt in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a Mortgage) as additional security for the Obligations (which, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, shall be accompanied by a customary legal opinion, an A.L.T.A. lenders title insurance policy issued by a title insurer reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in form and substance and in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and A.L.T.A. surveys) and deliver to the Administrative Agent, a completed Life-of-Loan Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination, together with a notice executed by such Credit Party about special flood hazard area status, if applicable, in respect of such Mortgage.
Section 5.11 Security Interests; Further Assurances. Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Security Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement and the Security Documents; provided that, notwithstanding anything else contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, (x) the foregoing shall not apply to any Excluded Subsidiary or Property of any Excluded Subsidiary or any Excluded Property, (y) any such documents and deliverables (other than certain mortgages of Material Property) shall be governed by New York law and (z) no perfection actions by control (except with respect to Equity Interests and certain debt instruments), leasehold mortgages or landlord waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters shall be required to be entered into hereunder or under any other Loan Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, in no event shall (A) the assets of any Excluded U.S. Subsidiary or CFC (including the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary thereof) constitute security or secure, or such assets or the proceeds of such assets be required to be available for, payment of the Obligations, (B) more than sixty-five percent of the Voting Stock of any CFC Holding Company or CFC, in each case, owned directly by a Credit Party be required to be pledged to secure the Obligations or (C) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary owned by a CFC or Excluded U.S. Subsidiary (or any Subsidiary of any CFC or Excluded U.S. Subsidiary) be required to be pledged to secure the Obligations.
Section 5.12 [Reserved.]
151
Section 5.13 Compliance with Law. Comply with the requirements of all Requirements of Law and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary Guarantor or to their business or property, except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.14 Anti-Terrorism Law; Anti-Money Laundering; Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.
(a) Not directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly deal in, or otherwise knowingly engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order or any other Anti-Terrorism Law in violation of any applicable Anti-Terrorism Law or applicable Sanctions, or (ii) knowingly engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that violates or attempts to violate, any the material prohibitions set forth in any applicable Anti-Terrorism Law or applicable Sanctions;
(b) (i) Not repay the Loans using funds or properties of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiaries that are, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, the property of any Person that is the subject or target of applicable Sanctions or that are, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Person that is the subject or target of applicable Sanctions, in each case, in violation of applicable Anti-Terrorism Laws or applicable Sanctions or (ii) to the knowledge of Borrowers, permit any Person that is the subject of Sanctions to have any direct or indirect interest, in Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Subsidiaries, with the result that the investment in Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Subsidiaries (whether directly or indirectly) or the Loans made by the Lenders would be in violation of any applicable Sanctions.
(c) (i) Not use any part of the proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit, directly or, knowingly, indirectly, in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of the FCPA or any other applicable anti-corruption law; and (ii) shall maintain in effect, and enforce policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure compliance by the Credit Parties and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws.
Section 5.15 Post-Closing Deliveries.
(a) The Borrowers hereby agree to deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Administrative Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the items described on Schedule 5.15 hereof on or before the dates specified with respect to such items, or such later dates as may be agreed to by, or as may be waived by, the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
(b) All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to effect the foregoing (and to permit the taking of the actions described above within the time periods required above and in Schedule 5.15, rather than as elsewhere provided in the Loan Documents); provided that (x) to the extent any representation and warranty would not be true because the foregoing actions were not taken on the Closing Date or, following the Closing Date, prior to the date by which such
152
action is required to be taken by Section 5.15(a), the respective representation and warranty shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) at the time the respective action is taken (or was required to be taken) in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.15 (and Schedule 5.15) and (y) all representations and warranties relating to the assets set forth on Schedule 5.15 pursuant to the Security Documents shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) immediately after the actions required to be taken under this Section 5.15 (and Schedule 5.15) have been taken (or were required to be taken), except to the extent any such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date.
ARTICLE VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Each of the Credit Parties warrants, covenants and agrees with each Lender that at all times after the Closing Date, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations and unasserted expense reimbursement obligations) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full (except to the extent cash collateralized in accordance with this Agreement or to the extent backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank), none of the Credit Parties will, nor will permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to (it being understood that for purposes of this Article VI (other than Sections 6.06, 6.09, 6.10, 6.11 and 6.13), Credit Parties and Group Members shall exclude Holdings):
Section 6.01 Indebtedness. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness, except:
(a) (x) Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 2.20, Section 2.21, Section 2.22 and Section 2.23 hereof), and (y) any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt and Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof;
(b) (x) Indebtedness in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.01(b) and (y) Permitted Refinancings thereof;
(c) [Reserved];
(d) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations with respect to interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates or commodity prices not entered into for speculative purposes;
153
(e) Indebtedness in respect of Purchase Money Obligations or Capital Lease Obligations, Indebtedness incurred in connection with financing Real Property (regardless of when initially acquired) and Indebtedness incurred in connection with Sale Leaseback Transactions, and any Permitted Refinancings of any of the foregoing, in an aggregate amount for all such Indebtedness under this clause (e) not to exceed, at any time outstanding, the greater of $10,200,000 and 15% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period, plus any additional amount so long as the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as of the Applicable Date of Determination and for the applicable Test Period does not exceed 3.00 to 1.00;
(f) Indebtedness in respect of (x) appeal bonds or similar instruments and (y) payment, bid, performance or surety bonds, or other similar bonds, completion guarantees, or similar instruments, workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, self-insurance obligations, letters of credit, and bankers acceptances issued for the account of any Group Member, in each case listed under this clause (y), in the ordinary course of business, and including guarantees or obligations of any Group Member with respect to letters of credit supporting such appeal, payment, bid, performance or surety or other similar bonds, completion guarantees, or similar instruments, workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, self-insurance obligations and bankers acceptances (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed); provided that all such letters of credit and bankers acceptances issued for the account of any Group Member shall not exceed an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(g) (i) Contingent Obligations in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by such Group Member under this Section 6.01 (provided that (x) the foregoing shall not permit a non-Credit Party to guarantee Indebtedness that it could not otherwise incur under this Section 6.01 and (y) if any such Indebtedness is subordinated (including as to lien or collateral priority) to the Obligations, such Contingent Obligation shall be subordinated on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders) and (ii) Indebtedness constituting Investments permitted under clause (q), (x), (y), (z) or (bb) of Section 6.03;
(h) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;
(i) Indebtedness arising in connection with the endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;
(j) Indebtedness in respect of netting services or overdraft protection or otherwise in connection with deposit or securities accounts in the ordinary course of business;
(k) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
(l) unsecured Indebtedness of Holdings to its Subsidiaries at such times and in such amounts necessary to permit Holdings to receive any Dividend permitted to be made to Holdings pursuant to Section 6.06, so long as, as of the applicable date of determination, a Dividend for such purposes would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.06; provided that any such Indebtedness shall be deemed to utilize on a dollar-for-dollar basis (but without duplication of any corresponding dollar-for-dollar reduction pursuant to Section 6.03(q)) the relevant basket under Section 6.06);
154
(m) subject to Section 6.03(f), intercompany Indebtedness owing (i) by and among the Credit Parties, (ii) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties, (iii) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties to Credit Parties; provided that outstanding Indebtedness under this clause (m)(iii) (together (but without duplication) with Investments made pursuant to Section 6.03(f)(iii)) shall not exceed $10,750,000 at any time, and (iv) by Credit Parties to Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties; provided that Indebtedness under this clause (m)(iv) shall be unsecured and shall be subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Intercompany Subordination Agreement or other subordination terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;
(n) Subordinated Indebtedness owing to employees, former employees, officers, former officers, directors, former directors (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) of any Group Member in connection with the repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies issued to any of the aforementioned employees, former employees, officers, former officers, directors, former directors (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) of any Group Member not to exceed $8,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(o) Indebtedness arising as a direct result of judgments, orders, awards or decrees against the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case not constituting an Event of Default;
(p) unsecured Indebtedness representing any Taxes to the extent such Taxes are being contested by any Group Member in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves are being maintained by the Group Members in accordance with GAAP;
(q) Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, subject to compliance with the Required Debt Terms; provided that such Indebtedness was not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition; provided further that on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to each such assumption, and any disposition, incurrence of Indebtedness, or other appropriate pro forma adjustments in connection therewith (but without, for the avoidance of doubt, giving effect to any amounts incurred in connection therewith under the Fixed Incremental Amount (but otherwise excluding the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness from cash and Cash Equivalents)), the Total Leverage Ratio as of the Applicable Date of Determination and for the applicable Test Period is not greater than 5.50 to 1.00; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness assumed pursuant to this clause (q) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties shall not exceed the greater of $13,600,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at any time outstanding; provided further that any such Indebtedness shall be subject to Section 2.20(f) (solely to the extent Section 2.20(f) would be applicable to such Indebtedness assuming such Indebtedness were Incremental Term Loans secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations);
(r) [reserved];
155
(s) Indebtedness of (i) Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties (but only to the extent non-recourse to the Credit Parties), and any guarantees thereof by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties and (ii) any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar arrangement, in aggregate principal amount for this clause (s) not to exceed the greater of $13,600,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at any time outstanding;
(t) [reserved];
(u) Senior Secured Indebtedness, Junior Secured Indebtedness and Unsecured Indebtedness, in each case incurred for any purpose (including to finance a Permitted Acquisition) , and in each case subject to compliance with the Required Debt Terms and so long as, at the time of incurrence thereof (i) if incurred in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, no Default or Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g) or (h), or (ii) in each other case, no Default or Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom; provided that on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to each such incurrence and the application of the proceeds therefrom (including pursuant to any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment consummated in connection therewith or the repayment or prepayment of any Indebtedness with the proceeds thereof), and any disposition, incurrence of Indebtedness, or other appropriate pro forma adjustments in connection therewith (but without, for the avoidance of doubt, giving effect to any amounts incurred in connection therewith under the Fixed Incremental Amount (but otherwise excluding the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness from cash and Cash Equivalents)), the Total Leverage Ratio as of the Applicable Date of Determination and for the applicable Test Period is not greater than 5.50 to 1.00; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (u) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties shall not exceed the greater of $13,600,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at any time outstanding; provided further that such Indebtedness shall be subject to Section 2.20(f) (solely to the extent Section 2.20(f) would be applicable to such Indebtedness assuming such Indebtedness were Incremental Term Loans secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations);
(v) [reserved];
(w) [reserved];
(x) additional Indebtedness of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, immediately after giving effect to any of incurrence of Indebtedness under this clause (x), the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (x) shall not exceed the greater of $20,400,000 and 30% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at such time;
(y) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations and liabilities owed to the holders of Dissenting Company Shares (as defined in the Nutrition Acquisition Agreement as in effect on August 23, 2017) in respect of the Nutrition Acquisition;
(z) to the extent constituting any Indebtedness, any contingent liabilities arising in connection with any stock options;
156
(aa) [reserved];
(bb) unsecured Indebtedness (i) incurred in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment or any Asset Sale, in each case to the extent constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price (including Earn-Outs and any other contingent consideration obligations or deferred purchase price obligations) or other similar adjustments, or (ii) in an aggregate principal amount, when taken together with all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (dd)(ii) below that is then outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $13,600,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period outstanding at any time to the seller of any business or assets permitted to be acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary hereunder;
(cc) Indebtedness under Cash Management Agreements and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(dd) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred (i) in the ordinary course of business or (ii) in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or a similar permitted Investment in an aggregate principal amount under this clause (ii), when taken together with all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (bb)(ii) above that is then outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $13,600,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period outstanding at any time; and
(ee) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (dd) above.
The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 6.01.
Section 6.02 Liens. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on any property now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except the following (collectively, the Permitted Liens):
(a) Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or delinquent and Liens for Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;
(b) Liens in respect of property of any Group Member imposed by Requirements of Law, (i) which were incurred in the ordinary course of business and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, such as carriers, warehousemens, materialmens, landlords, workmens, suppliers, repairmens and mechanics Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise pertaining to Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(f) and (h) which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of the Group Members, taken as a whole, and do not materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the business of the Group Members, taken as a whole, and which, if they secure obligations that are then more than thirty days overdue and unpaid, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, or (ii) arising mandatorily on the assets of any Foreign Subsidiary;
157
(c) any Lien in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.02(c) and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that any such replacement or substitute Lien (i) does not secure an aggregate amount of Indebtedness, if any, greater than the amount of such Indebtedness secured on the Closing Date or any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (ii) does not encumber any property in a material manner other than the property subject thereto on the Closing Date and any proceeds therefrom (any such Lien, an Existing Lien);
(d) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants, conditions, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar charges or encumbrances, and title deficiencies on or other irregularities with respect to any Real Property, in each case whether now or hereafter in existence, not (i) securing Indebtedness or (ii) individually or in the aggregate materially interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business and operations of the Group Members at such Real Property and the value, use and occupancy thereof;
(e) Liens to the extent arising out of judgments, orders, attachments, decrees or awards not resulting in an Event of Default;
(f) Liens (x) imposed by Requirements of Law or deposits made in connection therewith in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security legislation, (y) incurred to secure the performance of appeal bonds or incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations (other than excise taxes), surety, stay, customs bonds, statutory bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money) or (z) arising by virtue of deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability for premiums to insurance carriers; provided that (i) with respect to subclauses (x), (y) and (z) of this clause (f), such Liens are for amounts not yet due and payable or delinquent or, to the extent such amounts are so due and payable, such amounts are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, which proceedings or orders entered in connection with such proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to any such Lien and (ii) to the extent such Liens are not imposed by Requirements of Law, such Liens shall in no event encumber any property other than cash and cash equivalents (including Cash Equivalents);
(g) Leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses of any Property (other than Intellectual Property) of any Group Member granted by such Group Member to third parties, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of such Group Members business;
(h) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor, sublicensor, licensee or sublicensee under any lease, sublease, license or sublicense not prohibited by this Agreement or the other Security Documents;
158
(i) Liens which may arise as a result of municipal and zoning codes and ordinances, building and other land use laws imposed by any Governmental Authority which are not violated in any material respect by existing improvements or the present use or occupancy of any real property, or in the case of any Material Property subject to a Mortgage, encumbrances disclosed in the title insurance policy issued to, and reasonably approved by, the Administrative Agent;
(j) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of such Group Member;
(k) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(e); provided that (other than with respect to any Sale Leaseback Transaction) any such Liens attach only to the property being financed pursuant to such Indebtedness;
(l) bankers Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by any Group Member, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that, unless such Liens are non-consensual and arise by operation of law, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness;
(m) Liens on property or assets of a person existing at the time such person or asset is acquired or merged with or into or consolidated with any Group Member to the extent not prohibited hereunder (and not created in anticipation or contemplation thereof); provided that such Liens do not extend to property not subject to such Liens at the time of acquisition (other than improvements thereon or pursuant to an after-acquired property clause in the applicable security documents) and are no more favorable (as reasonably determined by the Borrowers) to the lienholders than such existing Lien;
(n) (i) Liens granted pursuant to the Security Documents to secure the Secured Obligations (including Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 2.20, Section 2.21, Section 2.22 and Section 2.23 hereof) and (ii) any Liens securing Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Pari Passu Refinancing Debt and Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt (in each case, to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms of such definition); provided, in each case, that such Liens are subject to any subordination or intercreditor requirements set forth in the applicable definitions referenced above in this Section 6.02(n);
(o) licenses and sublicenses of Intellectual Property granted by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business or not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of the Group Members;
(p) the filing of UCC (or equivalent) financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases or consignment of goods;
(q) [reserved];
159
(r) [reserved];
(s) Liens attaching solely to cash earnest money deposits in connection with an Investment permitted by Section 6.03 (other than Section 6.03(j));
(t) Liens of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-208 of the UCC in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering only the items being collected upon;
(u) Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary (i) that is not a Credit Party in favor of any other Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness (including without limitation Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(m)) or other obligations owed by such Restricted Subsidiary to such other Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) in favor of any Credit Party;
(v) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof granted in the ordinary course of business to secure the financing of insurance premiums with respect thereto under Section 6.01(k);
(w) Liens (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the purchase or shipping of goods or assets (or the related assets and proceeds thereof), which Liens are in favor of the seller or shipper of such goods or assets and only attach to such goods or assets, and (ii) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(x) Liens of any Group Member with respect to Indebtedness and other obligations that do not in the aggregate exceed the greater of $8,500,000 and 12.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at any time;
(y) Liens on assets or property of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties securing Indebtedness and other obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01 (so long as such Liens do not extend to the assets of any Credit Parties);
(z) [reserved];
(aa) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(q) (so long as such Liens secure only the same assets (and any after acquired assets pursuant to any after-acquired property clause in the applicable security documents) and the same Indebtedness that such Liens secured, immediately prior to the assumption of such Indebtedness, and so long as such Liens were not created in contemplation of such assumption), (s) and (u) (to the extent permitted to be secured, and on the lien priorities described, by the terms thereof);
(bb) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.03 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment;
(cc) Liens on Equity Interests (i) deemed to exist in connection with any options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in Persons that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings or (ii) of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar arrangement; and
160
(dd) restrictions on dispositions of assets to be disposed of pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and similar agreements, in each case, solely to the extent such disposition would be permitted pursuant to the terms hereof.
Section 6.03 Investments, Loans and Advances. Directly or indirectly, lend money or credit (by way of guarantee or otherwise) or make advances to any person, or purchase or acquire any Equity Interests, bonds, notes, debentures, guarantees or other securities of, or make any capital contribution to, or acquire assets constituting all or substantially all of the assets of, or acquire assets constituting a line of business, business unit or division of, any other person (all of the foregoing, collectively, Investments), except that the following shall be permitted:
(a) [reserved];
(b) (i) Investments outstanding, contemplated or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date and identified on Schedule 6.03(b) and (ii) Investments consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension of any Investment described in clause (i) above; provided that the amount of any Investment permitted pursuant to this clause (ii) is not increased from the amount of such Investment on the Closing Date except pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.03;
(c) the Group Members may (i) acquire and hold accounts receivable owing to any of them if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary terms, (ii) invest in, acquire and hold cash and Cash Equivalents, and other cash equivalent Investments that are permitted by the Group Members investment policy as in effect on the Closing Date (a copy of which will be provided to the Administrative Agent upon its written request, which copy the Administrative Agent may share with Lenders (subject to customary access letters)), (iii) endorse negotiable instruments held for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or (iv) make lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;
(d) Hedging Obligations permitted by Section 6.01(d);
(e) loans and advances (x) to directors, employees and officers of any Group Member in the ordinary course of business, or otherwise for bona fide business purposes in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $6,800,000 and 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at any time outstanding, and (y) to directors, employees and officers of any Group Member (whether or not currently serving as such) to purchase Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (provided that, in the case of this clause (y), any such amount loaned or advanced is simultaneously used to purchase such Equity Interests; to the extent paid in cash, such amounts shall be contributed to a Credit Party; and such loans shall not exceed in the aggregate, in any fiscal year of Holdings, the greater of $10,000,000 and 17.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period);
161
(f) Investments (i) by any Group Member in a Credit Party (other than Holdings), (ii) by any Group Member that is not a Credit Party in any other Group Member and (iii) by any Credit Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that Investments under this clause (f)(iii) (together (without duplication) with outstanding intercompany Indebtedness outstanding under Section 6.01(m)(iii)) by a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor in any other Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed, at any time outstanding, (A) $13,000,000 plus (B) any additional amounts to the extent that such amounts are applied substantially concurrently by such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to make a Permitted Acquisition or other permitted Investment under clause (i), (l), (r), (s), (v), (x), (y) or (bb) of this Section 6.03;
(g) Investments in securities or other assets of trade creditors or customers in the ordinary course of business received in settlement of bona fide disputes or upon foreclosure or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or liquidation or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers;
(h) Investments held by any Group Member as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale or other disposition made in compliance with Section 6.05 (other than Section 6.05(e));
(i) Permitted Acquisitions;
(j) any Group Member may make pledges and deposits permitted under Section 6.02;
(k) any Group Member may make a loan that could otherwise be made as a distribution permitted under Section 6.06 (with a commensurate dollar-for-dollar reduction of their ability to make additional distributions under such Section);
(l) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other permitted Investment;
(m) Investments of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or consolidates or merges with any Group Member (including in connection with a Permitted Acquisition) so long as such investments were not made in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or of such consolidation or merger;
(n) Contingent Obligations and other Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 (other than Section 6.01(g)(ii)), performance guarantees, and transactions permitted under Section 6.04 (other than Section 6.04(b));
(o) acquisitions of Term Loans by any Group Member pursuant to Section 10.04(b)(viii), and of any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt (or any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing), pursuant to the corresponding provision of the documents governing such Indebtedness, but, in each case of Indebtedness described in this clause that is secured on a junior basis to the Obligations or is unsecured, solely to the extent such payment or prepayment is permitted by Section 6.09;
162
(p) (x) Investments in deposit and investment accounts (including, for the avoidance of doubt, eurocurrency investment accounts) opened in the ordinary course of business with financial institutions and (y) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(q) unsecured intercompany advances by any Group Member to Holdings for purposes and in amounts that would otherwise be permitted to be made as Dividends to Holdings pursuant to Section 6.06; provided that the principal amount of any such loans shall reduce dollar-for-dollar (but without duplication of any corresponding dollar-for-dollar reduction pursuant to Section 6.01(l)) the amounts that would otherwise be permitted to be paid for such purpose in the form of Dividends pursuant to such Section;
(r) Investments to the extent constituting the reinvestment of the Net Cash Proceeds arising from any Asset Sale or Casualty Events to repair, replace or restore any property in respect of which such Net Cash Proceeds were paid or to reinvest in other fixed or Capital Assets or assets that are otherwise used or useful in the business of the Group Members (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, Investment or Capital Expenditure);
(s) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $8,500,000 and 12.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at any time outstanding;
(t) purchases and other acquisitions of inventory, materials, equipment, intangible property and other assets in the ordinary course of business;
(u) (i) leases and subleases of real or personal property and (ii) licenses and sublicenses of Intellectual Property and other personal property in the ordinary course of business or not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of the Group Members or the value of the Collateral;
(v) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with cash contributions from the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Holdings or Holdings Equity Interests which are contributed as cash common equity to any Credit Party and Not Otherwise Applied; provided that such Equity Interest amounts used pursuant to this clause (v) are not from Equity Cure Contributions;
(w) Investments in joint ventures of any Group Member; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments outstanding at any time under this clause (w) shall not, when taken together with all Dividends paid in cash under Section 6.06(a)(y)(II), exceed the greater of $6,800,000 and 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period;
(x) so long as no Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the making of such Investment or would immediately result therefrom, Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Cumulative Amount; provided that any Limited Condition Transaction remains subject to the terms of Section 1.06 hereof;
163
(y) other Investments in an aggregate amount at any time not to exceed the greater of (i) $17,000,000 and (ii) 25% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at any time outstanding, plus the aggregate total of all other amounts available as a Restricted Debt Payment under Section 6.09(a)(I), plus the aggregate total of all other amounts available as a Dividend under Section 6.06(j), which the Borrowers may, from time to time, elect to re-allocate to the making of Investments pursuant to this Section 6.03(y);
(z) to the extent constituting Investments, advances in respect of transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (i.e., cost-plus arrangements) that are (A) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the Group Members historical practices and (B) funded not more than 120 days in advance of the applicable transfer pricing and cost-sharing payment;
(aa) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;
(bb) unlimited additional Investments; provided that (i) at the time of making
such Investment, (A) if such Investment is made as or in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, no Default or Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g) or (h), or (B) in each other case, no Default or Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom and (ii) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio as of the Applicable Date of Determination and for the most recently ended Test Period shall be no greater than 4.75 to 1.00; further provided that any Limited Condition Transaction remains subject to the terms of Section 1.06 hereof;
(cc) Investments in the ordinary course of business (x) consisting of customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices and (y) in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contracts and loans or advances made to distributors;
(dd) Investments resulting from the exercise of drag-along rights, put-rights, call-rights or similar rights under joint venture or similar documents; and
(ee) reorganizations and other activities related to tax planning; provided that, in the mutual and reasonable business judgment of the Borrowers and Administrative Agent, after giving effect to any such reorganizations and activities, there is no material adverse impact on the value of the (A) Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders or
(B) Guarantees in favor of the Lenders.
The amount of any Investment shall be the initial amount of such Investment less all returns of principal, capital, Dividends and other cash returns therefrom (including, without limitation, any repayments, interest, returns, profits, distributions, income or similar amounts received in cash in respect of any Investment in any Unrestricted Subsidiary and the designation thereof) and less all liabilities expressly assumed by another person in connection with the sale of such Investment; provided that any reduction in the initial amount of such Investment (including upon the re-designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be without duplication of any increase in the Cumulative Amount.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.03, in no event shall any Group Member contribute, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Intellectual Property to any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including by way of designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary).
164
Section 6.04 Mergers and Consolidations. Wind up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs or consummate a merger or consolidation, except that the following shall be permitted:
(a) Asset Sales or other dispositions in compliance with Section 6.05 (other than clause (d) thereof);
(b) Investments permitted pursuant to Section 6.03 (other than clause (n) thereof);
(c) (x) any Group Member (other than the Borrowers) may merge or consolidate with or into any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (as long as such Borrower is the surviving person in the case of any merger or consolidation involving a Borrower, and such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving person in the case of any merger or consolidation involving such Subsidiary Guarantor (other than mergers or consolidations involving a Borrower)) and
(y) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrowers) that is not a Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (as long as a Borrower is the surviving person in the case of any merger or consolidation involving such Borrower);
(d) a merger or consolidation pursuant to, and in accordance with, the definition of Permitted Acquisition to the extent necessary to consummate such Permitted Acquisition (as long as a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving person in the case of any merger or consolidation involving a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable);
(e) any Restricted Subsidiary (subject to clause (f) below in the case of any Borrower) may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time; provided that such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as applicable, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(f) a Borrower may merge or consolidate with another Borrower or any Borrower (other than the Company) may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs; provided that if the Company is not the surviving person of any such merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party, the surviving person of such merger or consolidation shall assume all of the Companys rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in its role as a Borrower; provided, further, that any such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as applicable, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 6.05 Asset Sales. Sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any property, except that the following shall be permitted:
(a) (x) sales, transfers, leases, subleases and other dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business, property no longer used or useful in the business or worn out, obsolete, uneconomical, negligible or surplus property by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business, (y) the abandonment, allowance to lapse or other disposition of Intellectual Property that is, in the reasonable business judgment of the Borrowers, immaterial or no longer economically practicable to maintain or (z) sales, transfers, leases, subleases and other dispositions of property by any Group Member (including Intellectual Property) that is, in the reasonable business judgment of the Borrowers, immaterial or no longer used or useful in the business;
165
(b) any sale, lease, assignment, transfer or disposition (other than a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that (i) such sale, lease, assignment, transfer or disposition shall be for fair market value (as determined by the Borrowers in good faith) and (ii) at least 75% of the purchase price for all property subject to such sale, lease, assignment, transfer or disposition shall be paid in cash or Cash Equivalents;
(c) (x) leases, assignments and subleases of real or personal property in the ordinary course of business and (y) licenses and sublicenses of Intellectual Property otherwise permitted under Section 6.02;
(d) transactions in compliance with Section 6.04 (other than Section 6.04(a));
(e) Investments in compliance with Section 6.03 (other than Section 6.03(h)), Liens in compliance with Section 6.02, Dividends in compliance with Section 6.06 and Restricted Debt Payments in compliance with Section 6.09;
(f) sales of any non-core assets acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisitions or other Investments in compliance with Section 6.03 (other than Section 6.03(h)), which such sales shall be for fair market value (as determined by the Borrowers in good faith);
(g) sales, discounts of or forgiveness of customer delinquent notes or accounts receivable (including, in all events, the disposition of delinquent accounts receivable pursuant to any factoring arrangement) in the ordinary course of business in connection with settlement, collection or compromise thereof;
(h) use of cash and dispositions of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;
(i) sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries that do not constitute Collateral in an amount (as determined in each case by the fair market value of such assets at the time of disposition) not to exceed the greater of $10,750,000 and 15% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement;
(j) sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions (i) to any Borrower or to any other Credit Party, (ii) to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party from another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party, or (iii) to any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties from a Credit Party, so long as, in the case of this clause (iii), (A) if the consideration received by a Credit Party from a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party paid in cash is not below fair market value, such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition does not have a material adverse impact on the value of the (y) Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or (z) Guarantees in favor of the Secured Parties, (B) to the extent any consideration received from a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party by a Credit Party is less than fair market value, such amount below fair market value does not exceed
166
$10,750,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement and such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition does not have a material adverse impact on the value of the (y) Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or (z) Guarantees in favor of the Secured Parties, or (C) such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition is in connection with a reorganization or other activity related to tax planning and, in the reasonable business judgment of the Borrowers, upon giving effect to such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition, there is no material adverse impact on the value of the (x) Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders or (y) Guarantees in favor of the Lenders;
(k) sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of property to the extent required by any Governmental Authority or otherwise pursuant to any Requirements of Law;
(l) sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of property to the extent that such property constitutes an Investment permitted by Section 6.03(h) or another asset received as consideration for the disposition of any asset permitted by this Section;
(m) sales or dispositions of immaterial Equity Interests to qualify directors where required by applicable Requirements of Law or to satisfy other similar Requirements of Law with respect to the ownership of Equity Interests;
(n) [reserved];
(o) dispositions resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property or asset of any Group Member;
(p) the sale or disposition of Unrestricted Subsidiaries for fair market value;
(q) [reserved];
(r) the unwinding or terminating of Hedge Agreements;
(s) other sales or dispositions in an amount not to exceed the greater of $8,000,000 and 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period per transaction (or series of related transactions);
(t) Sale Leaseback Transactions in an amount not to exceed the greater of $8,000,000 and 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period in the aggregate;
(u) surrender or waiver of contractual rights and settlements, releases or waivers of contractual or litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.05, in no event shall any Group Member contribute, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Intellectual Property to any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including by way of designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary).
167
To the extent the Required Lenders or all the Lenders, as applicable, waive the provisions of this Section 6.05 with respect to the sale of any Collateral, or any Collateral is sold as permitted by this Section 6.05, such Collateral (unless sold to a Credit Party) shall be sold automatically free and clear of the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Agents shall take all actions they reasonably deem appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.
Section 6.06 Dividends. Authorize, declare or pay, directly or indirectly, any Dividends with respect to any Group Member or Dissenting Company Shares, except that the following shall be permitted (subject to the provisos in each of subclause (l) of Section 6.01 and subclause (q) of Section 6.03):
(a) Dividends by any Group Member (x) to any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (y) to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; provided that any such Dividend under this clause (y) is either (I) paid only in Equity Interests of such Group Member (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) or (II) if paid in cash, is paid to all shareholders on a pro rata basis in an aggregate amount not to exceed, when taken together with all Investments outstanding under Section 6.03(w) at such time, the greater of $6,800,000 and 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period, and (z) to Holdings paid only in Equity Interests in kind;
(b) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would immediately result therefrom, payments to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) to permit Holdings (or any such direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) to repurchase or redeem Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) held by current or former officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their transferees, spouses, ex-spouses, estates or beneficiaries under their estates) of any Group Member, including upon their death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or service or to make payments on Indebtedness issued to buy such Qualified Capital Stock, including upon their death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or service; provided that the aggregate cash consideration (for the avoidance of doubt excluding cancellation of Indebtedness owed by such person) paid for all such redemptions and payments shall not exceed the greater of $10,200,000 and 15% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement, plus the net cash proceeds of any key-man life insurance policies of any Group Member that have not been used to make any repurchases, redemptions or payments under this clause (b) and are used to repurchase or redeem Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) held by the Person covered by the applicable key-man life insurance policy or such Persons spouse, ex-spouse, estate or beneficiaries under the estate of the Person covered by the applicable key-man life insurance policy or to make payments on Indebtedness issued to buy such Qualified Capital Stock upon such Persons death or disability; provided, further, that during an Event of Default any payments described in this clause may accrue and shall be permitted to be paid upon such Event of Default no longer existing so long as no other Event of Default is continuing at such time;
(c) any Borrower and any other Subsidiary of Holdings may make Dividends to Holdings, and Holdings may make direct Dividends to any direct or indirect parent company or equity holder thereof, for so long as Borrower is a member of a consolidated or combined group for U.S. federal and relevant state and local income tax purposes of which a direct or indirect
168
parent of Holdings is the common parent (or Borrower is a disregarded entity or partnership directly or indirectly owned by a member of such a group); provided that the amount of such Dividends in any taxable year shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the amount that Borrower and such Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of such federal, state and local taxes for such taxable year (calculated at the highest effective combined marginal federal, state and local income tax rate applicable at such time to a corporation residing in New York City, New York) were Borrower and such Restricted Subsidiaries a consolidated or combined group of corporations of which Borrower was the common parent corporation (taking into account any hypothetical carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net operating losses) attributable to the operations of the Borrower and such Restricted Subsidiaries that have not been previously taken into account by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company or equity holder thereof), taking into account any limitations on usage of such net operating losses (such as Code Section 382 or the limitations on using net operating losses under the alternative minimum tax)) and (B) the actual tax owed by Holdings on behalf of the relevant consolidated or combined group; provided further that taxes attributable to Borrowers Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be limited to the extent of cash distributions received from such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
(d) non-cash repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if the Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price thereof;
(e) [reserved];
(f) so long as (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the making of such Dividend or would immediately result therefrom, and (ii) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio as of the Applicable Date of Determination and for the most recently ended Test Period is no greater than 4.50 to 1.00, the Group Members may make Dividends to Holdings or Holdings direct or indirect equity holders using the Cumulative Amount; provided that any Limited Condition Transaction remains subject to the terms of Section 1.06 hereof;
(g) Dividends made solely in Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Capital Stock);
(h) Dividends to finance payments expressly permitted by Section 6.07(d), and payments for reasonable director fees and reasonable and documented director indemnities and expenses, may be paid as a Dividend;
(i) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom, Dividends to the extent that payment for such Dividends is made solely with cash contributions from the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Holdings, which are contributed as cash common equity to any Credit Party and Not Otherwise Applied; provided that such Equity Interest amounts used pursuant to this clause (i) are not from Equity Cure Contributions;
(j) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom, additional Dividends may be made by any Group Member or Holdings to any Person in an aggregate amount not to exceed $9,000,000;
169
(k) distributions for administrative, overhead and related expenses (including franchise and similar taxes required to maintain corporate existence and other legal, accounting and other overhead expenses) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to the extent directly attributable to the operations or ownership of the Group Members;
(l) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom, distributions to any of Holdings direct or indirect equity holders of any working capital adjustment or any other purchase price adjustment received in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted under Section 6.03; provided that, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment, the amount of such distribution shall be limited to the Equity Funded Portion thereof;
(m) Dividends by any Group Member to any direct or indirect holder of any Equity Interests in any Borrower:
(i) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.03; provided that (A) such Dividend shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) such Borrower or such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property so acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be held by or contributed to the Borrowers or a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 6.04) of the Person formed or acquired into it or a Restricted Subsidiary in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition;
(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary costs, fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any successful or unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this Agreement; and
(iii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company or partner of the Borrowers to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries;
(n) any payments made to the holders of Dissenting Company Shares (as defined in the Nutrition Acquisition Agreement as in effect on August 23, 2017) to the extent paid with (i) proceeds of the Delayed Draw Term Loans, (ii) so long as Liquidity would not be less than $15,000,000 prior to and after giving effect to such Dividend, cash on the balance sheet of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries and/or the proceeds of Revolving Loans and/or (iii) proceeds of cash equity contributions to Holdings pursuant to the Support Letter and proceeds of other cash equity contributions to Holdings for the purpose of funding the same;
(o) unlimited additional Dividends; provided that (i) at the time of making such Dividend, (A) if such Dividend is made in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, no Default or Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g) or (h), or (B) in each other case, no Default or Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom and (ii) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio as of the Applicable Date of Determination and for the most recently ended Test Period shall be no greater than 3.75 to 1.00; provided that any Limited Condition Transaction remains subject to the terms of Section 1.06 hereof; and
170
(p) Dividends in connection with a reorganization or other activity related to tax planning and, in the reasonable business judgment of the Borrowers, upon giving effect to such reorganization or other activity, there is no material adverse impact on the value of the (x) Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders or (y) Guarantees in favor of the Lenders.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, none of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary shall make any payments to any present or former holders of Dissenting Company Shares or any assignees thereof in connection with or as a result of the exercise of appraisal rights and/or the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto, in each case, except to the extent permitted by clause (n) above.
Section 6.07 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as otherwise permitted hereunder, enter into, directly or indirectly, any transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value in excess of the greater of $3,400,000 and 5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any Affiliate of any Group Member (other than among any Borrower and any Guarantor or any entity that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor as a result of such transactions), other than on terms and conditions at least as favorable to such Group Member (or, in the case of a transaction between a Credit Party and a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party, such Credit Party) as would reasonably be obtained by such Group Member at that time in a comparable arms-length transaction with a person other than an Affiliate (as reasonably determined by the Borrowers), except that the following shall be permitted:
(a) (i) Dividends permitted by Section 6.06, (ii) Liens granted pursuant to Section 6.02, (iii) Investments permitted by Section 6.03 and Indebtedness resulting therefrom permitted under Section 6.01, (iv) transactions permitted by Section 6.04 or Section 6.10, (v) dispositions permitted under Section 6.05 and (vi) payments of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.09;
(b) director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including, without limitation, retirement, health, incentive equity and other benefit plans) and expense reimbursement and indemnification arrangements and severance agreements;
(c) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods and services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise not prohibited by the Loan Documents;
(d) the payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket, expenses and indemnification claims required to be paid under the Management Services Agreement;
(e) [reserved];
171
(f) any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by any Credit Party is Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings (or Equity Interests of a direct or indirect parent company of Holdings);
(g) agreements relating to Intellectual Property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of or the value of such Intellectual Property to such Group Member or materially impairing the security interest granted under the Security Agreement therein held by the Collateral Agent;
(h) any other agreement, arrangement or transaction as in effect on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 6.07, and any amendment or modification with respect to such agreement, arrangement or transaction, and the performance of obligations thereunder, so long as such amendment or modification is not materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders;
(i) the Transactions as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including the payment of any fees, costs or expenses related to such Transactions;
(j) transactions pursuant to provisions of the Loan Documents with the Equity Investors and Affiliated Debt Funds (in each case, in their respective capacities as Lenders); and
(k) transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the re-designation of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that such transactions were not entered into in contemplation of such re-designation.
Section 6.08 Total Leverage Ratio. Except with the written consent of the Required Lenders, permit the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of and for each Test Period to be greater than the ratio corresponding to such Test Period ending on each date set forth below:
Date |
Maximum Total Net Leverage Ratio |
|
December 31, 2020 |
8.50 to 1.00 | |
March 31, 2021 |
8.50 to 1.00 | |
June 30, 2021 |
8.50 to 1.00 | |
September 30, 2021 |
8.50 to 1.00 | |
December 31, 2021 |
8.50 to 1.00 | |
March 31, 2022 |
8.50 to 1.00 | |
June 30, 2022 |
8.50 to 1.00 | |
September 30, 2022 |
8.50 to 1.00 | |
December 31, 2022 |
7.50 to 1.00 | |
and the last day of |
||
each Fiscal Quarter |
||
thereafter |
172
Section 6.09 Prepayments of Certain Indebtedness; Modifications of Organizational Documents and Other Documents, etc.
(a) Directly or indirectly make any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment of, or repurchase, redemption or acquisition for value of, or any prepayment or redemption as a result of any Asset Sale, change of control or similar event of, any Indebtedness outstanding under documents evidencing any Indebtedness that is secured on a junior lien basis to the Obligations, Indebtedness that is unsecured or Subordinated Indebtedness (Restricted Debt Payment) except (A) to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement, any applicable Intercreditor Agreement or any other subordination terms applicable to any such Subordinated Indebtedness (including pursuant to a Permitted Refinancing), with the Cumulative Amount, so long as (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the making of such Restricted Debt Payment or would immediately result therefrom and (ii) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio as of the Applicable Date of Determination and for the most recently ended Test Period is no greater than 5.00 to 1.00, (B) in connection with any Permitted Refinancing thereof or to the extent made with the proceeds of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings (other than any Equity Cure Contribution) that are Not Otherwise Applied; provided that in the case of any refinancing of Junior Secured Indebtedness, such refinancing must be permitted by any applicable Intercreditor Agreement or, if applicable, the other customary subordination documentation related to Subordinated Indebtedness, (C) [reserved], (D) prepaying, redeeming, purchasing, defeasing or otherwise satisfying prior to the scheduled maturity thereof (or setting apart any property for such purpose) (1) in the case of any Group Member that is not a Credit Party, any Indebtedness owing by such Group Member to any other Group Member, (2) otherwise, any Indebtedness owing to any Credit Party and (3) so long as no Event of Default is continuing or would immediately result therefrom, any mandatory prepayments of Indebtedness incurred under clauses (b) and (e) of Section 6.01 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof, (E) making regularly scheduled or otherwise required payments of interest in respect of such Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to any Affiliate of the Borrowers other than any Credit Party) and payments of fees, expenses and indemnification obligations thereunder, but only, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, to the extent permitted by the subordination provisions thereof, (F) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom, to the extent that such payment is made solely with cash contributions from the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Holdings, which are contributed as cash common equity to any Credit Party and Not Otherwise Applied, (G) converting (or exchanging) any Indebtedness to (or for) Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings, (H) any AHYDO catch-up payments with respect to Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement, (I) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, making prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasance or other satisfaction of Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $9,000,000, plus any unused amounts under Section 6.06(i), (J) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing and the Total Leverage Ratio computed on a Pro Forma Basis as of the Applicable Date of Determination and for the most recently ended Test Period is no greater than 4.25 to 1.00, making prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasance or other satisfaction of such Indebtedness; provided that any Limited Condition Transaction remains subject to the terms of Section 1.06 hereof, and (K) any payments of intercompany obligations permitted under the Intercompany Subordination Agreement or the other subordination terms approved by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01(m) hereunder;
(b) amend, modify or change any term or condition of documents evidencing Indebtedness that is secured on a junior lien basis to the Obligations, Indebtedness that is unsecured or Subordinated Indebtedness in any manner (i) material and adverse to the interests of the Lenders or (ii) in contravention of any intercreditor or subordination provisions with respect to such Indebtedness, in each case, without the consent of the Required Lenders;
173
(c) terminate, amend, modify or change any of its Organizational Documents (including by the filing or modification of any certificate of designation) or any agreement to which it is a party with respect to its Equity Interests (including any stockholders agreement), other than any such amendments, modifications or changes or such new agreements which are not materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders; and
(d) terminate, amend, waive, modify or change any term or condition of the Support Letter in any manner that is adverse to the interests of the Lenders, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.
Section 6.10 Holding Company Status. With respect to Holdings, engage in any business or activity, hold any assets or incur any Indebtedness or other liabilities, other than (i) its ownership of Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries, intercompany notes permitted hereunder, cash and Cash Equivalents, notes of officers, directors and employees permitted hereunder, and all other activities incidental to its ownership of Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries or related to the management of its investment in its Subsidiaries, (ii) maintaining its corporate existence, (iii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative activities as a member of the consolidated group of companies including the Credit Parties, (iv) executing, delivering and performing rights and obligations under the Loan Documents (including any documents governing the terms of, or entered into in connection with, any Incremental Facility or Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt or, in each case, any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof or Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor), the other Transaction Documents, any documents and agreements relating to any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder to which it is a party, or the documents governing any other Indebtedness permitted hereunder and not described above that is guaranteed by (and permitted to be guaranteed by) Holdings, (v) [reserved], (vi) making any Dividend permitted by Section 6.06, (vii) purchasing or acquiring Qualified Capital Stock in any Subsidiary, (viii) making capital contributions to its first-tier Subsidiaries, (ix) taking actions in furtherance of and consummating an IPO, and fulfilling all initial and ongoing obligations related thereto, (x) executing, delivering and performing rights and obligations under any employment agreements and any documents related thereto, (xi) purchasing Obligations (including obligations under any Incremental Facility or any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt or, in each case, any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof or Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) in accordance with this Agreement or the documents governing any Incremental Facility or Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt or, in each case, any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness issued in respect thereof or any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor, (xii) the buyback and sales of equity from or to officers, directors and managers of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and other persons in accordance with Section 6.06(b), (xiii) the making of loans to officers, directors (or other Persons in comparable positions), and employees and others in exchange for Equity Interests of any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries purchased by such officers, directors (or other Persons in comparable positions), employees or others pursuant to Section 6.03(e) and the acceptance of notes related thereto, (xiv) transactions expressly described herein as involving Holdings and permitted under this Agreement, (xv) the incurrence of other unsecured Indebtedness that requires the payment of interest in cash solely to the extent that the Borrowers and their
174
Restricted Subsidiaries are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to make Dividends to Holdings for such purpose; provided that any such Indebtedness does not mature or have any scheduled payments of principal (and does not require any mandatory redemptions, sinking funds or similar payments or offers to purchase (excluding customary change of control provisions and, if applicable, AHYDO catch-up payments)) on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date of any existing Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable, (xvi) taking actions in furtherance of consummating any reorganization or other activity related to tax planning otherwise permitted hereunder to the extent that after giving effect thereto, there is no material adverse impact on the value of the (A) Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders or (B) Guarantees in favor of the Lenders, (xvii) with respect to intercompany loans otherwise permitted hereunder, (xviii) providing guarantees with respect to the performance of rights and obligations under contracts and agreements of its Subsidiaries and taking actions in furtherance thereof, and (xix) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (i) through (xviii) above.
Section 6.11 No Further Negative Pledge; Subsidiary Distributions. Enter into any agreement, instrument, deed or lease which (a) prohibits or limits the ability of any Credit Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of their respective properties or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or which requires the grant of any security for an obligation if security is granted for another obligation or (b) prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party from paying dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to any Restricted Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, except the following: (i) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any documents governing any Incremental Facility or any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt or, in each case, any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof or Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor; (ii) covenants in documents creating Liens permitted by Section 6.02 prohibiting further Liens on the properties encumbered thereby; (iii) [reserved]; (iv) any other agreement that does not restrict in any manner (directly or indirectly) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents on any Collateral securing the Secured Obligations and does not require the direct or indirect granting of any Lien securing any Indebtedness or other obligation by virtue of the granting of Liens on or pledge of property of any Credit Party to secure the Secured Obligations; (v) customary covenants and restrictions in any indenture, agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement relating to non-material assets or business of any Subsidiary existing prior to the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition in which such Subsidiary was acquired (and not created in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition); (vi) customary restrictions on cash or other deposits; (vii) net worth provisions in leases and other agreements entered into by a Group Member in the ordinary course of business; (viii) contractual encumbrances or restrictions existing on the Closing Date and identified on Schedule 6.11; and (ix) any prohibition or limitation that (I) exists pursuant to applicable Requirements of Law, (II) consists of customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any property permitted under Section 6.05, stock sale agreement, joint venture agreement, sale/leaseback agreement, purchase agreements, or acquisition agreements (including by way of merger, acquisition or consolidation) entered into by a Credit Party or any Subsidiary solely to the extent pending the consummation of such transaction, which covenant or restriction is limited to the assets that are the subject of such agreements, (III) restricts subletting or assignment of leasehold interests contained in any Lease governing a leasehold interest of a Credit Party or a
175
Subsidiary, or (IV) is imposed by any amendments or refinancings that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in immediately preceding clauses (i) through (ix) of this Section 6.11; provided that such amendments and refinancings are no more materially restrictive with respect to such prohibitions and limitations than those prior to such amendment or refinancing.
Section 6.12 Nature of Business. The Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries will not engage in any material line of business other than lines of business substantially similar to the lines of business conducted by the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business reasonably related, similar, corollary, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto.
Section 6.13 Fiscal Year. Change its fiscal year end date to a date other than September 30, other than with the previous written consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
ARTICLE VII
GUARANTEE
Section 7.01 The Guarantee. Each Guarantor and each Borrower hereby jointly and severally guarantees (for the avoidance of doubt, other than in respect of its own Guaranteed Obligations), as a primary obligor and not as a surety, to each Secured Party and its successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, or acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest on (including any interest, fees, costs or charges that would accrue but for the provisions of Title 11 of the United States Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under Title 11 of the United States Code) the Loans made by the Lenders to, and the Notes held by each Lender of, the Borrowers, and all other Secured Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by any Credit Party under any Loan Document or any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedging Agreement entered into with a counterparty that is a Secured Party, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the Guaranteed Obligations). Each Guarantor and each Borrower hereby jointly and severally agrees that if any Guarantor or any Borrower, shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantors and the Borrowers in their capacities as Guarantors under this Article VII will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal. Notwithstanding any provision hereof or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, no Obligation in respect of any Secured Hedging Agreement shall be payable by or from the assets of any Credit Party if such Credit Party, is not, at the later of (i) the time such Secured Hedging Agreement is entered into and (ii) the date such person becomes a Credit Party, an eligible contract participant as such term is defined in Section 1(a)(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and no Credit Party shall be deemed to have entered into or guaranteed any Hedging Agreement at any time that such Credit Party is not an eligible contract participant. The guarantee made by the Borrowers hereunder relates solely to the Secured Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by any Credit Party other than the Borrowers under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedging Agreement.
176
Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Credit Party to honor all of its obligations under this Guarantee in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 7.01 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 7.01, or otherwise under this Guarantee, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 7.01 shall remain in full force and effect until the termination of this Guarantee in accordance with Section 7.09 hereof. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 7.01 constitute, and this Section 7.01 shall be deemed to constitute, a keepwell, support, or other agreement for the benefit of each other Credit Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Section 7.02 Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of the Credit Parties under Section 7.01 shall constitute a guaranty of payment of Guaranteed Obligations and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, and joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor (except for payment in full (other than contingent indemnity obligations, unasserted expense reimbursement obligations, obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements with respect to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made, and Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank)). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to applicable law, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Credit Parties hereunder, which shall remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:
(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;
(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted (except in each case for payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations, unasserted expense reimbursement obligations, obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements with respect to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made, and Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank));
177
(c) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;
(d) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, Agent or other Secured Party as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected; or
(e) the release of any other Credit Party pursuant to Section 9.10.
The Credit Parties hereby expressly waive, to the extent permitted by law, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrowers under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantors waive, to the extent permitted by law, any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee, and the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between the Borrowers and the Secured Parties shall likewise be presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations at any time or from time to time held by Secured Parties, and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other person at any time of any right or remedy against the Borrowers or against any other person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lenders, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guaranteed Obligations outstanding.
Section 7.03 Reinstatement. The obligations of the Credit Parties under this Article VII shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case, including as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or pursuant to a Debtor Relief Law.
178
Section 7.04 Subrogation; Subordination. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations, unasserted expense reimbursement obligations , obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements with respect to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made, and Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank) and the expiration or termination of the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement, it shall subordinate and not exercise any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 7.01, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against any Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Any Indebtedness of any Credit Party permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(m) shall be subordinated to such Credit Partys Guaranteed Obligations; provided that upon the payment and satisfaction in full of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations, unasserted expense reimbursement obligations, obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements with respect to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made, and Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank), the expiration or termination of the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement and the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit (except to the extent cash collateralized or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank), without any further action by any person, the Guarantors shall be automatically subrogated to the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to the extent of any payment hereunder.
Section 7.05 Remedies. Subject to the terms of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, the Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of a Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 8.01 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 8.01) for purposes of Section 7.01, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Borrowers and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrowers) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 7.01.
Section 7.06 Instrument for the Payment of Money. Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Article VII constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that any Lender or Agent, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Credit Party in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to bring a motion or action under New York CPLR Section 3213.
Section 7.07 Continuing Guarantee. The guarantee in this Article VII is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.
179
Section 7.08 General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations. In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Credit Party under Section 7.01 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 7.01, then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Credit Party or any other person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 7.10) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.
Section 7.09 Release of Guarantors. If, in compliance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary Guarantor are sold or otherwise transferred (a Transferred Guarantor) to a person or persons, none of which is a Borrower or a Guarantor, such Transferred Guarantor shall, effective immediately upon the consummation of such sale or transfer, be automatically released from its obligations under this Agreement (including under Section 10.03 hereof) and its obligations to pledge and grant any Collateral owned by it pursuant to any Security Document and the pledge of such Equity Interests to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreements shall be automatically released, and, so long as the Borrowers shall have provided the Agents such certifications or documents as any Agent shall reasonably request, the Collateral Agent shall (at the expense of the Borrowers) take such actions as are necessary to effect each release described in this Section 7.09 in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Security Documents, so long as the Borrowers shall have provided the Agents such certifications or documents as any Agent shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Agreement.
Section 7.10 Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that such Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment, in an amount not to exceed the highest amount that would be valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in any action or proceeding involving any state corporate, limited partnership or limited liability law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally. Each such Guarantors right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 7.04. The provisions of this Section 7.10 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, and the Lenders, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, and the Lenders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.
180
ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Section 8.01 Events of Default. For so long as this Agreement remains outstanding, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of the following events (Events of Default):
(a) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof (including a Term Loan Repayment Date) or at a date fixed for mandatory prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;
(b) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;
(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Group Member in any Loan Document, Borrowing Request or LC Request or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any certificate furnished by or on behalf of any Group Member pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made or deemed made, and such false or misleading representation, warranty, statement or information, to the extent capable of being cured, shall continue to be false, misleading or otherwise unremedied, or shall not be waived, for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (x) an officer of any Credit Party obtaining actual knowledge thereof and (y) receipt of written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers;
(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by any Group Member of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Sections 5.02(a) or 5.03(a) (only with respect to legal existence in each Borrowers state of organization), or in Article VI; provided that the failure of Holdings and its Subsidiaries to observe or perform their obligations under Section 6.08 shall not constitute an Event of Default unless and until, if the Borrowers then have the right to receive an Equity Cure Contribution, the date occurs that is fifteen Business Days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for the applicable fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable;
(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by any Group Member of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document other than those specified in clauses (a), (b) or (d) immediately above and such default shall continue unremedied or shall not be waived for a period of 30 days after receipt of written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers;
(f) any Credit Party shall fail to (i) pay any principal or interest due in respect of any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations), when and as the same shall become due and payable beyond any applicable grace period, or (ii) observe or perform any other term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement or instrument evidencing or governing any such Indebtedness, if the effect of any failure referred to in this clause (ii) is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or a trustee or other representative on its or their behalf to cause (with or without the giving of notice, but taking into account any applicable grace periods or waivers), such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or become subject to a mandatory offer to purchase by the obligor; provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to (x) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this
181
Agreement and such Indebtedness is repaid in accordance with its terms) or (y) Indebtedness that is convertible into Equity Interests and converted into Equity Interests in accordance with its term and such conversion is not prohibited hereunder; provided, further, that no Event of Default shall occur pursuant to this clause (f) unless the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) exceeds $10,750,000 at any one time (provided that, in the case of Hedging Obligations, the amount counted for this purpose shall be the amount payable by all Credit Parties if such Hedging Obligations were terminated at such time; provided, further, that such failure is unremedied and is not waived by the holders of such Indebtedness);
(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary), or of all or substantially all of the property of any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary), under Title 11 of the U.S. Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law; (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) or for all or substantially of the property of any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary); or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary); and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for sixty days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
(h) any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding, or file any petition, seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law; (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in clause (g) above; (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) or for a substantial part of the property of any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary); (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding; (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability, or fail generally to, pay its debts as they become due; or (vii) take any corporate (or equivalent) action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(i) there is entered against any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,750,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance or a third-party indemnification agreement) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty consecutive days;
(j) any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 6.04 or Section 6.05) or solely as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the satisfaction in full in cash of all of the Obligations (other than (i) contingent indemnification obligations and unasserted expense reimbursement obligations, (ii) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash
182
Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements with respect to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made and (iii) Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized in accordance with this Agreement or backstopped) and termination of the Commitments, ceases to be in full force and effect or, in the case of any Security Document, ceases to create a valid and perfected first priority lien (subject to Permitted Liens) on the Collateral covered thereby; or any material Guarantee for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 6.04 or Section 6.05) or solely as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the satisfaction in full of all of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations, unasserted expense reimbursement obligations, obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements with respect to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made, and Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank) and termination of the Commitments, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Credit Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Loan Document or any material Guarantee; or any Credit Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any material provision of an Intercreditor Agreement; or any Credit Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any material provision of any Loan Document or any material Guarantee (in each case, other than as a result of repayment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations, unasserted expense reimbursement obligations, obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements with respect to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made, and Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank) and termination of the Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any material portion of any Loan Document, the grant or assignment of any material security interest or any material Guarantee;
(k) there shall have occurred an ERISA Event that, when taken either alone or together with all such other ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(l) there shall have occurred a Change in Control; or
(m) the Support Letter, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted thereunder, ceases to be in full force and effect, any party thereto contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any material provision of the Support Letter, or any portion of the commitment thereunder is not paid to a Credit Party when required to be paid thereunder.
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to any Borrower described in clause (g) or (h) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrowers, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times, subject to the terms of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and (ii) declare the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations
183
so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other Obligations of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers and the Guarantors, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and in any event, with respect to the events described in clause (g) or (h) above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other Obligations of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers and the Guarantors, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.
Section 8.02 Application of Proceeds. Subject to the terms of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, the proceeds received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral or the Guarantees pursuant to the exercise by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, of its remedies shall be applied, in full or in part, together with any other sums then held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement, promptly by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, as follows:
(a) first, to the payment of all reasonable and documented costs and expenses, fees, commissions and taxes of such sale, collection or other realization including compensation to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and their respective agents and counsel, and all expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in connection therewith and all amounts for which the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is entitled to indemnification pursuant to the provisions of any Loan Document, together with interest on each such amount at the highest rate then in effect under this Agreement from and after the date such amount is due, owing and unpaid until paid in full;
(b) second, to the payment of all other reasonable and documented costs and expenses of such sale, collection or other realization including compensation to the other Secured Parties and their agents and counsel and all costs, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the other Secured Parties in connection therewith, together with interest on each such amount at the highest rate then in effect under this Agreement from and after the date such amount is due, owing and unpaid until paid in full;
(c) third, without duplication of amounts applied pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above, to the payment in full in cash, pro rata, of interest and other amounts constituting Obligations (other than principal and any premium thereon, Reimbursement Obligations and obligations to cash collateralize Letters of Credit) and any fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments due under Cash Management Agreements and Hedging Agreements constituting Secured Obligations and any interest accrued thereon, in each case equally and ratably in accordance with the respective amounts thereof then due and owing;
184
(d) fourth, to the payment in full in cash, pro rata, of the principal amount of the Obligations and any premium thereon (including Reimbursement Obligations and obligations to cash collateralize Letters of Credit) and any breakage, termination or other payments under Cash Management Agreements and Hedging Agreements constituting Secured Obligations and any interest accrued thereon; and
(e) fifth, the balance, if any, to the person lawfully entitled thereto (including the applicable Credit Party or its successors or assigns) or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
In the event that any such proceeds are insufficient to pay in full the items described in the preceding sentences of this Section 8.02, the Credit Parties shall remain liable, jointly and severally, for any deficiency. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any other provision of any Loan Document, no amount received directly or indirectly from any Credit Party that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor shall be applied directly or indirectly by the Administrative Agent or otherwise to the payment of any Excluded Swap Obligations, and Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above in clauses (a) through (e) of the first sentence of this Section 8.02 if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be, as may be reasonably necessary to determine the amount of the Obligations owed thereunder. Each Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank not a party to this Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of Article IX hereof for itself and its Affiliates as if a Lender party hereto and be deemed to be (and agrees to be) subject to the provisions in Sections 10.09, 10.10 and 10.12 as a party hereto.
Section 8.03 Equity Cure.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.01, but subject to Section 8.03(b), solely for the purpose of determining whether an Event of Default has occurred under the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.08 (the Financial Covenant) as of the end of and for any Test Period ending on the last day of any fiscal quarter (such fiscal quarter, a Cure Quarter), the then existing direct or indirect equity holders of Holdings shall have the right to make an equity investment, directly or indirectly, (which equity shall be common equity or otherwise in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) in Holdings in cash, which Holdings shall contribute, directly or indirectly, to any Borrower in cash (which equity shall be common equity in such Borrower or otherwise in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) on or after the first day of such Cure Quarter and on or prior to the fifteenth Business Day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable, with respect to such Cure Quarter or the fiscal year ending on the last day of such Cure Quarter, as applicable (the Cure Expiration Date), and such cash will, if so designated by Holdings, be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of determining compliance with the Financial Covenant as of the end of and for the Test Period ending on the last day of such Cure Quarter and any Test Periods ending on the last day of any of the subsequent three fiscal quarters (any such equity contribution so included in the calculation of
185
Consolidated EBITDA, an Equity Cure Contribution, and the amount of such Equity Cure Contribution, the Cure Amount); provided that such Equity Cure Contribution is Not Otherwise Applied. All Equity Cure Contributions shall be disregarded for all purposes of this Agreement other than inclusion in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for the purpose of determining compliance with the Financial Covenant as of the end of and for the Test Period ending on the last day of such Cure Quarter and any Test Periods ending on the last day of any of the subsequent three fiscal quarters, including being disregarded for purposes of the determination of the Cumulative Amount and all components thereof and any baskets or other ratios with respect to the covenants contained in Article VI (other than Section 6.08). There shall be no pro forma reduction in Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness (by netting or otherwise) with the proceeds of any Equity Cure Contribution for determining compliance with the Financial Covenant under Section 6.08 as of and for the Test Period ending on the last day of the Cure Quarter; provided that such Equity Cure Contribution shall reduce Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness in future fiscal quarters to the extent used to prepay any applicable Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.01, (A) upon receipt of the Cure Amount by Holdings (and the subsequent contribution in cash to a Borrower (which equity contribution shall not be Disqualified Capital Stock in such Borrower)) in the amount (but not more than the amount) necessary to cause the Borrowers to be in compliance with the Financial Covenant as of the end of and for the Test Period ending on the last day of such Cure Quarter, the Financial Covenant under Section 6.08 shall be deemed satisfied and complied with as of the end of and for such Test Period with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply with the Financial Covenant under Section 6.08, and any Default or Event of Default related to any failure to comply with the Financial Covenant shall be deemed not to have occurred for purposes of the Loan Documents, and (B) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of an irrevocable notice from the Borrowers delivered concurrent with the delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable (Notice of Intent to Cure ), and through the Cure Expiration Date: (i) no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred on the basis of any failure to comply with the Financial Covenant unless such failure is not cured by the making of an Equity Cure Contribution on or prior to the Cure Expiration Date, (ii) without the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders, the Borrowers shall not be permitted to borrow Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit shall not be issued or renewed unless and until the Equity Cure Contribution is made or all existing Events of Default are waived or cured, (iii) without the consent of the Required DDTL Lenders, no Lender shall extend new Delayed Draw Term Loans unless and until the Equity Cure Contribution is made or all existing Events of Default are waived or cured, (iv) none of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender shall exercise any of the remedial rights otherwise available to it upon an Event of Default, including the right to accelerate the Loans, to terminate Commitments or to foreclose on the Collateral solely on the basis of an Event of Default having occurred as a result of a violation of Section 6.08, unless the Equity Cure Contribution is not made on or before the Cure Expiration Date and (v) if the Equity Cure Contribution is not made on or before the Cure Expiration Date, such Event of Default or potential Event of Default shall spring into existence after such time and the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and any Lender may take any actions or remedies pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
186
(b) There shall be no more than five Equity Cure Contributions made during the term of this Agreement and no more than two Equity Cure Contributions made during any four consecutive fiscal quarters. No Equity Cure Contribution shall be any greater than the minimum amount required for the Borrowers to be in compliance with the Financial Covenant in the applicable Cure Quarter including, without limitation, for purposes of calculating any amounts to be added back to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (o) of the definition thereof.
ARTICLE IX
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT
Section 9.01 Appointment and Authority.
(a) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints ORCC to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent (including through its agents or employees) to take such actions on its behalf, including execution of the other Loan Documents, and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, and neither the Borrowers nor any other Credit Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions (except for the provisions in Sections 9.01, 9.06 and 9.10). It is understood and agreed that the use of the term agent herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Requirements of Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the collateral agent under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential counterparty to Hedging Agreements and a potential Cash Management Bank) and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and the Issuing Bank for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Credit Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto and such Lender and the Issuing Bank acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent may also act, subject to and in accordance with the terms of any First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, as the collateral agent for the lenders and other secured parties under any documents evidencing Indebtedness permitted hereunder secured on a pari passu basis with or junior basis to the Secured Obligations. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as collateral agent, and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article X (including Section 10.03) (in the case of co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the collateral agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Any entity holding Collateral for and on behalf of the Administrative Agent in its role as collateral agent shall be deemed to be appointed as a sub-agent of the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.05.
187
Section 9.02 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the term Lender or Lenders shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with any Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
Section 9.03 Exculpatory Provisions.
(a) The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing (and it is understood and agreed that the use of the term agent herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law, and that such term is used as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties);
(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be necessary, under the circumstances as provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirements of Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and
(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
188
(b) The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default (and identifying it as such) is given in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrowers, a Lender or an Issuing Bank.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the sufficiency, validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral or that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
Section 9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person (whether or not such Person in fact meets the requirements set forth in the Loan Documents for being the signatory, sender or authenticator thereof). The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person (whether or not such Person in fact meets the requirements set forth in the Loan Documents for being the signatory, sender or authenticator thereof), and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
Section 9.05 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through, or delegate any and all such rights and powers to, any one or more co-agents, sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by
189
or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article IX shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply, without limiting the foregoing, to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.
Section 9.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent.
(a) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrowers and such notice shall also be effective in respect of its role as Collateral Agent unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees in writing. If the Lender acting as Administrative Agent is replaced pursuant to Section 2.16(b), then such Lender shall be deemed to have submitted its notice of resignation as Administrative Agent concurrent with such replacement. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the Borrowers consent (absent an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g), or (h)) (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a successor that is not a Disqualified Institution, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States, with any prohibited appointment to be absolutely void ab initio. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the Resignation Effective Date), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above (including the Borrowers consent and that such successor not be a Disqualified Institution), with any prohibited appointment to be absolutely void ab initio. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.
(b) With effect from the Resignation Effective Date, (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security granted to or held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed), and (2) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the Issuing Bank directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders or the resigning Administrative Agent appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successors appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date), and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of
190
its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agents resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article IX and Section 10.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.
(c) Any resignation by ORCC as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as Swing Line Lender. If any Issuing Bank resigns as an Issuing Bank, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the Issuing Bank hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as Issuing Bank and all LC Obligations with respect thereto, including the right to require the Lenders to make ABR Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Reimbursement Obligations pursuant to Section 2.18(e). If ORCC resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make ABR Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.17. Upon the appointment by the Borrowers of a successor Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender hereunder (which successor shall in all cases be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender), (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank and/or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, (b) the retiring Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank that issued such outstanding Letters of Credit to effectively assume the obligations of the Issuing Bank that issued such outstanding Letters of Credit with respect to such Letters of Credit.
Section 9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, conducted its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries and made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender further represents and warrants that it has reviewed each document made available to it on the Platform in connection with this Agreement and has acknowledged and accepted the terms and conditions applicable to the recipients thereof (including any such terms and conditions set forth, or otherwise maintained, on the Platform with respect thereto). Each Lender and the Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank expressly acknowledge that the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates have not made any representation or warranty to it. Except for documents expressly required by the Loan Documents
191
to be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or responsibility (either express or implied) to provide any Lender or the Issuing Bank with any credit or other information concerning any Credit Party, including the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Credit Party or any Affiliate of a Credit Party, that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates.
Section 9.08 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Lead Arrangers or the Agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder.
Section 9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Credit Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or LC Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrowers) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated), by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, LC Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be reasonably necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.05 and 10.03 or otherwise) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.05 and 10.03.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the Issuing Bank or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the Issuing Bank in any such proceeding.
192
The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Secured Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, or any similar Requirements of Law in any other jurisdictions to which a Credit Party is subject or (b) at any other sale or foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable Requirements of Law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that would vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Equity Interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such purchase). In connection with any such bid, (i) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles to make a bid, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or Equity Interests thereof, shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by the vote of the Required Lenders, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in clauses (i) through (xi) of the first proviso to Section 10.02(b) of this Agreement), (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to assign the relevant Obligations to any such acquisition vehicle pro rata by the Lenders, as a result of which each of the Lenders shall be deemed to have received a pro rata portion of any Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by such an acquisition vehicle on account of the assignment of the Obligations to be credit bid, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (iv) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of debt credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Lenders pro rata, and the Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of such Obligations that had been assigned to the acquisition vehicle shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action.
Section 9.10 Collateral and Guarantee Matters. Each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as an actual or potential secured counterparty to a Hedging Agreement or as a Cash Management Bank) and the Issuing Bank irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, at their option and in their discretion:
193
(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement and payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and unasserted expense reimbursement obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank), (ii) that is sold or otherwise disposed of (other than to a Credit Party) or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any conveyance, sale, transfer or other disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (iii) in connection with the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (iv) subject to Section 10.02, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;
(b) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is expressly permitted to be senior to the Liens securing the Secured Obligations pursuant to Section 6.02;
(c) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents; and
(d) to enter into any Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor or subordination agreement it deems reasonable in connection with any refinancing facilities or notes (including, without limitation, Permitted Pari Passu Refinancing Debt, Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt and Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt), Incremental Facilities, Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt or other obligations not prohibited hereunder and that if any such Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor or subordination agreement is posted to the Lenders three Business Days before being executed and the Required Lenders shall not have objected to such Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor or subordination agreement the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have agreed that the Administrative Agents or the Collateral Agents entry into such Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor or subordination agreement is reasonable and to have consented to such Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor or subordination agreement and such Agents execution thereof.
Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agents authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee pursuant to this Section 9.10. In each case as specified in this Section 9.10, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrowers expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Credit Party such documents as such Credit Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of any such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents or to subordinate its interest in any such item, or to release any such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.10.
194
The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agents Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Credit Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.
Section 9.11 Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, no Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of the Loan Documents, any Guarantee or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or any Security Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to or direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 9.11 to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Secured Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Secured Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank, as the case may be.
Section 9.12 Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable Requirements of Law (including for this purpose, pursuant to any agreements entered into with a Governmental Authority), the Agents may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that an Agent did not properly withhold Tax from any amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (to the extent that the Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Credit Parties and without limiting the obligation of the Credit Parties to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any interest, additions to Tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by an Agent shall be deemed presumptively correct absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes each Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Agents under this Section 9.12. The agreements in this Section 9.12 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of an Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations. Unless required by applicable laws, at no time shall any Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid to or for the account of such Lender. For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of this Section 9.12, the term Lender shall include the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Bank.
195
Section 9.13 Certain ERISA Matters. (a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, that at least one of the following is and will be true:
(i) such Lender is not using plan assets (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments;
(ii) the prohibited transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91- 38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable, and the conditions of such exemption have been satisfied, with respect to such Lenders entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement;
(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a Qualified Professional Asset Manager (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lenders entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement; and
(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent and such Lender.
(b) In addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and each Lead Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrowers or any other Group Member, that none of the Administrative Agent or any Lead Arranger or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto).
196
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.01 Notices.
(a) Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in clause (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier or electronic mail as follows:
if to any Credit Party, to the Borrowers at:
Nutraceutical International Corporation
1777 Sun Peak Drive
Park City, UT 84098
Attention: Jeff Burchfield and Ankit Dhawan
E-mail: JBurchfield@nutracorp.com and ADhawan@nutracorp.com
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
HGGC, LLC
1950 University Avenue, Suite 300
Palo Alto, California 94303
Attention: Kurt Krieger
Email: kak@hggc.com and
(which shall not constitute notice):
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
555 California Street, Suite 2700
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attention: Sonali Jindal
Email: sjindal@kirkland.com
if to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent at:
Owl Rock Capital Corporation
399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Accounting Team
Fax: 646-677-6910
Email: accounting@owlrock.com and adminagent@owlrock.com
197
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Latham & Watkins LLP
355 S. Grand Ave., Suite 100
Los Angeles, California 90071
Attention: Josh Holt
E-mail: josh.holt@lw.com
if to a Lender or the Issuing Bank, to it at its address (or telecopier number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, they shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in clause (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said clause (b).
(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may (subject to Section 10.01(d)) be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including electronic mail, FpML messaging, Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Borrowers may agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it (including as set forth in Section 10.01(d)); provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its electronic mail address as described in the foregoing clause (b) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
(c) Change of Address, etc. Any party hereto may change its address or telecopier number or electronic mail address for notices and other communications hereunder by written notice to the other parties hereto.
(d) Posting. Each Credit Party hereby agrees that it will provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement and any other Loan Document, including all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication (unless otherwise approved in writing by the Administrative Agent) that (i) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, Borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides a Notice of Intent to Cure, (iv) provides notice of any Default under this Agreement or (v) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any borrowing or other
198
extension of credit hereunder (all such non-excluded communications, collectively, the Communications), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent at such e-mail address(es) provided to the Borrowers from time to time or in such other form, including hard copy delivery thereof, as the Administrative Agent shall require. In addition, each Credit Party agrees to continue to provide the Communications to the Administrative Agent in the manner specified in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in such other form, including hard copy delivery thereof, as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. Nothing in this Section 10.01 shall prejudice the right of the Agents, any Lender or any Credit Party to give any notice or other communication pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any other manner specified in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or as any such Agent shall require.
(e) Platform. Each Credit Party further agrees that any Agent or Lead Arranger may make the Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on IntraLinks, ClearPar, Debt Domain or SyndTrak or a substantially similar secure electronic transmission system (the Platform). The Platform is provided as is and as available. The Agents and Lead Arrangers do not warrant the accuracy or completeness of the Communications or the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent or Lead Arranger in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall any Agent or Lead Arranger or any of their Related Parties have any liability to the Credit Parties, any Lender or any other person for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Credit Partys or such Agents or Lead Arrangers transmission of communications through the Internet, except to the extent the liability of such person is found in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such persons bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(f) Public/Private.
(i) Each Credit Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to distribute (A) to Public Siders all Communications that the Borrowers identify in writing as containing no MNPI (Public Side Communications), and the Borrowers represent and warrant that no such Public Side Communications contain any MNPI, and, at the reasonable written request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to identify Public Side Communications by clearly and conspicuously marking the same as PUBLIC; and (B) to Private Siders all Communications other than Public Side Communications (such Communications , Private Side Communications). The Borrowers agree to designate as Private Side Communications only those Communications or portions thereof that it reasonably believes in good faith constitute MNPI, and agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts not to designate any Communications provided under Sections 5.01(a), (b) and (c) as Private Side Communications. Private Siders shall mean Lenders employees and representatives who have declared that they are authorized to receive MNPI. Public Siders shall mean Lenders employees and representatives who have not
199
declared that they are authorized to receive MNPI; it being understood that Public Siders may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to the Borrowers or their Affiliates securities or loans. MNPI shall mean material non-public information (within the meaning of United States federal securities laws assuming that Holdings is a public reporting company under federal securities laws (regardless of whether Holdings is actually a public reporting company under federal securities laws)) with respect to Holdings, its Affiliates, its Subsidiaries and any of their respective securities.
(ii) Each Lender acknowledges that United States federal and state securities laws prohibit any person from purchasing or selling securities on the basis of material, non-public information concerning the issuer of such securities or, subject to certain limited exceptions, from communicating such information to any other person. Each Lender confirms that it has developed procedures designed to ensure compliance with these securities laws.
(iii) Each Lender acknowledges that circumstances may arise that require it to refer to Communications that may contain MNPI. Accordingly, each Lender agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to designate at least one individual to receive Private Side Communications on its behalf in compliance with its procedures and applicable Requirements of Law and identify such designee (including such designees contact information) on such Lenders Administrative Questionnaire. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time of such Lenders designees e-mail address to which notice of the availability of Private Side Communications may be sent by electronic transmission.
Section 10.02 Waivers; Amendment.
(a) Generally. No failure or delay by any Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of each Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by this Section 10.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether any Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on the Borrowers in any case shall entitle the Borrowers to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
(b) Required Consents. Subject to Section 10.02(c), (d), (e) and (g), neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended, supplemented or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent
200
or, in the case of any other Loan Document (other than the Fee Letters, which may be amended in accordance with their respective terms), pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent (in the case of any Security Document) and the Credit Party or Credit Parties that are party thereto, in each case with the written consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall be effective if the effect thereof would be to:
(i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (other than with respect to any Incremental Facilities to which such Lender has agreed) (it being understood that no amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any condition precedent, covenant, mandatory prepayment or Default or Event of Default shall constitute an increase in the Commitment of any Lender);
(ii) reduce the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, including any provision establishing a minimum rate (other than any waiver, extension or reduction of interest pursuant to Section 2.06(c), any waivers or extensions of mandatory prepayments, or, for the avoidance of doubt, waivers of the provisions of Section 2.20(f)), or reduce any fees (including any Fees or any prepayment fee or premium) payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that any amendment or modification to the financial definitions in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest for purposes of this clause (ii));
(iii) (A) extend the scheduled final maturity of any Term Loan, or any scheduled date of payment of principal amount of any Term Loan under Section 2.09 (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any mandatory prepayment) except in accordance with Section 2.20, Section 2.21, Section 2.22 and Section 2.23, (B) postpone the date for payment of any Reimbursement Obligation or any interest, premium or fees payable hereunder (other than waivers of default interest, Defaults or Events of Default, waivers or extension of any mandatory prepayments, or, for the avoidance of doubt, waivers of the provisions of Section 2.20(f)), (C) postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment beyond the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby or (D) postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Revolving Commitment or date of repayment of any Revolving Loans, in each case, beyond the Revolving Maturity Date, except in accordance with Section 2.20, Section 2.21, Section 2.22 and Section 2.23, in any case, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;
(iv) release Holdings or the Borrowers or release all or substantially all of the value of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their Guarantees (except as expressly provided in Article IX or X), without the written consent of each Lender;
(v) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents without the written consent of each Lender (except as otherwise expressly permitted by Section 9.10(a)(i) or Section 10.02(c)(iii) or by the Security Documents); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any transaction permitted under Section 6.04 or Section 6.05 shall not be subject to this clause (v) to the extent such transaction does not result in the release of all or substantially all of the Collateral;
201
(vi) change any provision of this Section 10.02(b) that has the effect of decreasing the number of Lenders that must approve any amendment, modification or waiver (or the approval of any Agent, Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender), without the written consent of each Lender (or, as applicable, such Agent, Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender);
(vii) change the percentage set forth in the definition of Required Lenders, Required Class Lenders, Required DDTL Lenders or Required Revolving Lenders, without the written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such Class, as the case may be), other than to increase such percentage or number or to give any Additional Lender or group of Lenders such right to waive, amend or modify or make any such determination or grant any such consent;
(viii) change or waive any provision of Article IX as the same applies to any Agent, or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of any Agent, in each case without the written consent of such Agent;
(ix) change or waive any obligation of the Lenders relating to the issuance of or purchase of participations in Letters of Credit, without the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank;
(x) make any change or amendment, including without limitation, any amendment of this Section 10.02(b)(x) which shall (i) unless in writing and signed by the Issuing Bank in addition to the Lenders required above, adversely affect the rights or duties of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement or any document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it, and (ii) unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, adversely affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement;
(xi) amend or modify (A) the definition of Pro Rata Percentage or any pro rata sharing provisions contained herein (including, without limitation, Section 2.14) or (B) the waterfall that applies following enforcement of the Loan Documents pursuant to Section 8.02 without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby; or
(xii) waive, amend or modify the conditions to extension of any Delayed Draw Term Loan without the written consent of the applicable Required DDTL Lenders;
provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Section 10.02 to the contrary, (1) this Agreement may be amended to make any change that by its terms only affects the rights and duties of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of a particular Class (and not Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any other Class) with the consent of the Lenders holding the relevant Loans or Commitments voting as if such Class were the only Class hereunder and (2) this Agreement may be amended by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers to make any change that may be necessary or advisable, in their reasonable discretion, to maintain the fungibility of any Delayed Draw Term Loans with the Term Loans (and any Incremental Term Loans which are fungible therewith).
202
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (I) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except to the extent the consent of such Lender would be required under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) in the proviso to the first sentence of this Section 10.02(b) and, but only to the extent that any such matter disproportionately affects such Defaulting Lender, clauses (iv) or (v) of such proviso, (II) this Agreement and any other Loan Document may be amended, modified or supplemented solely with the consent of the Administrative Agent (or the Collateral Agent, as applicable) and the Borrowers, each in their sole discretion, without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender, if such amendment, modification or supplement is delivered in order to (x) cure ambiguities, defects, errors, mistakes, omissions in this Agreement or the applicable Loan Document, (y) add terms that are favorable to the Lenders (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) in connection with any Incremental Facility, Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or Permitted Debt Exchange Notes, or (z) create a fungible Class of Term Loans (including by increasing (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not by decreasing) the amount of amortization due and payable with respect to any Class of Term Loans) (in the case of clauses (x) through (z), so long as the Lenders shall have received at least five Business Days prior written notice thereof and the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment) or, in the case of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement (or any other intercreditor agreement and/or subordination agreement pursuant to, or contemplated by, the terms of this Credit Agreement (including with respect to Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 and defined terms referenced therein)), if such amendment relates to Obligations other than the Obligations hereunder, or to grant a new Lien for the benefit of the Secured Parties or extend an existing Lien over additional property and (III) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended, modified or supplemented solely with the consent of the Administrative Agent (or the Collateral Agent, as applicable) and the Borrowers in order to give effect to the appointment of an Additional Borrower in accordance with Section 2.24.
Any waiver, amendment, supplement or modification in accordance with this Section 10.02 shall apply equally to each of the affected Lenders and shall be binding upon Holdings, the Borrowers, such Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and all future holders of the affected Loans. In the case of any such waiver, Holdings, the Borrowers, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default so waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, it being understood that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. In connection with the foregoing provisions, the Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligations to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of such Lender.
203
(c) Collateral.
(i) Without the consent of any other person, but subject to the terms of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, the applicable Credit Party or Parties and the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent may (in its or their respective sole discretion), or shall, to the extent required by any Loan Document enter into any amendment or waiver of any Loan Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion (including to cover additional amounts as secured obligations thereunder) or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect, any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable Requirements of Law.
(ii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Security Document to the contrary, the Administrative Agent and/or, as applicable, the Collateral Agent may, in its sole discretion, grant extensions of time for the satisfaction of any of the requirements under Sections 5.10 and 5.11 or of any Security Document in respect of any particular Collateral or any particular Subsidiary if it determines that the satisfaction thereof with respect to such Collateral or such Subsidiary cannot be accomplished without undue expense or unreasonable effort or due to factors beyond the control of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries by the time or times at which any such requirement would otherwise be required to be satisfied under this Agreement or any Security Document.
(iii) The Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Credit Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released (i) in full, upon the termination of this Agreement and the payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and unasserted expense reimbursement obligations, (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedging Agreements as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made, and (C) Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized in accordance with this Agreement or backstopped to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank), (ii) upon the sale or other disposition of such Collateral (including as part of or in connection with any other sale or other disposition permitted hereunder) to any Person other than another Credit Party, to the extent such sale or other disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided by any Credit Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to a Credit Party, upon termination or expiration of such lease, (iv) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with this Section 10.02), (v) to the extent the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable Guarantee (in accordance with the second following sentence), (vi) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, or (vii) if such assets constitute Excluded Property. Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair
204
the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Credit Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Credit Parties, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents. Additionally, the Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor shall be released from the Guarantees upon consummation of any transaction not prohibited by this Agreement resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary or upon becoming an Excluded Subsidiary. The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to, and the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent agree to, execute and deliver any instruments, documents and agreements necessary or desirable or reasonably requested by the Borrowers to evidence and confirm the release of any Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, all without the further consent or joinder of any Lender and without any representation or warranty of any such Agent or Lender.
(d) Certain Other Amendments. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement (including, without limitation, this Section 10.02) or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (i) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended to effect an Increase Joinder, Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment pursuant to Sections 2.20, 2.21 or 2.22 (and the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers may effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents without the consent of any other party, as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, to effect the terms of any such Increase Joinder, Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment); and (ii) the Loan Documents may be amended to add syndication or documentation agents and make customary changes and references related thereto with the consent of only the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.
(e) Waiver of Conditions Precedent to Borrowings of Revolving Loans. Any condition precedent to any Borrowing of Revolving Loans shall only be capable of being waived by the Required Revolving Lenders (and, in the case of (x) the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and (y) any Borrowing of Swing Line Loans, the Swing Line Lender). For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any such conditions precedent are waived by the Required Revolving Lenders, waivers by no other Lender shall be required.
(f) Non-Consenting Lenders. The Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to a Non-Consenting Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to (i) be paid off in full for all of its Loans and interest due related thereto and relinquish all rights it has under the Loan Documents, or (ii) assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.04), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 2.15 and Section 2.16) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment, or, solely in the case of Term Loans, Holdings or the Borrowers (in which case such Term Loans shall, after such assignment, be immediately deemed cancelled for all purposes and no longer outstanding (and may not be resold) for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) or any Affiliated Debt Fund); provided that in the case of this
205
clause (ii) (i) the Borrowers shall have paid to the Administrative Agent (unless waived by the Administrative Agent) the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 10.04(b); (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable (including any amount pursuant to Section 2.10(j)) to it hereunder in connection with any prepayment of its Loans and under the other Loan Documents from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Law; and (iv) the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
(g) Additional Credit Facilities. Subject to Sections 2.21 and 2.22 hereof, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Lenders prior to such inclusion.
Section 10.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrowers shall pay, promptly following written demand therefor: (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Lead Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and their respective Affiliates (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel to the Lead Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and their respective Affiliates, taken as a whole (plus additional counsel desirable due to actual or reasonably perceived conflicts of interest among such parties), plus, if reasonably necessary, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one local counsel per appropriate jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions), for the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent (plus additional counsel desirable due to actual or reasonably perceived conflicts of interest among such parties)) in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery, filing and administration of this Agreement including any expenses incurred as a result of trades not permitted by Section 10.04 and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, amendment and restatement, modification or waiver of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), including in connection with post-closing searches to confirm that security filings and recordations have been properly made, (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, (iii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Swing Line Lender in connection with any Swing Line Loans or any amendment, renewal or extension thereof or any demand for payment thereunder, and (iv) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Lead Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and
206
disbursements of any one counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, taken as a whole (plus additional counsel desirable due to actual or reasonably perceived conflicts of interest among such parties), plus, if reasonably necessary, the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one local counsel per appropriate jurisdiction (plus additional counsel desirable due to actual or reasonably perceived conflicts of interest among such parties) and other counsel to and consultants for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section 10.03, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
(b) Indemnification by the Borrowers. The Borrowers shall indemnify the Lead Arrangers, the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), the Collateral Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and each Related Party of any of the foregoing persons (each such person being called an Indemnitee) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all actual and direct losses (other than lost profits), claims, damages, liabilities and related reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of one counsel for all Indemnitees (plus additional counsel desirable due to actual or reasonably perceived conflicts of interest among the Indemnitees) plus, if reasonably necessary, the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of one local counsel per appropriate jurisdiction (plus additional counsel desirable due to actual or reasonably perceived conflicts of interest among such parties) and, upon the Borrowers prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), consultants) (but excluding allocated costs of in-house counsel) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any party hereto or any third party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any amendment, amendment and restatement, modification or waiver of the provisions hereof or thereof, or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any Real Property or facility, in each case now or hereafter owned, leased or operated by any Group Member at any time, or any Environmental Claim related in any way to any Group Member, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrowers or any other Credit Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (w) are determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (to the extent involved in or aware of the Transactions) any of its Controlling Persons, Controlled Affiliates or any of the officers, directors, employees, partners or agents, of any of the foregoing, (x) result from a claim brought by the Borrowers or any other Credit Party against such Indemnitee for material breach of such
207
Indemnitees obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document (by such Indemnitee or its Controlling Persons or Controlled Affiliates), if the Borrowers or such other Credit Party has obtained a final non-appealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, (y) arises from disputes arising solely among Indemnitees that do not involve an Agent or any Lead Arranger acting in its capacity as such or any act or omission by any Group Member or its Affiliates and are unrelated to any dispute involving, or any claim by, an Agent, any Lead Arranger, any Lender or Secured Party against any Group Member or its Affiliates, or (z) are payable as a result of a settlement agreement related to the foregoing effected without the written consent of the Borrowers (which consent shall not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (in the case of this clause (z), for the avoidance of doubt, if settled with the Borrowers written consent, or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff against an Indemnitee in any proceeding, the Borrowers shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee to the extent and in the manner set forth above); provided, however, that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund any amount paid to such Indemnitee for fees, expenses, damages, indemnification or contribution, in each case, pursuant to this Section 10.03(b) to the extent that there is a final, non-appealable judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to the payment of such amounts pursuant to the express terms of this Section 10.03. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.03(b) shall not apply to Taxes other than Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, liabilities, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.
(c) Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrowers for any reason fail to pay any amount required under clause (a) or (b) of this Section 10.03 to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay (whether or not any such amount arises, in whole or in part, out of the comparative, contributory or sole negligence of the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent (or any such sub-agent thereof), the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender or such Related Party) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lenders pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which all Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such outstanding Loans and Commitments as in effect immediately prior to such date) of such unpaid amount (such indemnity shall be effective whether or not the related losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses are incurred or asserted by any party hereto or any third party); provided that (i) the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) the Issuing Bank in its capacity as such, the Swing Line Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or the Issuing Bank in connection with such capacity and (ii) such indemnity for the Issuing Bank shall not include losses incurred by the Issuing Bank due to one or more Lenders defaulting in their obligations to purchase participations of LC Exposure under Section 2.18(d) or to make Revolving Loans under Section 2.18(e) (it being understood that this proviso shall not affect the Issuing Banks rights against any Defaulting Lender). The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.14. For purposes hereof, a Lenders pro rata share shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the total Revolving Exposure, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments at the time.
208
(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, no party hereto shall assert, and each party hereto waives, any claim against any other party hereto on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof (in each case, other than, in the case of any Credit Party, in respect of any such damages incurred or paid by an Indemnitee to a third party and otherwise required to be indemnified by a Credit Party under this Section 10.03). No party hereto shall be liable for any damages (other than those damages resulting from bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment) arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
(e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than thirty Business Days after written demand (including detailed invoices) therefor.
Section 10.04 Successors and Assigns.
(a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrowers may not assign or otherwise transfer any of their rights or obligations hereunder (other than in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 6.04) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and each Lender (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrowers shall be null and void), and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 10.04, Section 2.16(b) or Section 10.02(f), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of clause (d) of this Section 10.04 or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest in accordance with clause (f) of this Section 10.04. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in clause (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the other Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
(b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it), subject to, except in the case of an assignment to (x) in the case of Term Loan Commitments or Term Loans, a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender (in each case other than a Disqualified Institution) and (y) in the case of Revolving Commitments or Revolving
209
Loans, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Revolving Lender (in each case, other than a Disqualified Institution), the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and, so long as (other than in the case of a proposed assignment to a Disqualified Institution) no Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g), or (h) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrowers (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; the Borrowers consent to be deemed to have been given if (except in the case of a proposed assignment to a Disqualified Institution) the Borrowers shall not have responded within ten Business Days of a written request for such consent); provided that:
(i) except in the case of any assignment (a) of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lenders Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it, (b) to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender or (c) as agreed by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the outstanding principal balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of Revolving Loans and/or Revolving Commitments, or $1,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of Term Loans and/or Term Loan Commitments, and, in each case $1,000,000 increments thereof, or if less, all of such Lenders remaining Loans and commitments of the applicable Class (provided that contemporaneous assignments to or by two or more affiliated Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting such minimum transfer amount), unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g), or (h) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers otherwise consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and which consent shall be deemed to have been given by the Borrowers if the Borrowers shall not have responded within ten Business Days of a written request for such consent);
(ii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all of the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate tranches on a non-pro rata basis;
(iii) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with (other than in the case of an assignment to an Affiliate of the assigning Lender or to the Sponsor, Holdings, any Subsidiaries of Holdings, or any of their respective Affiliates) a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced by the Administrative Agent in its discretion), and the Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire, a duly executed IRS Form W-9 (or other applicable tax form) and all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act;
210
(iv) no assignment shall be made to a Disqualified Institution without the Borrowers prior consent in writing (which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion), and upon an inquiry by any Lender to the Administrative Agent as to whether a specific potential assignee or prospective participant is a Disqualified Institution, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to disclose to such inquiring Lender whether such specific potential assignee or prospective participant is on the list of Disqualified Institutions; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Institutions and shall not be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Institution or have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation to or disclosure of confidential information to, a Disqualified Institution;
(v) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Term Loans (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Revolving Commitments) to any Person who is or, after giving effect to such assignment, would be an Equity Investor (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) or an Affiliate of Holdings (other than Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any natural person or any Affiliated Debt Funds) (collectively, the Sponsor Investors) (without the consent of any Person); provided that (1) the assigning Lender and each Sponsor Investor purchasing such Lenders Term Loans shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system or by manual execution, (2) at the time of such assignment after giving effect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held by the Sponsor Investors shall not exceed 25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement, (3) at the time of such assignment and after giving effect to such assignment of Loans or Commitments to any Sponsor Investor pursuant to this Section 10.04, the number of Sponsor Investors shall not exceed 49% of the aggregate number of Term Lenders under this Agreement, (4) no Sponsor Investor shall be required to make any representation that it is not in possession of MNPI with respect to Holdings, its Subsidiaries or their respective securities, and all parties to the relevant repurchases shall render customary big boy disclaimer letters or any such disclaimers shall be incorporated into the terms of the Assignment and Assumption, and (5) for the avoidance of doubt, Lenders shall not be permitted to assign Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans to any Sponsor Investor; and provided, further, that:
(A) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Sponsor Investors shall not have any right to (1) attend (including by telephone or electronic means) any meeting, calls or discussions (or portions thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Credit Parties are not invited or (2) receive any information or material provided by the Administrative Agent or any Lender solely to the Lenders or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders or have access to the Platform used to distribute information to the Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to (or were prepared or otherwise provided by) any Credit Party or its representatives, nor will the Sponsor Investors be entitled to challenge any Agents or Lenders attorney-client privilege as a result of its status as Lender;
211
(B) notwithstanding anything in Section 10.04(b) or the definition of Required Lenders to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders (or all Lenders or affected Lenders) have consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver or consent with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, the Loans of such Sponsor Investor shall not be included in the calculation of Required Lenders (or if such non-voting designation is unenforceable for any reason, such Sponsor Investor shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Sponsor Investors); provided that no amendment, modification, waiver or consent with respect to any Loan Document shall deprive such Sponsor Investor of its pro rata share of any payments to which such Sponsor Investor is entitled under the Loan Documents and such Sponsor Investor shall be entitled to vote on any amendment pursuant to clauses (i)-(vii) and/or (xi) of the first proviso to Section 10.02(b) or which disproportionate ly affects such Sponsor Investor in its capacity as a Lender; and in furtherance of the foregoing, such Sponsor Investor agrees to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any instrument reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to evidence the voting of its interest as a Lender in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.04(b)(v); provided that if such Sponsor Investor fails to promptly execute such instrument such failure shall in no way prejudice any of the Administrative Agents rights under this paragraph;
(C) in the event that any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code shall be instituted by or against any Borrower or any Guarantor, each Sponsor Investor shall acknowledge and agree that it is an insider under Section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code and, as such, the claims associated with the Loans and Commitments owned by it shall not be included in determining whether the applicable class of creditors holding such claims has voted to accept a proposed plan for purposes of section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code, or, alternatively, to the extent that the foregoing designation is deemed unenforceable for any reason, such Sponsor Investor shall vote in such proceedings in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by those Lenders who are not Sponsor Investors, except to the extent that any plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Sponsor Investor in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Sponsor Investor than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Sponsor Investors; and
(D) each Sponsor Investor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted at law, any rights to bring any claims, actions or suits against the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent (solely in their respective capacities as such) in connection with all Loans and Commitments held by such Sponsor Investor;
212
(vi) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Sponsor Investor, in its capacity as a Term Loan Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, may make one or more capital contributions or assignments of Term Loans that it acquires in accordance with Section 10.04(b)(v) directly or indirectly to Holdings or a Borrower solely in exchange for Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) or a direct or indirect parent thereof, in each case upon written notice to the Administrative Agent. Immediately upon Holdings or a Borrowers acquisition of Term Loans from a Sponsor Investor, such Term Loans and all rights and obligations as a Lender related thereto shall for all purposes (including under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and otherwise) be deemed to be irrevocably prepaid, terminated, extinguished, cancelled and of no further force and effect and the Borrowers shall neither obtain nor have any rights as a Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by virtue of such capital contribution or assignment;
(vii) [reserved];
(viii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.04(b) or any other provision of this Agreement, each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell, assign or transfer all or a portion of its Term Loans owing to it to Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries on a non-pro rata basis, subject to the following limitations:
(A) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, or would immediately result therefrom;
(B) Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries shall repurchase such Term Loans through either (y) conducting one or more modified Dutch auctions or other buy-back offer processes (each, an Offer Process) with a third party financial institution as auction agent to repurchase all or any portion of the Term Loans; provided that, (A) notice of such Offer Process shall be made to all Term Loan Lenders, and (B) such Offer Process is conducted pursuant to procedures mutually established by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers which are consistent with this Section 10.04(b)(viii) or (z) open market purchases on a non-pro rata basis;
(C) with respect to all repurchases made by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries pursuant to this Section 10.04(b)(viii) , (u) none of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be required to make any representations that Holdings, the Borrowers or such Subsidiary is not in possession of any information regarding Holdings, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates, or their assets, the Borrowers ability to perform their Obligations or any other matter that may be material to a decision by any Lender to participate in any offer or enter into any Assignment and Assumption or any of the transactions contemplated thereby that has not previously been disclosed to the Administrative Agent and Private Siders, (v) the repurchases are in compliance with Sections 6.03 and 6.06 hereof, (w) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such repurchase, (x) Holdings, the Borrowers or such Subsidiary shall not use the proceeds of any Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans to acquire such Term Loans, (y) the assigning Lender and Holdings, the Borrowers or such Subsidiary, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (z) all parties to the relevant repurchases shall render customary big boy disclaimer letters or any such disclaimers shall be incorporated into the terms of the Assignment and Assumption; and
213
(D) following repurchase by Holdings, the Borrowers or such Subsidiary pursuant to this Section, the Term Loans so repurchased shall, without further action by any Person, be deemed cancelled for all purposes and no longer outstanding (and may not be resold by Holdings, the Borrowers or such Subsidiary), for all purposes of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents, including, but not limited to (1) the making of, or the application of, any payments to the Lenders under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (2) the making of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (3) the determination of Required Lenders, or for any similar or related purpose, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and the Borrowers shall neither obtain nor have any rights as a Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by virtue of such repurchase (without limiting the foregoing, in all events, such Term Loans may not be resold or otherwise assigned, or subject to any participation, or otherwise transferred by a Borrower). In connection with any Term Loans repurchased and cancelled pursuant to this Section 10.04(b)(viii), the Administrative Agent is authorized to make appropriate entries in the Register to reflect any such cancellation.
Subject to the recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 10.04, from and after the date such recordation in the Register is made, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any rights and obligations pursuant to Section 2.15), and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.15, and 10.03 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (d) of this Section 10.04.
(c) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), shall maintain at one of its offices in New York City a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it (or the equivalent thereof in electronic form) and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans
214
and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the Register). The entries in the Register shall be presumptively correct absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register is intended to cause each Loan and other obligation hereunder to be in registered form within the meaning of Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations and within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Issuing Bank (with respect to its own interests), the Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Lender (with respect to its own interests) and any Lender (with respect to its own interests), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior written notice.
(d) Participations.
(i) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, or the Issuing Bank, sell participations to any person (other than a natural person or a Borrower or any of its Affiliates or any Disqualified Institutions) (each, a Participant) in all or a portion of such Lenders rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and Issuing Bank shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement.
(ii) Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver with regard to amendments, modifications or waivers described in clauses (i)-(vii) and/or (xi) of the first proviso in Section 10.02(b), in each case, that directly affects such Participant. Subject to clause (e) of this Section, the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of and subject to the obligations and requirements of Sections 2.12 and 2.15 (provided that any documentation required to be provided by a Participant pursuant to Section 2.15(e) shall be provided to the participating Lender to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (i) of this Section 10.04(d)). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 2.14 as though it were a Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Lender shall enter into any agreement with any Participant that will permit such Participant to influence or control the voting rights of such Lender except with regard to amendments, modifications and waivers described in clauses (i)-(vii) and/or (xi) of the first proviso in Section 10.02(b), in each case, that directly affects such Participant.
215
(iii) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal and interest amounts of each participants interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (a Participant Register); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of a Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participants interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations and within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and to confirm a Participant is not a Disqualified Institution. The entries in a Participant Register shall be presumptively correct absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in a Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
(iv) Any such participation that does not comply with this Section shall be void ab initio and, promptly following such Lender becoming aware that any such participation has been made in breach of this Section, the Participant Register shall be modified by it to reverse such participation and shall be disclosed to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.
(v) The Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) for (i) maintaining a Participant Register and (ii) any Lenders compliance with this Section, including any sale of participations to a Disqualified Institution in violation hereof by any Lender.
(e) Limitations on Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.12, 2.13 or 2.15 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, or except to the extent the right to greater payment results from a Change in Law after the Participant becomes a Participant.
(f) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender without restriction, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any central bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. In the case of any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans or similar extensions of credit, such Lender may, without the consent of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent or any other Person, collaterally assign or pledge all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, including the Loans and Notes or any other instrument evidencing its rights as a Lender under this Agreement, to any holder of, trustee for, or any other representative of holders of, obligations owed or securities issued, by such fund, as security for such obligations or securities.
216
Section 10.05 Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Credit Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Agents, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement (other than contingent indemnification obligations and unasserted expense reimbursement obligations) is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.12, 2.14, 2.15 and Article X (other than Section 10.12) shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the payment of the Reimbursement Obligations, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
Section 10.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopier or other electronic transmission (PDF or TIFF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
Section 10.07 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
Section 10.08 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the Issuing Bank, and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time due and owing by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of a Borrower or any other Credit Party (but excluding amounts held in payroll, employee benefits, tax and other fiduciary or trust accounts) against any and all of the obligations of such Borrower or such Credit Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement
217
or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of such Borrower or such Credit Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, the Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the Issuing Bank or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agrees to notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.
Section 10.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.
(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
(b) Submission to Jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York sitting in New York County, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Credit Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(c) Waiver of Venue. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in Section 10.09(b). Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d) Service of Process. Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, in the manner provided for notices (other than telecopier) in Section 10.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Requirements of Law.
218
Section 10.10 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
Section 10.11 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
Section 10.12 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (in each case, other than to a Disqualified Institution) (a) to its Affiliates and Approved Funds to its and its Affiliates and Approved Funds respective partners, directors, officers, employees, equityholders, financing sources, agents, advisors, numbering, administration and settlement services provider and other representatives (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority or quasi-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any stock exchange), (c) to the extent compelled by legal process in, or reasonably necessary to, the defense of such legal, judicial or administrative proceeding, in any legal, judicial or administrative proceeding or otherwise as required by applicable Requirements of Law, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, but only to the extent required in connection with such exercise or enforcement, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.12, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant (except, in each case, for the avoidance of doubt, for any Disqualified Institution) in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and in connection with any pledge or assignment made pursuant to Section 10.04(f), (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrowers and their obligations, (iii) any rating agency for the purpose of obtaining a credit rating applicable to any Credit Party or to the credit facilities hereunder, (iv) to a Person that is an investor or prospective investor in a securitization or other financing, separate account or commingled fund so long such investor or prospective investor agrees that its access to information regarding the Credit Parties and the Loans and Commitments is solely for purposes of evaluating an investment in such securitization or other financing, separate account or commingled fund and who agrees to treat such information as confidential or (v) to a
219
Person that is a trustee, collateral agent, collateral manager, servicer, noteholder, equity holder or secured party in a securitization in connection with the administration, servicing and evaluation of, and reporting on, the assets serving as collateral for such securitization, (g) with the prior consent of the Borrowers or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrowers; provided that with respect to clauses (b) and (c) above, if the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank receives a subpoena, interrogatory or other request (verbal or otherwise) for any Information, or believes that it is legally required to disclose any of the Information to a third party, it shall, in advance of such disclosure, to the extent legally permissible and unless such disclosure is made to regulatory or self-regulatory authorities in the course of routine audits and reviews, promptly provide to the Borrowers written notice of any such request or requirement so that the applicable Borrower or the applicable Credit Party (or Subsidiary thereof) may seek a protective order or other remedy. For purposes of this Section, Information means all information received from Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries relating to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses. Except with respect to disclosing any Information to any Disqualified Institution, any person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such person would accord to its own confidential information.
Section 10.13 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Credit Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Credit Parties and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Credit Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act. The Borrowers shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests that is required in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.
Section 10.14 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable Requirements of Law (collectively, the Charges), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the Maximum Rate) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.
220
Section 10.15 Obligations Absolute. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, all obligations of the Credit Parties hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:
(a) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any Credit Party;
(b) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto against any Credit Party;
(c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;
(d) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any other Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations;
(e) any exercise or non-exercise, or any waiver, of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof or any Loan Document; or
(f) any other circumstances that might otherwise constitute a defense (other than the indefeasible payment in full of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations and unasserted expense reimbursement obligations)) available to, or a discharge of, the Credit Parties.
Section 10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrowers and each other Credit Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates understanding, that: (i)(A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, and the Lenders are arms-length commercial transactions between the Borrowers, each other Credit Party and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrowers and each other Credit Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii)(A) the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, and each Lender is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrowers, any other Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person, and (B) neither the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrowers, any other Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties
221
and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrowers, any other Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrowers and each other Credit Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, or any Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
Section 10.17 Intercreditor Agreement.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document: (a) the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent in favor of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Loan Documents and the exercise of any right related to any Collateral shall be subject, in each case, to the terms of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, (b) in the event of any conflict between the express terms and provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, on the one hand, and of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, on the other hand, the terms and provisions of such Intercreditor Agreement shall control, and (c) each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent to execute any such Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of such Lender, and such Lender agrees to be bound by the terms thereof.
(b) Each Secured Party hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent may enter into any intercreditor agreement and/or subordination agreement pursuant to, or contemplated by, the terms of this Credit Agreement (including with respect to Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 and defined terms referenced therein) on its behalf and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof and, in each case, consents and agrees to the appointment of ORCC (or its affiliated designee, representative or agent) on its behalf as collateral agent thereunder.
Section 10.18 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and
(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:
(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;
(ii) a conversion of all or a portion of such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or
222
(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.
Section 10.19 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words execute, execution, signed, signature, and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, Assignment and Assumptions, Borrowing Requests, Interest Election Requests, amendments or other modifications, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Requirements of Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it.
Section 10.20 Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Hedging Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, QFC Credit Support and each such QFC a Supported QFC), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):
(a) In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a Covered Party) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such
223
Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
(b) As used in this Section 10.20, the following terms have the following meanings:
BHC Act Affiliate of a party means an affiliate (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.
Covered Entity means any of the following:
(i) a covered entity as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);
(ii) a covered bank as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or
(iii) a covered FSI as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).
Default Right has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
QFC has the meaning assigned to the term qualified financial contract in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
224
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
NUTRACEUTICAL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation |
||
By: |
/s/ Ankit Dhawan |
|
Name: Ankit Dhawan | ||
Title: Chief Financial Officer |
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]
NUTRITION PARENT, LLC, | ||
a Delaware limited liability company | ||
By: |
/s/ Leslie M. Brown, Jr. |
|
Name: Leslie M. Brown, Jr. | ||
Title: President |
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]
3939 24TH STREET, INC., a Delaware corporation ALL ONE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
AU NATUREL (UK), INC.,
a Delaware corporation
AU NATURAL, INC.,
a Delaware corporation AUBREY ORGANICS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
BEEHIVE ORGANICS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
ELEPHANT PHARMACY, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
FRESH STORES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
FRESH VITAMINS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
FUNFRESH FOODS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
GRANOLAS MARKET, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
HEALTHWAY CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
HONEY GARDENS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
MIA ROSE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
MINISTRY OF ESSENCE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
MONARCH NUTRACEUTICALS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
NATURAL BALANCE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
NATURES PRINT, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
ND CARIBBEAN, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
NUTRA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation |
NUTRABRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation NUTRACEUTICAL CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
NUTRACOMP, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
NUTRAFORCE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
NUTRAGARDEN, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
NUTRAMARKS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
NUTRAPACK, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
NUTRAPRO, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
NUTRAPURE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
NUTRASOURCING, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
OD, INC., a Delaware corporation
OD, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
PEP PRODUCTS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
PIONEER NUTRITIONAL FORMULAS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation SEYCHELLES ORGANICS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
SUSTAINABLE LABS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
VITADOLLAR, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
WELLNESS TEAM, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
WOODLAND PUBLISHING, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
ZHOU, INC.,
a Delaware corporation |
By: |
/s/ Ankit Dhawan |
By: |
/s/ Ankit Dhawan |
|||||
Name: Ankit Dhawan | Name: Ankit Dhawan | |||||||
Title: Chief Financial Officer | Title: Chief Financial Officer |
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]
OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent, as Collateral Agent and as a Lender | ||
By: |
/s/ Alexis Maged |
|
Name: Alexis Maged | ||
Title: Authorized Signatory | ||
OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION II, as a Lender | ||
By: |
/s/ Alexis Maged |
|
Name: Alexis Maged | ||
Title: Authorized Signatory | ||
OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION III, as a Lender | ||
By: |
/s/ Alexis Maged |
|
Name: Alexis Maged | ||
Title: Authorized Signatory |
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]
ANTARES HOLDINGS LP, as a Lender | ||
By: Antares Holdings GP Inc., its general partner | ||
By: |
/s/ Bradley Mashinter |
|
Name: Bradley Mashinter | ||
Title: Duly Authorized Signatory |
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]
Exhibit 10.8
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made and entered into as of [], 2021, between The Better Being Co., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and [] (Indemnitee).
WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws of the Company (as amended or restated, the Bylaws) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (DGCL). The Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers of the Company and other persons with respect to indemnification;
WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;
WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;
WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, as well as any rights of Indemnitee under any directors or officers liability insurance policy, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; [and]
WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protections available under the Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity; Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified[.] [; and]
[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [HGGC] (HGGC) or affiliates of HGGC which Indemnitee and HGGC intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Companys acknowledgment of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitees willingness to serve on the Board.]1
[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Maze Consulting LLC] (Maze) or affiliates of Maze which Indemnitee and Maze intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Companys acknowledgment of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitees willingness to serve on the Board.]2
[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Snapdragon Capital Partners LLC] (Snapdragon) or affiliates of Snapdragon which Indemnitee and Snapdragon intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Companys acknowledgment of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitees willingness to serve on the Board.]3
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitees agreement to serve as a director or officer from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. Subject to the provisions of Section 9, the Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, if Indemnitee was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, or otherwise becomes involved in, any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined). In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:
(a) Proceedings other than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(a) if, by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant, or otherwise becomes involved in, in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in
1 |
NTD: Bracketed language to be included in form for HGGC director(s). |
2 |
NTD: Bracketed language to be included in form for Maze director(s). |
3 |
NTD: Bracketed language to be included in form for Snapdragon director(s). |
2
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitees behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitees conduct was unlawful. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as amended or restated, the Charter), the Bylaws, vote of the Companys stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.
(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitees behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine, upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.
(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, a party to or participant in and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 1(c) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
(d) Indemnification of Nominating Member. [If (i) Indemnitee is or was affiliated with one or more investment partnerships that has invested directly or indirectly in the Company (a Nominating Member), (ii) the Nominating Member is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, and (iii) the Nominating Members involvement in the Proceeding results from any claim based on the Indemnitees service to the Company as a director or other fiduciary of the Company, the Nominating Member will be entitled to indemnification hereunder for Expenses to the same extent as Indemnitee and advancement of Expenses shall apply to any such indemnification of Nominating Member. The Company and Indemnitee agree that each Nominating Member is an express third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 1(d).]4
4 |
NTD: Bracketed language to be included in forms for HGGC, Maze and Snapdragon directors. |
3
2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf if, by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, in connection with any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company) that Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, or participant in. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Companys obligations pursuant to this Agreement, other than those set forth in Section 9 hereof, shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.
3. Contribution.
(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not, without the Indemnitees prior written consent, enter into any such settlement of any Proceeding (in whole or in part) unless such settlement (i) provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee and (ii) does not impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee.
(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as
4
any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.
(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.
4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, a witness, is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, or is otherwise asked to participate, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf in connection therewith.
5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 7(d)), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee or any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee with the prior approval of the Board as provided in Section 9(d), within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee.
Any advances pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free and shall be made without regard to Indemnitees ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitees ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. In accordance with Section 7(d) hereof, advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) by the Company pursuant to this Section 5, if and only to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 5 shall not apply to claim by Indemnitee for Expenses in a matter for which indemnity and advancement of Expenses is excluded pursuant to Section 9 hereof.
6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:
5
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.
(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitees entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum; (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum; (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the determination with respect to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification shall be made by Independent Counsel.
(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of Independent Counsel as defined (as defined below), and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the Delaware Court) has determined that such objection is without merit. If (i) an Independent Counsel is to make the determination of entitlement pursuant to this Section 6 and (ii) within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected (including as a result of an objection to the selected Independent Counsel), either the Company or Indemnitee may
6
petition the Delaware Court or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee to the Companys selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a Person selected by the court or by such other Person as the court shall designate, and the Person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the Person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.
(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall to the fullest extent permitted by law presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof to overcome such presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitees action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
(f) If the Person empowered or selected under this Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the Person making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation
7
and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.
(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person making such determination with respect to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such Person upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitees conduct was unlawful.
7. Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made
8
pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, or (v) the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitees entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitees option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitees right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b) hereof. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose other than to establish its compliance with the terms of this Agreement. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 7. Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 5 hereof until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees misstatement not materially misleading, in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, incurs costs, in a judicial or arbitration proceeding or otherwise, attempting to enforce Indemnitees rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitees behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 12 hereof) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such efforts, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitees rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for
9
indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company if Indemnitee is wholly successful on the underlying claims; if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.
(e) The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.
(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.
8. Non-Exclusivity: Survival of Rights: [Primacy of Indemnification;] Insurance: Subrogation.
(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company and (ii) shall be interpreted independently of, and without reference to, any other such rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitees Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) The Company shall, if commercially reasonable, obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period for which the Company is obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies to provide the directors and officers of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Companys performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such officer or director under such policy or policies. In all such insurance policies, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Companys directors and officers. At the time
10
of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [HGGC][Maze][Snapdragon] and certain affiliates that, directly or indirectly, (i) are controlled by, (ii) control or (iii) are under common control with, [HGGC][Maze][Snapdragon] (collectively, the Fund Indemnitors). With respect to any amounts that are subject to indemnity under this Agreement and also subject to an indemnity obligation owed by Fund Indemnitors, the Company hereby agrees (i) that, as compared the Fund Indemnitors, it is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any rights to indemnification provided to Indemnitee herein (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee is secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).]5
(d) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
(e) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement of Expenses is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
5 |
NTD: Bracketed language to be included in forms for HGGC, Maze and Snapdragon directors. |
11
(f) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Companys obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.
9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity or advancement of Expenses in connection with any claim involving Indemnitee:
(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; [provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above;] or
(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as hereinafter defined), or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or
(c) for reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company in each case as required under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in connection with an accounting restatement of the Company or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act);
(d) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) such payment arises in connection with any mandatory counterclaim or cross claim brought or raised by Indemnitee in any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding), (iii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (iv) the Proceeding is one to enforce Indemnitees rights under this Agreement or;
(e) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act.
12
10. Non-Disclosure of Payments. Except as expressly required by applicable law, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained. If any payment information must be disclosed, the Company shall afford the Indemnitee an opportunity to review all such disclosures and, if requested, to explain in such statement any mitigating circumstances regarding the events to be reported.
11. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (i) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company, and (ii) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 hereof relating thereto (including any rights of appeal of any such Proceeding). Termination of this Agreement shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding (regardless of when such Proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) arising out of, or related to, any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such termination. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise at the Companys request.
12. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) Beneficial Owner shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.
(b) Change in Control shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below), other than HGGC and its affiliates, Maze and its affiliates, or Snapdragon and its affiliates, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Companys then outstanding securities, unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Companys securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;
(ii) Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered
13
into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 12(b)(i), 12(b)(iii) or 12(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Companys stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;
(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity; and
(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Companys assets, or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions.
(c) Corporate Status describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, trustee, partner, managing member, agent or fiduciary of the Company, any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.
(d) Disinterested Director means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
(e) Enterprise shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.
(f) Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(g) Expenses shall include all reasonable attorneys fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily
14
incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (ii) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, and (iii) Expenses incurred in connection with recovery under any directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement or Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitees counsel as being reasonable in the good faith judgment of such counsel shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.
(h) Independent Counsel means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Independent Counsel shall not include any Person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitees rights under this Agreement.
(i) Person shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided. however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
(j) Proceeding includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, regulatory or investigative (formal or informal), including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee (or failure to take action by Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitees party while acting pursuant to Indemnitees Corporate Status ; in each case whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement; including a proceeding pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding a proceeding initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 hereof to enforce Indemnitees rights under this Agreement. If Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this definition.
15
13. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the fullest extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee and Nominating Member indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.
14. Enforcement and Binding Effect.
(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director or officer of the Company.
(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws, any directors and officers insurance maintained by the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
(c) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
(d) The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. The
16
Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
16. Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.
17. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:
(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitees signature hereto.
(b) To the Company at:
The Better Being Co.
222 Main Street, Suite 1600
Salt Lake City, Utah 84101
Attention: Chief Legal Officer
E-mail: [****]
or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
17
19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict-of-laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 hereof, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably [NAME/ADDRESS] as its agent in the State of Delaware as such partys agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
18
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first written above.
THE BETTER BEING CO. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
INDEMNITEE | ||
|
||
Name: | ||
Address: | ||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Exhibit 10.9
DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT
THIS DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made and entered into as of [], 2021, by and among The Better Being Co., a Delaware corporation (the Company), Norway Holdings, LP (together with its affiliated investment entities, HGGC) and Maze Consulting LLC and Snapdragon Capital Partners LLC (together with their respective affiliated investment entities, M&S, and collectively with HGGC, the Lead Sponsors). This Agreement shall be effective from the date hereof (the Effective Date).
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Lead Sponsors and/or their respective affiliates collectively own a majority of the outstanding partnership interests in Norway Topco, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (Norway Topco), which, as of the date hereof, owns all of the outstanding equity interests in the Company;
WHEREAS, the Lead Sponsors are contemplating causing the Company to effect an initial public offering (the IPO) of shares of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the Common Stock);
WHEREAS, the Lead Sponsors currently have the authority to appoint all directors of the Company; and
WHEREAS, in consideration of the Lead Sponsors agreeing to undertake the IPO, the Company has agreed to permit the Lead Sponsors to designate persons for nomination for election to the board of directors of the Company (the Board) following the Effective Date on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of the parties to this Agreement agrees as follows:
1. Board Nomination Rights.
(a) From the Effective Date, HGGC shall have the right, but not the obligation, to nominate to the Board a number of designees equal to at least: (i) 60% of the Total Number of Directors (as defined below), so long as HGGC Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 45% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, (ii) 50% of the Total Number of Directors, so long as HGGC Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing less than 45% but at least 35% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, (iii) 40% of the Total Number of Directors, so long HGGC Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing less than 35% but at least 25% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, (iv) 30% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that HGGC Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing less than 25% but at least 15% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, and (v) 20% of the Total Number
of Directors, in the event that HGGC Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing less than 15% but at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock (such persons, the HGGC Nominees). For purposes of calculating the number of directors that HGGC is entitled to designate pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, any fractional amounts shall automatically be rounded up to the nearest whole number (e.g., 11⁄4 Directors shall equate to 2 Directors) and any such calculations shall be made after taking into account any increase in the Total Number of Directors.
(b) From the Effective Date, M&S shall have the right, but not the obligation, to nominate to the Board a number of designees equal to at least: (i) 40% of the Total Number of Directors (as defined below), so long as M&S Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 25% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, (ii) 30% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that M&S Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing less than 25% but at least 15% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, and (iii) 20% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that M&S Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing less than 15% but at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock (such persons, the M&S Nominees, and together with the HGGC Nominees, the Nominees). For purposes of calculating the number of directors that M&S is entitled to designate pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, any fractional amounts shall automatically be rounded down to the nearest whole number (e.g., 11⁄4 Directors shall equate to 1 Director) and any such calculations shall be made after taking into account any increase in the Total Number of Directors.
(c) The Directors shall be divided into three classes of directors, each of whose members shall serve for staggered three-year terms in accordance with the Companys certificate of incorporation. One HGGC nominee will initially be allocated to each of the three classes.
(d) In the event that any Lead Sponsor has nominated less than the total number of designees that such Lead Sponsor shall be entitled to nominate pursuant to Section 1(a) or Section 1(b), such Lead Sponsor shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional designees to which it is entitled, in which case, the Company and the Directors shall take all necessary corporation action, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including with respect to fiduciary duties under Delaware law), to (x) enable such Lead Sponsor to nominate and effect the election or appointment of such additional individuals, whether by increasing the size of the Board or otherwise, and (y) designate such additional individuals nominated by such Lead Sponsor to fill such newly created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies.
(e) The Company shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Nominee in connection with the performance of his or her duties as a director and in connection with his or her attendance at any meeting of the Board.
(f) Affiliate of any person shall mean any other person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such person; where control (including, with its correlative meanings, controlling, controlled by and under common control with) means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Lead Sponsor.
2
(g) Beneficially Own shall mean that a specified person has or shares the right, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to vote and/or dispose of (or to direct the voting and/or disposition of) any shares of capital stock of the Company.
(h) Director means any member of the Board.
(i) Total Number of Directors means the total number of Directors comprising the Board.
(j) No reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock that each Lead Sponsor Beneficially Owns shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
(k) In the event that any Nominee shall cease to serve for any reason, the Lead Sponsor that nominated such Nominee shall be entitled to designate such persons successor in accordance with this Agreement (regardless of each Lead Sponsors Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock at the time of such vacancy) and the Board shall promptly fill the vacancy with such successor nominee; it being understood that any such designee shall serve the remainder of the term of the director whom such designee replaces.
(l) If a Nominee is not appointed or elected to the Board because of such persons death, disability, disqualification, withdrawal as a nominee or for any other reason is unavailable or unable to serve on the Board, the applicable Lead Sponsor shall be entitled to designate promptly another nominee and the director position for which the original Nominee was nominated shall not be filled pending such designation.
(m) So long as a Lead Sponsor has the right to nominate at least one Nominee under Section 1(a) or Section 1(b) or any such Nominee is serving on the Board, the Company shall maintain in effect at all times directors and officers indemnity insurance coverage reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Sponsors, and the Companys Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws (each as may be further amended, supplemented or waived in accordance with its terms) shall at all times provide for indemnification, exculpation and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law.
(n) At any time that a Lead Sponsor shall have any nomination rights under Section 1(a) or Section 1(b), the Company shall not increase or decrease the number of Directors serving on the Board without the prior written consent of the Lead Sponsors having such rights.
(o) At such time as the Company ceases to be a controlled company and is required by applicable law or the New York Stock Exchange (the Exchange) listing standards to have a majority of the Board comprised of independent directors (subject in each case to any applicable phase-in periods), the Nominees shall include a number of persons that qualify as independent directors under applicable law and the Exchange listing standards such that, together with any
3
other independent directors then serving on the Board that are not Nominees, the Board is comprised of a majority of independent directors; provided that at any time that a Lead Sponsor shall have any nomination rights under Section 1(a) or Section 1(b), (i) each such Lead Sponsor shall be entitled to nominate at least one (1) Nominee who does not qualify as an independent director and (ii) the number of independent directors required to be nominated by any Lead Sponsor pursuant to this provision shall not be greater than the number of Nominees required to be independent directors pursuant to this provision to be nominated by any other Lead Sponsor with the right to nominate the same number of, or more, Nominees as such Lead Sponsor.
(p) At any time that a Lead Sponsor shall have any nomination rights under Section 1(a) or Section 1(b), the Company shall not take any action, including making or recommending any amendment to Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (each as may be further amended, supplemented or waived in accordance with its terms) that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect a Lead Sponsors rights under this Agreement, in each case without the prior written consent of the adversely affected Lead Sponsor.
(q) The Company recognizes that each Nominee (i) will from time to time receive non-public information concerning the Company, and (ii) may share such information with other individuals associated with the Lead Sponsor that designated such Nominee. The Company hereby irrevocably consents to such sharing. Each Lead Sponsor agrees that it will keep confidential and not disclose or divulge to any third party any confidential information regarding the Company it receives from the Company or a Nominee, unless such information (x) is available or becomes available to the public in general, (y) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Lead Sponsor without use of the Companys confidential information or (z) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Lead Sponsor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that a Lead Sponsor may disclose confidential information (I) to its Affiliates (other than portfolio companies), (II) to each of its and its Affiliates (other than portfolio companies) attorneys, accountants, consultants, advisors and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with evaluating the information, or (III) as may be required by law or legal, judicial or regulatory process or requested by any regulatory or self-regulatory authority or examiner, provided that such Lead Sponsor takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any required disclosure described in this clause (III).
2. Company Obligations. The Company agrees that prior to the date that each Lead Sponsor ceases to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, (i) each Nominee is included in the Boards slate of nominees to the stockholders (the Boards Slate) for each election of members of the Board; and (ii) each Nominee is included in the proxy statement prepared by management of the Company in connection with soliciting proxies for every meeting of the stockholders of the Company called with respect to the election of members of the Board (each, a Director Election Proxy Statement), and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the stockholders of the Company or the Board with respect to the election of members of the Board. Each Lead Sponsor will promptly report to the Company after such Lead Sponsor ceases to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, such that the Company is
4
informed of when this obligation terminates. The calculation of the number of Nominees that each Lead Sponsor is entitled to be nominate to the Boards Slate for any election of directors shall be based on the percentage of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock then Beneficially Owned by such Lead Sponsor (Voting Control) immediately prior to the mailing to stockholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission). Unless a Lead Sponsor notifies the Company otherwise prior to the mailing to stockholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to an election of directors (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), the Nominees for such election shall be presumed to be the same Nominees currently serving on the Board, and no further action shall be required of any Lead Sponsor for the Board to include such Nominees on the Boards Slate; provided, that, in the event a Lead Sponsor is no longer entitled to nominate the full number of Nominees then serving on the Board, such Lead Sponsor shall provide advance written notice to the Company of which currently servicing Nominee(s) shall be excluded from the Board Slate, and of any other changes to the list of Nominees. If a Lead Sponsor fails to provide such notice prior to the mailing to stockholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), a majority of the independent directors then serving on the Board shall determine which of the Nominees of such Lead Sponsor then serving on the Board will be included in the Boards Slate. Furthermore, the Company agrees for so long as the Company qualifies as a controlled company under the rules of the Exchange the Company will elect to be a controlled company for purposes of the Exchange and will disclose in its annual meeting proxy statement that it is a controlled company and the basis for that determination. The Company and the Lead Sponsors acknowledge and agree that, as of the Effective Date, the Company is a controlled company. The Company agrees to provide written notice of the preparation of a Director Election Proxy Statement to the Lead Sponsors at least 20 business days, but no more than 40 business days, prior to the earlier of the mailing and the filing date of any Director Election Proxy Statement.
3. Committees. From and after the Effective Date hereof until such time as HGGC ceases to Beneficially Own Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, HGGC shall have the right to designate one member of each committee of the Board, provided that any such designee shall be a Director and shall be eligible to serve on the applicable committee under applicable law or listing standards of the Exchange, including any applicable independence requirements (subject in each case to any applicable exceptions, including those for newly public companies and for controlled companies, and any applicable phase-in periods). Any additional members of such committee shall be determined by the Board. Nominees designated to serve on a Board committee shall have the right to remain on such committee until the next election of directors, regardless of the level of Voting Control by HGGC following such designation. Unless HGGC notifies the Company otherwise prior to the time the Board takes action to change the composition of a Board committee, and to the extent HGGC has the requisite Voting Control by HGGC to nominate a Board committee member at the time the Board takes action to change the composition of such Board committee, any Nominee currently designated by HGGC to serve on such committee shall be presumed to be re-designated for such committee.
5
4. Amendment and Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Company and each Lead Sponsor having Beneficially Ownership of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. No Lead Sponsor shall be obligated to nominate all (or any) of the Nominees it is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Agreement for any election of directors but the failure to do so shall not constitute a waiver of its rights hereunder with respect to future elections; provided, however, that in the event a Lead Sponsor fails t to nominate all (or any) of the Nominees it is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Agreement prior to the mailing to stockholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), the Compensation and Nominating Committee of the Board shall be entitled to nominate individuals in lieu of such Nominees for inclusion in the Boards Slate and the applicable Director Election Proxy Statement with respect to the election for which such failure occurred and such Lead Sponsor shall be deemed to have waived its rights under Section 1 and Section 2 with respect to such election (but solely with respect to such election and not any subsequent election); provided, further, however, that any such waiver shall only be effective if the Company has provided written notice to such Lead Sponsor of such Director Election Proxy Statement no less than 20 business days, and no more than 40 business days, prior to the earlier of the mailing or filing date of such Director Election Proxy Statement. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
5. Benefit of Parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lead Sponsor that Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 6 and the last sentence of Section 7(b), nothing herein contained shall confer or is intended to confer on any third party or entity that is not a party to this Agreement any rights under this Agreement.
6. Assignment. Upon written notice to the Company, each Lead Sponsor may assign to any of its Affiliates (other than a portfolio company) all of its rights hereunder and, following such assignment, such assignee shall be deemed to be a Lead Sponsor for all purposes hereunder but no such assignment shall relieve the assignor of any of its obligations hereunder.
7. Indemnification.
(a) The Company shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless each Lead Sponsor, their respective Affiliates, partners, employees, agents, directors, managers, officers and controlling persons (collectively, the Indemnified Parties) from and against any and all actions, causes of
6
action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses, or other obligations of any kind or nature (whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent) in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnified Parties before or after the date of this Agreement (each, an Action) arising directly or indirectly out of, or in any way relating to, (i) a Lead Sponsor or its Affiliates Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company or control or ability to influence the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than, in the case of any Indemnified Party, any such Actions (x) to the extent such Actions arise out of any breach of this Agreement by such Indemnified Party or its Affiliates or the breach of any fiduciary or other duty or obligation of such Indemnified Party to its direct or indirect equity holders, creditors or Affiliates or (y) to the extent such Actions are directly caused by such Indemnified Partys willful misconduct), (ii) the business, operations, properties, assets or other rights or liabilities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) any services provided prior, on or after the date of this Agreement by a Lead Sponsor or its Affiliates to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Company shall defend at its own cost and expense in respect of any Action which may be brought against the Company and/or its Affiliates and the Indemnified Parties. The Company shall defend at its own cost and expense any and all Actions which may be brought in which the Indemnified Parties may be impleaded with others upon any Action by the Indemnified Parties, except that if such Actions shall be proven to be the direct result of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by any of the Indemnified Parties, then such Indemnified Party shall reimburse the Company for the costs of defense and other costs incurred by the Company in proportion to such Indemnified Partys culpability as proven. In the event of the assertion against any Indemnified Party of any Action or the commencement of any Action, the Company shall be entitled to participate in such Action and in the investigation of such Action and, after written notice from the Company to such Indemnified Party, to assume the investigation or defense of such Action with counsel of the Companys choice at the Companys expense; provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may retain one firm of counsel to represent all Indemnified Parties in such Action; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ a single firm of separate counsel (and any necessary local counsel) and to participate in the defense or investigation of such Action and the Company shall bear the expense of such separate counsel (and local counsel, if applicable), if (x) in the opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Party use of counsel of the Companys choice could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest, (y) the Company shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party within a reasonable time after notice of the assertion of any such Action or (z) the Company shall authorize the Indemnified Party to employ separate counsel at the Companys expense. The Company further agrees that with respect to any Indemnified Party who is employed, retained or otherwise associated with, or appointed or nominated by, a Lead Sponsor or any of its Affiliates and who acts or serves as a director, officer, manager, fiduciary, employee, consultant, advisor or agent of, for or to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, that the Company or such subsidiaries, as applicable, shall be primarily liable for all indemnification, reimbursements, advancements or similar payments (the Indemnity Obligations) afforded to such Indemnified Party acting in such capacity or capacities on behalf or at the request of the Company, whether the Indemnity Obligations are created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise. The Company hereby agrees that in no event shall the Company or any of its subsidiaries have any right or claim against a Lead Sponsor or any of its Affiliates for
7
contribution or have rights of subrogation against a Lead Sponsor or any of its Affiliates through an Indemnified Party for any payment made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to any Indemnity Obligation. In addition, the Company hereby agrees that in the event that a Lead Sponsor or any of its Affiliates pays or advances an Indemnified Party any expenses with respect to an Indemnity Obligation, the Company will, or will cause its subsidiaries to, as applicable, promptly reimburse such Lead Sponsor or its Affiliate, for such payment or advance upon request; subject to the receipt by the Company of a written undertaking executed by the Indemnified Party and such Lead Sponsor or Affiliate to repay any such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Indemnified Party was not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The foregoing right to indemnity shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise and shall remain in full force and effect following the termination of this Agreement and the completion or any termination of the engagement or other service relationship of such Indemnified Party acting in such capacity or capacities on behalf or at the request of the Company. If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable to any Indemnified Party or insufficient to hold it harmless as and to the extent contemplated by this Section 7, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Party as a result of such Action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. This Section 7(a) shall not apply with respect to any taxes, other than taxes that represent causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses, or obligations arising from a non-tax claim.
(b) The Company hereby acknowledges that certain of the Indemnified Parties have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by investment funds managed by a Lead Sponsor and certain of their respective Affiliates (collectively, the Fund Indemnitors). The Company hereby agrees with respect to any indemnification, hold harmless obligation, expense advancement or reimbursement provision or any other similar obligation whether pursuant to or with respect to this Agreement, the organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other agreement, as applicable, (i) that the Company and its subsidiaries are the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., their obligations to the Indemnified Parties are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for claims, expenses or obligations arising out of the same or similar facts and circumstances suffered by any Indemnified Party are secondary), (ii) that the Company shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by any Indemnified Party and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, liabilities, obligations, judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement, the organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other agreement, as applicable, without regard to any rights any Indemnified Party may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that the Company, on behalf of itself and each of its subsidiaries, irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all Actions against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any Indemnified Party with respect to any Action for which any Indemnified Party has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of any Indemnified Party against the Company. The Company agrees that the Fund Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 7(b).
8
8. Headings. Headings are for ease of reference only and shall not form a part of this Agreement.
9. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
10. Jurisdiction. Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement may be brought against any of the parties in any federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such suit, action or proceeding and waives any objection to venue laid therein. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the parties agrees that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 17, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party.
11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.
12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
13. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. This Agreement shall become effective when each party shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by each of the other parties. An executed copy or counterpart hereof delivered by facsimile shall be deemed an original instrument.
14. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
15. Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be required to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.
9
16. Specific Performance. Each of the parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.
17. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party or to the Company shall be in writing (including email, telecopy or similar writing) and shall be given,
If to the Company:
The Better Being Co.
222 Main Street, Suite 1600
Salt Lake City, Utah 84101
Attention: General Counsel
Email: JBurchfield@nutracorp.com
With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
300 N. LaSalle
Chicago, IL 60654
Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C.
Robert E. Goedert, P.C.
Alexander M. Schwartz
Facsimile: (312) 862-2200
Email: rhayward@kirkland.com; rgoedert@kirkland.com;
alexander.schwartz@kirkland.com
If to any member of HGGC or any of its Nominees:
c/o HGGC, LLC
1950 University Avenue, Suite 350
Palo Alto, CA 94303
Attention: Kurt A. Krieger
Facsimile: (650) 618-4930
Email: kak@hggc.com
10
With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
300 N. LaSalle
Chicago, IL 60654
Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C.
Robert E. Goedert, P.C.
Alexander M. Schwartz
Facsimile: (312) 862-2200
Email: rhayward@kirkland.com; rgoedert@kirkland.com;
alexander.schwartz@kirkland.com
If to any member of M&S or any of their respective Nominees:
Snapdragon Capital Partners
17 Palmer Lane
Riverside, CT 06878
Attention: Mark Grabowski
Email: markg@snapdragoncap.com
and
Maze Consulting, LLC
40 Wooster Street, 2nd Floor
New York, NY 10013
Attention: Zachary Werner and Julia Laine Sublett
Email: zack@themazegroup.com and julia@themazegroup.com
With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Morrison Cohen LLP
909 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Steven M. Cooperman
Eric Moskowitz
Email: scooperman@morrisoncohen.com
emoskowitz@morrisoncohen.com
or to such other address or telecopier number as such party or the Company may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties and the Company. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective when delivered at the address specified in this Section 17 during regular business hours.
18. Enforcement. Each of the parties hereto covenants and agrees that the disinterested members of the Board have the right to enforce, waive or take any other action with respect to this Agreement on behalf of the Company.
* * * * *
11
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.
THE BETTER BEING CO. |
By: |
Name: | ||
Title: |
NORWAY HOLDINGS, LP |
By: |
Name: | ||
Title: |
MAZE CONSULTING LLC |
By: |
Name: | ||
Title: |
SNAPDRAGON CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC |
By: |
Name: | ||
Title: |
Exhibit 10.10
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (thisAgreement), is entered into as of the 8th day of January, 2020, by and between Nutraceutical International Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Company) and Monty Sharma (Executive).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive as its President and Chief Executive Officer, and Executive desires to accept such employment, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:
Section 1, Agreement to Employ; No Conflicts.
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company. Executive represents that (A) he is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and (B) in connection with his employment with the Company he will not use any confidential or proprietary information he may have obtained in connection with employment with any prior employer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or otherwise, this Agreement shall not take effect until January 14, 2020 (the Effective Date).
Section 2. Term; Position and Responsibilities
(a) Term of Employment. Unless Executives employment shall sooner terminate pursuant to Section 7, the Company shall employ Executive pursuant to this Agreement during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the fifth (5th) anniversary thereof (the Initial Term). Effective upon the expiration of the Initial Term and of each Additional Term (as defined below), Executives employment hereunder shall be deemed to be extended, upon the same terms and conditions, for an additional period of one year (each, an Additional Term), in each such case, commencing upon the expiration of the Initial Term or the then current Additional Term, as the case may be, upon at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or such Additional Term, the Company shall have notified the Executive in writing that such extension shall take effect. The period during which Executive is employed pursuant to this Agreement, including any extension thereof in accordance with the preceding sentence, shall be referred to as the Employment Period.
(b) Position and Responsibilities. During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and such other subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company as may be specified by the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board), and shall have such duties and responsibilities as are customarily assigned to individuals serving in such positions and such other duties consistent with Executives title and position as the Board specifies from time to time. Executive shall devote all of his skill, knowledge and working time to the conscientious performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, except for vacation time as set forth in Section 6(c), absence for sickness or similar disability and time spent performing services for any charitable, religious or community organizations, so long as such services do not interfere with the performance of Executives duties hereunder. Executive may serve on the board of directors of up to one non-profit organization and, subject to the consent of HGGC,
LLC or any of its affiliated investment funds (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), up to two for-profit organizations, in each case, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executives duties hereunder.
Section 3. Base Salary
As compensation for the services to be performed by Executive during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay Executive a base salary at an annualized rate of $700,000, payable in installments on the Companys regular payroll dates (but no less frequently than monthly). The Board shall review Executives base salary annually during the Employment Period and, in its sole discretion, may increase such base salary from time to time based upon the performance of Executive, the financial condition of the Company, prevailing industry salary levels and such other factors as the Board shall consider relevant. The annual base salary payable to Executive under this Section 3, as the same may be increased from time to time, shall hereinafter be referred to as the Base Salary.
Section 4. Incentive Compensation
(a) Incentive Bonus. Subject to Section 7, Executive shall have an annual cash incentive bonus opportunity for each of the Companys fiscal years during the Employment Period beginning with the 2020 fiscal year, of 100% of Executives Base Salary (the Incentive Bonus}, which shall be payable if the Company achieves 100% of the performance objectives established from time to time by the Board for the applicable fiscal year (the Bonus Targets}; provided, that, if the actual performance of the Company for such fiscal year exceeds or is less than 100% of the Bonus Targets, the Incentive Bonus shall be adjusted positively (up to at least 150% of Executives Base Salary) or negatively, respectively, as determined by the Board in good faith, subject to (A) a maximum Incentive Bonus, and (B) a minimum percentage Bonus Target that the Company must achieve before the payment of any Incentive Bonus, in each case, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion when establishing the Bonus Targets or thereafter. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, except as set forth otherwise in Sections 7(f)(i) and 7(f)(ii), Executive shall be entitled to receive an Incentive Bonus for any given fiscal year pursuant to this Section 4 only if Executive is employed on the first day of the fiscal year next following the fiscal year for which the Incentive Bonus is payable and any such Incentive Bonus shall be paid in such subsequent fiscal year on the earlier of the tenth day following the completion of the audit for the fiscal year for which the Incentive Bonus is payable and the last business day of that subsequent fiscal year.
(b) Incentive Equity Award. On or following the Effective Date, the Executive shall, in addition to the Base Salary and the Incentive Bonus, receive a grant of equity-based compensation in the form of incentive units (the Equity Award}, intended to qualify as profits interest within the meaning of Rev. Proc. 93-27, 1993-2 C.B. 343, as clarified by Rev. Proc. 2001-43, 2001-2 C.B. 191 (the Incentive Units}.
Section 5. Employee Benefits
During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in any profit sharing, pension, retirement, deferred compensation, savings, life, medical, dental, disability and other welfare benefit plans maintained by the Company for its senior executives, subject to the terms and conditions of each such plan or program, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Section 6. Perquisites and Expenses
(a) General. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all
2
perquisite programs maintained by the Company for its senior executives, on a basis that is commensurate with Executives position and duties with the Company hereunder, in accordance with the terms thereof, as the same may be amended and in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding any provision of the below-defined Expense Policy to the contrary, a reimbursement of any expense as provided in this Section 6 shall be made not later than December 31 of the calendar year after the calendar year in which the Executive incurs such expense; the amount of any such reimbursed expense or any in-kind benefit provided in this Section 6 in one calendar year shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or any in-kind benefit provided in any other calendar year under this Section 6; and the right under this Section 6 to reimbursement or any in-kind benefit is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
(b) Business Travel, Lodging, Expenses, etc. The Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, lodging, meal and other reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with his performance of services hereunder upon submission of evidence, satisfactory to the Company, of the incurrence and purpose of each such expense and otherwise in accordance with the Companys business travel and expense reimbursement policy applicable to its senior executives as in effect from time to time (the Expense Policy ), but regardless of the Expense Policy in effect from time to time, Executive will be permitted to fly business class for domestic travel, upgradable to first class for international travel. The Company recognizes that Executive will need to spend substantial business time at the Companys locations in Park City/Ogden/Salt Lake City, Utah while he maintains his home in Denver, Colorado. Accordingly, the Company will pay, or reimburse Executive, for all costs reasonably incurred in connection with his commuting and other business travel; provided, that Executive submits evidence, satisfactory to the Company, of such cost in accordance with the Expense Policy.
(c) During the Employment Period, company will lease and operate an aircraft (the Aircraft) currently operated under 707EL from Silver Dollar Partners, LLC for Companys Business needs and Executives business travel needs including travel from and to Denver. In addition, Executive can use the Aircraft for up to 50 hours for his personal flying time, provided Executive submits evidence satisfactory to the Company, of the number of hours in use and purpose of the use.
(d) Vacation; Sick Leave. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to five (5) weeks paid vacation on an annualized basis, with carryover accumulation for up to five (5) business days, which shall accrue in equal installments on a monthly basis. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to sick leave in accordance with the Companys sick leave policy in effect from lime to time.
(e) Life Insurance. During the Employment Period, the Company shall reimburse Executive for up to $10,000 annually of the premiums payable on term life insurance coverage maintained by Executive on his life.
Section 7. Termination of Employment
(a) Termination Due to Death or Disability. In the event that Executives employment hereunder terminates due to his death or is terminated by the Company due to Executives Disability (as defined below), no termination benefits shall be payable to or in respect of Executive except as provided in Section 7(f)(ii). For purposes of this Agreement, Disability shall mean a physical or mental disability that prevents or is reasonably expected to prevent the performance by Executive of his duties hereunder for a continuous period of 90 days or longer or for 180 days or more in any 12-month period. The determination of Executives Disability shall (i) be made by an independent physician who is reasonably acceptable to the Company and Executive (or his representative), (ii) be final and binding on the parties hereto and (iii) be made taking into
3
account such competent medical evidence as shall be presented to such independent physician by Executive and/or the Company or by any physician or group of physicians or other competent medical experts employed by Executive and/or the Company to advise such independent physician.
(b) Termination by the Company for Cause. Executives employment may be terminated for Cause (as defined below) by the Company at any time. Cause shall mean (a) (i) the willful failure of Executive substantially to perform his duties hereunder (other than any such failure due to Executives physical or mental illness), (ii) Executives engaging in willful and serious misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) Executives violation of any material Company policy, (iv) Executives breach of his fiduciary duty to the Company or any of its Affiliates, (v) Executives indictment or conviction of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony, or a misdemeanor, or other similar crime involving moral turpitude and which indictment, conviction or plea is reasonably expected to result in injury to the business or reputation of the Company or any of its Affiliates or (vi) the breach by Executive of any of his obligations hereunder or under any other written agreement or covenant with the Company or any of its Affiliates.
(c) Termination by Company Without Cause. Executives employment hereunder may be terminated by the Company other than for Cause upon 30 days prior written notice. A termination Without Cause shall mean a termination of Executives employment by the Company other than due to death or Disability as described in Section 7(a) or for Cause as described in Section 7(b).
(d) Termination by Executive. Executive may terminate his employment for any reason upon 30 days prior written notice delivered to the Company. A termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason shall mean a termination by Executive of his employment with the Company, by written notice to the Company specifying in reasonable detail the circumstances claimed to provide the basis for such termination, within 10 days following the occurrence, without Executives consent, of any of the following events and the failure of the Company to correct the circumstances set forth in Executives notice of termination within 10 days of receipt of such notice: (i) the assignment to Executive of duties that result in a substantial diminution of Executives authority or responsibilities under this Agreement, (ii) the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any Successor to the Company as contemplated by Section 10, (iii) a reduction in the rate of Executives Base Salary or (iv) any requirement that Executive relocate to a location more than 30 miles outside of Denver, Colorado.
(e) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executives employment by the Company or by Executive pursuant to Section 7 shall be communicated by a written Notice of Termination (as defined below) addressed to the other parties to this Agreement. A Notice of Termination shall mean a notice stating that Executives employment with the Company has been or will be terminated and the specific provisions of this Section 7 under which such termination is being effected.
(f) Payments Upon Certain Terminations; Non-Renewal; Injunction.
(i) In the event of a termination of Executives employment by the Company Without Cause or a termination by Executive of his employment for Good Reason (in either such case during the Employment Period), or a non-renewal of this Agreement by the Company, or Executive being permanently enjoined from fulfilling his duties hereunder by a court of competent jurisdiction due to a breach of any applicable restrictive covenant (all of which restrictive covenant agreements have previously been provided in writing to the Company) (other than those restrictive covenants set forth in Section 8 of this Agreement) (any such termination, non-renewal or enjoinment, a Qualifying Termination}, the Company shall pay to
4
Executive (or, following his death, to Executives beneficiaries) his Base Salary through the Date of Termination on the Companys next regular payroll date after the Date of Termination and, as liquidated damages in respect of claims based on provisions of this Agreement and provided that, within 60 days following the Date of Termination, Executive and the Company execute and deliver, and Executive does not revoke, a general mutual release of all claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, the following amount:
(A) the sum of (x) 100% of Executives Base Salary, at the highest rate in effect hereunder during the 90-day period prior to the Date of Termination and (y) the greater of (i) the Incentive Bonus paid or payable to Executive for the fiscal year of the Company immediately prior to the fiscal year in which Executives employment is terminated and (ii) the target Incentive Bonus for the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination (as defined below), that shall be paid in substantially equal installments for a period of 12 months (the Severance Period} on Companys regular payroll dates beginning with the first payroll date coincident with or immediately following the sixtieth (60th) day after the Date of Termination, plus
(B) if the Date of Termination occurs after September 30 of the calendar year that includes the Date of Termination and if, as of the Date of Termination, the Company and, if applicable, Executive have achieved for the applicable fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs a level of performance at least equal to the product of (A) the Bonus Targets for such fiscal year, and (B) the fraction described in clause (2) of this (i)(B), an amount, payable in one lump sum no later than the end of the fiscal year that includes the Dale of Termination, equal to the product of (x) the Incentive Bonus, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of days in such fiscal year that precede the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is equal to 365; less
(C) the amount, if any, paid or payable to Executive under the terms of any severance agreement, severance plan, severance policy, severance program or severance practice of Company or any of its Affiliates applicable to Executive, as in effect on the Date of Termination (a Severance Program). The payments set forth in paragraph (A), (B) and (C) above are not considered part of a Severance Program.
If Executives employment shall terminate and he is entitled to receive severance payments under clause (A) of this Section 7(f)(i), the Company shall continue to provide to Executive during the Severance Period the medical and dental benefits referred to in Section 5 to the extent permitted by law and the plans governing such benefits (the Continued Benefits)-, provided, that the Company shall cease providing Continued Benefits to Executive as of the date that Executive commences participation in the employee benefit plans of a subsequent employer. Upon termination of Executives Continued Benefits on the 24 month anniversary of the Date of Termination, Executive shall be entitled to continue receiving benefits under the Companys medical plans (if he is still a participant in such plans as of such anniversary) pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, but only as long as such continuation of benefits does not result in any cost to the Company. To the knowledge of Executive, the employment of Executive hereunder does not and will not violate any noncompetition or other restrictive covenant by which Executive is bound as of the date of this Agreement or as of the commencement of employment hereunder.
(ii) If Executives employment shall terminate due to his death or Disability or if the Company shall terminate Executives employment for Cause or Executive shall terminate his employment without Good Reason during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay to Executive (or, in the event of his death, his beneficiaries), (A) his Base Salary through the Date of Termination on the Companys next
5
regular payroll date after the Date of Termination, plus, if Executives employment shall terminate due to his death or Disability (B) if, as of the Date of Termination, the Company and, if applicable, Executive have achieved for the applicable fiscal year in which occurs the Date of Termination a level of performance at least equal to the product of (x) the Bonus Targets for such fiscal year, and (y) the fraction described in clause (2) of this Section 7(f)(ii), an amount, payable in one lump sum no later than the end of the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination, equal to the product of (1) the Incentive Bonus, multiplied by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of days in such fiscal year that precede the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is equal to 365.
(iii) Executive shall be entitled to receive all amounts payable and benefits accrued under any otherwise applicable plan, policy, program or practice of the Company in which Executive was a participant during his employment with Company in accordance with the terms thereof, provided that (A) Executive shall not be entitled to receive any payments or benefits under any such plan, policy, program or practice providing any bonus or incentive compensation (and the provisions of this Section 7(f) shall supersede the provisions of any such plan, policy, program or practice), and (B) the amount, if any, paid or payable to Executive under the terms of any such plan, policy, program or practice relating to severance shall reduce the amounts payable under Section 7(f)(i) as provided in clause (C) thereof.
(iv) Limitation on Payments. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between the Company and Executive (collectively, the Payments) would, individually or in the aggregate, constitute a parachute paymen f within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), the amount of such Payments shall be reduced to the amount that would result in no portion of the Payments being subject to the excise tax imposed pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code. If Payments that would otherwise be reduced or eliminated, as the case may be, pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence would not be so reduced or eliminated, as the case may be, if the shareholder approval requirements of Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code were satisfied, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Payments to be submitted for such approval prior to the event giving rise to the Payments; provided that, prior to such submission for approval, Executive agrees to irrevocably waive his entitlement to any payments or benefits that would be subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code unless such shareholder approval is obtained.
(g) Date of Termination. As used in this Agreement, the term Date of Termination shall mean (i) if Executives employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Executives employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the later of the date on which Notice of Termination is given as contemplated by Section 7(e) and the date of termination specified in such notice, (iii) if Executives employment is terminated by the Company Without Cause or due to Executives Disability, the date that is 30 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given as contemplated by Section 7(e): provided, that if Executive shall have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such 30-day period, such Notice of Termination shall be of no force or effect or, if no such notice is given, 30 days after the date of termination of employment, (iv) if Executives employment is terminated by Executive for any reason, the date that is 30 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given, as contemplated by Section 7(e), or if no such notice is given, the date of termination of employment or (y) if the Company elects not to renew this Agreement, the last day of the Initial Term or then current Additional Term, as applicable.
(h) Resignation upon Termination. Effective as of any Date of Termination under this Section 7 or otherwise as of the date of Executives termination of employment with Company, Executive shall resign, in writing, from all Board memberships and other positions then held by him with the Company and its
6
Affiliates.
(i) Private Aircraft. If the Executives employment is terminated for any reason whatsoever (including Executives decision to resign) or this Agreement is not renewed, the Company will continue to pay for operating costs of the Aircraft (non-flying operating costs) for six months while Executive seeks a buyer for the Aircraft: provided, that if the Aircraft is sold in less than six months, the Company shall cease paying such operating costs as of the date the Aircraft is sold.
(j) Cessation of Professional Activity. Upon delivery of a Notice of Termination by any party, the Company may relieve Executive of his responsibilities described in Section 2(b) and require Executive to immediately cease all professional activity on behalf of the Company.
Section 8. Restrictive Covenants
(a) Unauthorized Disclosure. From the Effective DAte, and during any period of employment with the Company and any of its Affiliates and the five-year period following any termination thereof, without the prior written consent of the Board or its authorized representative, except to the extent required by an order of a court having jurisdiction or under subpoena from an appropriate government agency, in which event, Executive shall consult with the Board prior to responding to any such order or subpoena, and except as required in the performance of his duties hereunder, Executive shall not use or disclose any confidential or proprietary trade secrets, customer lists, drawings, designs, information regarding product development, marketing plans, sales plans, manufacturing plans, management organization information (including but not limited to data and other information relating to members of the Board, the Company or any of their Affiliates or to management of the Company or any of their Affiliates), operating policies or manuals, business plans, financial records, packaging design or other financial, commercial, business or technical information (A) relating to the Company or any of its Affiliates or (B) that the Company or any of its Affiliates may receive belonging to suppliers, customers or others who do business with the Company or any of its Affiliates (collectively, Confidential Information ) to any third person unless such Confidential Information has been previously disclosed to the public or is in the public domain (in each case, other than by reason of Executives breach of this Section 8(a)).
(b) Non-Competition and N on-Disparagement. During the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the first anniversary of the termination of Executives employment with the Company for any reason (the Restriction Period), Executive will not (A) directly or indirectly, alone or in conjunction with any person, enterprise, firm, partnership, corporation, limited liability entity, cooperative or other entity (collectively, an Entity), own, manage, operate, control, be employed by (whether as an employee, consultant, independent contractor or otherwise, and whether or not for compensation) or render services to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, in whatever form, engaged in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or in any other material business in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is engaged on the date of termination or in which they have planned, on or prior to such date, to be engaged in on or after such date, in any locale of any country in which the Company conducts business or (B) directly or indirectly, engage in any conduct or make any statement, whether in commercial or noncommercial speech, disparaging or criticizing in any way the Company, HGGC, LLC, any Affiliate of either of these, or any products or services offered by any of these, nor shall he engage in any other conduct or make any other statement that could be reasonably expected to impair the goodwill of the Company, HGGC, LLC, Maze Consulting LLC or Snapdragon Capital Partners LLC, or any Affiliate of either of these, the reputation of Company products or the marketing of Company products, in each case except to the extent required by law, and then only after consultation with the Company and HGGC, LLC to the extent possible.
7
During the Restriction Period, the Company, HGGC, LLC, Maze Consulting, LLC, and Snapdragon Capital Partners LLC shall refrain from, directly or indirectly, engaging in any conduct or making any statement, whether in commercial or non-commercial speech, disparaging or criticizing Executive in any way. The ownership of less than 5% of the outstanding voting shares of any publicly held company which otherwise would be prohibited under this paragraph shall not constitute a violation of this paragraph.
(c) Non-Solicitation of Service Providers. During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (a) solicit, induce or attempt to induce any person who is an employee or consultant of the Company or any of its current or future subsidiaries to terminate or reduce his or her services to the Company or any of such subsidiaries, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of such subsidiaries and any employee or consultant thereof, (b) hire any employee, consultant or contractor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (c) hire any former employee, consultant or contractor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries within six (6) months after such person ceased to be an employee, consultant or contractor, as applicable, of the Company or any of such subsidiaries.
(d) Non-Interference with Business Relations. During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, induce or attempt to induce any customer, licensor, vendor or other business relation of the Company or any of its affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or any of its affiliates, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, licensor, vendor or other business relation of the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, making any negative statements or communications about the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees or equity holders). As used herein, and as used in Section 8 the term indirectly will include, without limitation, the authorized use of the Executives name by another person or entity to induce or interfere with any employee or business relationship of the Company or any of its affiliates.
(e) Cooperation. Executive will cooperate with all reasonable requests by the Company (or any Affiliate of the Company) for assistance in connection with any investigations or legal proceedings involving the Company (or any Affiliate of the Company), including by providing truthful testimony in person in any such legal proceedings without having to be subpoenaed.
(f) Return of Documents. In the event of the termination of Executives employment for any reason, Executive shall deliver to the Company all of (i) the property of the Company and its Affiliates, and (ii) the documents and data of any nature and in whatever medium of each the Company and its Affiliates, and he shall not take with him any such property, documents or data or any reproduction thereof, or any documents containing or pertaining to any Confidential Information.
(g) Confidentiality of this Agreement; Government Agency Exception. Executive will keep confidential and will not release or divulge, either orally or in writing to any person, except as may be required by law or regulation or by order of any court, this Agreement or any provision hereof or any information with respect thereto; provided, that nothing contained herein will prohibit Executive from disclosing the terms of this Agreement to his attorneys, accountants, financial advisors or members of his immediate family. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, this Agreement does not limit Executives ability to communicate with any government agency or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any government agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company or its affiliates. This Agreement does not limit Executives right to receive an award for information provided to any government agencies. In addition, 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) provides: An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that(A) is made(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local
8
government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that arc expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement have the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The parties also have the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.
Section 9. Injunctive Relief with Respect to Covenants; Certain Acknowledgments; Forfeiture
(a) Executive acknowledges and agrees that the covenants, obligations and agreements of Executive contained in Section 8 relate to special, unique and extraordinary matters and that a violation of any of the terms of such covenants, obligations or agreements will cause the Company and its Affiliates irreparable injury for which adequate remedies are not available at law. Therefore, Executive agrees that the Company and its Affiliates shall be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or such other equitable relief (without the requirement to post bond) as a court of competent jurisdiction may deem necessary or appropriate to restrain Executive from committing any violation of such covenants, obligations or agreements. These injunctive remedies are cumulative and in addition to any other rights and remedies the Company may have.
(b) Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive has had and will have a prominent role in the management of the business, and the development of the goodwill, of the Company and its Affiliates and will establish and develop relations and contacts with the principal customers and suppliers of the Company and its Affiliates in the United States of America and the rest of the world, all of which constitute valuable goodwill of, and could be used by Executive to compete unfairly with, the Company and its Affiliates and that (i) in the course of his employment with the Company, Executive will obtain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets concerning the business and operations of the Company and its Affiliates in the United States of America and the rest of the world that could be used to compete unfairly with the Company and its Affiliates; (ii) the covenants and restrictions contained in Section 8 are intended to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates in their respective goodwill, trade secrets and other confidential and proprietary information; and (iii) Executive desires to be bound by such covenants and restrictions.
(c) Executive agrees that in the event Executive breaches any provision of Section 8 in any material respect following the Date of Termination, Executive shall, upon the determination of a court of competent jurisdiction that Executive has materially breached any such provision, (i) not be entitled to receive, if not already paid, the payments and benefits described in Section 7(f)(i), and (ii) return to the Company any and all payments previously made by the Company pursuant to Section 7(f)(i) within 15 days after such determination.
(d) Executive represents that his economic means and circumstances are such that the provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictive covenants in Section 8, will not prevent him from providing for himself and his family on a basis satisfactory to him and them.
(e) If any court of competent jurisdiction shall at any time determine that, but for the provisions of this paragraph, any part of this Agreement is illegal, void as against public policy or otherwise
9
unenforceable, the relevant part will automatically be amended to the extent necessary to make it sufficiently nan-ow in scope, time and geographic area to be legally enforceable. All other terms will remain in full force and effect.
(f) If Executive raises any question as to the enforceability of any part or terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the restrictive covenants contained in Section 8, Executive specifically agrees that he will comply fully with this Agreement unless and until the entry of an award to the contrary.
Section 10. Assumption of Agreement
The Company shall require any Successor thereto, by agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Executive, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in all material respects the same manner and in all material respects to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle Executive to terminate his employment with the Company for Good Reason as described in Section 7(d), subject to the Companys right to notice and cure provided for in Section 7(d); provided, that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.
Section 11. Entire Agreement
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. All prior correspondence and proposals (including but not limited to summaries of proposed terms) and all prior promises, representations, understandings, arrangements and agreements relating to such subject matter are superseded hereby.
Section 12. Indemnification
The Company hereby agrees that it shall indemnify and hold harmless Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against any and all liabilities, costs, claims and expenses, including all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in defense of litigation (including reasonable attorneys fees), arising out of the hiring and employment of Executive hereunder, except to the extent arising out of or based upon the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Executive or a breach of any of Executives agreements, covenants or warranties hereunder. Costs and expenses incurred by Executive in defense of such litigation (including reasonable attorneys fees) shall be paid by Company in advance of the final disposition of such litigation upon receipt by Company of (a) a written request for payment, (b) appropriate documentation evidencing the incurrence, amount and nature of the costs and expenses for which payment is being sought, and (c) an undertaking adequate under applicable law made by or on behalf of Executive to repay the amounts so paid if it shall ultimately be determined that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Agreement, including but not limited to as a result of such exception. The Company and Executive will consult in good faith with respect to the conduct of any such litigation, and Executives counsel shall be selected with the consent of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company consents to Kris Kostolansky or Kevin Kelly of Lewis Roca Rothgerber Christie LLP serving as Executives counsel.
10
Section 13. Miscellaneous
(a) Binding Effect; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the Company and its Successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall also be binding on and inure to the benefit of Executive and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. This Agreement shall not be assignable by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, except as provided pursuant to this Section 13(a). The Company may effect such an assignment without prior written approval of Executive upon the transfer of all or substantially all of its business and/or assets (by whatever means); provided, that the Successor to the Company shall expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.
(b) Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the internal laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the conflict of laws rules thereof to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. Each party acknowledges and agrees that any controversy which may arise under this Agreement is likely to involve complicated and difficult issues, and therefore each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any light such party may have to a trial by jury in respect or any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party certifies and acknowledges that (A) no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, (B) each such party understands and has considered the implications of this waiver, (C) each such party makes this waiver voluntarily, and (D) each such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 13(b). In any action brought to enforce this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover their costs and reasonable attorneys fees.
(c) Taxes. The Company may withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income, employment and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law.
(d) Amendments. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is approved by the Board or a Person authorized thereby and is agreed to in writing by Executive and, in the case of any such modification, waiver or discharge affecting the rights or obligations the Company, is approved by the Board or a Person authorized thereby. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be implied from any course of dealing between or among the parties hereto or from any failure by any party hereto to assert its rights hereunder on any occasion or series of occasions.
(e) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.
(f) Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be delivered under this Agreement shall be to be in writing, (ii) delivered personally, by courier service or by certified or registered mail, first class postage prepaid and return receipt requested, (iii) deemed to have been received on the date of delivery or, if so mailed, on the third business day after the mailing thereof, and (iv) addressed as follows
11
(or to such other address as the party entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance with the terms hereof):
(A) |
If to the Company, to it at: |
Nutraceutical International Corporation
c/o HGGC, LLC
1950 University Avenue, Suite 350
Palo Alto, CA 94303
Attention: Kurt Krieger, General Counsel
Email: KAK@hggc.com
with a copy to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
3330 Hillview Avenue
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Attention: Marc Browning, P.C.; Rodin M. Hai-Jew
Email: marc.browning@kirkland.com; rodin.hai-jew@kirkland.com
(B) |
If to Executive, to him at his residential address as currently on file with the Company. Copies of any notices or other communications given to Executive under this Agreement shall also be given to: |
Monty Sharma
48 Golden Eagle Lane
Littleton, CO 80127
Email: sharmancp@gmail.com
with a copy to:
Lewis Roca Rothgerber Christie LLP
1200 Seventeenth Street, Suite 3000
Denver, CO 80202
Attention: Kris J. Kostolansky
Email: kkosto@lrrc.com
(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The parties hereto agree to accept a signed facsimile or portable document format copy of this Agreement as a fully binding original.
(h) Headings. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and are not intended to be a part hereof or to affect the meaning or interpretation hereof.
(i) Certain Definitions.
12
Affiliate: with respect to any Person, means any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with the first Person, including but not limited to a Subsidiary of the first Person, a Person of which the first Person is a Subsidiary, or another Subsidiary of a Person of which the first Person is also a Subsidiary.
Control: with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, severally or jointly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or credit arrangement, as trustee or executor, or otherwise.
Person: any natural person, firm, partnership, limited liability company, association, corporation, company, trust, business trust, governmental authority or other entity.
Successor: of a Person means a Person that succeeds to the first Persons assets and liabilities by merger, liquidation, dissolution or otherwise by operation of law, or a Person to which all or substantially all the assets and/or business of the first Person are transferred.
Subsidiary: with respect to any Person, each corporation or other Person in which the first Person owns or Controls, directly or indirectly, capital stock or other ownership interests representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock or other ownership interests of such corporation or other Person.
(j) Section 409A. The parties intend that any amounts payable hereunder comply with or are exempt from Section 409A of the Code, as amended (^Section 409A) (including under Treasury Regulation §§ 1.409A-l(b)(4) {short-term deferrals} and (b)(9) ^separation pay plans, including the exceptions under subparagraph (iii) and subparagraph (v)(D)) and other applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation§§ 1.409A-1 through A-6). For purposes of Section 409A, each of the payments that may be made under this Agreement shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner that does not result in the imposition of additional taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A. The Company and Executive agree to negotiate in good faith to make amendments to the Agreement, as the parties mutually agree are necessary or desirable to avoid the imposition of taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect, and Executive shall be solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes, penalties and interest that may be imposed on or for the account of Executive in connection with the Agreement (including any taxes, penalties and interest under Section 409A), and neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold Executive (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes, penalties or interest. With respect to the time of payments of any amounts under the Agreement that are deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, references in the Agreement to termination of employment (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A. For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that any expense reimbursement made to Executive hereunder shall be exempt from Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any expense reimbursement made hereunder shall be determined to be deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A, then (i) the amount of the expense reimbursement during one taxable year shall not affect the amount of the expense reimbursement during any other taxable year, (ii) the expense reimbursement shall be made on or before the last day of Executives taxable year following the year in which the expense was incurred and (iii) the right to expense reimbursement hereunder shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
[Signature Page Follows]
13
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this Agreement by its authorized representative, and Executive has hereunto set his hand, in each case effective as of the day and year first above written.
Nutraceutical International Corporation: | ||
By: | /s/ Steven Leistner | |
Name: Steven Leistner Title: Partner |
||
Executive: | ||
Monty Sharma |
EXHIBIT A
GENERAL MUTUAL RELEASE AGREEMENT
A. Executives Release of Claims.
(a) Except for any claims which relate to Section 12 of the Employment Agreement, in consideration for the payments and benefits described in Section 7 of the Employment Agreement, Executive, on his own behalf and on behalf of each of his agents, assignees, attorneys, successors, representatives, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators (collectively, the Executive Releasors), hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release, settle, cancel, discharge and acknowledge to be fully satisfied, and covenant not to sue the Company and each of the Companys respective successors or assigns and their respective affiliates, and each of their respective past or present stockholders, partners, members, directors, managers, managing members, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, insurers, fiduciaries and other representatives, in their individual and/or representative capacities (collectively, the Company Releasees) for, any and all claims, contractual or otherwise, demands, costs, rights, causes of action, charges, debts, liens, promises, obligations, complaints, losses, damages and all liability of whatever kind and nature, in law or equity, whether known or unknown (collectively, the Claims) up to and including the date of this General Mutual Release Agreement (this Release). This Release specifically includes Claims regarding all events up to and including the date of the Release with respect to Executives employment with the Company or its affiliates, his separation from employment, any and all personal injuries and consequences thereof.
(b) Notwithstanding the generality of clause A (a) above, the released Claims include, without limitation, (i) any and all claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991 and otherwise, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 and otherwise, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and any and all other federal, state or local laws, statutes, rules or regulations pertaining to employment or otherwise; (ii) any claims for wrongful discharge, breach of contract, fraud, misrepresentation or other tortious conduct; and (iii) any claims for other forms of compensation, or any other claims under any statute, rule or regulation or under the common law, including compensatory damages, punitive damages, attorneys fees, costs, expenses and all claims for any other type of damage or relief.
B. Covenant Not to Sue; Certain Proceedings as to Executive.
The Executive Releasors agree not to bring any action, suit or proceeding whatsoever (including the initiation of governmental proceedings or investigations of any type) against any of the Company Releasees for any matter or circumstance concerning which Executive Releasors have released the Company Releasees under this Release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Release limits Executives ability to communicate with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (each a Government Agency and together, the
Government Agencies) or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company. This Release does not limit Executives right to receive an award for information provided to any Government Agencies.
C. Companys Release of Claims.
Except for any claims relating to Enforcement of the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 8 of the Executives Employment Agreement, the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its respective successors and assigns (collectively, the Company Releasors), hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases, settles, cancels and discharges and acknowledges to be fully satisfied, and covenants not to sue the Executive for any and all claims up to and including the date of this Release.
D. Covenant Not to Sue; Certain Proceedings as to Company.
The Company Releasors agree not to bring any action, suit or proceeding whatsoever (including the initiation of governmental proceedings or investigations of any type) against the Executive for any matter or circumstances concerning which the Company Releasors have released the Executive under this Agreement (the Company Released Claims). Further, the Company Releasors agree not to encourage any other person or suggest any other person that he, she or it institute any legal action against Executive with respect to the Company Released Claims. The Company Releasors hereby agree to waive the right to any relief (monetary or otherwise) in any action, suit or proceeding the Company Releasors may bring in violation of this Release Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clause C above or this clause D or anywhere else in this Agreement, the Company Releasors do not release the Executive from any and all claims related to fraudulent or criminal activity, which adversely affect the Company.
E. Older Worker Benefit Protection Act Requirements.
Executive hereby acknowledges that he has been informed in writing of this document, that he has at least twenty-one (21) days in which to consider whether he will sign this Release.
He also acknowledges that, at the time he was given this Release, he was informed that he should consult with an attorney before signing this Release. Executive acknowledges that he has been informed that he may revoke Executives acceptance of this Release and waiver of claims by delivering a letter of revocation to the Company within seven days of the date he has signed this Release. He understands that this Release will not become effective until the eighth day following Executives signing of this Release. He understands and intends that in the event that he does not revoke his acceptance of this Release, within the seven-day period described in this paragraph, this Release and the release contained herein, will be legally binding and enforceable on Executive, his heirs, administrators, and assigns. Executive further acknowledges that he will receive the
payments set forth in Section 7(f) of his Employment Agreement only upon expiration of the seven (7) day time period described above.
Nutraceutical International Corporation: | ||
By: | /s/ Steven Leisner | |
Name: Steven Leistner | ||
Title: Partner | ||
Executive: | ||
/s/ Monty Sharma | ||
Monty Sharma |
Exhibit 10.11
July 31, 2019
Ankit Dhawan
10053 Wyecliff Dr.
Highlands Ranch, CO 80126
Via Email: acdhawan@yahoo.com
Dear Ankit:
We are delighted to extend you an offer to join Nutraceutical International Corporation (the Company) as a full-time employee. We are impressed with your experience and capabilities, and we believe you will be an outstanding addition to the Nutraceutical team. Please find the details of our offer below:
Position: Your position will be Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of the Company. You will lead the Companys Finance and Accounting teams, and will report to the Companys CEO.
Start Date: Your start date is expected to be on or about September 16, 2019.
Compensation: Your annual base salary will be $340,000, less appropriate withholdings, including taxes. You will also be eligible to earn an annual bonus with a target bonus of 50% of your base salary on eligible earnings in a fiscal year (September 30th). Your actual annual bonus will be paid based upon achieving annual targets set by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. To be eligible for an annual bonus for a given fiscal year, you must be employed on the date of the payment of the bonus. You will be entitled to your prorated bonus for the period from February 11, 2019 through September 30, 2019 should the Company attain applicable performance goals for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019.
Benefits: As a regular full-time employee, you will be eligible to participate in the Companys group health, life, disability, 401 (k), and other employee benefit plans subject to plan requirements and terms.
PTO: You will accrue Paid Time Off at the rate of four weeks per year, and will be entitled to Company paid holidays.
Equity Plan: You will be granted MIUs or stock option-like instruments by the Company or its affiliate. If shareholders receive three times their invested capital (3.0x target) in the event of a Company sale, these MIUs could have a pre-tax value of approximately $3,800,000 based on underlying financial assumptions. A detailed MIU plan will be provided as soon as practical.
Commuting expenses: You will be provided with a commuting expense reimbursement for business travel from your home in the Denver, Colorado area to the Salt Lake City, Utah area, which houses the Companys various offices. Customary expenses include airfare (purchased in advance when possible), reasonable lodging, rental car, and meals. These expenses will be subject to and submitted through the Companys expense reimbursement process.
Relocation: You will be provided the option of a relocation package to the Salt Lake City, Utah area, which package will include realtor fees, household goods moved (including two vehicles), and one month of temporary living, as needed. If you exercise the relocation option, we will work to engage a relocation service provider to assist you with your move. This relocation package has to be used by you within 9 months of your start date after which date the Company will not offer this package, but will continue to provide commuting expenses as above.
Severance: You will be entitled to nine months of continued payments of base salary if your employment is terminated Without Cause, subject to terms of the Companys severance policy in force at the time. Your entitlement to severance would also be subject to your execution and non-revocation of a customary general release.
Arbitration Agreement: As part of commencing employment with the Company, you will be required to sign an Arbitration Agreement on your first day of employment.
At will: Both you and the Company agree that this employment relationship is entirely at-will and that this is an integrated at-will policy as it relates to all Company policies.
Company Pre-employment policies: As matter of Company Policy, this offer is contingent on you signing the Companys Alternate Dispute Resolution Agreement and a successful pre-employment background and drug test. Our HR team will assist you with these processes.
Confidentiality: You agree that at all times, both during and after your employment by the Company, you will not use or disclose to any third party any information, knowledge or data not generally known to the public that you may have learned during your employment by the Company which relates to the operations, business or other affairs of the Company. You agree to comply with all procedures that the Company may adopt from time to time to preserve the confidentiality of any information and immediately following termination of your employment to return to the Company all materials created by you or others which relate to the operations, business or other affairs of the Company.
This letter represents the entire agreement between you and the Company and supersedes any prior negotiations, representations, or agreements between us, either written or oral. This offer may only be amended in writing and executed by each of the parties hereto.
Ankit, were very excited to have you as a part of our team, and we look forward to your contributions to the Nutraceutical business. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me.
Sincerely,
Nutraceutical International Corporation
/s/ Leslie M. Brown, Jr.
Leslie M. Brown, Jr.
Chairman of the Board
Please sign and return this letter by August 10, 2019.
Accepted and agreed:
Signature /s/Ankit Dhawan 8/2/2019
Ankit Dhawan Date
cc: Steven Leistner, Bill Conrad
Exhibit 10.12
Feb 25, 2020
Dear Bob,
Please find the details of our offer below:
Position: Your position will be Chief Revenue Office and Executive Vice President, for Nutraceutical Corporation. This position will lead the companys sales function for sales, and you will report to the companys CEO and President - Monty Sharma. Your start date is expected on or about April 2, 2020.
Compensation: Your annual base salary will be $325,000, less appropriate taxes. Your annual bonus will enable you to earn a target bonus of 50% of base salary on eligible earnings in a fiscal year (September 30th). The bonus is paid upon achieving annual targets set by the Compensation committee of the Board. To be eligible for the bonus you must be employed on the date of the payment of the bonus. You will be entitled to your Prorated Bonus from your start date through September 30, 2020 should the company attain its Bonus for the Fiscal year ended September 30, 2020.
Benefits: As a regular full-time employee, you will be eligible to participate in the Companys group health, life, disability, 401 (k), and other employee benefit plans. While not customary at Nutraceutical we will provide you a car allowance of $10,000 annually.
PTO: You will accrue Paid Time Off at the rate of 3 weeks per year. You are also eligible to participate in the Companys paid holidays.
Equity Plan: You will be granted Mills or stock option like instruments (Exit Bonus) in the company. If shareholders receive three times their invested capital (target) in the event of a company sale, these Mills could have a substantial pre-tax value and could range from $2.8 million at target to $5.1 million at 4x. A detailed MIU plan will be provided as soon as practical. Please note that these Mills are structured to be treated as capital gains versus ordinary income in your past experience. In addition you will have the opportunity to invest in the companys equity via the CEOs investment vehicle, something we would be happy to see you do. You will have the opportunity to invest in the companys equity via the CEOs investment vehicle, something we would be happy to see you do.
Commuting expenses: You will be provided with a commuting expense reimbursement for business travel from your home in Denver Colorado area to Salt Lake City area which houses the companys various offices. Customary expenses include airfare (purchased in advance when possible), reasonable lodging, rental car, meals, etc. These expenses will be submitted through the Companys expense reimbursement process.
Severance & Arbitration Agreement: While the companys policy is to provide one week of pay for each year of service, you would be entitled to six months severance if your employment is terminated Without Cause subject to terms of the severance policy in force at the time. As
typically provided in the severance policy, your entitlement to severance would also be subject to your execution of a customary general release. In addition, you would be required to sign an Arbitration Agreement on your first day of employment.
At will: Both you and the Company agree that this employment relationship is entirely at-will and that this is an integrated at-will policy as it relates to all Company policies.
Company Pre-employment policies: As matter of Company Policy, this offer is contingent on you signing the Companys Alternate Dispute Resolution Agreement and a successful pre-employment background and drug test. Our HR team will assist you with these processes.
Confidentiality: You agree that at all times, both during and after your employment by the Company, you will not use or disclose to any third party any information, knowledge or data not generally known to the public which you may have learned during your employment by the Company which relates to the operations, business or other affairs of the Company. You agree to comply with all procedures which the Company may adopt from time to time to preserve the confidentiality of any information and immediately following termination of your employment to return to the Company all materials created by you or others which relate to the operations, business or other affairs of the Company.
This letter represents the entire agreement between you and the Company and supersedes any prior negotiations, representations, or agreements between us, either written or oral. This offer may only be amended in writing.
Bob, were very excited to have you a part of our team and look forward to your contributions in the Nutraceutical business. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me directly.
My best regards,
/s/ Monty Sharma
Monty Sharma
CEO and President
Nutraceutical Corporation
Please sign and return this letter
Accepted and agreed:
Signature /s/ Bob Gandert 2/26/2020
Bob Gandert Date
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Nutrition Topco, LLC of our report dated April 19, 2021 relating to the financial statements of Nutrition Topco, LLC, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Salt Lake City, Utah
July 6, 2021